summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes4
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/56319-0.txt4586
-rw-r--r--old/56319-h/56319-h.htm6275
-rw-r--r--old/56319-h/images/cover.jpgbin241984 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/56319-h/images/i01.jpgbin359347 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/56319-h/images/logo.jpgbin64531 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/old/56319-0.txt4986
-rw-r--r--old/old/56319-0.zipbin87483 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/old/56319-h.zipbin748812 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/old/56319-h/56319-h.htm6693
-rw-r--r--old/old/56319-h/images/cover.jpgbin241984 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/old/56319-h/images/i01.jpgbin359347 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/old/56319-h/images/logo.jpgbin64531 -> 0 bytes
15 files changed, 17 insertions, 22540 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1536d6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #56319 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/56319)
diff --git a/old/56319-0.txt b/old/56319-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a81f664..0000000
--- a/old/56319-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4586 +0,0 @@
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 56319 ***
-
- BOBBY IN MOVIELAND
-
-
-
-
- _FATHER FINN’S FAMOUS STORIES_
- _Each volume with a Frontispiece_,
-
- CANDLES’ BEAMS. Short Stories
- SUNSHINE AND FRECKLES
- LORD BOUNTIFUL
- ON THE RUN
- BOBBY IN MOVIELAND
- FACING DANGER
- HIS LUCKIEST YEAR. A Sequel to “Lucky Bob”
- LUCKY BOB
- PERCY WYNN; or, Making a Boy of Him
- TOM PLAYFAIR; or, Making a Start
- HARRY DEE; or, Working It Out
- CLAUDE LIGHTFOOT; or, How the Problem Was Solved
- ETHELRED PRESTON; or, The Adventures of a Newcomer
- THAT FOOTBALL GAME; and What Came of It
- THAT OFFICE BOY
- CUPID OF CAMPION
- THE FAIRY OF THE SNOWS
- THE BEST FOOT FORWARD; AND OTHER STORIES
- MOSTLY BOYS. SHORT STORIES
- HIS FIRST AND LAST APPEARANCE
- BUT THY LOVE AND THY GRACE
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: In perfect good faith Bobby stepped forward, passed the
-director, saying as he went, “Excuse me, sir,” and ignoring Compton and
-the “lady” and “gentleman,” strode over to the bellhop. —_Page 69._]
-
-
-
-
- BOBBY
- IN MOVIELAND
-
- BY
- FRANCIS J. FINN, S.J.
-
- Author of “Percy Wynn,” “Tom Playfair,”
- “Harry Dee,” etc.
-
- [Illustration]
-
- NEW YORK, CINCINNATI, CHICAGO
- BENZIGER BROTHERS
-
-
-
-
- COPYRIGHT, 1921, BY BENZIGER BROTHERS
-
-
- Printed in the United States of America.
-
-
-
-
- CONTENTS
-
-
-CHAPTER PAGE
- I IN WHICH THE FIRST CHAPTER IS WITHIN A LITTLE OF BEING THE 9
- LAST
- II TENDING TO SHOW THAT MISFORTUNES NEVER COME SINGLY 18
- III IT NEVER RAINS BUT IT POURS 31
- IV MRS. VERNON ALL BUT ABANDONS HOPE 44
- V A NEW WAY OF BREAKING INTO THE MOVIES 58
- VI BOBBY ENDEAVORS TO SHOW THE ASTONISHED COMPTON HOW TO BEHAVE 72
- VII THE END OF A DAY OF SURPRISES 81
- VIII BOBBY MEETS AN ENEMY ON THE BOULEVARD AND A FRIEND IN THE 92
- LANTRY STUDIO
- IX SHOWING THAT IMITATION IS NOT ALWAYS THE SINCEREST FLATTERY, 104
- AND RETURNING TO THE MISADVENTURES OF BOBBY’S MOTHER
- X BOBBY, ASSISTED BY PEGGY, DEMONSTRATES A METHOD OF OBSERVING 114
- SILENCE, AND CELEBRATES A RED-LETTER DAY
- XI THE END OF ONE SCENARIO AND THE OUTLINING OF COMPTON’S GREAT 128
- IDEA
- XII BOBBY BECOMES FAMOUS OVERNIGHT 138
- XIII BERNADETTE’S TEMPERAMENT DELAYS THE SCENARIO, AND MRS. VERNON 150
- MAKES TWO CHILDREN HAPPY
- XIV MRS. VERNON ATTENDS A MOVING-PICTURE SHOW AND FINDS IN IT A 160
- GREAT LESSON UNTHOUGHT OF BY THE AUTHOR
- XV COMPTON’S GREAT SCENARIO IS FINISHED NOT A MOMENT TOO SOON 166
- XVI CONTAINING NOTHING BUT HAPPY EXPLANATIONS AND A STILL HAPPIER 180
- LOVE SCENE
- XVII THE FOUR CHILDREN AROUSE SUSPICION, UNTIL WITH THE MOST 196
- MOMENTOUS EVENT IN THIS NARRATIVE, ALL IS MADE CLEAR
-
-
-
- Bobby in Movieland
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER I
- IN WHICH THE FIRST CHAPTER IS WITHIN A LITTLE OF BEING THE LAST
-
-
-“Say, ma; honest, I don’t want to go in. Just all I want is to take off
-my shoes and socks and walk where the water just comes up to my ankles.”
-
-As the speaker, a boy of eight, was dressed in the fashion common to the
-youth of Los Angeles and its environment, it is but fair to state that
-with the taking off of shoes and socks the process of disrobing was
-really far advanced.
-
-“My mother has let me take mine off,” put in a bare-legged little girl.
-“We won’t go into the water really at all, Mrs. Vernon. Oh, please let
-Bobby come along.”
-
-The time was morning—a clear, golden, flower-scented morning in early
-July. The place was the sandy shore of Long Beach. There were few
-bathers about, as it was Monday, when the week-enders had returned to
-their several occupations, while the pleasure-seekers living or lodging
-there were resting from the strenuous gayety of Sunday.
-
-Mrs. Vernon, a beautiful young woman, in half-mourning, was strolling
-with her only child and the girl, an acquaintance made on the train,
-along the sands. They were all transients, presently to take a train
-north.
-
-Bobby Vernon was a highly interesting child to look at. Rather small for
-his age, he was lithe and shapely. His complexion was delicately fair,
-his chestnut hair rather long. All these things were enough to attract
-attention; but above and beyond these were the features. Blue eyes,
-cupid mouth, a sensitive upper lip, an eloquent, chubby little nose—all
-had this in common that they were expressive of his every passing
-thought and emotion. He had a face, in a word, at once speaking and
-engaging.
-
-The girl, Peggy Sansone, a year or two older, was a brunette, a decided
-contrast. She was a chance acquaintance, made by Bobby on the Pullman,
-with the result that, once they had exchanged a few words, there was no
-more sleeping during the daylight hours for the other occupants of that
-car.
-
-Mrs. Vernon felt in her heart it would be more prudent to refuse the
-request. She feared that she was making a mistake. But she was just then
-preoccupied and sad. Now, sadness is weakening.
-
-“Well, Bobby, if I give you permission, you won’t go far? And you’ll be
-back at the station in half an hour, and won’t get lost?”
-
-“I know the way back to the station,” volunteered the girl. “And I’ll
-promise you to see him back myself. You know, I’ve got my watch.” Here
-Peggy, with the sweet vanity of childhood, held up for view her dainty
-wrist watch.
-
-“Whoopee!” cried Bobby, jumping into his mother’s arms, planting a kiss
-on her brow, dropping down to the sand and, apparently all in one
-motion, taking off shoes and socks.
-
-Light-heartedly, hand in hand with the girl, he pattered down the sands
-to the water. The two little ones radiated joy and youth and life. To
-them the coming half-hour was to be, so they thought, “a little bit of
-heaven.” The girl had no premonition of the saddest day of her
-childhood; the boy no thought of the forces of earth and water that were
-about to change so strangely his and his mother’s life.
-
-It has already been observed that it was a day of golden sunshine; but
-to one conversant with the waters of Long Beach there was something
-ominous about the face of the changing sea. It was not high tide; but
-the surf was showing its milk-white teeth in a beauty profuse and cruel,
-with the cruelty of the sea which takes and returns no more, while the
-rollers swept in with a violence and a height that were unusual. The
-life savers were watchful and uneasy. To the two children, however, the
-white-lipped ocean was as bland and as gay as the sunshine.
-
-As their feet were covered by an incoming roller the girl screamed and
-Bobby danced—both for the same reason, for sheer joy. Hand in hand they
-pattered along, making their way further and further into the pathway of
-the breakers. In a few minutes they had advanced along the shore to a
-spot where they were apparently alone.
-
-Then began a series of daring ventures.
-
-“Say!” said Bobby. “This is the first time in all my life that I ever
-put my feet in the Pacific Ocean. But I know how to swim, all right, and
-I’m not a bit afraid.” As Bobby spoke he was moving slowly out into the
-water, which was now nearly up to his knees.
-
-“Hold on! You’re going too far,” said the girl, releasing Bobby’s hand
-and slipping back. “I’ve been in often, but I’m afraid just the same.”
-
-“Girls are cowards,” Bobby announced. “Come on, Peggy; I’ll take care of
-you.”
-
-Peggy by way of return fastened her large, beautiful dark eyes in hero
-worship upon her companion. Nevertheless, instead of accepting his
-invitation, she drew back a few steps more.
-
-“Now remember, Bobby, you told your mother you were only going
-ankle-deep. You’re up to your knees now.”
-
-“That’s so,” said Bobby, pausing and turning his back upon the incoming
-waves. “I ought not to break my word. Say, Peggy”—here Bobby’s face
-threw itself, every feature of it, into a splendor of enthusiasm—“do
-you think it would be wrong if I were to fall over and float? Then I
-wouldn’t be more than ankle-deep anyhow.”
-
-Peggy’s large eyes grew larger in glorious admiration.
-
-Now Bobby being very human—even as you and I—was not insensible to the
-girl’s expression. It spurred him on to do something really daring. He
-was tempted at that moment to forget his mother’s words and to go boldly
-out and meet the breakers in their might. For a few minutes there was a
-clean-cut battle in the lad’s soul between love of praise and the still,
-small voice we call conscience; as a consequence of which Bobby’s
-features twisted and curled and darkened. The battle was a short one,
-and it is only fair to say that the still, small voice scored a victory.
-
-However, the breakers were not interested in such a fight though it may
-have appealed with supreme interest to all the choirs of angels. The
-conflict over, Bobby’s eyes grew bright, and all the sprites of innocent
-gayety showed themselves at once in his every feature.
-
-“Peggy,” he began, “you are right. A promise is a promise—always. And
-then I made it to my mother. I would like to show you a thing or two,
-but—Why, what’s the matter?”
-
-Her expression startled him. If ever tragedy and horror were expressed
-by the eyes, Bobby saw these emotions in the beautiful orbs of Peggy.
-Her face had lost its rich southern hue, fear was in her pose and in
-every feature, but Bobby saw only the tragedy of the eyes. They were
-unforgettable.
-
-“Bobby!” she gasped. “Run! run!” And the child followed her own advice.
-
-Bobby, infected by her terror, turned. But it was too late. Close upon
-him curled and roared a huge roller, a white-crested wave. In the moment
-he looked upon it Bobby saw the rollers in a new light. A few moments
-before they were gay, frolicsome things, showing their teeth in
-laughter. Now they were strange, strong monsters foaming at the mouth.
-
-“Oh!” cried Bobby in horror. He said no more; for as he spoke, the wave
-caught him, spun him around, pulled him down, raised him up, and carried
-him off in its strong, uncountable arms towards the deep sea. Bobby
-kicked and struggled; but he was swept on as though he were a toy.
-
-Peggy, meanwhile having run back twenty or thirty paces, turned, and
-wringing her hands, scanned the troubled waters. She saw no sign of the
-boy.
-
-Peggy was young and timid. Upon her came an unreasoning fear. Bobby was
-drowned and maybe it was her fault! Maybe she would be hanged for
-murder! And how could she face a bereaved and already widowed mother?
-For the first and only time in her life Peggy ardently wished she were
-dead. Then, looking neither to left nor right, she ran back along the
-shore.
-
-Bobby was drowned! But she would tell no one. For the moment a wild
-thought of running away entered her soul. And she would have run away if
-she only knew whither to fly.
-
-Still running, she wept and she prayed. She ceased her flight only when
-she came to the spot where her tiny shoes and socks lay beside those of
-Bobby’s. Then she sat down and gave loose to her grief. When the first
-fierce desolation and agony had passed, she put on her shoes and began
-to think.
-
-Suddenly her drawn face relaxed. Her mother! Had she not always brought
-her griefs to that tender, loving soul? She would seek her at once and
-tell all. She glanced at her watch. Forty-five minutes had passed! She
-had exceeded her time by a quarter of an hour. It was nearly train time.
-There was not a second to be lost.
-
-As she rose to her feet something unusual had occurred. The ground
-beneath her seemed to be swinging up and down.
-
-Peggy was a native. In normal circumstances she would have been normally
-excited; but in her present condition she hardly noticed that she was in
-the throes of an earthquake.
-
-So calmly ignoring the shouts of men and the hysteria of women who came
-running out in hundreds from house and hotel, Peggy went forward at a
-smart trot to bring the awful tidings to Mrs. Sansone, her mother.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER II
- TENDING TO SHOW THAT MISFORTUNES NEVER COME SINGLY
-
-
-To natives of Los Angeles, or to those who have spent some years in that
-beautiful city—so beautiful that one could easily vision Adam and Eve
-as its occupants before the Fall—an earthquake tremor is just something
-more than of passing interest. They remain “unusual calm” when the house
-shakes, the pictures flap upon the wall, and the crockery rattles in
-noisy unrest. They regard their earthquakes as tamed creatures—not more
-formidable, practically speaking, than “a thing of noise and fury,
-signifying nothing.” When visitors show agitation at the coming of an
-earth tremor, these old inhabitants—and five years’ residence in Los
-Angeles makes one something little short of a patriarch—are almost
-scandalized. Should these strangers go the way that leads to hysteria,
-the old inhabitants grow properly indignant, and point out that all the
-tremors in the history of Los Angeles County are as nothing, in point of
-damage, as compared to one solitary cyclone of the Middle West. No doubt
-they are right.
-
-However, to a stranger these pranks of mother earth are fraught with
-terror. Many men and women are not only frightened, but actually become
-sick. Dizziness and nausea are not uncommon, although the cause be only
-a slight tremor of but three or four seconds’ duration.
-
-Among those affected on this day, so momentous in her life and that of
-her only child, was Mrs. Barbara Vernon. When the shock came she was
-resting on the sands under the shade of one of those gigantic umbrellas
-rented out at the beaches as a protection from the ardent rays of the
-sun. Beside her sat Mrs. Sansone, Peggy’s mother.
-
-“Oh, my God!” cried Mrs. Vernon, jumping to her feet and clasping her
-hands. She would have run straight into the ocean had not Mrs. Sansone
-laid upon her a restraining hand.
-
-“My dear,” said the old inhabitant, “don’t be frightened. It’s really
-nothing at all. We who live here don’t mind it in the least.” She patted
-Mrs. Vernon’s beautiful cheek as she continued: “Why, my little Peggy
-sees nothing in them. The last time we had an earthquake shock Peggy
-said that the earth was trying to do the shimmy.”
-
-“Oh,” said Mrs. Vernon, “I’m feeling so ill! Let me lean on you, dear. I
-feel as though I should faint.”
-
-The sympathetic right arm of Mrs. Sansone wound itself about the other’s
-waist.
-
-“Many strangers are so affected,” she said. “But really there’s nothing
-to fear. God is here with us right now.”
-
-Mrs. Barbara Vernon unobtrusively made the sign of the cross.
-
-“Thank you,” she said. “My fear is gone; but I feel sick, sick.”
-
-“Lean on my arm, Mrs. Vernon. I will bring you to our Pullman, where you
-can lie down and rest quietly.”
-
-“But the children!” objected Barbara.
-
-“Leave that to me. At the worst, Peggy knows the way, and she is really
-a very punctual little girl.”
-
-They had walked but a few paces, when an automobile, moving along the
-sands, came abreast of them and stopped. The driver, its sole occupant,
-leaned out.
-
-“Beg pardon,” he said removing his hat, “but I fear one of you ladies is
-rather indisposed. Anything I can do for you?”
-
-“Indeed you can,” replied Mrs. Sansone very promptly. “This lady is
-suffering from nausea. The earthquake is something new to her. You would
-do us a great favor by bringing us to the railroad station.”
-
-“Favor! It will be an immense pleasure to me.” As he spoke the young man
-jumped out, threw open the door of the tonneau, and, hat in hand, helped
-the two women in. He was rather a striking personality, thin almost to
-emaciation, and despite the smile now upon his features, with a face
-melancholy to the point of pathos.
-
-“Los Angeles,” he remarked as he seated himself at the wheel, “would be
-the most perfect place in the world if the earth hereabouts would only
-keep sober. If I had my way,” he continued, in a voice only less
-pathetic than his countenance, “I’d give the earth the pledge for life.
-It’s a perfect country when it’s sober.”
-
-Mrs. Sansone laughed.
-
-“Even at that,” continued the melancholy man, allowing himself the
-indulgence of a slight smile, “what does it amount to, a little bit of
-an earthquake like that? It is merely a fly in the amber.”
-
-“I agree with you absolutely,” said Mrs. Sansone.
-
-“Which means you’re a native. That other lady—”
-
-“Mrs. Barbara Vernon,” interpolated Mrs. Sansone.
-
-“Thank you, glad to meet you, ma’am,” said the stranger, turning his
-head and smiling ungrudgingly. “You, I take it, don’t see it as we do.
-Instead of a fly in the amber, you regard it rather as a shark in a
-swimming pool.”
-
-“It is very kind of you,” said Barbara, “to go out of your way for me. I
-can’t tell you how I appreciate your goodness. I shall pray for you.”
-
-The driver’s face changed from melancholy to reverence.
-
-“Please remember that,” he said. As he spoke he thought of the great
-Thackeray’s great words on the preciousness of living on in the heart of
-one good woman.
-
-Had Barbara been his own mother he could not have been more attentive.
-He helped her from the car, placed her in her section, and furtively
-slipping a dollar into the porter’s responsive fist, got that
-functionary into a state of useful and eager activity which would have
-filled, had he seen it, the Pullman superintendent’s heart with wild
-delight.
-
-“Can’t I get you a physician, Mrs. Vernon?” pleaded the stranger.
-
-“I need none, thank you. You have done infinitely more than I had any
-right to expect.”
-
-“Well, then, I am going to leave you in the hands of this lady—”
-
-“Mrs. Estelle Sansone,” supplied the owner of that name.
-
-“Thank you, Mrs. Sansone. I am glad to know your name. And,” he
-continued, turning upon Barbara the most melancholy eyes she had ever
-seen, while taking reverently her proffered hand, “I beg you, Mrs.
-Vernon, to remember me in—in—to remember me as you said.”
-
-“Indeed and indeed I will. God bless you!”
-
-“Amen,” answered the young man thickly. His face twitched, he paused as
-though about to speak, and then suddenly turned and left the car.
-
-“Isn’t he strange!” ejaculated Barbara. “I never saw a more melancholy
-face.”
-
-“He is very strange,” assented Mrs. Sansone.
-
-There was a depth of meaning in her words, unsuspected by Barbara, for
-the kind Italian woman had recognized the good Samaritan. This
-melancholy man was, in her estimation, the greatest screen comedian in
-the world.
-
-“And,” continued Barbara, when the porter had placed a second pillow
-under her head, “with all his melancholy, he is so kind and so good!”
-
-“I don’t understand,” commented the Italian. Again the depth of this
-remark was lost upon Barbara. For Mrs. Sansone knew much of the gossip
-concerning the great comedian. She knew that he had figured in many
-episodes which, to say the least, were anything but savory. And now she
-had met the man in a few intimate moments and seen him kind, gentle,
-gracious, and with a reverence for a good woman and a good woman’s
-prayers that had filled her with a feeling akin to awe. As she
-ministered lovingly to Barbara she meditated upon these opposing truths,
-and so meditating took a new lesson in the school of experience, a
-lesson the fruits of which are wisdom.
-
-“I am anxious about my boy,” said Barbara opening her eyes and
-endeavoring vainly to sit up.
-
-Mrs. Sansone threw a quick glance about the car. Her gaze rested
-presently upon an elderly woman whose face was eminently kindly. She was
-every inch a matron. Mrs. Estelle Sansone stepped over to her.
-
-“Pardon me,” she said, “but the lady over there is quite ill, and she is
-worrying about her little boy, who should have been back by this time. I
-don’t like to leave her alone while I go in search—”
-
-“And,” broke in the other, “you want some one to take your place? I
-thank you for asking me. I’ve been a widow for nearly fourteen years,
-and since my husband’s death I have worked as nurse in the Northwestern
-Railroad’s emergency ward in Chicago.”
-
-“Why, I couldn’t have made a better choice,” cried Mrs. Sansone.
-
-“It’s my first real pleasure trip—mine and my daughter’s—since my
-widowhood,” continued the woman, “but the pleasures of travel are as
-nothing compared with waiting on any good woman in distress.”
-
-The introductions were quickly made, and Mrs. Sansone left the car,
-feeling that Barbara was in hands better far than her own.
-
-She looked about the station. The clock indicated that in about five
-minutes the train would start. Mrs. Sansone grew anxious. She hurried
-along the platform, looking eagerly on every side for some sign of the
-children. A glance towards the beach rewarded her searching. Peggy, her
-hair streaming in the wind, was running towards her. Mrs. Sansone’s
-heart sank. Where was the boy? A sense of calamity seized her. She too
-ran to meet the child.
-
-“Oh, mother, mother!” cried Peggy, throwing her arms about Mrs. Sansone
-and bursting into a new agony of grief.
-
-“Dearest,” crooned Mrs. Sansone, raising the child to her bosom, “tell
-me! What has become of Bobby?”
-
-“Oh, mother! I am afraid!”
-
-“Tell the truth, darling. No matter what—it is your mother who listens.
-She will understand; she will not scold.”
-
-“Bobby is drowned!”
-
-“Oh, blessed Mary!” cried Mrs. Sansone, restoring Peggy to the sands and
-clasping her hands in dismay. “I can’t believe it! Tell me, dear, how it
-happened.”
-
-“Bobby was wading, and he was trying to be obedient. He got out too far,
-and I reminded him of his promise to his mother. And he said he was
-going to keep his promise. And just while he was talking to me a big
-roller came on him—you see, his back was turned—and that roller
-knocked him down and pulled him out, and when I looked—”
-
-Here Peggy fell to weeping again.
-
-“What, dear? Tell me quick.”
-
-“He was gone.”
-
-“And were there none around to go to his help?”
-
-“We were alone.”
-
-“And did you call for help?”
-
-“No, mother. I just ran away.”
-
-“And you said nothing, dearest?”
-
-“No. I was afraid they would think I was a murderer.”
-
-Mrs. Sansone had long walked the paths of wisdom. She knew how common it
-was for little children, witnesses to a drowning or a like calamity, to
-fly from the scene and in fear keep silent. She understood.
-
-“You were frightened, dearest. If you were older, you would have called
-for help. But you are not to blame. God help us! Now, Peggy, come with
-me. Or stay—I must break the news to his poor mother.”
-
-“And tell her,” said Peggy sobbingly, “that his last words were how he
-must always keep his promises, especially those he made to his mother.”
-
-Then Mrs. Sansone wept. It was a bitter moment.
-
-“All aboard!” cried one of the trainmen.
-
-Peggy and her mother were just in time to mount the platform when the
-train started.
-
-Then, with love and pity and all manner of gentleness, Mrs. Sansone told
-the pitiful story. When the full horror of it was grasped by Barbara,
-she asked for her crucifix, gazed upon it fixedly for several seconds,
-kissed it, and fell into a faint.
-
-Then it was that all that was matronly shone forth in Mrs. Feehan. Then
-it was that she and Mrs. Sansone, never for a moment neglecting the sick
-woman, mingled their tears and their grief. The porter, the gayest,
-chattiest porter in that section of the Pullman service, was their
-willing slave. He too became a partner in their sorrow. In fact, every
-passenger on the car and every employee of the road on duty duly caught
-the spirit of sympathy, and before Barbara came to, dry-eyed and almost
-despairing, lines and telephones were busy in a vain endeavor to get any
-possible light on the drowning.
-
-“But,” cried Barbara when she became fully conscious of the dark
-tragedy, “I must go back! I cannot go on without my boy!”
-
-The conductor was summoned.
-
-“I can let you off, lady,” he explained. “But I doubt whether you can
-get any means of returning at this point. Besides, when we arrive at the
-next station, we may expect an answer concerning the child. In that way
-you will get word quicker than if you were to return at once.”
-
-“Mrs. Vernon,” urged the nurse, “it would be the worst thing you could
-do to return. You are physically unfit just now to walk or make any kind
-of exertion. You need several hours of complete rest. If you take my
-advice, you will go on and not attempt to leave the car until the shock
-has passed and your strength returns.”
-
-“But I must go back—I must!” cried Barbara hysterically. As she spoke
-she suddenly rose and took a few quick steps. But the effort was too
-much. She staggered, and despite her efforts fell back into the arms of
-the kind matron.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER III
- IT NEVER RAINS BUT IT POURS
-
-
-But Bobby was not drowned. Peggy and he, as the wave caught him, were
-not alone. Seated on the ledge of a cliff, hidden almost completely from
-view, a bather, tall and plump, once a professional life-saver, had been
-watching the two children carefully. He had noted the roller even before
-Peggy. He was at a considerable distance from the children; but as Peggy
-turned to fly he was dashing, diagonally, across the beach. It was
-nothing for him, tall and strong of limb, to plunge into the water, to
-reach the very spot where Bobby had disappeared, and when Bobby’s head
-came to the surface, to take a few strong strokes, reach the unconscious
-boy, and bring him almost without effort to the shore.
-
-Bobby, I say, was unconscious; and the rescuer, for a moment, doubted
-whether the little lad was alive. Paying no attention, therefore, to the
-fleeing Peggy, the man, experienced in such matters, endeavored to
-restore the lad to consciousness. Bobby had swallowed much salt water.
-It was the work of a few moments to remedy that trouble. Then the man
-put himself to the task of getting the boy to breathe. In the shade of
-the cliff he labored long and arduously. Almost a quarter of an hour
-passed before Bobby’s face showed the slightest sign of life. Eventually
-he began to breathe.
-
-“Hey, boy! you’re doing fine,” cried the man. “Come on now, and wake
-up.”
-
-Adjured in such like terms at least twenty times, Bobby at length opened
-his eyes upon a world which he had almost left for good.
-
-“Howdy, Johnny? Are you awake?”
-
-Bobby looked gravely at his companion and, the inspection completed,
-asked, as he closed his eyes again:
-
-“Where am I?”
-
-“Right here at Long Beach,” came the answer. “Here, let me put my coat
-about you. You look pretty cold. How do you feel?”
-
-“I guess so,” answered Bobby, not even opening his eyes.
-
-Then the rescuer took the child, wrapped as he was in the heavy coat,
-and folded him to his bosom. He held the boy tight. Bobby soon began to
-warm up.
-
-“Where am I?” he inquired once more, opening his eyes as he spoke.
-
-“I told you we were at Long Beach, didn’t I?”
-
-“Maybe you did. Say, didn’t you pull me out of the water?”
-
-“I did, and not a second too soon, either. Now look here, Johnny. The
-color is coming back to your face. But you must get that chill out of
-you. Here, you must stretch your legs. Take my hand.”
-
-Bobby at first was barely able to walk. But gradually his strength
-returned, his strength and his smile. But neither lasted long.
-
-“Say! I’m getting so tired!” he remarked after a few quick turns. “Would
-you mind if I lie down?”
-
-The man laid Bobby down upon the sands, once more wrapping him, as he
-did so, tightly in the coat. Bobby promptly turned on his side and,
-resting his head upon his right arm, fell asleep.
-
-“My!” apostrophized the man, after a long contemplation. “I never saw
-such an interesting face.”
-
-“Did you say something, sir?” asked Bobby, opening his eyes.
-
-“I said a mouthful,” came the answer. “But look you, boy; you are weaker
-than you ought to be. What you need is brandy.”
-
-“I don’t drink,” objected Bobby.
-
-“None of us drink just now, for that matter,” the man dryly observed.
-“Just the same, you need a bit of brandy. Now will you remain here till
-I come back? I may be gone ten or fifteen minutes.”
-
-“Just now, sir, I don’t want to go anywhere. Oh, I’ll stay, all right.”
-
-And Bobby meant it. Nevertheless he did not stay.
-
-The man had hardly disappeared from view when Bobby sat up and stretched
-himself. Then he arose and went through the same process. Bobby was
-feeling once more that he was alive. Throwing off the coat, he quickly
-put on his proper garments, already perfectly dry. Then Bobby bethought
-him of his shoes. It would be easy to recover them and return within a
-few minutes. Accordingly, with his light step and easy grace quite
-restored, he trotted along the shore; and even as he moved, the events
-that had led up to his mischance began to return to his memory—the
-horrified eyes of Peggy, the big wave coming upon him, and then? What
-was it happened next? At the moment he could recall no more. Seating
-himself, he put on shoes and stockings, when all of a sudden as he
-arose, the awful memory, unbidden, returned. Once more he felt the
-waves’ might, once more he felt himself whirled and tossed about like a
-cork, once more he choked as the water forced itself into his gaping
-mouth. Here his memory ended. Bobby was more frightened by the memory
-than he had been by the actual happening.
-
-And just then, when the horror of it all had seized upon him, the ground
-beneath his feet began to oscillate. This was the last straw. Bobby
-could bear no more. The sea but a short time before had tried to swallow
-him up; now it was the land itself that would devour him.
-
-Utterly panic-stricken, urged on by a blind instinct in which reason had
-no share, the little fellow ran at a speed born of fear away from that
-awful beach. As it happened, there were stairs at that point leading up
-to the cliff. Bobby took them two at a time. Ocean Avenue was thronged
-just then with people, strangers in California, who failed, naturally
-enough, to see anything of humor in an earthquake. Under normal
-circumstances Bobby, flying at full speed along a highway, would have
-attracted more than a little attention. But the circumstances were not
-normal, and the fear which urged Bobby onwards was the same fear which
-in a measure possessed nearly all of those whom with flying feet he
-passed.
-
-Bobby had always been a good runner. On this occasion he surpassed
-himself. On he went until he was alone on the open road; on past
-orchards of oranges, peaches, lemons, pears and plums. The ground at
-every step was, as he felt, growing firmer beneath his feet; and once
-away from the outskirts of Ocean Beach he began to slacken his pace. It
-was then that the sharp tooting of a horn behind him caused him to turn;
-an automobile was bearing down upon him.
-
-Bobby, putting on full speed once more, darted to the left side of the
-road, which at this point sharply curved, only to find another machine
-bearing upon him swiftly from the opposite direction. There seemed to be
-no chance of escape. Nevertheless Bobby jumped for his life, landing on
-hands and knees at the side of the road, while the oncoming machine, now
-fairly upon him, swung desperately away. It passed within an inch of the
-boy’s feet as he flew through the air. Bobby did not arise. He collapsed
-where he had fallen. The machine which had nearly done for him came to a
-halt full thirty yards up the road, where from it descended a highly
-excited young man, who, more than emulating Bobby’s burst of speed, ran
-quickly and picked up the lad in his arms.
-
-“Say, little fellow, you’re not hurt, are you? Now don’t say you’re
-hurt. It was a close call, but I never touched you.”
-
-But Bobby’s head hung limp, his eyes remained closed.
-
-The man grew pale with fear. Possibly he had frightened the child to
-death. Gazing with extreme compassion upon the delicate features of the
-sensitive face, he groaned aloud and, as though his burden weighed
-nothing, sprinted back to his machine. There he laid the boy on the
-front seat, and, getting out a water bottle from the tonneau, removed
-the stopper and dashed a goodly portion of water into the child’s face.
-
-The effect was immediate. Bobby sat up, and looking into the frightened
-face of his new aggressor, opened his mouth and bawled. Bobby, to do him
-justice, was a manly little fellow, and manly little fellows of seven or
-eight are not in the habit of bawling. But he had been through a fearful
-series of ordeals. He was no longer himself. Panic had entered into his
-very soul. The sea had tried to get him; the earth, lining itself up
-with the sea, had shaken beneath his feet; and when he ran from one
-automobile, another had borne down upon him to such effect that only by
-a marvel short of the miraculous had he escaped with his life. So Bobby
-went on bawling.
-
-This exhibition of tears and lungs had a very disconcerting effect on
-the young man. He was, as the reader has a right to know, John Compton,
-a promising comedian, engaged recently by a moving-picture company, the
-head members of which counted upon his becoming shortly one of the
-leading film comedians of the country. On that very day he had started
-in upon his second picture. But an hour before he had rehearsed part of
-the opening scene; and he would have still been rehearsing at that very
-moment had it not happened that the property man was not on time with
-the completion of an indoor set; as a consequence of which the director
-had called off further rehearsal till two o’clock that afternoon. Not
-thinking it worth his while to disturb his make-up, John Compton had
-jumped into his automobile and gone out for a spin, with his face
-painted a sickly yellow and eyebrows fiercely exaggerated. Bobby had
-never before seen a moving-picture actor in his war paint. No wonder
-that he continued to bawl; no wonder that he refused to be comforted.
-
-Mr. Compton was at his wits’ end. It was useless to advise the boy to
-calm himself. To be heard Compton would be obliged to bellow at the top
-of his voice. And why not? It was an inspiration. Standing outside his
-own machine, John Compton planted his hands upon his knees, and stooping
-till his face was on a level with Bobby’s, opened his mouth, a not
-inconsiderable one, and bawled, too, with all the energy of desperation.
-
-At the awful sound Bobby, opening his eyes to their widest, ceased his
-outcries and, with his mouth still wide open, stared in incredulous
-amazement at John Compton. This gentleman, having stopped momentarily
-for breath, started his strange performance once more. But there was a
-different tone to the second attempt. Mr. Compton, gaining courage
-through success, was beginning to perceive a certain humor in the
-situation; and into his bawling went that sense of humor. The suspicion
-of a grin came upon the boy’s face. Inspired by this, Compton entered
-upon a third attempt, which really succeeded in being a clever
-caricature of Bobby’s bawling.
-
-The boy grinned.
-
-“Never say die,” said the comedian, smiling pleasantly and winking.
-
-“I’ll say so!” returned Bob, and reproduced to a nicety Compton’s
-identical wink.
-
-Compton’s perplexity was entirely gone. He liked Bobby from the first;
-but with that wink he loved him. So, light of heart, John Compton forced
-his features into the exaggerated smile which, in the opinion of his
-director, would, when once known, be worth a fortune, and Bobby for the
-first time since the roller came upon him burst into a laugh, clear,
-silvery—sweeter, dearer at that moment to Compton than all the music
-that had ever charmed his ears.
-
-“Hey! Do it again,” cried Bobby, standing up and wearing an air of
-seraphic joy. Mr. Compton accepted the encore gratefully, but lost his
-great smile almost instantaneously when Bobby, allowing for a smaller
-mouth and more delicate features, reproduced the million-dollar grin.
-
-“Upon my word!” exclaimed the thoroughly amazed comedian. “I must say I
-like you.”
-
-“And I like you.”
-
-“In fact, I like you very much.”
-
-“And I like you very much.”
-
-“What’s your name, little screecher?”
-
-“Bobby Vernon.”
-
-“I like that name very much. Mine is John Compton.”
-
-“And I like that name very much. Say, come in and sit with me.”
-
-“One moment. Where are you from?”
-
-“Cincinnati.”
-
-Compton, starting slightly, looked at the boy’s features searchingly.
-
-“Say, Bobby, what was your mother’s maiden name—her name before she was
-married, you know?”
-
-“Barbara Carberry.”
-
-Compton buried his face in his hands. When he raised his head presently,
-he discovered Bobby weeping. Stepping into the car, Compton took Bobby
-in his arms and, gazing once more upon the child’s face, stooped over
-and kissed him.
-
-“I knew your mother once,” he said quietly.
-
-“And you like her?” asked Bobby eagerly.
-
-“Like her! That’s no name for it. Tell me all about her.”
-
-It was the thought of his mother that had set Bobby to weeping again. No
-wonder, then, that as he proceeded to recount the events of that morning
-he was forced sobbing to halt in his narration several times until he
-had mastered his grief. No child in deep trouble ever had a more
-sympathetic listener. While Bobby went on with his tale of woe, Compton,
-deeply attentive, was speeding at the rate of forty-five miles an hour
-for Los Angeles.
-
-“You see,” he had explained to Bobby, “if I don’t hurry, I’ll be late
-for that two o’clock rehearsal.”
-
-He stopped once on the road at a telephone station.
-
-“Bobby,” he said when he had returned from the booth, “I’ve made
-inquiries. Your mother took sick. They say there was an earthquake.”
-
-“I should say there was! Didn’t I tell you how it started me to running
-till I ran into you?
-
-“That’s true. In fact, I believe there was an earthquake. Seems to me I
-noticed one myself; but I was so busy thinking about my part in the new
-production that I didn’t pay much attention to it. Well, anyhow, it made
-your mother sick. It often does affect strangers that way. And they
-brought her to her car; and before she knew what happened I reckon the
-old train started off to bring her to San Luis Obispo without you.”
-
-Bobby’s sensitive upper lip quivered.
-
-“Here, now, don’t you cry. I’ve sent a telegram which will catch her at
-San Luis Obispo, telling her that you are with me and that I will keep
-you safe and sound till I hear from her. Cheer up, Bobby! You’ll get
-word to-morrow. There’s nothing to worry about.”
-
-Mr. Compton was a bad prophet. Bobby did not get word. In fact, owing to
-the flood of telegrams consequent upon the earthquake, Compton’s message
-was delayed nearly twenty-four hours, and though it duly reached San
-Luis Obispo it was never delivered. Barbara Vernon was not there to
-receive it.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IV
- MRS. VERNON ALL BUT ABANDONS HOPE
-
-
-John Compton had vainly attempted to get any details in regard to
-Bobby’s rescue. It had been a bad day for swimmers at Long Beach. The
-waters had been unusually rough, and in consequence several bathers were
-drowned and nearly a score in imminent danger rescued. Over the
-telephone he got a complete list of those whom the life-savers had
-brought safely in, but in that list was no name in any wise
-corresponding with that of Bobby Vernon. Had not the earthquake come
-along at the wrong moment, Bobby would not, unconsciously breaking his
-promise, have run away, and Mrs. Vernon would not have been whisked into
-the Pullman and been borne northward on the wings of steam. No; Bobby
-would have waited and Mrs. Vernon would have remained. They would have
-come together very shortly, and this story would not, failing that
-earthquake, be worth the writing.
-
-Nor would Mrs. Vernon have gone on toward San Luis Obispo utterly broken
-in spirit. In reply to telegrams and long-distance telephone calls made
-by Mrs. Sansone and the big-hearted nurse, they learned that no boy
-corresponding to hers had been rescued, and that it was impossible at
-the moment to give any adequate report of those who had met death in the
-angry waters.
-
-As for Bobby’s rescuer, when he returned to the beach and failed to find
-the boy awaiting him, he was highly disgusted. The boy had broken his
-promise and gone off without so much as a word of thanks. Being a
-native, so to speak, it did not occur to him that an earthquake might
-put a lone little lad into a panic. Meditating grimly on the
-ungratefulness of mankind in general and of a certain small boy in
-particular, he turned himself with a glum face to the bathing house. He
-was already long overdue in the city, and putting the incident out of
-his mind as an unpleasant memory, he went his way, telling no man of his
-morning’s adventure. Thus it came about that Bobby’s rescue was recorded
-only in heaven.
-
-Thus too it came about that Barbara Vernon gave up all hope of her son’s
-having been rescued. He was dead, and she was alone in the world. In
-vain did Mrs. Sansone beg her to hope; equally in vain did Mrs. Feehan
-fold her to her generous heart and whisper in her ear those sweet
-nothings which love makes more valuable in such circumstances than
-pearls of great price. Mrs. Vernon, dry-eyed and with set face, speaking
-nothing, apparently hearing nothing, gazed into vacancy. Even Mrs.
-Feehan, whose hope was as strong as her love, began to lose courage.
-Something must be done or the poor bereaved widow might go mad.
-
-Resigning the unhappy lady to the care of the Italian, Mrs. Feehan
-walked through the car, scanning quickly the face of each passenger.
-Disappointed in her inspection, she went into the next car, and as she
-entered, the smile returned to her face.
-
-Seated in a section near her entry was a venerable priest. His thick
-spectacles failed to conceal the kindly old eyes; while the large, red,
-weather-beaten face seemed somehow to tell the tale of myriad deeds of
-consolation and kindness. To look upon him with unprejudiced eyes was by
-way of loving him. He was sitting with folded hands.
-
-“Oh, Father,” exclaimed the nurse, “pardon me for disturbing you. But
-there is a woman in the next car who, I fear, will go mad unless some
-one can reach her. She is a widow, and her only boy has just been
-drowned. She is a devout Catholic, and I am almost certain that if any
-one can bring her out of her despair a Catholic priest can do it. I’ve
-dealt with a number of like cases, and I know it.”
-
-The priest arose, and, as Mrs. Feehan observed, slipped his beads,
-concealed in his folded hands, into his pocket.
-
-“I’ll talk to her, my good woman, and while I talk, do you pray.”
-
-As they entered the car the porter met them.
-
-“You will find the lady in the drawing-room. I put her in there myself.”
-
-“You’re a trump!” said the priest, patting the porter on the back.
-
-Mrs. Vernon, as they entered, was showing once more some signs of
-improvement. She was gazing not without a touch of tenderness down upon
-the tear-stained, almost despairing face of the beautiful little child
-Peggy, who on her knees was imploring forgiveness.
-
-“I’m so sorry, Mrs. Vernon. I lost my wits. But do forgive me.”
-
-“She’s as good a girl as I know,” said the priest. “How are you, Peggy?”
-
-“Oh, Father Galligan, ask her to forgive me!”
-
-“I don’t know what it’s all about,” said the priest, “but I’m sure
-little Peggy would not wilfully do anything wrong. As you expect God’s
-help, my dear lady, in this trying hour, send this child away in peace
-and quiet.”
-
-Mrs. Vernon raised herself up and threw her arms about the little one’s
-neck.
-
-“There’s nothing to forgive, little dear. But pray, pray for me.”
-
-“I think, madam,” observed the priest, “that if ever you were fit to
-receive all that comes with the blessing of the Church now is the time.
-Here, Peggy, kneel down and pray; and you too, Mrs. Sansone. And you
-too,” he added, addressing himself to the nurse; “though I’m thinking
-that Peggy’s prayers are worth all yours and mine put together. Now,
-speed her up, Peggy, while I recite the Gospel of St. John.”
-
-It was, in all seriousness, an exquisite prayer-meeting. If angels can
-be influenced by human beauty, delicate innocence, and the awful faith
-of childhood, legions of them must have pressed about the great White
-Throne to tell the wondrous tale of Peggy’s praying. It is doubtful,
-also, whether they could have been insensible to the ardent petitions of
-the nurse and Peggy’s mother. However this may be, one thing is certain:
-the authorized prayer of a priest uttered in the name of the Church has
-an efficacy behind it which pierces high heaven. Such a prayer goes
-flying upward, winged by the power of that Church, in whose name it is
-uttered.
-
-“Now,” said Father Galligan, closing his little book and gesturing the
-suppliants to rise from their knees, “you may all go outside and talk
-about your neighbors; and the more you talk about them the
-better—provided you speak of their good qualities. This lady is going
-to entertain me.”
-
-“Well, we’ve all got to go now anyhow,” said Mrs. Sansone. “Los Angeles
-is our home, and Mrs. Feehan with her dear little daughter is stopping
-to visit a relation—”
-
-“But if you say the word, Father,” put in Mrs. Feehan, “I’ll go on and
-see Mrs. Vernon through.”
-
-“I don’t think it will be necessary,” said the Father. “Take your
-holiday and God bless you all. And don’t you forget, Peggy, to go to
-communion every day you can. You need it, dear child.”
-
-“Indeed I won’t forget, Father. Good-by, Mrs. Vernon. You are just
-lovely, and I’ll pray for you every day and for Bobby.”
-
-As Peggy left the compartment the priest lightly laid his hand on the
-child’s raven-black hair and blessed her.
-
-“Poor child!” he remarked to Mrs. Vernon. “She’s as lovely now and as
-good as an angel. But she has the fatal gift of beauty, and she’s going
-to grow up. Lovely, untainted children—and the world is full of
-them—quite upset me. I don’t want them to die and I don’t want them to
-grow up. Confound original sin anyway!”
-
-“I’m sure my little boy is in heaven. But I am a mother. Oh, how I want
-him! I can’t give him up!”
-
-“You don’t know what you can do. None of us knows till we try. Remember,
-there is a faith that moves mountains.”
-
-“Thank you so much, Father,” said Mrs. Vernon. “A moment ago I was
-tempted to take my life.”
-
-“I’m sure the angels didn’t notice it, and so it won’t go on the
-recording book. You have had a great sorrow. But listen to the words of
-an old priest who has spent his priestly life of forty-three years
-supping with sorrow—other people’s mainly. When God sends us a great
-sorrow, He sends us a great strength, if we will only accept it. And
-more: if we bear our sorrows in simple faith, somehow, somewhere, God
-will turn our sorrow into joy.”
-
-“Ah, Father, He can never give me back my son!”
-
-“I don’t know about that,” demurred the Father, taking a pinch of snuff.
-“Didn’t Christ say, ‘Out of these stones I can raise up children to
-Abraham?’ Never say can’t when you’re talking about God.”
-
-“I see, Father; you want of me the deepest faith.”
-
-“Exactly, my good woman, the faith that moves mountains. ‘Earth has no
-sorrow that heaven cannot heal.’”
-
-“Father, I will try.” As she finished these words, Mrs. Vernon fell to
-weeping.
-
-“Good for you!” commented the priest. “What alarmed me most when I first
-saw you was the fact of your being so dry-eyed. But let us talk about
-something else. You don’t belong out here.”
-
-“No, Father. I come from Cincinnati. My name is Barbara Vernon. Almost
-two years ago I lost my husband. He died a good death; but he was a poor
-business man, and the thing that bothered him most at his last hour was
-that he had neglected to renew his life insurance. It lapsed just two
-weeks before the day of his death.”
-
-“An artist, possibly?”
-
-“I think you might call him so, Father. He was an actor, and, if God had
-given him a longer life, would have become a playwright. He was engaged
-on the third and last act of a play when he took sick. I am confident,
-not only on my own judgment, but on the authority of several critics,
-that had he lived to complete it he would have made a fortune.”
-
-“These artists are all alike,” commented the priest. “They see
-everything in the heavens above and the waters under the earth but their
-own interests. They all die uninsured—most of them, anyhow. But what
-brings you out here?”
-
-“The hope of straightening out my affairs. You see, my husband, on the
-strength of his play, borrowed twenty-five hundred dollars on a note
-which falls due September the first. I want to pay it. I feel it is my
-duty. He borrowed from a friend who now needs the money. I have been
-teaching elocution to private pupils ever since my husband’s death, and
-have managed to put aside seven hundred dollars. Three months ago it
-became clear to me that I could not possibly get the full amount
-together. Now, there happens to live in San Luis Obispo a wealthy
-relation of mine, an uncle whom I have not seen since I was a little
-girl. He was very fond of me then, and he more than once asked me to
-call on him if I were ever in trouble.”
-
-“You did very well to come, Mrs. Vernon. He lives, you say, in San Luis
-Obispo?”
-
-“Yes, Father.”
-
-“Perhaps I know him. I spent three years at San Luis. In fact, I was
-there all of last year.”
-
-“His name, Father, is Pedro Alvarez.”
-
-The start which the priest gave was almost imperceptible. Not for
-nothing had he heard over four hundred thousand confessions.
-
-“Do you know him, Father?”
-
-“I do.”
-
-“And is he well?”
-
-“I am just wondering,” mused the priest evasively, “whether he has much
-money. He was wealthy once, but he lost heavily on some oil
-investments.”
-
-“But is he well, Father?”
-
-“It is two months,” pursued the priest, “since I was in residence at San
-Luis Obispo.”
-
-At this moment the train stopped at a small station, and there was heard
-a commotion without.
-
-“There’s something wrong, I fear,” said the Father, glad of an
-opportunity to change the subject. He now regretted that he had bidden
-Mrs. Feehan take her holiday at Los Angeles.
-
-“Reverend,” said the porter, entering suddenly, “there’s a man at the
-station who’s been injured by a freight, and he is calling for a priest.
-He may die any moment.”
-
-“Excuse me,” said Father Galligan, rising quickly. “When I come back I
-have something to tell you.”
-
-Father Galligan did not return. The dying man needed him, and Mrs.
-Vernon saw the priest no more. He only came and went, and touched her
-life into a higher faith.
-
-That evening Mrs. Vernon stepped off the car at San Luis Obispo. The
-station was almost deserted. However, she had little trouble in getting
-information about Alvarez, once very prominent in the city. He was dead.
-He had died seven months before almost penniless and prepared by Father
-Galligan. This it was that Father Galligan had intended telling her.
-
-The train, while Mrs. Vernon was getting this information, departed.
-
-The poor woman was almost beside herself. Wringing her hands, she paced
-up and down the deserted platform, calling upon the Mother of Sorrows to
-come to her aid. Five minutes or more passed when she was interrupted.
-
-“I beg your pardon, Miss,” said a plainly dressed man to whose hands
-were clinging a girl of twelve and a boy who evidently was her younger
-brother; “but do you know anything about nursing?”
-
-The man’s face was troubled and eager. The two children had been
-recently crying. Indeed, so it seemed to Mrs. Vernon, it had been a day
-of calamity.
-
-“I took nearly two years’ course of training.”
-
-“Oh!” cried the girl, breaking into a smile.
-
-“Then for the love of God, come to my help. My wife will die unless she
-gets good nursing. The doctor has said it. Look at these two children.
-Think of them without a mother. I’m a ranchman living thirty miles from
-here. Money is no object. Name your own terms. I know you won’t refuse.
-All afternoon I’ve looked and looked for a nurse. Before you say no,
-look at these little ones.”
-
-“Please!” cried the girl, clasping her hands.
-
-“Come on!” entreated the boy, catching her arm.
-
-Could the Mother of Sorrows have sent them?
-
-“I hardly know how to refuse you, sir; but my own little boy has this
-day been taken from me by drowning, carried out by the undertow at Long
-Beach. I was not with him at the time, and I must go back and find
-whether his body has been recovered.”
-
-The ranchman took a careful and appraising look at Barbara.
-
-“Madam,” he said, “I think I understand. I know how you feel. But let me
-make a suggestion. You are in no condition to return to Long Beach; nor
-would you know what to do when you got there. Now, I’m familiar with the
-place and the conditions. I have, in fact, some influence there. Now
-I’ll tell you what I’ll do. If for the sake of saving my dear wife’s
-life you will come with me, I’ll take you at once to our home and will
-return in time to get the next train to Long Beach. And I promise you
-that I will do all that you could do and more, to learn anything,
-however trivial it may seem, concerning your boy. Oh, madam, for the
-love of God, give your consent. I am sure He has sent you to us.”
-
-“Please, ma’am,” implored the girl.
-
-“My mama needs you,” added the boy.
-
-“In God’s name!” said the ranchman.
-
-Taking everything into consideration, Barbara Vernon could not resist
-these sweet children, this fond husband, and so a few minutes later she
-was on her way in the ranchman’s machine to enter upon a new phase of
-life.
-
-Thus it fell that when the telegram from John Compton reached San Luis
-Obispo the following afternoon no claimant for it could be discovered.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER V
- A NEW WAY OF BREAKING INTO THE MOVIES
-
-
-Your true cloister of to-day is a moving-picture studio. The sign “No
-Admittance,” or some wording of similar meaning, greets the stranger at
-every door. There is, too, at each entry a dragon on guard, sometimes in
-the guise of a gracious but firm young woman, sometimes, it may be, in
-that of a forbidding old man; but no matter how various be the form of
-these dragons, they are there to see that you don’t go in. To enter
-without the Open Sesame incurs an excommunication seldom incurred, for
-the reason that the dragons are always on duty.
-
-As John Compton, holding the hand of Bobby, made to enter the sacred
-precincts of the Lantry Studio at the entryway provided for the actors,
-the man on guard cast a severe and forbidding look at the youth.
-
-“You know my orders,” he grumbled, still gazing at Bobby while
-addressing Compton.
-
-“Sure I do. But this boy is an aunt of mine—er—that is, an uncle. Oh,
-dash it! what am I talking about? He’s my little nephew, Bobby Compton.”
-
-“Why don’t you get it right?” observed a bright young lady, one of the
-“stars,” as she passed through the sacred gate. “Don’t you think, on
-second thought, Mr. Compton, that he’s your grandfather? He looks more
-like that than an aunt of yours.”
-
-The surly keeper of the gate perceived the joke. It was on record that
-he had seen through a joke on three distinct occasions during his two
-years of guardianship. To-day he scored for the fourth time. Bobby as an
-aunt was really funny. But as a grandfather! The keeper dropped his pipe
-and lost his scowl, and holding up both hands, palms outward, roared
-with laughter. He was still in the throes of his mammoth mirth when
-Compton pushed through the stile—I know no better word for it—and drew
-Bobby after him. The cloister was violated.
-
-Now, Bobby had by this time wearied of holding Compton’s hand. Moreover
-he had noticed a certain peculiarity in Compton’s walk which he desired
-to study to better advantage. So, loosening his hold, and saying, “I’ll
-follow you,” he dropped behind his newly-discovered uncle.
-
-Mr. Compton, dressed for his part in the rehearsal, wore a nondescript
-jacket and a vest of startling color. Into the armholes of this vest his
-thumbs were thrust, the free fingers of his hand extended and waving in
-unison at each step. Bobby had already studied this peculiarity. Now he
-was to study the secret of Compton’s strides. They were, to begin with,
-notably long strides. But most striking of all was the part his feet
-played. The right foot at each step was turned in, the left out. In
-justice to Mr. Compton, this was not his proper gait. He was practicing
-for his part. Bobby, however, liked it. In fact, he liked anything
-connected with John Compton, and because John Compton did it Bobby saw
-nothing funny in it at all. It was easy for Bobby to insert his real
-thumbs into imaginary armholes and to wiggle his fingers with each step.
-It was not so easy, by reason of the shortness of his legs, for Bobby to
-catch his uncle’s stride. But he thought it worth while, and he did it.
-Then Bobby, with surprisingly little difficulty, got his feet to working
-as though one were going in one direction and the other in another; and
-so serenely moved on the procession of two, a spectacle for angels and
-Miss Bernadette Vivian, the young star who had brought to life once more
-the gate-keeper’s sense of humor.
-
-It was Bernadette’s turn to laugh.
-
-“Look,” she cried to a busy and jaded-looking official, who was hurrying
-past her with a sheaf of papers in his hands and a lead pencil in his
-mouth. “Set your eyes on that boy. That’s Compton’s aunt or
-grandfather—he’s not quite clear which—and of the two, I think, with
-all respect to Compton, the aunt is the better comedian.”
-
-The official looked and grinned.
-
-“Maybe you’re right,” he observed, removing the pencil from his mouth.
-“You’re working with Compton. Keep your eye on the kid. We may need him
-if he’s not engaged already.”
-
-“Come on here, Bobby; you take my hand,” said Compton, turning sharply
-and detecting his understudy in action. Another man might have been
-annoyed, Compton was tickled beyond measure.
-
-Threading their way through a maze of sets and scenery, among which busy
-men—carpenters, electricians, secretaries and what not—were winding in
-what appeared to be inextricable confusion, they finally arrived at a
-set arranged to represent the lobby of a hotel.
-
-To the left was a cigar counter, and beyond it an exit, or, possibly, an
-entryway to some other part of the hotel. The rest, save for a bellhop’s
-bench, was space. Seated or lounging about were several actors; among
-them a young lady dressed as a salesgirl; a boy of about Bobby’s size,
-though evidently several years older, gay in the buttons and livery of a
-bellhop; a young man in society clothes; and finally a young woman who
-was evidently a lady.
-
-Hurrying from one to the other of these and speaking quickly certain
-instructions, was a young man whose intense face expressed infinite
-patience and strong, though jaded, energy. He was tired—had been tired
-for six months—but had no time to diagnose the symptoms. This was the
-stage director, Mr. Joseph Heneman.
-
-“Halloa, John! Glad you’ve come. Everything’s set, and we’re going to
-move like a house afire. Who’s that fine little boy with you?”
-
-“I’m his aunt,” said Bobby seriously.
-
-Heneman nearly exploded on the spot.
-
-“You young screech-owl!” said Compton, turning a severe face, though his
-eyes twinkled, upon Bobby. “Who taught you how to lie?”
-
-“You said I was your aunt,” countered Bobby.
-
-“Your uncle—nephew, I mean. This young monkey,” he went on, addressing
-the manager, the vision of Bobby’s latest mimicry still vivid in his
-memory, “is my nephew, Bobby Compton.”
-
-“Why, I didn’t know you had a nephew,” said Heneman, still laughing. As
-he spoke he shook hands with the interesting youth.
-
-“Neither did I till a while ago,” chuckled Compton. “Fact is I adopted
-him and christened him on the way in. It’s a long story, but he’s in my
-charge now. He’ll sit still and watch us working. Won’t you, Bobby?”
-
-“I’ll watch you working all right,” said Compton’s new relation. Bobby
-had no intention of sitting still.
-
-“Halloa, aunty!” said Bernadette, suddenly appearing on the scene, and
-smiling at Bobby, showing in the act a perfect and shining set of teeth.
-
-“How do you do?” returned Bobby, bowing gravely. “You’ve got it wrong,
-though. He’s my uncle. He says so himself, and he ought to know.”
-
-Before the rehearsal began every one there heard the story from the fair
-lady’s cupid-painted lips of the circumstances connected with Bobby’s
-admission into the Lantry cloister. The story filled with joy all the
-listeners save one. The bellhop did not even smile. The fact is, the
-bellhop, yielding to a long-fought temptation, had obtained a quid of
-tobacco from a stage carpenter, had indulged in his first and probably
-his last chew, and was just now filled with feelings of wild regret and
-a desire to lie down in some obscure spot and die.
-
-As a result of Bernadette’s story every one, excepting of course the
-unhappy bellhop, was in a state of almost hilarious good humor when the
-rehearsal was called; in such humor that even when the star halted
-everything for several minutes by insisting that one of her shoes was
-improperly laced—though to the naked eye there was nothing out of
-order—and having her attendant do it all over again, no one grumbled.
-
-Mr. Heneman had counted on going on with the rehearsal “like a house
-afire.” He had reckoned without his host, and the host was the bellhop.
-
-Before going further it may be well to observe that a picture in the
-making is far from resembling a picture in the viewing. The former is a
-very slow process. It may require a whole day to produce what one sees
-on the screen in three or four seconds. Before the camera men “shoot”
-there may be a dozen or more rehearsals; and the shooting may be
-repeated seven or eight times.
-
-“Ready!” cried Mr. Heneman. “Positions!”
-
-At the word the salesgirl got behind the cigar counter and, to make
-everybody understand that she was only a salesgirl, proceeded to chew
-gum violently. In real life saleswomen sometimes do chew gum; but it is
-rare to discover one who makes it an almost violent physical exercise.
-Standing to the right of the saleslady—in the lobby—the young man in
-the dresscoat, facing the young lady with not enough clothes on her back
-to make a bookmark, began offering such original remarks as the state of
-the weather generally evokes. Back of them all, in an alcove near the
-exit, sat the bellhop, gloom and desolation upon his face.
-
-“Here, you! Don’t stand so the lady can’t be seen. Let the lady turn a
-little to the right. That’s it. Go on and talk, both of you, and smile
-as if you were each saying awfully witty things. Bellhop, hold up your
-head! You look like a drowned rat. Look tough; you’re looking dismal.”
-Here the director paused, and while the camera men were placing their
-machines in position, and their assistants were arranging reflectors,
-and an electrician, perched on high above the shooting line, arranged a
-powerful light over the head of the salesgirl, he went over to the
-bellhop, showed him how to sit, how to hold his hands, cross his legs
-and drop one corner of his mouth. There was some improvement.
-
-“Now, once more!” ordered the director. “Positions! Smile, you two.
-Talk, talk! Don’t overdo that chewing-gum stuff. Give a yawn, bellhop.
-Good! Now come on, Compton.”
-
-From off scene to the right enters Compton. He is befuddled with liquor,
-and on his face is an expression of utmost stupidity. It is doubtful,
-indeed, if any live human being could be as stupid as he looked. In his
-right hand he is balancing a cane with a crook. His walk is a marvel of
-indecision. He hasn’t the least idea, apparently, as to whither he is
-going.
-
-Bobby, just back of the director, is watching all this with breathless
-interest. Previous to Compton’s entrance he had assumed the attitude and
-pose of the “lady,” arms akimbo, head thrown back and a full smile. Upon
-Compton’s appearance Bobby could at first hardly restrain the exuberance
-of his delight. The highest admiration often expresses itself in
-imitation. To the amazement and amusement of several actors stationed
-behind him, the lad with scarcely an effort threw his features into a
-close replica of Compton’s.
-
-“He’s as good a nut as Compton,” observed an old actor to a companion.
-
-“I’ll say so!” rejoined the other.
-
-Compton almost jostled the young lady in his onward progress. As it was,
-the crook of his cane caught upon her elbow and hung there. Without his
-cane, Compton showed a dim consciousness of feeling that something was
-wrong. He felt his clothes, his pockets, his face, and then looking for
-the nonce dimly intelligent, turned around, removed the cane from its
-improvised hook, raised his hat, dropped it, stooped to get the cane,
-picked it up, reached for his hat, dropped the cane, and so on. It was
-simple fun, but made worth while by the manner of the actor. Bobby by
-this time had a stick and a hat, and without knowing it was giving a
-capital performance for the exclusive benefit of sixteen actors and
-several outsiders.
-
-“Hey, salesgirl!” ordered Heneman, “call the bellhop, and tell him to
-request with all possible politeness the gentleman in liquor to leave
-the premises.”
-
-The bellhop came at her call, received her message, and strode towards
-Compton.
-
-“Get back there and do it again!” bawled the director. “You walk as
-though you were going to church or to your grandmother’s funeral. Turn
-your shoulders in, drop your mouth, swing your arms. Just imagine you’re
-going to lick somebody.”
-
-The bellhop tried again, with no sign of improvement. Again and again he
-failed. No moving-picture actor in that studio, it is probable, ever
-received such minute directions. But they were all lost on him. However,
-they were not lost on Bobby. Utterly unconscious of the attention he was
-exciting, Bobby was following out to the letter every hint coming from
-Heneman’s mouth.
-
-Among the spectators was a wag. The parts he always figured in were
-tragic or romantic roles, but in real life he was the most notorious
-practical joker in the Lantry Studio.
-
-“See here, Johnny,” he said, whispering into the boy’s ear. “Would you
-like to do an act of kindness?”
-
-“Sure,” said Bobby.
-
-“I’ve been watching you for some time. You know how that bellhop should
-do his part. Go and show him. It’s no use telling him how. He doesn’t
-understand. But you just go and show him.”
-
-“Will it be all right?” asked Bobby.
-
-“An act of kindness is always right,” answered the wag, with tragic
-solemnity. “Look; he’s starting now, and he’s worse than ever. Don’t
-tell any one I suggested your showing him. Keep it a dead secret. Now,
-go to it.”
-
-In perfect good faith Bobby stepped forward, passed the director, saying
-as he went, “Excuse me, sir,” and ignoring Compton and the “lady” and
-“gentleman,” strode over to the bellhop. All this, happening though it
-did in a few seconds, produced an unheard-of effect. The saleslady
-stopped chewing, the lady and gentleman ceased smiling, Compton looked
-surprised and intelligent, the director let his jaw drop, and the
-audience, now swollen to double its size, pressed forward to the
-cameras. The bellhop himself put on a human expression of inquiry. As
-Bobby came face to face with the victim every one on the stage seemed to
-be momentarily paralyzed.
-
-“You poor fish,” said Bob, kindness and energy ringing in his accents,
-“just let me show you. It’s so easy!”
-
-The bellhop sank back into his seat.
-
-“Now look,” continued Bobby. The left-hand corner of his mouth sagged,
-his shoulders bent in, and with a walk and a swerve redolent of the old
-Bowery, Bobby advanced towards Compton, whose eyes were protruding.
-
-“You boob!” announced Bobby. “You are politely requested to make a noise
-like a train and rattle out of here. Get me?” And as Bobby, not in the
-way of kindness, laid his hand on Compton, cheers and laughter and
-hand-clapping disturbed scandalously the quiet of the Lantry cloister.
-
-Bobby, nothing disconcerted, bowed, laying his hand over his heart, and
-smiled affably. But when the star, Bernadette, came running over, her
-face beaming with delight, and exclaimed, “Aunty, I’m going to kiss you
-for that,” he blanched and fled to Compton’s arms.
-
-There was a pause and a deliberation. Compton and the manager conferred
-together for five minutes. The result of their talk was that Bobby was
-hired on the spot and the victim of tobacco given a vacation till
-further notice.
-
-Thus did Bobby Vernon “break into the movies.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VI
- BOBBY ENDEAVORS TO SHOW THE ASTONISHED COMPTON HOW TO BEHAVE
-
-
-“Well,” observed John Compton as, holding Bobby’s hand, he sauntered
-along that Bagdad of a street, Hollywood Boulevard, “you’ve scored the
-first time at the bat, Bobby. You’re under a contract at thirty-five
-dollars a week, and a bonus of two hundred dollars if you make good.”
-
-“I like to make money,” cried Bobby.
-
-“Oh, you do? Have you made much?”
-
-“No. I never made a cent in my life; but I like to, just the same.”
-
-“Are you fond of money?”
-
-Bobby did not make an immediate reply. He was trying, not
-unsuccessfully, to “take off” the mincing gait of a young lady in front
-of him, who, considering the tightness of her skirt and the height of
-her truncated cone heels, was doing very well.
-
-“No. I don’t care for money; but mother needs it. Say, this is a nice
-place. I like flowers, lots of them, and nice white houses and palm
-trees and bright sunshine.”
-
-“All these things,” observed John Compton “are our long suit in
-Hollywood. If there ever was a paradise on earth, it must have been
-here.”
-
-“Is that all you know?” inquired the lad, his lip curling in scorn.
-“Why, of course there was a paradise! Didn’t you ever study catechism?”
-
-“Well—er, no.”
-
-“That’s all right,” said Bobby, relaxing from scorn to benevolence,
-“I’ll teach you myself.”
-
-“Upon my word!” ejaculated Compton, and fell into meditation, from which
-he was presently aroused by the strange behavior of the people on the
-street. Were they staring and laughing at him? Turning, he discovered
-Bobby, a little to the rear of him, doing the Bowery walk and wearing a
-face becoming a hardened pickpocket.
-
-“See here, you young imp! You’re giving our show away.”
-
-“Oh, I never thought of that!” cried Bobby, putting on the air of a
-Sunday-school superintendent. “I just can’t help it,” he went on. “I
-just love to act.”
-
-“Why, have you ever acted before?”
-
-“No; but I just love to.”
-
-“Did you ever see a church more charmingly situated?” asked the
-comedian.
-
-They were passing the Church of the Blessed Sacrament, a church hardly
-to be seen from the sidewalk. It stood well back from the street, hidden
-by large palms, pepper trees, and a profusion of flowers and foliage.
-
-“Is that a Catholic church?” the boy inquired.
-
-“It certainly is.”
-
-“Let’s go in and pay a visit,” suggested the lad.
-
-“I don’t go to church,” returned Compton.
-
-Once more Bobby’s lip curled.
-
-“You must be crazy,” he said. “Now, you come on in.”
-
-Bobby, it was clear, was in no mood for argument. Catching Compton by
-the hand, he led that astonished young man along the lovely path towards
-the church.
-
-“What’s that sign about up there?” asked Bobby.
-
-“It says,” answered Compton, “that it was here or in the immediate
-vicinity that Father Junipero Serra said the Mass of the Holy Cross.”
-
-“I’ve heard of him and read a book about him,” said Bobby. “He must have
-been a great man.”
-
-“Yes?” interrogated the skeptic. “I’ve heard it said that the Mass of
-the Holy Cross is the same as the Mass of the Holy Wood; and that’s the
-reason we call this section Hollywood.”
-
-“I like that name now more than ever, uncle.”
-
-On entering the vestibule Bobby hunted for and quickly found the
-holy-water font. Dipping his finger in, he devoutly made the sign of the
-cross, while Mr. Compton gazed at him as though he were seeing for the
-first time an unusually occult rite.
-
-Bobby motioned him; then pointed to the font. Compton came forward
-obediently enough, but he would not or could not understand what the
-child further expected.
-
-“Here!” whispered Bobby, with unsmiling face. And catching Mr. Compton’s
-reluctant right hand, he dipped its index finger in the font.
-
-“Now say what I say,” he adjured.
-
-Standing on tiptoe, Bobby placed the captive finger on Compton’s
-forehead, brought it down to the breast, then to the left and the right
-shoulder, while Compton, his face red as a Los Angeles geranium,
-repeated after his young mentor, “In the name of the Father, and of the
-Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen.”
-
-“You’ll do it better next time,” remarked Bobby consolingly.
-
-“Now come on!” And Bobby, pushing the comedian in front of him,
-proceeded fully half way up the center aisle.
-
-“Now you genuflect,” he whispered.
-
-“Eh?” said Compton, looking like the “nut” he played.
-
-“Sh-h-h!” warned Bobby. “Look.”
-
-And Bobby bent his right knee, holding himself quite erect, till it
-touched the floor. “Now do that.”
-
-Compton made the effort; and Compton, who could turn handsprings and
-bend the crab and stop a grounder and catch a fly with a grace that had
-won the hearts of the fair sex in many a city, bent his knee with the
-effect of one suffering from locomotor ataxia.
-
-Once more Bobby’s lip curled. He was minded to make Mr. Compton do it
-again, but on second thought changed his mind.
-
-“Get in that pew,” he whispered, in manifest disgust.
-
-There was nothing for Compton to do but obey. Bobby followed after him
-and, a second time signing himself with the sign of the cross, knelt
-down. Compton, looking, as he felt, inexpressibly stupid, seated
-himself.
-
-Bobby stared at him severely, arose, and catching his friend by the arm
-coaxed him to his knees.
-
-Once more Bobby made an elaborate sign of the cross, during the
-performance of which the comedian, leaning back, braced himself
-comfortably against the end of the seat. It came home to Bobby by this
-time that he was “instructing the ignorant.” He must do it in all
-kindness. After all, it might not be Compton’s fault. So, smiling
-sweetly but with the severe restraint proper to a church where the Lord
-of all was present in the tabernacle, he reached forward a tiny hand,
-applied it to the small of Compton’s back, and pressed forward till
-Compton was kneeling erect.
-
-“That’s the proper way to kneel,” he whispered kindly. “Now just keep
-that way, and say your prayers.”
-
-There was a sound so like a giggle that it really could not have been
-anything else proceeding from the back of the church, and three young
-ladies, their handkerchiefs at their mouths, incontinently left the
-church. Several other worshipers left, clearly for the same reason. Only
-one worshiper remained, a man whose romances had thrilled hundreds of
-thousands of readers. Restraining his features, he tiptoed up the aisle,
-and knelt at an angle where he could see Bobby’s face.
-
-In no wise realizing that he had emptied the church, Bobby for the third
-time crossed himself and, undisturbed by Compton, began to pray. It had
-been for Compton a day of many surprises. But now it was a moment of
-astonishment. Glancing sidewise, he took in Bobby’s face. Just a few
-minutes before, he had reprehended Bobby for wearing the air of a
-criminal; and now—-he was looking upon the face of an angel! And there
-was a difference, too, of another kind, as Compton at once realized.
-Looking like a criminal, Bobby was acting; looking like an angel Bobby
-was himself, his natural self touched by faith into something strange
-and rare. The boy’s eyes, large, earnest, beseeching, were fastened upon
-the tabernacle; his lips were moving in a silent eloquence. His head,
-erect, was motionless. So, for that matter, was his whole person—all
-save those eloquent lips. At that moment, as Compton felt, there existed
-for Bobby only two persons, God and himself. For the first time in his
-life Compton was seized with a sense of the supernatural. He bowed his
-head upon his hands and looked no more. It was the most sacred moment of
-his life. If Compton did not pray orally, he did something better. He
-meditated.
-
-The eminent author saw the vision, too. He had stayed for curiosity’s
-sake; he remained to pray. Like Compton, the vision of lovely faith—and
-what is there out of heaven so lovely as the faith of a child?—quite
-overcame him. He gazed no more, but, lowering his eyes, prayed with a
-new devotion.
-
-“I saw a little boy praying in church,” he said to his wife an hour
-later, “and I understood as I never understood before that saying of our
-Lord’s, ‘Unless you become as little children you shall not enter the
-kingdom of heaven.’”
-
-Several minutes passed. A light touch brought Compton out of a virgin
-land of thought. Bobby, tranquil and with a subdued cheerfulness, was
-motioning him out.
-
-“Watch!” whispered Bobby, and genuflected. “Now try it again. Fine!”
-
-At the vestibule five minutes were spent, by which time Compton really
-knew how to make the sign of the cross.
-
-“Bobby,” he said, as they got outside, “that’s my first visit to a
-Catholic church, and I’ll never forget it as long as I live.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VII
- THE END OF A DAY OF SURPRISES
-
-
-“Well, here we are, young man,” announced Compton half an hour later and
-turned into a rather pretentious apartment building.
-
-“It looks very fine from the outside,” commented Bobby.
-
-“And I think you’ll like it inside, too,” returned Compton as they
-entered the elevator.
-
-Compton had an apartment on the third floor—sitting room, bathroom,
-bedroom and guest chamber. Bobby examined the suite with manifest
-delight. Everything was modern and in a sense elegant. If there were
-anything lacking to John Compton’s comfort, John Compton did not know
-it, nor did Bobby discover it. Bobby’s critical faculty was not as yet
-strongly developed. He had nevertheless an abundance of enthusiasm which
-he was not slow in expressing, and which failed him only in his survey
-of the pictures and photographs clustered thickly upon the walls of the
-sitting room. They were, with the exception of several photographs of
-Compton himself, all women, mainly actresses and all in every variety of
-dress and the contrary.
-
-“Say, are all your friends women?” exclaimed the youth.
-
-Compton colored and looked uneasy.
-
-“_You’re_ my friend,” he replied.
-
-“There’s something queer about a lot of these pictures,” the boy went
-on. “I don’t like them.”
-
-Mr. Compton changed the subject. Within twenty-four hours, nevertheless,
-a good many of those pictures found their way to a place where they
-properly belonged, and were seen no more in the land of sunshine.
-
-“By the way, Bobby,” he resumed presently, “You haven’t said a word
-about your mother to-day.”
-
-“I know it,” said Bobby cheerfully.
-
-“Well, I have bad news to tell you.”
-
-“I’ll bet you haven’t.”
-
-“That telegram I sent may not be received by her.”
-
-“No?”
-
-“No. It was delayed. A lot of messages were delayed. You know, it was to
-have been delivered to her at the station at San Luis Obispo. But
-there’s no knowing whether it will be forwarded in time to catch her.”
-
-“Look here, uncle; I’ll tell you a secret. I have prayed, and I’m
-sure—I just know—my prayer is all right. No harm will come to my
-mother. She is safe; and she will come back when God wants her to.”
-
-“You seem to be on intimate terms with the Almighty!”
-
-“With who?”
-
-“With God.”
-
-“Why not?” inquired Bobby simply. “Don’t you believe in prayer?”
-
-“Upon my word!” gasped the comedian. “I could have answered that
-question easily enough yesterday; but now I don’t know what I believe
-and what I don’t.”
-
-What gem of wisdom might have dropped from Bobby’s lips in commenting
-upon this strange declaration was lost forever when the janitor of the
-building suddenly entered the room.
-
-“Beg pardon, sir. I wasn’t sure you were here. But I think there’s some
-mistake. There’s a wagon down below with some furniture and a lot of
-stuff directed to you, and you—not being a family man—”
-
-“Correct, Johnson. All the same, send them up. There’s no mistake. You
-see, this boy is Bobby Compton, and he’s going to stay with me. He’s a
-cousin of mine.”
-
-“Oh, I say!” cried Bobby. “If I’m your aunt or your nephew, I want to
-know how I’m your cousin.”
-
-“Johnson,” said Compton magnificently, “when I say cousin I always mean
-nephew. It’s the habit of a lifetime.”
-
-“Oh,” observed Johnson, scratching his head. “Well, I’ll bring them
-things up anyhow.”
-
-“Well,” sighed Compton, throwing himself back in his chair, crossing his
-legs, and cupping his hands behind his head, “I’m glad that’s settled. I
-was afraid they wouldn’t come.”
-
-Bobby took the chair facing his uncle, crossed his legs, and cupped his
-hands behind his head.
-
-“Afraid what wouldn’t come, uncle?”
-
-“Never you mind, little monkey. Just wait.”
-
-Bobby’s patience was not sorely tried. Up the stairs toiled four men
-just then, Johnson in the lead, all laden with bundles and various
-articles of furniture.
-
-“This way, boys,” said Compton, opening the door to the guestroom. “Just
-wait one moment, Bobby.” And Compton, having seen to each one’s getting
-through, entered himself and closed the door. He was out a moment later,
-holding in his hand an attractively bound book.
-
-“Have you ever read ‘Through the Desert,’ by Sienkiewicz, Bobby?”
-
-“No. But I just love any good story.”
-
-“Here, take it. I’ll be busy for a while. The book is yours.”
-
-“Mine for good?” cried Bobby, raising his eyes from the charming
-frontispiece.
-
-“Of course.”
-
-“Uncle, you’re a dandy!”
-
-The dandy blushingly withdrew, and Bobby forthwith entered into that
-fairyland of childhood to be found in few books as in the one in his
-hand. Perhaps one of the strangest phenomena of child life is the power
-of complete absorption so many little ones possess when they read a good
-story. People may come and go, laugh, talk and carry on in various ways,
-while the child buried in his book follows the windings of the story as
-though he were alone on a desert island. Now for fully three quarters of
-an hour there went on in the guestroom a moving of furniture, loud
-hammering, excited conversation, and all manner of noises. But to
-Bobby’s ears came no sound, and time itself stood still.
-
-When the four men, followed by Mr. Compton, the latter breathing hard
-and perspiring freely, issued forth, Bobby, seated in a chair with his
-legs curled under him, was buried in the precious volume. The four men
-gratefully received various coins and went their way, leaving Mr.
-Compton gazing wonderingly at the juvenile bookworm. So far as Bobby was
-concerned, he might without interruption have gone on gazing
-indefinitely.
-
-“Bobby!” he finally called.
-
-Bobby’s eyes remained fastened on the page.
-
-“Bobby!” he bawled.
-
-The boy raised his eyes.
-
-“Oh, it’s great!” he said. “I’ve read fifty-four pages.”
-
-“You have read enough. Come, I want to show you your room.”
-
-“All right, uncle,” returned the boy, wistfully laying down the story.
-“You’ve stopped me in a most exciting part.”
-
-Throwing open the guestroom door, Compton said, “Walk in; it’s all
-yours.”
-
-With an attempt at enthusiasm, Bobby complied. In a moment the forced
-enthusiasm became genuine. A small shining brass bed, a snow-white
-counterpane, a case of books filled with the best juveniles, an electric
-railroad, a baseball equipment, a tiny rocker, an easy chair, and a
-variety of games—all these and more charmed his eyes into a new
-brightness and marshaled out upon his features a myriad elves of
-happiness.
-
-Before Mr. Compton could prepare for the worst Bobby jumped into his
-arms and caught him a kiss square upon his unprepared mouth.
-
-For two hours Bobby flitted from toy to game, from game to book. He was
-possibly at that moment the happiest boy in the State of California.
-
-“Now, look you, Bobby, it’s ten o’clock. Don’t you think you might give
-that bed a tryout?”
-
-“Why, I never thought of that! Gee, but I’m tired!”
-
-Mr. Compton thought, as he closed the door upon his ward, that his
-dealings with the boy were over till morning. He was mistaken.
-Presently, clad in rainbow pajamas, Bobby came forth.
-
-“Now I’m ready,” he declared.
-
-“Well, if you’re ready, why don’t you go to bed?”
-
-“Ready,” explained the child, with reproach in his eyes, “for my night
-prayers.”
-
-“Oh!” exclaimed the comedian. “I never thought of that!”
-
-The lad’s curling lip warned Mr. Compton that his remark was not
-particularly happy.
-
-“Of course, of course!” he added hastily. “How very absent-minded I am
-getting! By all means, Bobby, go on and say your prayers.”
-
-As Mr. Compton thus spoke he was lying restfully on a lounge, a cigar in
-his mouth, a newspaper in his hands, and, within easy reach, a glass
-filled almost to the brim with a golden liquid. What was his surprise,
-thus situated, when Bobby plumped down on his knees and, planting his
-elbows in the softest part of the comedian’s anatomy, made the sign of
-the cross and recited the Our Father, the Hail Mary, and the Acts. And
-he did not stop there. Raising his sweet voice a little higher, and
-glancing during the first line about the walls of the room, Bobby
-recited:
-
- “_Angel of God, my guardian dear,_
- _To whom His love commits me here._
- _Ever this night he at my side,_
- _To light, to guard, to rule, to guide._”
-
-Mr. Compton, whose cigar had gone out, laid aside his paper, and
-forgetting his drink, glanced behind him, almost expecting to see
-hovering over him some bright and glorious creature of another world.
-Bobby went on: “May the soul of my dear papa and all the souls of the
-faithful departed rest in peace. Amen. God bless mamma—and God
-bless—uncle!”
-
-Compton dropped his cigar.
-
-“And,” continued Bobby, raising beautiful and loving eyes to the
-ceiling, “Oh, blessed Saviour bring back my mamma to me!”
-
-Here Bobby broke down utterly.
-
-“Steady, Bobby! You know what you told me. Didn’t you say God will bring
-her back?”
-
-Bobby at these words mastered his tears, made the sign of the cross, and
-answered as he rose: “And I say so still. Good-night, uncle.”
-
-Bobby leaned over with pursed lips. Compton was perspiring. He raised
-his head, which was enough for Bobby, who gave him a hearty smack
-resembling in sound the explosion of a mild firecracker.
-
-About eleven o’clock that night Compton tiptoed into the guestroom. The
-moon’s silvery rays revealed clearly the sleeping lad. How sweet and
-calm looked the innocent face in the magic light!
-
-“Is there an angel watching over him?” the man asked himself.
-Twenty-four hours earlier he would have considered it a silly question,
-but now—
-
-He stooped lower and gazed more intently upon the child’s face. Was that
-a tear upon the cheek? He felt the pillow. It was wet in places.
-
-“What a brave little chap he is!” he commented. “He’s feeling his
-separation from his mother dreadfully. But he keeps it to himself.”
-
-Once more Compton gazed. And then for a moment he saw another
-face—sweet, noble—the face of Bobby’s mother as he had known her in
-her early teens.
-
-“Ah,” he considered, “she was the sweetest woman that ever came into my
-life! What a fool I was not to have taken her advice! I left her for the
-husks of swine.”
-
-Compton bent down, and with trembling lips touched the boy, lightly,
-reverently on the brow, and with a suppressed sigh turned away to give
-to sleep the last hour of the most remarkable day of his life.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VIII
-BOBBY MEETS AN ENEMY ON THE BOULEVARD AND A FRIEND IN THE LANTRY STUDIO
-
-
-It was a little after eight of the clock on the following morning that
-the comedian took his way along the boulevard towards the Lantry studio.
-Bobby’s eyes were dancing with mischief; the soul of the weather, gay
-and bland, had entered into him. As he went his way he dispensed lavish
-smiles to right and left, and poor indeed was he in human feeling who
-failed to return smile for smile. Many a passer-by craned his neck,
-having passed Bobby, to take an admiring look at the tiny dispenser of
-joy who, attired in black broadcloth knickerbockers, a vest of the same
-material cut away generously from the breast and decked with two shining
-buttons where it met at the waist, a white shirt foaming into frills,
-the sleeves of which were held up above the wrists by two bewitching
-white ribbons, was really rather like to a lily of the field than
-Solomon clothed in all his glory.
-
-Of course Hollywood, like all known civilized places where men do
-congregate, had its array of camera fiends.
-
-“I beg your pardon,” said one of these, a tall severe-looking man with
-dark glasses, “but would you mind my snap-shotting you?”
-
-Bobby turned, folded his hands, and grinned.
-
-“Shoot,” he said.
-
-“Thank you,” said the man, his severe mien drowned in a wave of smiles
-almost as gay as Bobby’s.
-
-We have all heard of St. Francis preaching a sermon simply by walking in
-silence through a thronged city. Does not many an innocent child as he
-goes his happy way, smiling and wondering, preach a sermon that has for
-its theme the charm of candid innocence, and the strange and alluring
-possibility of every one who is so minded to become, by taking himself
-in hand, a child again? And is it not true that such little children
-bring a man’s thoughts regretfully and humbly back to the days when he
-too was young, unsophisticated and unspoiled?
-
-“You’re getting quite popular, Bobby,” observed Compton as they resumed
-their way. “Everybody seems to like you.”
-
-“So do I,” returned Bobby.
-
-“What’s that?”
-
-“I like everybody, too.”
-
-“Out of the mouths of children,” Mr. Compton murmured to himself.
-
-“I didn’t quite hear you, uncle.”
-
-“I was saying,” translated the elder, “that whether you knew it or not
-you have given the true secret of popularity.”
-
-“Have we time to go in?” asked Bobby as they neared the Church of the
-Blessed Sacrament.
-
-“Why, yes, and I’ll be glad to go in with you.”
-
-Mr. Compton’s sign of the cross was beyond criticism, his genuflection
-not so bad; also, he knelt straight, and, in a word, showed the outward
-signs of intelligence so lacking on the occasion of his first visit.
-
-“I say, uncle,” Bobby remarked as they came out, “you’ve improved a lot.
-You didn’t look around a bit.”
-
-“Why should I?”
-
-“People often do, you know, when they’re praying; but it’s not right.
-Did you notice me looking around at the walls when I said the prayer
-‘Angel of God’ last night?”
-
-“Now that you come to speak of it, I believe I did.”
-
-“There was a reason.”
-
-“Oh!” exclaimed Compton, in a tone at once exclamatory and
-interrogatory.
-
-“Yes. At home when I came to that prayer I always looked at the picture
-of the guardian angel which hung just above mamma’s head.”
-
-“And you looked around my walls among the pictures to see whether you
-could find a picture of the guardian angel, eh?”
-
-“Yes, uncle; but I didn’t find a picture anything like one.”
-
-“I should say not!” said Compton with energy. “But, Bobby, I was glad
-last night when you prayed for me. I hope you’ll keep it up.”
-
-“Aha!” cried Bobby dramatically, jumping in front of his uncle and
-shaking a triumphant finger at him. “So you do believe in prayer.”
-
-“In your prayers, Bobby. Put that finger down and stop your jigging;
-everybody is looking at us.”
-
-As a matter of fact, Bobby had achieved a feat seldom achieved on the
-Hollywood Boulevard. He had, unintentionally of course, excited the
-attention of nearly every one he had encountered. Now on the gay and
-festive Hollywood Boulevard, be it known, all varieties of dress and
-action are to be seen, and nobody seems to bother about them. In the
-solemn watches of the night cavalcades of cowboys on horseback may come
-clattering along, shooting in the real sense of the word, and shouting.
-Possibly some light sleeper may rouse sufficiently to grasp the
-situation. Turning in his bed, he remarks: “There go them moving-picture
-fellers again,” and resumes his interrupted slumbers. There’s an old
-man, white-bearded, redfaced from exposure, bare-footed, clad in a
-modern substitute for the garments of St. John, and wearing a staff. He
-is frequently seen on the street, but nobody seems to be concerned so
-much as to take a second look.
-
-I forgot to say that this imitation St. John the Baptist goes
-bareheaded. Practically all the men on the boulevard go bareheaded. I
-myself, I dare say, could patrol that famous thoroughfare in cassock and
-biretta without exciting any further comment than, “I wonder what
-picture that fellow’s made up for.” Painted ladies—painted so profusely
-that their own mothers would not know them—would there escape comment
-or criticism. It would be taken for granted that they were actresses.
-The camera would mitigate their extravagance, and their presentment on
-the screen would be entirely lacking the grossness of their real
-flesh-and-blood appearances. But Bobby, gay and smiling, taking off now
-the stride of his uncle, now the gait of a passing flapper, woke the
-street from its passive acquiescence in all things queer.
-
-It remained for Bobby to create a sensation. He did so, and in the
-following way.
-
-Mr. Compton, excusing himself and inviting the festive youth to survey
-the scenery and fill his soul with its beauty, had passed into a shop to
-renew his supply of cigars. He delayed a few moments, very excusably, to
-tell a friend what a wonderful find his nephew was.
-
-Now, since their leaving the Hollywood Catholic church, there had been
-shadowing Bobby, Chucky Snuff, bellhop of yesterday’s play. It had never
-occurred to Chucky that Bobby’s attempt to help him had been made in the
-way of kindness. Quite otherwise. In justice to the younger set of
-moving-picture actors, it should be stated that Chucky Snuff was not up
-to form. He was, as the girls said, mean. Nobody liked him. A fond
-father and a foolish mother had accounted him, in his tender years, a
-swan; and they so petted and spoiled him as to develop him—allowing for
-difference of sex—into a goose. At the age of ten Chucky was stunted
-and blasé.
-
-Taking advantage of Compton’s disappearance, Chucky picked up a piece of
-wood and hastened to overtake Bobby.
-
-“Why, halloa!” said Bobby as Chucky, running in front of him, blocked
-the way.
-
-By way of return the other put on a face which, had he assumed it in the
-rehearsal, might have saved him his position.
-
-“There!” he said, placing the wood on his right shoulder, “you knock
-that chip off my shoulder!”
-
-Bobby’s smile left him, and all the elves of merriment. Perplexity
-wrinkled his brow. The aggressor was much encouraged. Bobby, he judged,
-was a coward.
-
-“Go on,” he urged. “I’m going to knock your block off, you big stiff. Do
-you hear me? Go on and knock it off!”
-
-Bobby perceived that he was in for it. His mind, as usual, worked
-quickly. It came back to him then how his father had once said, “My son,
-never indulge in vulgar fist-fighting if you can possibly help yourself;
-but if you must, it’s a capital thing to get in the first blow.”
-Accordingly, no sooner had his opponent ceased his adjuration than
-Bobby’s left hand lightly swept the chip away, while at the same moment
-his right shot out with what force he could put into it, and landed
-squarely on the tip of the other’s chin.
-
-Pain, astonishment, vast astonishment, swept over the face of Chucky
-Snuff. He turned, and with a howl which really attracted attention
-dashed away for parts unknown.
-
-“Fine work! Excellent!” exclaimed a haughty young man with a
-close-trimmed mustache and severely aristocratic features as he caught
-Bobby’s hand, while an admiring audience gathered round to listen avidly
-to one of the matinee idols of filmdom. “That was splendidly done. That
-other fellow played the tough to a nicety. The way he had his chin stuck
-out and the way you landed on it was perfect. Say, it was perfectly
-rehearsed! You can shoot it right away. Where’s the camera man?”
-
-“Why, that wasn’t acting,” Bobby explained. “That was a real scrap.”
-
-“Oh!” said the actor, deeply chagrined and departing forthwith; and the
-disappointed spectators, realizing that there was to be no encore,
-melted away. Thus in Hollywood are real life and reel life confounded.
-
-When John Compton, airily smoking, returned, Bobby was rubbing a skinned
-knuckle, the cause of which, on inquiry, he explained.
-
-“My fault!” acknowledged the comedian. “You’re in my care and I should
-not leave you alone. However, perhaps it’s just as well. I know young
-Chucky Snuff pretty well, and I’m sure he’ll not bother you again.”
-
-Presently Bobby, on his way in the mazes of the Lantry Studio to put
-himself into the bellhop’s clothes, came upon a little miss seated
-dolefully in a chair, her head buried in her hands, her shoulders bowed,
-and dejection in her entire pose. She was dressed like a princess. The
-elegance of her attire, however, did not impress Bobby; it was her hair,
-raven-black in a wealth of curls. Where had he seen that hair before? He
-looked at the hands. They were dark. A light came to him.
-
-“Halloa, Peggy!”
-
-At the words the girl raised her head, and her large wondrously
-beautiful eyes rested upon Bobby. With a gasp, she sprang from her
-chair, while her eyes grew larger and larger. Fear and wonder shone from
-them.
-
-“Don’t you know me, Peggy?” asked the boy, smiling radiantly.
-
-Wonder and fear in those eyes changed to a joy that was nothing less
-than bliss.
-
-“Oh, Bobby! You’re alive!”
-
-“I’ll say so!”
-
-“Bobby!” she screamed, and threw her arms about his neck.
-
-“Oh, I say!” protested the highly embarrassed youth, “cut out the rough
-stuff.”
-
-“But, Bobby,” continued Peggy, whose face was irradiated with joy, “I
-saw you drown myself!”
-
-“You did not. A nice, big man came and fished me out.”
-
-“Oh, thank God! Last night I couldn’t sleep a wink thinking of you and
-your poor mother. Where is she, Bobby?”
-
-“I wish I knew, Peggy. Didn’t you see her last?”
-
-Then Peggy told Bobby her side of the story.
-
-“And so my mother thinks I’m drowned! I never thought of that, Peggy.
-But I’ll tell Uncle Compton, and he’ll find where she is and let her
-know that I’m alive.”
-
-“Uncle Compton! Why, is he your uncle?”
-
-“I don’t know; it all depends. First I was his aunt, and then his uncle,
-and then his grandfather. He said so himself. Anyhow, I call him uncle.
-He’s a dandy.”
-
-“Isn’t he, though!” exclaimed Peggy. “I just love him. He’s so kind to
-children. You know, Bobby, I work with him.”
-
-“What!” cried Bobby, picking up the chair which Peggy in rising had
-upset, and seating himself. “Why, yesterday you never said a word to me
-about your being in the movies.”
-
-“I didn’t think it would interest you. I’m in his new play, and there’s
-an awfully tough bellhop in it who takes a fancy to me, and I reform
-him.”
-
-Bobby took in a deep breath, and expelled it in a sort of whistle.
-
-“I’m the bellhop,” he said, lowering his eyes, turning down a corner of
-his mouth, drawing in and upward his shoulders.
-
-“Bobby!” panted Peggy, “let me have that chair.”
-
-Bobby, changing back to himself, arose and helped Peggy to seat herself.
-Peggy was faint with joy.
-
-“Say,” cried the boy, “we’ll have dead loads of fun.”
-
-“Oh!” said Peggy.
-
-“And we’ll make it go.”
-
-“I know it,” said Peggy. “Just then you looked like the kind of bellhop
-I’d like to reform. But tell me how you got here.”
-
-“Between the ax, Peggy,” said Bobby, magnificently, after the manner of
-Compton explaining to the janitor. “I’ll tell you between the ax. I’ll
-tell you then. I’m now going to dress or I’ll be late.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IX
- SHOWING THAT IMITATION IS NOT ALWAYS THE SINCEREST FLATTERY, AND
- RETURNING TO THE MISADVENTURES OF BOBBY’S MOTHER
-
-
-There was great headway made on the picture that day. Bernadette,
-already in love with Peggy, took Bobby into her affections too. Bobby
-and Peggy worked together like the clever and gifted pals they actually
-were. Even the “hams” caught the infection of joy, alertness and
-enthusiasm.
-
-“Say, old man,” said Heneman, in an aside to Compton, “we’ve got
-something unusual here. Every man, woman and child in this picture is
-all right from the toes up to the top of the head. None of them are good
-just as far as the neck. We’re going to speed this thing up and have it
-out in two weeks. We can do it.”
-
-“I never saw Peggy do so well before, and she always was a corking
-little actress,” commented Compton.
-
-“It’s Bobby,” explained the director. “He’s got a diffusive sort of pep;
-it’s catching. I’ve got a great scene coming. When Bob gets to admiring
-Peggy—in the play, I mean—I’m going to have him show his admiration by
-imitation. The boy is a born imitator. Of course he’ll have to
-caricature it, especially her dancing. It’s going to be the very best
-sort of light comedy.”
-
-“If imitation,” mused Compton, “is the beginning, middle and end of all
-acting, Bobby will be a star. Between times he’s taking off every
-carpenter, electrician or camera man around who happens to have any
-peculiarity.”
-
-“I’d like to see him have a part where he could star,” said Heneman. “It
-isn’t work to train him. It’s fun.”
-
-The days passed swiftly. Everybody concerned in the production was on
-edge to get it through. There were no hitches, no delays. Bobby and
-Peggy worked their parts into an importance undreamed of by the author
-of the scenario. There was but one unpleasant episode. It happened on
-the eighth day. A girl of fifteen enjoying a local reputation for
-calisthenics had been secured to give a short exhibition of her grace
-and skill. The young miss more than shared the good opinion of her
-admirers concerning her own ability, and made no secret of it. While
-awaiting her turn she watched the performers at work, with scarcely
-veiled contempt. Several of the actors gave her an opportunity to snub
-them, and in every case she embraced the opportunity.
-
-“You don’t mean to say,” she observed to Peggy, “that they pay you for
-what you’re doing here.”
-
-“They pay me every week.”
-
-“That’s what you call easy money, isn’t it? And I suppose that little
-boy there gets paid, too. And all he does is just to be natural. Now,
-I’ve studied Delsarte for over five years, and fancy dancing for three;
-and when I appear, though it’s only for four or five minutes, I’m
-putting into my work the study of a lifetime.” Saying which, the young
-lady with elevated brows and haughty carriage turned away to seek some
-other person who ought to be snubbed. When it came to elevating brows
-and assuming a haughty carriage Bobby Vernon was unusually gifted, as he
-forthwith demonstrated to Peggy in a splendid caricature of the follower
-of Delsarte. The girl’s mother was on hand and observed Bobby’s private
-performance with strong disfavor. She did not like Bobby anyhow. It had
-become a personal matter with her that Bobby was drawing a higher salary
-than her own accomplished and superior child.
-
-Presently the dear child performed her stunt. It was really good, good
-despite a certain superciliousness in the doing. Now Bobby could not
-help noticing this defect, and it was so easily imitated. He watched
-carefully for some time until he had got a fair idea of a few of the
-young miss’s simplest movements; then calling Peggy aside he gave, all
-things considered, a very good Delsarte exhibition, with a strong
-injection of the supercilious. Peggy’s sweet voice rang out in laughter
-which attracted several to the side-show; and Bobby, unconscious of the
-addition to his original audience of one, went on, gaining in force of
-caricature with each movement. It was when his nose was tiptilted to an
-unusual angle and his eyebrows raised as far as he could get them that
-the fond mother caught him by the hair and gave him, as she afterwards
-triumphantly declared, “a good wooling.” It took the major part of the
-spectators to separate the woman from her victim. However, Bobby got a
-good lesson. It dawned upon him that in “taking off” people he met he
-might give offense. From that day he became a little more careful. Mr.
-Compton too, his best friend, let him know that it served him right,
-although he did not express the opinion in terms so crude. Bobby
-apologized, and sealed the apology with a box of candy. The young miss,
-seeing herself as others saw her, received in turn a valuable lesson,
-with the result that on repeating her part she did it in a way that
-pleased everybody present, including Bobby himself.
-
-Meditating on all this that afternoon, John Compton got a bright idea.
-
-“Bobby,” he said, as they turned homewards, “for the next seven days I
-want you to give your evenings to reading while I work.”
-
-“Work?”
-
-“Yes. I’ve just got the idea for a scenario in which you will star. It’s
-a sure thing. As I see it now it will be something new and, if it goes
-through as I think, you’ll earn enough money to pay off everything your
-mother owes.”
-
-“Great!” exclaimed the boy. “Say; you know of course I believe all
-right. But don’t you think God is taking His time about answering my
-prayers?”
-
-“I thought you said that you left it all to Him,” remonstrated Compton.
-
-“I do, I do. But I do so miss her, especially at night.”
-
-No one knew this better than John Compton. When the boy’s thoughts were
-occupied by the day’s work and incidents, he was apparently care-free;
-but at night alone, as Compton could testify, his tears were frequent.
-
-“Never mind, Bobby. I’m as sure as you that no real harm has befallen
-your mother. And we’re bound to find her. The detective agency I have
-put on the case is working hard. Be patient, my boy, and each day of her
-absence think that you are working for her.”
-
-While the two were thus conversing the object of their talk was standing
-beside the ranchman’s wife. Like her child, love was the great force of
-Mrs. Vernon’s life. From the moment she entered the ranchman’s home, her
-heart went out to the frail, sweet woman upon whom the hand of death
-seemed to have set his seal. She saw at once that nothing but heroic,
-constant care and watching would avail. Day after day she gave herself
-devotedly to the task of fighting with death for the prize of a single
-life. She hardly slept, she ate little, but the very power of love that
-had nearly driven her to madness nerved her for an ordeal sublime in its
-self-sacrifice.
-
-In those eight days a change had come over Barbara. She was thin,
-hollow-eyed, and a waxen pallor had come upon her face. The light lines
-of utmost weariness were stamped upon her features. But the chin was
-set, the mouth firm. The only relief to her constant vigils were the
-visits of the children. They were grateful beyond their years, and their
-gratitude manifested itself in little hourly attentions which only love
-could have devised. It was but natural that Barbara should return their
-affection, and she did so with interest. And in loving them she felt
-that she was vicariously spending her love upon her dear lost boy.
-
-Upon this particular afternoon her haggard face, lovely even in its
-haggardness, was touched by a new expression—satisfaction. Clearly her
-invalid was better. Even as she gazed the doctor entered the room.
-
-“Good day, Doctor Meehan,” she said, “I’m so glad you came. Don’t you
-notice a change?”
-
-“Let me look,” responded the doctor, drawing close and peering into the
-invalid’s face.
-
-“Halloa!” he exclaimed, and felt her pulse.
-
-Jim Regan, the ranchman, with his two children, Agnes and Louis, had
-followed him into the room.
-
-“By George, Regan!” said the doctor, straightening up and turning with a
-smile of relief upon the family, “this is no age of miracles. But we
-have a near-miracle here. Your wife is no longer ill; she’s
-convalescent. All she needs is rest and food and ordinary care. Barbara
-Vernon has, with her own hands, dragged her back from the grave. Halloa!
-What’s the matter?”
-
-It was Mrs. Vernon who had drawn this question from the doctor. On
-hearing the glad news that brought tears and smiles of joy from the
-family, Barbara’s face flushed with a sense of relief, went pale again,
-and, the suspense over, she would have fallen had not the doctor caught
-her in his arms.
-
-He placed her upon a lounge and made a hasty examination.
-
-“I hope this is not a life for a life,” he said presently. “But the sick
-person of this house is not your wife, but Barbara Vernon. She’s in for
-a long siege, I fear.”
-
-“Doctor,” said the ranchman, “if love or money can help her, I’ll not
-fail. Tell me what to do.”
-
-“I like that sort of talk,” said the physician. “She needs a nurse
-badly, as badly as your wife needed one. Now, fortunately I have at my
-disposal the very nurse I would have had for your wife.”
-
-“Can you send her, doctor?”
-
-“I’ll have her here before nightfall, and she’ll bring the necessary
-medicines and directions as to the line of treatment I want carried out
-for Barbara, who has collapsed completely. Now mind, it isn’t altogether
-her care of your wife that has brought this on. If Barbara Vernon has
-not had some terrible nervous shock before you met her, you may tear up
-my diploma and put me to carrying a hod. Barbara is threatened with a
-serious nervous collapse. Put her to bed at once, and keep her there
-till further orders.”
-
-“And what about my wife?” asked Regan.
-
-“The simplest thing in the world. She hardly needs watching at all, and
-that jewel of a girl of yours, Agnes, can do all that’s needed to the
-queen’s taste.”
-
-“Oh, I love to nurse,” said the girl. “I’ve watched dear Miss Barbara,
-and I’ve learned so much. I know I can do it.”
-
-“I believe you, my girl,” said the doctor kindly. “In fact, I’m sure of
-you. Now your father and I will carry Barbara to her bedroom, and you
-will then care for her till our nurse comes. I’ll lose no time in
-getting her.”
-
-So Barbara was put to bed, and many and many a week passed before she
-rose from it again.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER X
- BOBBY, ASSISTED BY PEGGY, DEMONSTRATES A METHOD OF OBSERVING SILENCE,
- AND CELEBRATES A RED-LETTER DAY
-
-
-“Say, uncle,” said Bobby one afternoon as the two were returning from a
-very successful day’s work at the Lantry Studio, “do you know that Peggy
-Sansone goes to communion every morning?”
-
-“Oh, she does, does she?”
-
-“Yes, at the seven-o’clock Mass. She used to go only once a week.”
-
-“Why has she changed?”
-
-“That is what gets me, uncle. She’s going every day in thanksgiving
-because I was not drowned.”
-
-“That’s very nice of her.”
-
-“Isn’t it? And she offers up each communion for my mother.”
-
-“I wish there were more Peggies in the world.”
-
-“So do I. Now look, uncle—I want to go to communion, too. I’m old
-enough to make my first communion.”
-
-“Sure, Bobby! You just go on and make it. Do you want to do it now?”
-
-“Look here, uncle; I’m—I’m surprised at you.”
-
-“Why, what have I done now?”
-
-“Don’t you know a boy must be prepared, and go to confession and get
-permission of the priest to go to communion?”
-
-“You don’t say!”
-
-“Yes. And you can’t go any time. Why, uncle, if I were to go into the
-church now and ask for communion the priest would think I was a nut. No,
-you must go at Mass in the morning, and be fasting from midnight.”
-
-“What do you mean by communion, Bobby?”
-
-“Don’t you know that? It means the receiving of Our Lord’s body and
-blood under the form and appearance of bread.”
-
-“Oh, I remember,” said Compton. “One day on our way down to the studio,
-when we went into the church for your visit, the priest came down from
-the altar and put small, white, round things on the tongues of some
-people who came up near the altar. Is that what you mean?”
-
-“No, I don’t. He comes down and gives them Our Lord, and those small,
-white, round things are the form and appearance of bread.”
-
-“And do you really believe that, Bobby?”
-
-“Believe it!” cried Bobby. “Why, of course I do!”
-
-“Please tell me why. You see, Bobby, if an honest man tells me something
-about what I don’t see—for instance, that his horse is black—I believe
-him. But no matter how honest he is, if he tells me the horse he is
-riding on is black and I see the horse is white, how can I accept his
-statement?”
-
-“Say, that’s easy,” said Bobby. “Not exactly easy,” he hastened to add,
-“till it’s been explained right. You see, before I left Cincinnati I was
-in a communion class, and we had the nicest priest, who seemed to love
-every child in the class, and there were eighty of us, not one over
-eight years. We left Cincinnati just one week before our communion day,
-and that is why I haven’t made it. But he taught us a lot, and that is
-one of the things he taught us. Do you want me to explain?”
-
-“I certainly do, Bobby.”
-
-“Well, listen. You believe in God, don’t you?”
-
-Compton looked irresolute.
-
-“Say, don’t you?”
-
-“Well, suppose that I do.”
-
-“All right. Now God is the creator of all things. He can make things out
-of nothing. Can’t He?”
-
-“Go on, Bobby.”
-
-“Now, if He can create out of nothing, He can make a thing nothing again
-if He wants to.”
-
-“That is,” suggested Compton, “He can annihilate.”
-
-“Say,” cried Bobby, highly gratified, “where did you get that word? It’s
-the one our priest used, but I couldn’t think of it. It’s easy to teach
-you. Now look—stand still here.”
-
-Mr. Compton stood still, facing Bobby.
-
-“You’re here now, aren’t you?”
-
-“That’s certain.”
-
-“Couldn’t God, if He wanted, annihilate you just where you are?”
-
-“Let’s suppose He could.”
-
-“Then there wouldn’t be any John Compton.”
-
-“I see.”
-
-“But if God could annihilate you, couldn’t He leave here where you stand
-a form and appearance that would look just exactly like you?”
-
-“That would be a dummy.”
-
-“Now, you hold on, uncle! Couldn’t God put inside that form and
-appearance of yours a spirit—an angel maybe—so that your form and
-appearance, under the power of that angel, would talk and act exactly
-like you?”
-
-“I don’t think an angel would talk and act like me.”
-
-“Say, you’re getting the idea. It isn’t a question whether an angel
-would talk and act like you; the question is, could an angel do it?”
-
-“It sounds all right.”
-
-“Now,” said Bobby triumphantly, poking his uncle in the ribs, “suppose
-that God just now annihilated you and put an angel in your place, how
-could I know it wasn’t you?”
-
-“Why, you just couldn’t know. You would think it was me.”
-
-“Think again, uncle; it’s a hard question. It stumped the whole of our
-communion class for five minutes, and I got the right answer, and the
-priest gave me a holy picture for answering it.”
-
-Mr. Compton wrinkled his brows in thought.
-
-“There’s one thing sure,” he at length said, “God would know that the
-thing in my place was not John Compton.”
-
-“Uncle, you’re getting hot.”
-
-“And therefore,” pursued Compton, speaking slowly, “if God told you—”
-
-“Hurrah!” cried Bobby, clicking his heels together as he jumped into the
-air. “You go to the head of the class. I’d know it if God told me.”
-
-“But would you believe it?” objected the elder.
-
-Bobby’s lip curled.
-
-“Say, uncle, didn’t we agree that God could do it?”
-
-“Well, yes.”
-
-“Why shouldn’t we believe Him, then?”
-
-“I guess you’re right. But what’s that got to do with Holy Communion?”
-
-“Listen. At the Last Supper, Christ, who was God, took bread, and
-blessed it, and said: ‘Take ye and eat; this is my body.’”
-
-“I remember hearing that.”
-
-“And didn’t the Apostles believe Him?”
-
-“I suppose they did.”
-
-“And yet what Christ held in His hands looked like bread, tasted and
-felt and smelt like bread. Was it bread?”
-
-“Yes; I guess it was bread.”
-
-“Now, look here, uncle—who am I to believe, you or Christ?”
-
-“What’s that—Oh, why Christ of course.”
-
-“Well, you say it’s bread, and a whole lot of people say the same thing.
-But Christ says it is His body, and His word is worth more than the word
-of all the duffers in the world.”
-
-“Let’s walk on,” said Compton, and fell into thought. “Bobby, why do you
-want to make your first communion?”
-
-“Because I want to pray for my mother and—and for you, and to get grace
-and strength. You know, uncle, it’s the greatest thing in the world.”
-
-“Well, suppose we go in and see a priest?”
-
-“Uncle!” exclaimed Bobby, “you’re all right.”
-
-Father Mallory, a zealous, kindly young priest, received Bobby with a
-rare cordiality, and while Compton sat by in respectful attention,
-questioned the boy at length.
-
-“Mr. Compton,” said Father Mallory, before ten minutes had quite
-elapsed, “this boy is as well prepared as any child I ever met. He has
-brains and, what is immeasurably better, faith. Bobby, you may go to
-confession, say, three days from now, and then to communion the next
-day, Saturday morning.”
-
-“Oh, Father,” said Bobby, “thank you! And may I use that telephone?”
-
-“Certainly.”
-
-“That you, Peggy?—Yes, this is Bobby. Say, I’ve got great news.—No, no
-news of my mother, but I know she’s all right.—Guess
-again.—No.—You’re getting cold.—Now you’re getting warmer. Oh, say;
-I’ll bust if I keep it in any longer. I’m going to make my first
-communion next Saturday.”
-
-The two in waiting heard clearly a scream of delight.
-
-“Isn’t it great?” pursued the boy. “And if Father Mallory, who is a
-jim-dandy, will let me, I’m going to go every day. Yes, I thought you’d
-be glad to know. Good-by.”
-
-“I was talking to Peggy,” explained Bobby as he hung up the receiver.
-“She’s mighty glad, too.”
-
-The next three days were crowded ones. Bobby, who had heard of retreats
-before first communion, decided that he would try, so far as he could,
-to make one.
-
-“Uncle,” he said the next morning, “I’ve been thinking last night, and
-I’m going to keep silence for three days.”
-
-“Eh?” cried Compton.
-
-“Yes; I’m going to make a retreat before my first communion—that is, as
-much as I can. Of course I’ll work just the same.”
-
-In like manner he conveyed his intentions to Peggy, who thought it a
-capital idea. And during these three days the company derived no end of
-innocent merriment from the pantomime performances of Peggy and the boy,
-who really kept silence, but who nevertheless showed an extraordinary
-ability in conveying his emotions by gestures and motions and facial
-expression. On the whole, Peggy and Bobby during these three days had
-the time of their lives. It must be stated that Bobby more than once
-fell from grace, and made an attempt at starting a conversation. But
-Peggy, older by two years, was resolute. Up went her finger to the
-mouth, while reproach, gentle but sincere, shone from her eyes.
-
-Only once did Peggy fail in her duty as directress of this unusual
-retreat. On the third day Bobby handed her a note.
-
- “Miss Peggy: I go to communion to-morrow at the eight-o’clock
- Mass. This is to let you know. Your pal,
-
- “BOBBY.”
-
-Peggy in the course of these three days had received twenty-four written
-communications from her pal. They were all carefully preserved among her
-treasured possessions.
-
-“Oh, Bobby,” she exclaimed on the reading of this, the twenty-fifth,
-“may I sit next to you, and go up alongside and receive with you?”
-
-“I was hoping you would ask that,” returned Bobby. “I won’t miss mother
-so much.”
-
-And then with bright and flashing eyes they broke into a conversation
-which would not interest the reader, but which, I am sure, was listened
-to with loving attention by at least two angels. How long they would
-have continued is beyond conjecture had not Miss Bernadette Vivian
-happened along.
-
-“So you’re talking once more, are you?” she remarked. “Let me in, too,
-on this conversation.”
-
-“Oh, I forgot,” said Bobby, looking contrite.
-
-“And so did I,” added Peggy. “Bobby!”
-
-Bobby looked into her reproving eyes and beheld a warning finger at her
-lips. They talked no more that day.
-
-During this odd triduum Bobby made it a point on the way home to visit
-the Blessed Sacrament. He remained on each occasion for half an hour,
-during which time his uncle indulged in conversation with Father
-Mallory.
-
-On the last day Bobby made his general confession, while Peggy waited
-without on her knees, her eyes fastened on the tabernacle, her lips
-moving in prayer that her pal might make it a good one. They parted
-wordlessly without the vestibule, though it was a matter of five minutes
-before their adieus were completed. Indeed, they might have gone on for
-a much longer period in their making of farewells had not a bright-eyed
-boy, an acolyte of the church, after watching them for a few minutes in
-wide-eyed amazement, called out to a young friend on the sidewalk, “Hey,
-Jimmie, come on here quick. There’s a couple of deaf-mutes here talking
-the sign language.”
-
-Then they parted.
-
-The next morning the romantic little church at Hollywood had,
-considering that it was a week day, an unusual number of worshipers at
-the eight-o’clock Mass. The director, Joseph Heneman, was there, and
-every actor in the play now nearing completion. Even the exponent of the
-Delsarte system, a chastened young lady, was in attendance. Many were
-non-Catholics. Many had come to see, but, I firmly believe, all remained
-to pray.
-
-Just before the Mass Mr. Compton, looking like the last possibility in
-the way of a comedian, walked up the aisle behind Bobby, who, with eyes
-cast down and hands clasped in reverence, seemed oblivious, as in fact
-he was of course, of everything and every one. Compton saw him into a
-seat in the front pew and modestly took his own place in the pew behind.
-A few seconds later Peggy appeared. She walked up the aisle rather
-briskly. Nor were her eyes cast down. Peggy had business. It was no
-difficult task to discover Bobby, and to him she went. Leaning over so
-as to bring her head on a line with that of the kneeling boy, she handed
-him an ivory-bound prayer-book, her own communion present for the lad.
-Then she opened the book and pointed out to Bobby the prayers he should
-recite in preparation for his first communion.
-
-Bobby and Peggy were dressed in white; and if ever that color,
-emblematic of innocence, was appropriate to any occasion, it was
-appropriate to this. To some gazing on the two it was a vision. A
-non-Catholic, a man who had scored and been scarred in the battle of
-life, whispered to his neighbor:
-
-“How those little ones love each other!”
-
-“You are right,” returned the other. “And it is a love which draws down
-in admiration ‘the angels in heaven above,’ and sends ‘the demons down
-under the sea’ scattering.”
-
-“That’s just what I mean,” said the first, and—a thing that had not
-occurred in his life since early boyhood—fell to praying.
-
-Peggy, having accomplished her mission, now passed over to the opposite
-pew, where, kneeling as immobile as a statue, she remained until the
-time of communion. The two went up together, and as they passed up to
-the communion railing a wave of the supernatural swept over every one
-present; and when, having received the Body of the Lord, they arose and
-turned, their faces were enough to make an atheist believe in God.
-
-The non-Catholics present were carried away; and they left the church as
-though they had seen a vision.
-
-To describe the breakfast, with Bobby at the head and Peggy at the foot,
-and every member of the company seated between, would be an anti-climax.
-It was a happy party.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XI
- THE END OF ONE SCENARIO AND THE OUTLINING OF COMPTON’S GREAT IDEA
-
-
-On that very day the picture was to be finished. So far the going had
-been unusually good, and the wind-up would take but a few hours. It
-mattered little, therefore, that the director began work an hour late.
-Present at this last rehearsal were a striking-looking boy of eight or
-nine and an extremely beautiful girl of seven. Bobby’s eyes rested upon
-them, and, as he showed by a grin, he was pleased.
-
-“Good morning,” he said.
-
-“Good morning, Bobby,” said the boy, reaching out the hand of
-cordiality. “My name is Francis Mason. I’m in the movies myself. Say, I
-saw you make your first communion. It was nice.”
-
-The little girl during this introduction was beaming impartially on
-both. It was the sweet smile of trusting youth.
-
-“I was there too, Bobby,” she added. “I’m not a Catholic, but it was
-just lovely. My name is Pearl Wright. I’m in the movies, too.”
-
-“We’ve come to see you and Peggy,” smiled Francis.
-
-“Yes,” added Pearl. “We’ve heard a lot about you; and it was very nice
-of Mr. Compton to get us in.”
-
-Then Peggy came over, and a fellowship was there and then formed between
-the four juvenile stars, which, in the retrospect, will take on all the
-glory of romance.
-
-At about eleven o’clock Peggy and Bobby had completed their work. So far
-as they were concerned the picture was done. Then it was that Compton
-called the four children aside.
-
-“Say, Mr. Compton,” said Francis, “those two sure know how to act. It
-beats anything I ever saw.”
-
-“That’s what I think,” Pearl put in. “I could just look at Peggy and
-Bobby all day and all night.”
-
-“You don’t know, children, how glad I am to see you get on so well
-together.”
-
-“We’re friends, you see,” smiled Pearl.
-
-“I believe you,” said Compton. “Now come with me.” Saying which he led
-them into a set well screened off from observation. “There’s a little
-dance in the play, Pearl and Francis, which is done by Peggy and Bobby.
-It’s a very pretty thing, and is really the creation of Peggy Sansone.”
-
-“No, no,” dissented the Italian. “I just saw a minuet and a gavotte and
-some other dances and pieced them together.”
-
-“It was fine piecing, at any rate, Peggy. Now what I like about it is
-that it has all that is lovely you can find in any dance, and expresses
-grace and springtime and innocent gayety without the least taint of the
-low or the sensual. Now I want you two children to watch Peggy and Bobby
-while they do it for your benefit. I’ll be back in a few minutes.”
-
-In point of fact he did not return until the word finis, almost two
-hours later, had been pronounced. The picture was done. When he returned
-he was in the company of Mr. Heneman. Their entrance was not observed;
-the four youngsters were too engrossed to be easily aroused. Bobby was
-placing Francis in a pose which called for some unusual control of one’s
-equilibrium; Peggy was marking a line on the floor, upon which Pearl was
-gazing as though it were an exhibit of diamonds.
-
-“Didn’t I tell you?” said Compton triumphantly.
-
-“You were a prophet,” answered the manager, smiling broadly.
-
-“Oh, goody!” cried Peggy, lifting her eyes and spying the visitors.
-“You’re just in time. Francis and Pearl, just as soon as we finished,
-started to do it themselves.”
-
-“Aha!” said Compton _sotto voce_. “Didn’t I tell you? Imitation!”
-
-“Yes,” added Bobby, “and they came mighty near getting it right the
-first time. Didn’t they, Peggy?”
-
-“They did, Bobby.”
-
-“And then,” put in Pearl with dancing eyes, “Peggy started us to making
-it a dance for four. And we’ve had such a good time that—”
-
-“That we didn’t miss you at all,” broke in Bobby.
-
-“And,” added Francis, looking at his wrist watch, “we didn’t even notice
-it was an hour past dinner time.”
-
-“Look,” said Compton to the director. “Could you, from here to New York,
-find four sweeter children?”
-
-“And they’re all first-rate actors, too,” said the manager, who looked
-as happy as though he had come into a fortune. “Compton, I think you
-have hit upon a big thing.”
-
-“I know it,” said Compton.
-
-The children meanwhile had put their heads together, literally and
-figuratively.
-
-“You do it,” said Peggy to Bobby.
-
-“No, you do it. It’s your dance, anyhow.”
-
-“All right,” sighed Peggy. Then advancing to the two elders, she went
-on:
-
-“Please, wouldn’t you like to see our little dance?”
-
-“Nothing would please us better,” answered Heneman.
-
-“Thank you. Come on now; we’re going to show them what we’ve learned.”
-
-It is hard to interest a seasoned director in such things, and almost
-impossible to secure the interest of a Compton. But there are exceptions
-to every rule. For five minutes or more the audience of two was
-spellbound.
-
-It was a variation of the original dance, a wonderful variation,
-retaining all its grace and beauty and springtime aroma, with little
-touches, magical touches, which charmed it into the realms of fairyland.
-
-“By jove,” roared the manager, “that’s simply wonderful! Peggy, you’re a
-genius!”
-
-“Listen, children,” said Compton. “You’ve done more than I expected. I
-had a bet with the manager that if I put you together, Pearl and Francis
-would go to work and pick up that dance. But you’ve done more. You’ve
-saved me the trouble of getting up a dance to fit into our new scenario
-which we start at the day after to-morrow. It is called ‘Imitation,’ and
-you are all four to be in it.”
-
-The children gazed at each other in speechless joy and wonder.
-
-“There are to be four principals: Bobby, Francis, Peggy and Pearl. Mr.
-Heneman and myself have chosen you because we know you can act,
-and—and—”
-
-“Because we love you,” supplemented Heneman.
-
-Whereupon Pearl and Peggy threw their arms about each other’s necks and
-the two boys rolled over in ecstasy.
-
-“So that is what you’ve been working on, uncle?” asked Bobby when he had
-finally come once more to his feet.
-
-“Yes. You gave me the idea, Bobby. You know you’re always doing what
-other people are doing. You’re always taking somebody off.”
-
-“Like a policeman?” inquired Pearl. “Well,” she went on to explain, “the
-policeman on our beat sometimes takes people off. I saw him once
-myself.”
-
-While Peggy, drawing Pearl aside, instructed her in the meaning of the
-expression on this occasion, Mr. Compton proceeded:
-
-“The idea came to me on the day you took off that Delsarte girl and got
-wooled for your pains. It struck me that I could build up a story on the
-idea of four entirely different children, different in their
-surroundings, their station in life, their education and their
-refinement, being brought together. The tenement girl is thrown in with
-the daughter of a magnate; and the son of the same magnate is thrown in
-with a tough little kid who is by way of developing into a first-rate
-pickpocket.”
-
-“Something like the first part of Oliver Twist?” ventured Peggy.
-
-“In a way, yes. But here’s the difference: No children are really bad,
-and some who are on the way to wickedness may have splendid qualities.
-And that’s the way it is to be in this play. All four children are to
-have splendid qualities. Francis will be the tough boy; but he is
-naturally kind and brave. Bobby will be the magnate’s son—good, but
-sissified. Peggy will be a child of the tenements, rough in her ways and
-uncouth. You, Pearl, will be the magnate’s daughter, nice as pie, but
-babyish. And you and Peggy will fall to liking each other just the same
-as Bobby and Francis. And here’s where the difference comes in from the
-story of Oliver Twist. Because you like each other you will each try to
-resemble each other. What Peggy admires in Pearl she will try to be; and
-Pearl will try to resemble Peggy in her best qualities. You see the
-idea?”
-
-“Where’s the action coming in?” asked Francis.
-
-“Oh, that’s another thing. A kidnaper steals the magnate’s two children.
-He puts the girl in a tenement in charge of Peggy’s father, and puts the
-boy with a friend who is a thief and a maker of thieves. Peggy and
-Francis, their children, are won over by love to your side, Bobby. They
-help you to escape. Francis and Bobby succeed in escaping first. Then
-Francis traces you girls, and he and Bobby contrive to get you free. You
-tramp along the road until, footsore and weary, you happen upon the home
-of a kind and fairly wealthy married couple. It is there that Peggy and
-Pearl, who have long danced together, teach you, and it is there that
-Bobby’s and Pearl’s mother unexpectedly arrives, and clasps her children
-to her arms, and Francis doesn’t have to pick pockets or Peggy sell
-newspapers any more. The magnate and his family find that their boy and
-girl have kept all their good qualities and gained many new ones, while,
-as for Peggy and Francis, they have so changed that no friend of former
-days would know them. And so you live happily ever afterwards.”
-
-“Say, that’s swell!” cried Francis.
-
-“I just love it!” exclaimed Peggy.
-
-“And am I to wear the tenement clothes in the dance?” asked Peggy.
-
-“That’s what I’d like to know, too—about my clothes,” said Bobby.
-
-“Oh, no. The nice gentleman and his wife, once they have seen you
-rehearse, dress you up just fit to kill, and all four of you when you do
-your dance will look like magnified humming birds.”
-
-“I am so glad to hear that!” said Peggy.
-
-“Did you ever see a girl,” observed the philosophic Francis, “who didn’t
-like to fix herself up in her prettiest?”
-
-“You were just as anxious as I was,” flared Peggy.
-
-“Well, it’s going to be great,” said Francis. “I wish we could start in
-right now.”
-
-The meeting broke up in happy shouts and merry laughter, and, I believe,
-all four in slumber dreamed that night of happy things, not far off, but
-coming towards them in the bright hues of romance.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XII
- BOBBY BECOMES FAMOUS OVERNIGHT
-
-
-“Well, how is your ‘Imitation’ getting along?” asked the head of the
-scenario department in the Lantry Studio some three weeks later.
-
-“Getting on!” repeated Compton. “Getting on is no name for it. Do you
-know, Moore, that, other things being equal, children are the finest
-actors in the world? You see, they are docile. You tell ’em to do a
-thing and how to do it; and if they get your meaning that’s enough. Of
-course we’re extremely fortunate; we’ve got together four of the
-brightest children in or out of movieland. And they are such pals! They
-all stand up for each other; they all help each other. Of course they
-have a little tiff now and then. Otherwise we wouldn’t know they were
-human. We might conclude that they were not descended from Adam.”
-
-“Eh?” said the astonished Moore, taking his pipe out of his mouth.
-“Where did you get that sort of talk? I thought you were a giddy pagan,
-foolish but harmless.”
-
-“Well,” laughed Compton, reddening slightly, “I hope I’m getting more
-sense.”
-
-“You need it,” said Moore dryly, replacing his pipe and puffing
-comfortably. “But to return to our mutton—which one of your
-heaven-descended quartet is doing best?”
-
-“That,” returned Compton, “is a question which Joe Heneman and myself
-discuss every day. Sometimes we think it’s Peggy. Those large, dark eyes
-of hers can be so wistful and, on occasion, so tragic. The next day we
-settle upon Francis. In dealing with Bobby in the play he can be so
-genial and smile upon him with the serene philosophy of one so much
-older, so much more intimately acquainted with the ways of the world. By
-the time we have settled upon Francis along comes Pearl with the
-sweetest smile and the most gracious manner. Bobby is in the running all
-the time. In the trick of imitating he leads them all. We haven’t come
-yet to the great scene, the scene where he meets his mother after an
-absence of four weeks. That, so far as the children are concerned, is
-the last scene. I’m confident that Bobby, if he performs it as I think,
-will bring tears to the eyes of millions; and if he does he will be the
-star of stars.”
-
-“Did you know, Compton, that Bobby made his first screen appearance on
-the Broadways of the big cities yesterday?”
-
-“That’s a fact! I had quite forgotten. Yesterday was the day of release.
-I hope they’ll like me in it.”
-
-“I don’t think they’ll bother about you. It is Bobby they will like,”
-said Moore.
-
-“And I forgot to look at the papers this morning,” mused Compton
-regretfully.
-
-“I did not forget, but I haven’t had time. Wait a minute; there may be
-something about it.”
-
-Moore returned shortly, wearing a smile and waving the Los Angeles
-_Times_.
-
-“Say, that old thing of yours, ‘You Hardly Can Tell,’ has scored a
-tremendous hit. Look at these headlines!” And Compton looked and gasped.
-These were the headlines:
-
- WHO IS THE STAR OF “YOU HARDLY CAN TELL?”
-
- _Bobby Compton the New Juvenile Star or John Compton the Comedian? You
- Hardly Can Tell._
-
-“Say,” exclaimed Compton, running his eyes down the review itself,
-“that’s good stuff! I’m a little jealous of my reputation, but there are
-a few persons in the world who may outshine me, and I’m glad of it; and
-Bobby is first of all.”
-
-“I think,” said Moore, “that you’ll have plenty of chance to be glad,
-then.”
-
-“The boy comes by his gifts honestly,” continued Compton. “His father
-was an actor, and as for his mother, though she never appeared upon the
-regular stage, she was a wonder, both at the convent school and later in
-society, as an amateur actress. Nothing could persuade her to go on the
-stage, though she received before her marriage most tempting offers.”
-
-“You know a lot about her,” said Moore incredulously.
-
-“I didn’t live in Los Angeles all my life,” returned Compton.
-
-“Oh, say, uncle,” cried Bobby, all out of breath, “there’s a reporter
-man here and he wants to take my picture.”
-
-The two men glanced at each other.
-
-“Behold the entrance to the gates of fame,” exclaimed Moore, airily
-waving his pipe.
-
-“Come on, Bobby,” said Compton, “I’ll go with you.”
-
-“Say, uncle, what’s a Lothario?”
-
-“Eh?” queried the amazed comedian.
-
-“A L-o-t-h-a-r-i-o?” spelled the boy.
-
-“Why, that’s the name of a person.”
-
-“Is your name Lothario, uncle?”
-
-“Certainly not. What makes you ask that?”
-
-“Because I heard that new star with the doll face, Bennie Burnside, say
-that you were a gay Lothario.”
-
-“Bennie Burnside,” said Compton severely, “on the outside is a fine
-figure of a man from the soles of his feet to the top of his head. On
-the inside he is absolutely perfect up to and including his neck. He is
-a matinee idol.”
-
-“But, uncle, what is a gay Lothario?”
-
-“It is said of the kind of fool who is soon parted from his money; it
-means a man whose most earnest endeavor is to make an ass of himself.”
-
-“But you’re not a fool, uncle.”
-
-“Thank you, Bobby. I will try to believe you. Anyhow, I may be a fool
-now, but I am not the forty-three varieties of fool I once was.”
-
-Indeed, so great a change had come upon John Compton since the arrival
-of Bobby that all the world—the moving-picture world, at any
-rate—wondered. Nothing could persuade him to leave his quarters at
-night. The dance knew him no more; the hotel lobby, whither a certain
-set of foolishly joyous moving-picture men most did congregate, missed
-him from his accustomed place. A local magistrate wondered what had
-become of him. He had not been fined for speeding in five weeks. In a
-word, John Compton had suddenly abandoned his mad quest of pleasure,
-and, having abandoned the quest, was cheerier, happier than he had been
-since attaining his majority. Compton was known to be a man of more than
-ordinary intellect. His friends had for years expected great things of
-him. In college days he had given promise of developing into a writer of
-taste and imagination. But he had so far disappointed these high
-expectations. His pen had been barren, his life had been strewn with
-good intentions—till Bobby came.
-
-And now it was so different. He had written a scenario, “Imitation,”
-which was new in matter, touching in treatment, and which, in the
-opinion of the Lantry Studio critics, gave promise to set a high mark
-for other scenario writers. He was already busy upon a second play.
-Bobby was almost his sole companion in these days, Bobby and Father
-Mallory, for whom he had conceived a strong liking, and whom he visited
-regularly every afternoon.
-
-As the two made their way to an office where the reporter was cooling
-his heels there came swooping upon them, dressed for their respective
-parts, Peggy and Francis and Pearl.
-
-“Hey, Bobby!” “Gee, Bobby!” “Oh, Bobby!” they shouted in a splendid
-enthusiasm, “you’re in the headlines.”
-
-They had the morning paper between them, and in each one’s endeavor to
-show Bobby the place and the words they damaged the sheet considerably.
-
-“And we’re all so glad!” said Francis, who had himself starred in five
-productions.
-
-“We’re proud of you, Bobby,” said Pearl, smiling angelically.
-
-“And we all love you,” chimed in Peggy, “and Mr. Compton,” she
-thoughtfully added.
-
-“Just wait until I read this,” said Bobby. And while, moving his mouth
-in the slow pronunciation of each word, the lad read his own praises,
-Francis, in a dreamy ecstasy, seated himself, absently placing in his
-mouth the pipe he was later to use in the production, and gazed upon the
-loved one in happy and ungrudging admiration.
-
-“Oh, just wait till they see ‘Imitation,’” said Bobby, after glancing
-over the text under the headlines. “Then they’ll have something to write
-about. I don’t mean me. I mean you, Peggy, and you, Pearl, and you,
-Francis.”
-
-“And just think of the heaps and heaps of fun we’re having,” chortled
-Peggy. “People say we’re working during vacation. Do you call this
-work?”
-
-“I should say not,” said the other three, one after the other in such
-quick succession that their words almost chimed together.
-
-As they went on to chat gayly of their present joy and their future
-plans, Compton was in earnest converse with Joe Heneman.
-
-“Look here, Heneman,” he said, “may I offer a suggestion?”
-
-“I’ve known you to do it before and come away with your life.”
-
-“Say, can’t you run the children through their parts right away and hold
-up all the other parts till the little ones have finished?”
-
-“Why? What’s the big idea?”
-
-“The big idea is this: the detective agency has a hunch that Mrs. Vernon
-is dead. They’ve sent me a story about some woman picked up dead near
-San Luis Obispo, and they claim it is Barbara. That is, they claim it’s
-Bobby’s mother. When I got that letter two days ago I nearly dropped.”
-
-“Did you tell Bobby?”
-
-“What kind of an idiot do you think I am? Of course I didn’t. And after
-the first shock I did not believe a word of it.”
-
-“Why not?”
-
-“I believe that she’s alive, because Bob is certain. You ought to see
-that boy pray! Why, that boy has all heaven on his side.”
-
-“Well, I’ll be—” Not finishing his expression of astonishment, Heneman
-went on: “But what under the sun has this to do with hurrying the
-children through their parts?”
-
-“Why, just this: Bobby’s picture is going into the papers. His mother
-will see or hear of it. She’ll trace him up. You know she thinks he’s
-dead. She’ll come here, and who can keep her from taking him away?”
-
-“You’re not half as foolish as they say you are,” was Heneman’s
-comforting comment. “You’re right, Compton. Let me see. I think with
-full time we can get them through by next Monday afternoon.”
-
-“Then go to it,” urged Compton.
-
-At this very moment Barbara Vernon, propped up in bed, pale and weak,
-was for the first time since her collapse awakening to the existence of
-a world from which she had well-nigh departed.
-
-“Oh, thank God, thank God!” little Agnes was saying. “This is the first
-time nurse let me in to see you. And she says you will be all right in a
-week or ten days at the most.”
-
-“Agnes, I know I am going to get well. I had such a beautiful dream last
-night. My little son, my dear little son, appeared to me. He looked just
-as alive as when I last saw him. And he said, ‘Mother, sweet mother,
-faith can move mountains.’ And then he pressed his dear lips upon mine
-and disappeared. I awoke then, but I felt that he had been with me.”
-
-“And do you now think he is alive?”
-
-“I don’t know, my dear. But I feel so happy. O God, give me the faith
-that moves mountains!”
-
-Hereupon entered the nurse, wearing the mien of one who had fought long
-and conquered.
-
-“It is a happy day,” she said blithely. “The doctor will be along before
-noon, but we don’t need any doctor to tell that you’re getting well. Do
-you know, Mrs. Vernon, that you were calling for your little Bobby day
-and night all these weeks?”
-
-“Was I?”
-
-“Yes; and it was always in a tone of sadness or of despair. But last
-night it was different. You called his name but once, and your voice
-sounded as though you were gazing upon some heavenly vision, and your
-face grew beautiful and joyous.”
-
-“I understand why,” said Barbara. “Agnes, do you tell her my dream.”
-
-And Agnes, almost word for word, repeated Mrs. Vernon’s account.
-
-“And now,” pursued the smiling invalid, “I’m going, with God’s grace, to
-wait in patience and faith till that day ‘when dreams come true.’”
-
-“I think,” observed the nurse, “that there’s a lady outside that would
-like to see you. Come in, Mrs. Regan.”
-
-And Mrs. Regan entered and fondly embraced the woman who had saved her
-life. Then came Louis and then the father; and all lavished upon the
-dear convalescent a wealth of simple, homely love.
-
-“Upon my word!” said Barbara, as, after a few minutes of affectionate
-conversation, the visitors reluctantly departed, “I never imagined since
-I lost Bobby that I could be so happy.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIII
-BERNADETTE’S TEMPERAMENT DELAYS THE SCENARIO, AND MRS. VERNON MAKES TWO
- CHILDREN HAPPY
-
-
-It was Monday, the day on which Mr. Joseph Heneman had counted to finish
-all that part of the picture in which the four children were to appear.
-And it looked, in the morning, as though he would be right in his
-reckoning. But in the closing scene, the scene in which Bobby was to
-surpass himself, there came an unexpected hitch, and no other than our
-friend, Miss Bernadette Vivian, was the cause.
-
-Like most rising artists, Bernadette was temperamental, which, in other
-words, signifies that she was too easily swayed by her feelings. Now it
-had happened that on the previous evening she had met a most pleasing
-and engaging young man; and with the two it was a case of love at first
-sight. On this day, therefore, her shapely head was filled with visions
-of orange blossoms, bridal veils and a teasing wonder as to what kind of
-engagement ring he would select. With all these matters on her mind, is
-it at all surprising that she was in no mood to represent a mother
-meeting her lost children?
-
-She was, in this particular scene, to register the agony of separation,
-the ecstasy of meeting, and the tears of joy, all of which things Miss
-Bernadette signally failed to accomplish. The only thing that could have
-brought comfort to her soul and any expression of joy to her face would
-be her young man advancing smilingly upon her, holding in his dear hand
-a diamond engagement ring. In vain did Heneman expostulate with her; in
-vain did Compton remonstrate. In vain, too, did the four children, whom
-she really loved, cast upon her glances of friendly reproach. Nothing
-could arouse her from “love’s young dream,” than which, we are credibly
-informed by a poet, “there’s nothing half so sweet in life.”
-
-Up to this day Bernadette had been ambitious. She was a star in embryo,
-and her laurels were in the winning. But the young man whose bright
-smile still haunted her was very wealthy. Upon marrying him she would
-retire at once.
-
-If Mr. Heneman said things that any proper censor would properly delete,
-let it be said in his defense that he said them under his breath; for
-the director, as no doubt four guardian angels urged in his behalf at
-heaven’s chancery, ever cherished the highest reverence for children.
-
-By four o’clock of that evening the director was unnerved, Compton
-almost frantic, the children in ill humor. They were all worn out. And
-if the four youthful thespians did quarrel a little and sulk for almost
-ten minutes, let it be said in their behalf that before going home they
-all abjectly apologized one to the other, and proved once more the truth
-of Tennyson’s lines:
-
- _Oh, blessings on the falling-out_
- _Which all the more endears!_
-
-During all this Miss Bernadette, happily seated and with crossed legs,
-powdered her nose, consulted her hand mirror and, for the nonce an
-unmitigated flapper, gazed heavenward with a smile that would have been
-absolutely idiotic on a young lady less favored of feature. The distress
-of all her friends impressed her not in the least. In fact, it never
-dawned upon her consciousness that anybody was distressed. Truly, love
-is blind.
-
-“Attention, please!” called Heneman when it was nearing five o’clock.
-“The weather is rather close and it has been a trying day. Perhaps
-that’s the reason we can’t get this reuniting business over. I’m sorry,
-but we’ll have to try it over to-morrow at ten. The play is going to be
-a big thing, and so far you’ve made it a big thing. But we don’t want an
-anti-climax to spoil it all.”
-
-“What kind of an aunty is that?” asked Bobby.
-
-This remark sent them all off in good humor.
-
-Bobby went to confession before going to the suite. He confessed, by the
-way, every week, and went with Peggy to communion every morning. Also,
-he lingered to make a special and earnest prayer for that falling star,
-Bernadette, and I fear that if Bernadette, in the light of what happened
-that evening, were to have learned the import of that prayer, she would
-have waylaid Bobby and given him a sound spanking.
-
-“O good Lord”—such was the import of Bobby’s prayer—“bring that nice
-young lady, Bernadette Vivian, to her senses; and do it in a hurry so
-that to-morrow we can shoot that scene the way it ought to be shot, and
-be done with it.”
-
-That night the lovers met and there were five minutes of unbroken bliss.
-In these five minutes they plighted their troth over and over. Nothing
-in the heavens above or the earth beneath or the waters under the earth
-could ever dissever their souls. In the next five minutes there arose a
-slight difference about the style of the engagement ring; and before the
-quarter was quite ended both were in a towering rage and vowed
-repeatedly never, never to look upon each other’s face again. Then the
-idol of her heart went out and got drunk—a weakness of his of which
-Bernadette was entirely ignorant—and left his fond one bathed in tears.
-
-It was a bad night for Bobby, too. An inconsiderate friend of Compton’s,
-Benny Burnside, meeting Bobby as he returned from confession, asked the
-boy whether it was true that his mother was dead.
-
-“Of course she is not dead,” answered Bobby resolutely.
-
-“Oh, I’m so glad to hear it! So that woman they found dead in the woods
-at San Luis Obispo was not your mother after all,” continued the admired
-one of every flapper in the land. It was he who had said that Compton
-was a gay Lothario.
-
-Bobby’s lips quivered.
-
-Thereupon Mr. Benny Burnside told him, not without some embroidery to
-make the story more convincing, of the reports of the detective agency
-on the case. If Mr. Burnside did not fully convince the lad of his
-mother’s death, it was not due to any lack of effort on his part.
-
-Bobby, on retiring, had several sleepless hours. Faith struggled with
-alleged fact, and the struggle brought with it agony and tears. But the
-boy was not alone in the fight. To his aid he summoned the Mother of
-God, his guardian angel, his patron saint. Before midnight confidence
-returned; and Bobby, his face still wet with tears, fell into a
-dreamless sleep.
-
-On that same day, in the morning hours, Mrs. Barbara Vernon, seated on
-the ranchman’s front porch, a deep peace upon her face, touched once
-more with the glow of health, looked out calmly upon a world made
-strangely beautiful through the magic given only to the eye of the
-convalescent. Never, even in the first blush of maidenhood, had she
-looked more beautiful. Sickness had etherealized her beauty. Upon her
-features was the resignation which, falling short of joy, gives
-contentment touched with melancholy.
-
-“Oh, Mrs. Vernon!” cried two eager voices, their owners rushing through
-the front door in a race to reach her first. Agnes and Louis were
-flushed with unusual excitement. Something big had come into their
-lives.
-
-“What is it, my dears? Good news?”
-
-In answer to which, Louis, raising his voice to a shrill pipe, poured
-forth a volume of sound as intelligible as though his mouth were
-cluttered with pins.
-
-“But what is it?” asked Barbara, breaking into a smile. “I can’t make
-out a word you say.”
-
-“Let me talk, Louis,” said Agnes, making sure of the success of this
-request by clapping her hand over the excited youth’s mouth, and keeping
-it there. “Mrs. Vernon, there’s a matinee at the moving-picture house of
-San Luis Obispo this afternoon, and—and—” Here Agnes manifested her
-excitement by losing her breath, taking advantage of which, Louis, very
-much handicapped by the restraining hand still held over his mouth, made
-an effort to say, “Won’t you come?” giving the effect, however, of a
-bulldog’s growl.
-
-“And,” continued Agnes, “it’s a swell show. And, oh, Mrs. Vernon,
-wouldn’t you like to come with us?”
-
-“I don’t think,” Barbara made answer, “that I am in a mood just yet for
-anything like that. I am sure you can go by yourselves.”
-
-The hand of Agnes dropped, as did her jaw. Louis dug his fists into his
-eyes. The girl’s lips quivered.
-
-“But if you would like to have me,” amended the convalescent, reading
-sympathetically the signs of woe in the children, “why, of course—”
-
-“Whoop-la!” yelled Louis, running at breakneck speed towards the door
-and yelling in his flight. “Hey, dad! she’s going to go.”
-
-“Oh, you are so kind, Mrs. Vernon!” cried Agnes. “Just now papa got a
-long-distance telephone call from San Luis Obispo. There’s a friend of
-his there who went to the picture show last night, and he called dad up
-to tell him what a nice, clean picture it was. He says that it’s a
-first-run picture. The proprietor of the movie house there generally
-uses older runs, but there’s some kind of convention in the town this
-week, and so he engaged this new picture and raised the admission price
-from twenty to forty cents, and added three matinees. And the man said
-that if dad wanted to go he would hold five tickets for us. And dad said
-he would go and take ma and us children, provided you would go. Oh,
-isn’t that a treat? We’ll start in an hour. Dad thinks that the ride and
-a picture like that will do you a lot of good.”
-
-“Why didn’t you let me know at first that you couldn’t go unless I went?
-Indeed I’m sure it will make me happy, if for nothing else than that it
-will give joy to two of the dearest little children I have ever met.”
-
-And so fifteen minutes later Barbara, Mr. and Mrs. Regan, and the happy
-children were speeding onward to San Luis Obispo.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIV
-MRS. VERNON ATTENDS A MOVING-PICTURE SHOW AND FINDS IN IT A GREAT LESSON
- UNTHOUGHT OF BY THE AUTHOR
-
-
-The lobby of the San Luis Obispo moving-picture house was thronged, and
-there was a crush at the ticket office. As Regan and his party pushed
-their way to the entrance, the ticket seller was announcing that the
-house was sold out.
-
-To get through this unheard-of crowd Mr. Regan was forced to use his
-elbows freely. Mrs. Vernon and his family, according to his directions,
-followed him in close single file. None of them had an opportunity to
-notice the posters and the pictures of various scenes in the much
-heralded play. Had the lobby been less thronged, it is doubtful whether
-they would have attended the performance.
-
-“To accommodate all,” cried a strong voice as they reached the ticket
-taker, “there will be another performance at four o’clock sharp; and
-until a quarter to four positively no more seats will be sold.”
-
-At two-thirty to the second, but a few minutes after the Regan party had
-seated themselves, the lights went out and the “News of the Week” was
-flashed upon the curtain. The assembled crowd, filling every seat, had
-not come for the “News of the Week”; hence they were in no wise
-disappointed when it was taken off, with most of the news left out. The
-manager with a view to the second performance was shortening his
-program.
-
-There was a moment’s pause, and then there flashed upon the screen the
-words, “You Hardly Can Tell”; whereupon everybody sat up and adjusted
-himself for the promised treat.
-
-Perhaps the only exception was Mrs. Vernon. Seated between Agnes and
-Louis, she was affectionately watching now one, now the other, and
-rejoicing in their eager joy.
-
-The story at the first moved slowly, a close-up being given of a few of
-the leading characters, including first and foremost the fair Vivian.
-
-“Isn’t she sweet!” exclaimed Agnes breathlessly.
-
-“She has a nice face,” returned Barbara, raising her eyes momentarily to
-the screen and then turning them once more upon Agnes.
-
-Suddenly the girl’s face changed from admiration to merriment.
-
-“Oh, look! Ain’t he funny!”
-
-Mrs. Vernon did look and gasped.
-
-There grinning upon them all with a fatuous face, made still more
-fatuous by the arrangement of his hair, was her old friend—and more
-than friend—John Compton! There came back vividly to her the memory of
-their last meeting, something over ten years ago, when she had parted in
-sorrow and he in anger, and, as he said bitterly, forever. She was glad
-to see his face once more—glad and disappointed. She had expected more
-of him. His name by this time should have been known far and wide, not
-as a wearer of the motley, but as a writer, a thinker, a leader of men;
-and why had he disappointed her expectations? At the moment a feeling of
-remorse came upon her. She meditated.
-
-“I was just. But was I kind? It is true I could never bring myself to
-marry a man who refused to believe in God. But was I not brutal in the
-way I refused him? Possibly, if I had been gentle and patient, he might
-have been brought to the truth. Forgive, O my God, the offenses of a
-proud and unthinking youth.” Thus meditating she was suddenly brought
-back to the present by a roaring and laughing and stir that were little
-short of tumult. Agnes jumped to her feet, and remembering herself, sat
-down again exclaiming, “Oh! oh! oh!” Louis had risen uttering yelps of
-delight, and remained standing until a justly aggrieved man behind him
-dragged him back to his seat.
-
-Mrs. Vernon raised her eyes and saw Bobby Vernon!
-
-“O God! O my God!” she exclaimed, jumping up herself and for a moment on
-the point of rushing up the aisle to catch her Bobby in her arms. Her
-long discipline of self-restraint, however, asserted itself. She
-reseated herself, and catching a hand of Agnes in her own, squeezed it
-until the child winced.
-
-Yes, it was her own Bobby. The twisted mouth, the bellhop uniform, the
-serio-comic face—these were all, in a way, no matter of surprise to
-her; for Bobby, as no one knew better than herself, was a born mimic.
-But he was alive! Bobby was alive! “O God!” she whispered, “there is a
-faith that can move mountains. Blessed be Thy name!” She followed the
-picture now, but in a way almost unheard of. It was to her a long, sweet
-meditation. Over and over she murmured, “My son that was dead has come
-to life again!” “With God all things are possible.” “Oh, my son, my
-son!” Tears coursed down her cheeks, tears of joy incredible. But no one
-noticed her. All were absorbed in the play, and when the lights were
-turned on and the performance over, Agnes was astounded beyond measure
-at Barbara, who embraced her almost violently and said:
-
-“It was the sweetest, most touching thing I ever saw. It has taught me
-never to fail in trusting in God.”
-
-Now Agnes thought it was the most mirth-provoking thing she had ever
-seen, and, as to trusting in God, that lesson, like the flowers that
-bloom in the spring, had nothing to do with the case.
-
-Before leaving the theater Mrs. Vernon, excusing herself, had a few
-words privately with the manager.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XV
- COMPTON’S GREAT SCENARIO IS FINISHED NOT A MOMENT TOO SOON
-
-
-Of course the next morning, as Bobby arose and dressed for Mass, gave
-with its golden sunshine and balmy air every promise of a perfect day.
-This was the only thing to be expected. Los Angeles, as far as Bobby
-knew, had only one kind of weather. All the days since his arrival had
-been gay, fragrant, cloudless, sunshiny days. The inhabitants of Los
-Angeles never bothered to discuss the weather; it was not the fertile
-topic of conversation that it is in the East. When they spoke of it, it
-was simply to burst forth into paeans of praise, generally expressed in
-the exclamation “Isn’t it a wonderful day!” and that always ended
-further discussion.
-
-“Good morning, Bobby,” said Mr. Compton, to Bobby’s surprise shaved and
-dressed.
-
-“Why, halloa! What got _you_ up?”
-
-“I just thought, Bobby, I’d go along with you to Mass this morning.”
-
-“Oh,” said Bobby, puckering his brows. “I suppose,” he went on after
-some close conjecturing, “that you are going to church to pray for the
-success of that part that didn’t go right yesterday.”
-
-“That is one of the things I am going to pray for.”
-
-“Anything else, uncle?”
-
-“Bobby,” said Compton, ignoring the question, “did you sleep well last
-night?”
-
-“Not at first, uncle.”
-
-“I thought so; you do not look quite up to form.”
-
-“I need Holy Communion, uncle. Then after breakfast—I need that
-too—then you watch me!”
-
-“Bobby, I want to ask you another question. Did you hear anything
-yesterday that worried you?”
-
-“Oh, it’s all over now, I guess,” evaded the child.
-
-“You were crying last night.”
-
-“Who told you?”
-
-“I thought I heard you moaning, and before I went to sleep I went into
-your room. There were stains of tears on your pillow.”
-
-“Uncle, there was a man yesterday, Benny Burnside, who tried to make me
-think my mother was dead.”
-
-Mr. Compton squeezed his lips together, and sparks shot from his eyes.
-
-“If all the fools in Los Angeles were sentenced to death and all were
-pardoned except one, he’s the one who would go hang. He’s a handsome
-creature; but all his beauty isn’t anywhere near enough to make up for
-the tremendous vacancy in his head. And did you believe him, Bobby?”
-
-“He almost made me believe. That’s what I was fighting about before I
-could get to sleep. But I did feel so mean!”
-
-“There’s no sense, my boy, in giving up hope till you have to.”
-
-“I say, uncle, you were worrying too last night. You don’t look right
-yourself.”
-
-As a matter of fact John Compton had passed a long and sleepless night.
-
-“Well, suppose we toddle along,” he said, with a forced smile. So forth
-went the two, each struggling for faith against an uneasiness born of a
-foolish detective’s rash report.
-
-Francis and Peggy were at Mass and went to communion. They wanted Bobby
-to “put it over,” and directed the intention of their communion
-accordingly. Pearl, though not a Catholic, was there too. She came to
-pray, rather startling the worshipers at her entrance by going up the
-aisle and making her prettiest little curtsy before the tabernacle. This
-curtsy had won the hearts of many a stranger in the moment of
-introduction. No doubt our Lord’s love for her, already great—for the
-dear Lord who was once a child loves all children in a special way—went
-out to her in a new excess.
-
-Pearl, at the end of Mass, repeated the curtsy, which would have won her
-distinction in any earthly court—and why not in the heavenly?—and went
-outside, where she continued to smile and bow at the returning
-worshipers as though they were all friends of hers. And so far as she
-was concerned, so they were, God bless her!
-
-“Good morning, Bobby; good morning, everybody!” she cried, as she shook
-the hand of Compton, Bobby, Francis and Peggy, dispensing as she did so
-a running stream of smiles. “It’s going to be all right. I just know
-it’s going to be all right. Bobby, you’re just sure to put it over.”
-
-“It’s going to be the greatest day of all,” chimed in Francis.
-
-“We’ll be finished before noontime,” added Peggy. “And you’ll see, Mr.
-Compton,” she went on, fixing large, earnest, questioning eyes upon
-Compton, “that we haven’t been praying for nothing.”
-
-“I believe you, my dear,” returned Compton humbly.
-
-And Peggy, who knew something about Compton’s religious, or rather
-irreligious, convictions, wondered.
-
-“I’m hungry,” said Bob.
-
-“So am I,” said Pearl. “You see, I couldn’t go to communion, but I could
-fast and I did.”
-
-“Then,” said Compton, greatly cheered by the simple, loving little
-company, “we’ll all breakfast at the restaurant right below here.”
-
-The two girls and Francis protested that their mothers would be worried;
-whereupon Compton let loose their arrested joy by assuring them that he
-would telephone each proper home and make himself responsible for the
-whole party.
-
-The breakfast was a success, an abundance of watermelon and cream cakes
-being large factors, and off they hopped and danced, light as birds and
-immeasurably gayer, to the last rehearsal.
-
-Miss Bernadette Vivian had preceded them. She too had had a white night.
-The day before she had confided to the amicable clerk who kept the
-visitor’s gate and answered the telephone at the Lantry Studio the story
-of her great romance. She had made it clear to that amiable young lady
-that her engagement was as good as settled, that her Romeo, in addition
-to a personal pulchritude beyond power of words to describe, was as
-wealthy as Colossus—meaning, no doubt, Crœsus—that he had four
-automobiles and a country villa in addition to a home worth at least
-thirty thousand dollars: to all of which the gentle and sympathetic
-young lady, discounting each of these statements by at least fifty per
-cent, lent an attentive ear. Now it occurred to Vivian that, since there
-was no secrecy enjoined, the young lady might make her romance known.
-Hence it was that, unable to sleep, she hastened down to the studio
-bright and early with her revised version of love’s young dream.
-
-“Do you know,” she said, after an affectionate exchange of greetings,
-“that I am thinking seriously of entering a convent?”
-
-“That would be very sweet of you,” said Miss Cortland. “But you don’t
-want to break the heart of that young man, do you?”
-
-“That young man,” said Miss Vivian darkly, “has no heart to break!”
-
-“Dear me! Aren’t you going to be engaged to him?”
-
-“We were engaged.”
-
-“But you didn’t tell me that.”
-
-“It only happened last night. We were engaged for over ten minutes.”
-
-“And then?” interrupted Miss Cortland.
-
-“Oh, I’m sick and tired of all men!” ejaculated Vivian, clasping her
-hands. “They have no ideals! They are so—so common! I’ve always found
-that out before it was too late. I’d like to hear what they’ll say when
-I go into a convent.”
-
-“Did you have a quarrel, Vivian?”
-
-“I never quarrel,” returned the young lady with dignity. “We had a
-difference of opinion, and I discovered that his ideals were not mine.”
-
-By ideals Miss Vivian must have meant diamonds. The kind she wanted for
-her engagement was the kind her swain disliked.
-
-“Well, anyhow, I’ve learnt a good lesson. And, oh, I’m so miserable! I
-slept badly, and I feel like going to Ocean Park and throwing myself
-into the sea. Upon my word, I believe I will!”
-
-Miss Cortland was minded to point out to the distressed damsel that
-throwing herself into the ocean and entering a convent were hardly
-compatible; but, thinking better of it, she observed:
-
-“This is your fifth case, isn’t it?”
-
-“My seventh,” retorted Vivian, indignantly, and left the office in a
-huff.
-
-To set at rest the minds of Miss Vivian’s many admirers, it may be
-stated that she did not enter a convent, nor has the ocean received her
-into its insatiable maw. She realizes still that there are lots of good
-fish in the sea, and, though she nets one every month or so, she has not
-yet caught a fish that quite measures up to her expectations. Her
-present romance is now number eleven.
-
-“Say, Bobby,” whispered Francis, as they repaired to the scene of their
-final rehearsal, “do you want to shed real tears in the part where you
-meet your mother?”
-
-“I’d like to,” returned Bobby.
-
-“Well, I’ve got a trick to do it. It’s a pinch I learned from a fellow.
-It doesn’t make a mark, but it will smart like fun and bring the tears.
-Now, if you need it, just let me know; we’ve got to put this across.”
-
-As the event proved, Francis was not called upon to reduce Bobby to
-tears. Bobby, thinking of his own dear mother, and grieving for her the
-more bitterly for the ugly rumor which had left him sleepless, found it
-an easy task to imagine Bernadette to be Mrs. Vernon, with the result
-that his acting was clearly more perfect than it had been on the
-preceding day. As for Vivian, that volatile young lady, a flapper
-yesterday, was now persuaded that she was refined by a bitter
-experience, that all love leading toward matrimony was vanity and
-affliction of spirit, and that children were the most interesting and
-lovable things in the world. Thus chastened by these reflections, she
-put on a more mature air, diffused an atmosphere of sorrow akin to
-despair, and, to the astonishment and delight of Heneman, Compton and
-all the players, went through her part in a manner that touched the
-hearts of all.
-
-“Great!” cried Heneman. “Now get ready for the camera! Ready? Shoot!”
-
-Pearl, Peggy and Francis were all in the set. Pearl, as the magnate’s
-daughter, had already met her mother when Bobby entered. He sees the
-magnate’s wife standing palpitating and holding out tender arms. He
-stares, breaks into a radiant smile of happiness, cries out “Mother!”
-rushes into her arms and weeps upon her bosom.
-
-“Done!” announced Heneman, rubbing his eyes. “It’s perfect.—Why, what’s
-the matter, Bobby?”
-
-For Bobby, released from Vivian’s arms, was weeping bitterly.
-
-“Are you ill, my boy?” asked Compton, rushing over and putting an arm
-about the lad’s neck.
-
-“I—I was th-thinking of my own dear mother,” sobbed Bobby. As he spoke
-he raised his eyes. A moment later they grew wide in astonishment,
-wonder and incredulity.
-
-“And there she is!” he exclaimed, darting forward to meet a woman now
-hurrying toward him.
-
-In a moment Bobby, weeping and laughing, was rushing into the arms of
-his own dear mother.
-
-It was a tensely dramatic moment. Those concerned in the play gazed in
-awe; then realizing the tremendous strain thus taken off mother and son,
-they entered into the joy of the moment.
-
-Compton was the first to advance and greet the happy mother.
-
-“You remember me, Barbara?”
-
-“Indeed and indeed I do! I was thinking of you yesterday—thinking of
-the past. And I have something that I want to say to you.”
-
-“He’s the best man in the world, mamma,” said Bobby enthusiastically.
-“He’s treated me as though I were his own son. Why, uncle, why have you
-got your head down?”
-
-“I didn’t know it,” said Compton. “But anyhow, I do not feel fit to look
-upon your dear mother’s face.”
-
-The impending awkwardness was averted by the quick approach of the three
-children.
-
-“Oh, Mrs. Vernon!” exclaimed Peggy, her dark eyes luminous and her olive
-complexion alive with rosy emotion, “I’m almost as happy as you!” And
-Peggy threw her arms about Barbara’s neck.
-
-“Dear little Peggy,” and Mrs. Vernon returned the embrace.
-
-“And,” Peggy went on, running her words into one another, “you know it
-was so stupid of me to tell you Bobby was dead. Oh, I’m so glad!”
-
-“May I kiss you, ma’am?” said Pearl, with her charming smile and her
-graceful curtsy as Peggy slipped aside. “I’m one of Bobby’s friends,
-too.”
-
-“And I too,” said Francis. And Mrs. Vernon, flushed and radiant, fondly
-kissed the two children, who in their expressions of delight fell little
-short of Bobby himself.
-
-By this time many of the elders had gathered about the reunited pair,
-and all in their various ways extended their felicitations. Bernadette
-Vivian was so overcome with emotion that she had to be led away by her
-attendant. It was a moment of tension.
-
-“Come, Mrs. Vernon,” whispered Compton; “my automobile is waiting
-outside. I am sure you want to get away and have Bobby to yourself.”
-Saying which, he conducted her away with her boy still clinging to her,
-and was presently whirling homeward.
-
-“But, mother,” said Bobby, resting in her arms, “what became of you?
-Uncle John had detectives looking all over for you.”
-
-Mrs. Vernon explained in a few words the reason of her long
-disappearance.
-
-“And,” she added, “when I saw you on the screen yesterday, I went to the
-manager of the theater and found out where you had been working. He was
-most kind. He inquired and learned that a train three hours late would
-pass at eleven o’clock that night. He took care of me and saw me aboard.
-Mr. Regan and his family wanted to see me off. Bobby, if we wish, we can
-have a home with them.”
-
-“Bobby’s not poor,” said Compton. “There’s twenty-four hundred dollars
-to his credit in the bank just now.”
-
-“And it’s all yours, mother. I was working for you.”
-
-When they entered John Compton’s suite, Barbara gazed about the
-sitting-room in pleased surprise. There was a change in the room since
-Bobby’s first entrance there. Most of the photographs were gone, and
-most prominent of all the pictures adorning the walls was a beautiful
-engraving of a guardian angel tenderly watching his innocent charge, a
-little boy, in years and appearance resembling Barbara’s son.
-
-“What!” she exclaimed, blushing prettily. “Do you believe in angels,
-John Compton?”
-
-“I do! Indeed I do! And I learned that sweet belief from your own little
-boy’s example.”
-
-“Then,” pursued Mrs. Vernon, “then you must believe in God.”
-
-“Barbara,” responded Compton, with a catch in his voice, “it must have
-been God who sent your boy to me. He has changed my life. For several
-weeks, though Bobby doesn’t know it, I have been receiving instructions
-from Father Mallory—”
-
-“What’s that?” cried Bobby eagerly.
-
-“And to-morrow I am to be received into the Catholic Church.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVI
-CONTAINING NOTHING BUT HAPPY EXPLANATIONS AND A STILL HAPPIER LOVE SCENE
-
-
-The hours that followed were given to mutual explanations. Bobby, at
-great length, related his adventures from the time he was carried away
-by the breakers to the present moment. Then John Compton gave his
-version, pointing out that he had done everything to trace up Mrs.
-Vernon and that from his knowledge of Bobby picked up in the first hour
-of meeting he had judged that, all things considered, the best way to
-watch the lad and keep his mind off the sorrows of separation was to
-engage him in moving-picture work.
-
-“Anyhow,” he said, “before I had quite made up my mind to do it, Bobby
-settled the question by actually breaking in; and just as soon as I saw
-him show Chucky Snuff how to do his part, I don’t think I could well
-have chosen any other way of meeting the situation.”
-
-“And now, mother dear,” said Bobby, “we want you to tell everything
-about yourself, and don’t leave anything out.”
-
-The eager interest of Bobby and John Compton inspired Barbara to a full
-and enthralling narrative of her mischances.
-
-“And to think,” mused Compton, “that all this strange series of events
-should have come about just through the most trivial thing in the
-world.”
-
-“How’s that, Uncle John?” asked Bobby, nestling in his mother’s arms.
-
-“Why, through a little earth tremor. Of course you, Mrs. Vernon, and
-you, Bobby, were not used to it; but actually it doesn’t disturb us who
-live here, especially the native-born, as much as a loud clap of
-thunder. Three months ago we had an actual thunderstorm here, and there
-was one flash of lightning and one clap of thunder like the kind that
-are so common in Cincinnati. Now Father Mallory told me that the
-children in his school were so frightened that for a moment there was
-danger of a panic. And I have no doubt that the children who were most
-frightened were natives and, because they were natives, would have
-hardly paid any attention to an earth tremor.”
-
-“That is so, Uncle John,” broke in Bobby. “Peggy was at school that day
-and she told me all about it. She said that when the thunderclap came
-she screamed at the top of her voice, and started for the door. The
-Sister got there before her, and blocked her and a dozen other children,
-and made them go back to their seats.”
-
-“By the way, Bobby,” said Compton, “did you ever think to ask yourself
-why you were carried out by that wave?”
-
-“They all say it was the undertow.”
-
-“Yes; but in ordinary circumstances it would not have caught you, as you
-were not far enough out. In my opinion, the sea was affected by the
-impending earthquake and that wave was not a normal wave.”
-
-“Well, thank God,” said the mother, “that it is all over.”
-
-“And I,” said Compton, “thank God that it all happened. These days with
-Bobby have been the happiest of my life. And also—they have brought you
-to my home. And that reminds me; till further notice, Barbara, this
-suite is yours. Everything has been arranged. I have taken a room across
-the way. You and Bobby are in command in this suite.”
-
-“And you’ll come in any time at all, won’t you, Uncle John?”
-
-“That reminds me,” said Compton. “Please don’t think I am an Indian
-giver. But I’m arranging a little party for to-night; and may I use
-these rooms? Of course you are both to be among those present.”
-
-“Don’t be absurd, John,” laughed Barbara. “These are your rooms. By
-to-morrow I’ll try and arrange to get a place for myself and Bobby.”
-
-“We’ll see about that,” returned Compton, with a meaning in his words
-that escaped both his hearers. “To-night, Barbara, we’re going to have
-Peggy and Pearl and Francis and their mothers.”
-
-“Great!” cried the boy.
-
-“It is to be a special celebration to honor the successful end of our
-play ‘Imitation.’ By the way, wasn’t it a peculiar coincidence that you
-should appear just as Bobby finished his part of the scenario?”
-
-“I’m afraid,” returned Mrs. Vernon, “that I’m partly responsible for
-that coincidence. The man who so kindly let me in to the Lantrey Studio
-casually informed me that Bobby was engaged in finishing up his part of
-the picture. I came in, and seeing him working, remained watching and
-hiding for ten minutes. It occurred to me that if I came upon Bobby
-while he was working he might not be able to act. So I watched my little
-boy till all was done.”
-
-“Mother,” said Bobby, “if you had come sooner, you might have ruined
-that part. I could never do it again that way, because I was thinking of
-you.”
-
-“But there’s another reason for this little party,” Compton went on. “I
-want you to meet and to know Bobby’s three pals. I think you will agree
-with me that I have managed to keep him in really good company. These
-children are innocent, bright and exceptionally good, and that they are
-so is due in no small part to their mothers, who are always in
-attendance, always with them. And that is why I am inviting the mothers,
-too.”
-
-How John Compton managed all the details of this banquet is one of the
-secrets of his efficiency. He used the telephone three or four times and
-the thing was done. After a two hours’ spin along roads so perfect that
-they are the admiration of Eastern travelers, the three returned and
-found a table in the sitting-room, laid for a banquet, fragrant with
-flowers and fruits, and with a caterer in attendance, who announced that
-everything was ready.
-
-“Very good,” said John, glancing approvingly at the preparations. “Be
-ready to serve dinner in ten minutes. You’ll excuse me, Barbara; the
-three children with their mothers are now gathered together and waiting
-for me at the home of Francis Mason. I’ll have them here in a jiffy.”
-
-Compton was true to his word. Ten minutes later gales of light laughter
-and happy shouting made known to everybody in the apartment house that
-Mr. John Compton was receiving friends.
-
-Take a good meal, season it with love and satisfaction over work well
-done, dash it over with the joy of reunion, and you have a banquet fit
-for the gods.
-
-The children chattered gayly and, somehow or other, ate very heartily at
-the same time. Nothing was allowed to interfere with this latter
-function. But as all for the greater part of the meal spoke and laughed
-at the same time, it would be impossible, even were it worth while, to
-reproduce what they said.
-
-Towards the end, when the babbling and laughter were at their loudest,
-Mr. Compton tapped his glass.
-
-“Excuse me for interrupting all of you,” he said, “but I’m afraid, if
-you don’t moderate yourselves, that a patrol wagon will drive up and
-we’ll all be hauled to the station house for disturbing the peace.”
-
-As Mr. Compton smiled and made a comic face the assembled guests, the
-children especially, raised a tirra-lirra of silvery laughter. One would
-judge from their enjoyment of it that Mr. Compton had cracked the best
-joke in the history of the world.
-
-After a full minute, Mr. Compton tapped his glass again.
-
-“It is a pleasure to try being funny before such an appreciative
-audience. But don’t you think it would be worth while to take turns in
-talking and not all talk at once?”
-
-Whereupon all present answered together in different phrasings that it
-certainly would be worth while.
-
-“Very good; then, Mrs. Vernon, it’s your turn.”
-
-Mrs. Vernon promptly said that the voices of the children were music to
-her ears, and that this was an occasion on which children should be both
-seen and heard. And so substantially declared the three other happy
-mothers.
-
-“Well, then, Francis?” adjured Compton.
-
-“Ladies and gentlemen,” said Francis, rising and bowing, “I am going to
-tell you the story of my life.”
-
-It was upon this declaration that the grown folks broke into laughter,
-whereat the little ones wondered where was the joke, anyhow!
-
-“At the age of three years and a half I went into the moving-picture
-business. Since that time I have starred in five big productions, not
-counting this one. And the finest time I have had in all my life has
-been the time that Peggy and Pearl and Bobby have worked with me. In
-conclusion, I beg to state that I have been married five times.”
-
-The amazed children joined the startled elders in applause and laughter.
-
-“In moving pictures, I mean,” said Francis, and sat down, the orator of
-the day.
-
-“And now, Pearl?” resumed Compton.
-
-Pearl arose smiling and made her curtsy.
-
-“Encore!” cried everybody, led by Compton.
-
-Pearl was always ready to smile and curtsy. Nothing loath she repeated
-the performance three times handrunning.
-
-“I want to say,” said Pearl, “that my best love and wishes go to Bobby
-and his mother. And, Mr. Compton, Peggy has brought her violin along.
-She thought, perhaps, that some one might ask her to play.”
-
-“Fine!” said Compton. “We’ll not forget that. And now, Peggy, it’s your
-turn.”
-
-Peggy arose radiant.
-
-“I’ll say what Pearl said,” she declared. “For Bobby and his mother I
-have heaps of love. And Pearl has brought along her dancing shoes. She
-told me that some one might ask her to dance.”
-
-“Splendid! We’ll have an entertainment presently. Now, Bobby?”
-
-“I say,” cried Bobby, “that Uncle John is the finest man in the world.”
-
-This speech was the hit of the evening.
-
-“Bobby,” said Compton, brushing away in a comic gesture an imaginary
-tear—not altogether, imaginary, at that—“you have unmanned me. But now
-let’s have a little council of war. First of all, our play is finished
-and you’re all out of a job.”
-
-“It’s really school time, anyhow,” said Francis consolingly. “I’ve never
-had a regular year at school. How I’d like that!”
-
-“So should I,” said Peggy.
-
-“And I’m old enough to start now,” ended Pearl, “and I think Ma will
-allow me to go.”
-
-“Upon my word!” exclaimed the host. “This is the first time in all my
-life that I heard a bunch of children expressing a desire to go to
-school. Shakespeare has set for all time the picture of the schoolboy
-with a snail’s pace trudging unwillingly to school.”
-
-“Ah, ah!” said Pearl’s mother. “But Shakespeare never lived in Los
-Angeles and in the days of the moving picture.”
-
-“True,” assented Compton. “All rules fail in Los Angeles, a city which
-may rightly be called ‘different.’ I’m glad you are all ready for
-school. I’ve got good news for you. ‘Imitation’ has brought me in a
-large sum of money. But I don’t think it is really mine at all. Bobby
-here, imitating everybody, gave me the first idea—the germ of the
-story. Then I got to thinking of what sort of people were most likely to
-imitate. There was just one answer—children. Next I thought of you
-three, Peggy, Pearl and Francis. After that it was easy to work out the
-plot. Now, while I am keeping a comfortable sum for myself, I have here
-in my pocket a check for each one of you calling for fifteen hundred
-dollars: and that has nothing to do with the salary you draw. I have
-already spoken to your mothers, and they are all willing for you to take
-nine months’ vacation from moving-picture work and go to school. The
-check is intended to pay for your education; and who knows but by next
-June I’ll have another scenario for just you four!”
-
-There was a moment of wondering silence.
-
-Then Pearl arose, smiling more engagingly than ever.
-
-“Oh, thank you, dear Uncle Compton,” and curtsied deeper than on any
-former occasion.
-
-Bobby next arose, and with a smile not unlike Pearl’s said:
-
-“Oh, thank you, dear Uncle Compton,” and duplicated the curtsy of Pearl.
-
-Francis and Peggy, wondering what the laughter from the grown folks was
-all about, each in turn made the selfsame speech in the selfsame way.
-
-Mr. Compton in struggling to keep a straight face while witnessing the
-new “Imitation” feared for the moment that he was on the point of an
-apoplectic seizure.
-
-“Suppose we say grace,” he suggested.
-
-Within a few minutes, the table was cleared, everybody taking a hand.
-The next thing was the entertainment.
-
-“Look here, Mrs. Sansone,” whispered Compton. “Do you and the other
-women take the children into Bobby’s room and arrange a program. Besides
-Peggy’s violin playing and Pearl’s dancing, we want Bobby and Francis to
-do some little stunt, too. Get them ready in fifteen minutes at the
-least. Meantime, I want to have a word with Mrs. Vernon.”
-
-Presently the two were alone, standing beneath the picture of the
-guardian angel.
-
-“Barbara, you remember your remarking this morning that you had
-something to say to me?”
-
-“Distinctly, John. But since that time I have seen and learned so much
-that I have ever so many things to say to you.”
-
-“But what was it you intended this morning?”
-
-“This, John: when I saw your face on the screen in San Luis Obispo last
-night, I went back to the years when you and I were so much together. I
-recalled how I had refused you because I couldn’t bring myself to marry
-a man who did not believe in God. I think still that I was right in my
-decision, but I feel that I should have been gentler, more patient. I
-was young and severe. And last night I felt that, if ever I met you
-again, I would try to explain how sorry I was not for what I did, but
-for the way in which I did it.”
-
-“And I,” returned Compton, “have been thinking of you always, indeed,
-but almost constantly since I picked Bobby up from the roadside, and
-I’ve recalled bitterly my leaving you as abruptly and in a temper. Every
-night for the past three weeks I have said over and over again Newman’s
-‘Lead, Kindly Light,’ and I have over and over reflected each time in
-sorrow and, I hope, true contrition on the line, ‘Pride ruled my will:
-remember not past years.’ Barbara, my father was an infidel and my
-mother never bothered about religion.”
-
-“I should have considered that,” said Barbara.
-
-“However, that only extenuates my conduct. Now, Barbara, I want to ask
-you a very serious question. Did you love me in those days?”
-
-“I don’t know, John dear, whether I can make myself plain in answering.
-I liked you immensely and I was so close to the border line of love that
-it was only by a strong struggle that I didn’t cross it. Had I yielded
-to your request that night, love would, I am sure, have come in the
-yielding.”
-
-“Oh, what a fool I was!” exclaimed Compton. “I was at the gate of
-Paradise and turned my back on it, and went out into the night; and I
-have been dwelling in outer darkness since. Barbara, since I left you,
-I’ve been no good. I have been light, frivolous, irresponsible. My
-career has amounted to nothing. If God gave me any talents, I have
-buried them. All this was true till the coming of Bobby. Bobby came and
-he brought _you_ back. Before God, I believe I am a changed man. I have
-seen the light and to-morrow I will arise and go into my Father’s house.
-To-morrow I am to be received into the Church, and on Sunday I go to
-Holy Communion. Of course, I do not know the future. How do I know
-whether I shall be able to persevere and not go back? But honestly, I
-believe I am a changed man. I believe and I hope.”
-
-“I have known faith to move mountains,” observed Barbara.
-
-“Now, Barbara, you know how I love your little boy.”
-
-“And more,” assented Barbara, “I know how he loves you.”
-
-“Taking this into consideration, do you think you could possibly love
-me?”
-
-“John,” said Barbara, holding out her hand to him, “there’s no thinking
-about it after this wonderful day. I love you with all my heart.”
-
-“Oh, I say,” cried Bobby, a second later, and seeing what he saw
-suddenly ceased to speak.
-
-“Come here, Bobby,” said Compton, recovering his composure quickly. “I
-want to ask you a question. What relation are you to me?”
-
-“First,” answered Bobby, “you were my aunt; then you were my
-grandfather, then you were my nephew. Just at present you are my uncle.”
-
-“And, dear Bobby, how would you like me to be your father?”
-
-Bobby looked at his blushing mother and understood. Catching now one,
-now the other, he delivered a hearty kiss and a hug to each, then
-throwing himself flat on the floor, he closed his eyes and said softly
-but joyously:
-
-“Good night!”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVII
-THE FOUR CHILDREN AROUSE SUSPICION, UNTIL WITH THE MOST MOMENTOUS EVENT
- IN THIS NARRATIVE, ALL IS MADE CLEAR
-
-
-“Say, folks,” screamed Bobby, arising and rushing into his own room,
-“we’re going to have a marriage in our family.”
-
-Then, truly, did pandemonium break loose. There was no need of further
-explanation: the situation was too clear; one had but to look on Compton
-and Barbara to know that they were betrothed. The three mothers fell
-upon Barbara, while the children, who one and all loved the transformed
-Compton, smothered that embarrassed young gentleman with hugs and
-kisses.
-
-“Attention!” cried Compton as with kind but firm hands he disengaged
-himself from the four affectionate aggressors. “Listen, please. Each and
-every one of you here present is cordially invited to be present at the
-wedding.”
-
-“When?” cried all.
-
-“Let me see,” and Compton, as he spoke, wrinkled the brow of
-calculation. “On next Sunday, the banns will be read, also on the second
-and third Sunday. Then the wedding will follow on some day of that very
-week. What day shall it be, Barbara?”
-
-“Saturday,” she promptly made answer.
-
-“I don’t want to be critical, Barbara, but why put it to the very end of
-the week?”
-
-“First, John, Saturday is Our Lady’s day.”
-
-“Good!” said Peggy.
-
-“And secondly, it’s the day when the children are free from school.”
-
-Thereupon the children were by way of initiating a new pandemonium; but
-the resourceful Compton, bellowing that it was time for the performance,
-bundled them all out of the room and called for the first number.
-
-Peggy played with taste and feeling. She was of Italian blood, of a race
-that for art stands, I believe, first and foremost in the modern world;
-and her art went into her graceful fingers and returned in the sweet
-notes that rippled from her bow. Francis recited and, of course,
-acquitted himself to the taste of every one present. Pearl’s dance,
-under the circumstances, was an incarnation of spring—a spring of
-smiles and youth and fragrant innocence. Then arose Bobby and brought
-the spectators out of fairyland.
-
-“Ladies and gentlemen,” he announced, “I will now give you a correct
-picture of Uncle John when he is shaving himself.”
-
-Standing without any properties of any sort, Bobby dipped an imaginary
-brush in imperceptible water, rubbed his face, and then lathered himself
-with invisible soap. Next he honed an unseen razor upon a similar strop,
-and proceeded to go through the motions of shaving. To such an extent
-did he succeed in reproducing the faces Compton was wont to make, that
-the victim of all this fun lost two buttons from his vest, both of them
-flying off when Bobby went through the motions of cutting himself.
-
-“That settles it,” said Compton, when Bobby had ended his performance
-with a caricature of Pearl’s curtsy. “We’ve had enough for to-night. The
-hour is early—it’s only ten—but to-morrow I am to be received into the
-Catholic Church, and I think I ought to have a little solitude.”
-
-“Are you going to shave?” asked Francis.
-
-“Why?” asked Compton, restraining himself lest he should loose another
-button.
-
-“If you were,” answered the youth, “I should like to look on.”
-
-Thereupon the happy party broke up.
-
-“Good night, dear,” said Compton to Barbara, when all had left the room,
-including Bobby, who had graciously accompanied the departing guests to
-the street. “Aren’t they a wonderful set of children?”
-
-“They show to some degree what God originally intended us all to be,”
-said Barbara.
-
-“What a pity that they must all grow up!” said the happy man.
-
- * * * * *
-
-“Is it possible,” asked John Compton two weeks later, “that our four
-children are getting worldly-minded?”
-
-“I hope not, John,” answered Barbara.
-
-It was a lovely afternoon. The two were seated in Compton’s former
-suite, which, since the engagement, had remained Barbara’s and Bobby’s
-temporary home.
-
-“Well, they show such an unusual interest in our wedding clothes,”
-Compton went on, “that I do not know what to make of it. Every time I go
-to my tailor, I discover Bobby and Francis either with him or hovering
-about the neighborhood, and they always look guilty when I come upon
-them. Once Peggy and Pearl were there, too. I asked the tailor what it
-all meant, and he laughed and answered that the children were very much
-interested in my bridal garments. I don’t like to see children of their
-age making such a fuss about styles.”
-
-“Now that you bring the subject up,” said Barbara, “I recall that Peggy
-and Pearl every time they come here—and there’s not a day that they
-don’t—ask to see my trousseau, and show an interest that I cannot
-account for. They ask all sorts of questions.”
-
-“There’s another thing,” resumed Compton. “Several times I have caught
-the four of them discussing something or other with intense earnestness;
-but no sooner am I seen than they grow embarrassed and drop their
-engrossing subject. For all that, they are, in every other respect, so
-lovely, they’re all studying so well, that I can’t bring myself to think
-they are getting worldly.”
-
-“And besides, John, Bobby and Peggy and Francis go to communion every
-day. Not only that, but they make a longer thanksgiving than most grown
-people. They are the last to leave the church; so I can’t imagine
-anything wrong about them. And sweet little Pearl, who reminds me of the
-Peri at the gate of Paradise, not exactly disconsolate, but wistful,
-comes every morning with them, and says her little prayers with all the
-reverence and devotion of childish love and innocence.”
-
-“My idea of Paradise,” John meditated, “is a place like Los Angeles,
-with beautiful smooth-shaven, green lawns thrown in—flowers and foliage
-and sunshine to remain ‘as you were.’ But the inhabitants of this
-Paradise are to be all children in their innocence, unalloyed by the
-little failings which go to show that they are descended from Adam, and
-who are never, never to grow up.”
-
-Then in a body entered the little four, who, after a cordial interchange
-of greetings, timidly begged to see the bridal dress.
-
-The betrothed pair looked at each other. They were mystified.
-
-“Say, Uncle John,” said Bobby, who, with Francis, quickly lost interest
-in the modiste’s “Creation,” “is it true that you’ve been promoted?”
-
-“I’ve been made a Director for the Lantry Studio, if that’s what you
-mean, Bobby, and they have accepted my new scenario at a price bigger
-than what they paid for ‘Imitation.’”
-
-“You’re going to be rich, uncle.”
-
-“I don’t know about that. But whether I’m rich or not, you are provided
-for, my dear. At least, putting together the money you have earned this
-summer with what I have added to it, and turning it into Liberty Bonds,
-which I have been able to buy up at a price yielding six per cent on the
-investment, the income will yield enough to carry you through your
-school-days, and when you are done with classes, the principal will be
-intact and enough to give you a fair start in life.”
-
-“But,” objected Bobby, “I thought the money I earned was going to Mama
-to help her pay off that debt.”
-
-“You needn’t worry about that, Bobby,” exclaimed Mr. Compton. “Yesterday
-your mother sent a check canceling the entire obligation. She wasn’t as
-poor as we imagined.”
-
-“And then, John,” put in Barbara, “when you gave me—”
-
-But Compton smiling amiably put his hand over her mouth.
-
-The two girls were still studying the dress.
-
-“Can it be vanity?” the two asked themselves.
-
-All they could do was to suspend judgment.
-
- * * * * *
-
-It was Saturday morning, brighter, more fragrant, more Paradise-like
-than any morning, so John and Barbara averred, in the golden weather
-history of Los Angeles. The wedding was over, the most notable wedding
-ever held in the Church of the Blessed Sacrament. The moving-picture
-world was there, the moving-picture world, and his wife and daughters,
-and, to a surprising extent, his sons. The church, a bower of beauty,
-was filled. All was over, and the happy couple, preceded by a flower
-girl, no other than Agnes Regan, by the best man, Mr. J. Heneman, and
-supporting the weeping bridesmaid, Bernadette Vivian, were moving in
-stately fashion down the aisle. As they left the vestibule, there were,
-thank goodness, no showers of rice and other idiotic performances,
-idiotic, because out of place at the church. Nevertheless, there was
-another form of demonstration. Two camera men from the Lantry Studio
-were on hand with their moving-picture cameras, and with them Ben Moore,
-the head of the Scenario Department.
-
-“Stop where you are,” commanded Ben. “We’re going to take you.”
-
-“Don’t object, my own,” whispered Compton. “We really owe it to the
-Lantry people.—Go on, Ben, and tell us what to do.”
-
-“By the way,” continued the groom, “what on earth has become of the
-little four? I haven’t seen or heard of them all the morning.”
-
-“They told me they had permission to go up in the choir loft,” answered
-Mrs. Compton. “Bobby left at six, one hour and three-quarters before we
-started for church. He had something on his mind.—Well, Ben, why don’t
-you go on and shoot?”
-
-“Wait,” said Ben severely.
-
-The groom and bride were standing before the main door of the church,
-with the best man and bridesmaid next them on their proper sides.
-
-“Move back, you two men to one side, and you two women to the other to
-give place to the procession. Now, boys, shoot,” commanded Ben.
-
-As the bridal party obeyed Moore’s curt injunctions, there issued forth
-from the church, Bobby, dressed in every detail like Compton; on his
-arm, Peggy, arrayed like Mrs. Compton. Behind them, came Francis,
-another Heneman, his arm supporting Pearl, an improved replica of the
-fair Bernadette Vivian.
-
-“By George,” cried Compton, never for a moment thinking of the cameras
-now in operation. “This explains the whole thing.—The little monkeys!”
-
-The young mischief-makers, well out of the church, placed themselves in
-front of the real bridal group, in front of their respective replicas.
-Four innocent faces then broke into smiles, while their owners made
-Pearl’s famous curtsy to an imaginary audience.
-
-Upon this, Bobby turned and presenting a rose to Compton, said:
-
-“‘_Imitation._’”
-
-“_Is_,” announced Peggy, presenting the flower to Barbara.
-
-“_The Sincerest_,” added Francis, with a rose for Heneman.
-
-“_Flattery_,” ended Pearl, addressing the fair Bernadette.
-
-Then Compton caught Bobby in his arms; and Barbara caught Peggy in her
-arms; and Heneman caught Francis in his arms; and Bernadette caught
-Pearl in her arms; while the cameras clicked furiously, until they
-stopped, and Ben Moore announced that, without rehearsal, they had shot
-the finest thing ever seen in any moving picture.
-
- THE END.
-
-
-
- PRINTED BY BENZIGER BROTHERS, NEW YORK
-
-
-
-
- TRANSCRIBER NOTES
-
-
-Mis-spelled words and printer errors have been fixed.
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 56319 ***
diff --git a/old/56319-h/56319-h.htm b/old/56319-h/56319-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index 39d37d9..0000000
--- a/old/56319-h/56319-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6275 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
- <head>
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
- <title>Bobby in Movieland</title>
- <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg"/>
- <meta name="cover" content="images/cover.jpg" />
- <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Finn, Francis J."/>
- <meta name="DC.Title" content="Bobby in Movieland"/>
- <meta name="DC.Language" content="en"/>
- <meta name="DC.Created" content="1921"/>
- <meta name="DC.date.issued" content="1921"/>
- <meta name="DC.Subject" content="Juvenile"/>
- <meta name="Tags" content="Juvenile"/>
- <meta name="generator" content="fpgen 4.55b"/>
- <style type="text/css">
- body { margin-left:8%;margin-right:10%; }
- .pageno { right: 1%; font-size: x-small; background-color: inherit; color: silver;
- text-indent: 0em; text-align: right; position: absolute;
- border:1px solid silver; padding:1px 3px; font-style:normal;
- font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; text-decoration:none; }
- .pageno:after { color: gray; content: attr(title); }
- .it { font-style:italic; }
- .bold { font-weight:bold; }
- .sc { font-variant:small-caps; }
- p { text-indent:0; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em;
- text-align: justify; }
- div.lgc { }
- div.lgl { }
- div.lgc p { text-align:center; text-indent:0; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }
- div.lgl p { text-indent: -17px; margin-left:17px; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }
- div.lgp { }
-
- div.lgp p {
- text-align:left; text-indent:0; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0;
- }
-
- .poetry-container {
- display:block; text-align:left; margin-left:2em;
- }
-
- .stanza-inner {
- display:inline-block;
- }
-
- .stanza-outer {
- page-break-inside: avoid;
- }
-
- .stanza-inner .line0 {
- display:inline-block;
- }
- .stanza-outer .line0 {
- display:block;
- }
-
- h1 {
- text-align:center;
- font-weight:normal;
- page-break-before: always;
- font-size:1.2em; margin:2em auto 1em auto
- }
-
- .sub-head { font-size: smaller; }
- hr.tbk { border:none; border-bottom:1px solid black; width:30%; margin-left:35%; margin-right:35%; }
- hr.pbk { border:none; border-bottom:1px solid silver; width:100%; margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:2em }
- .figcenter {
- text-align:center;
- margin:1em auto;
- page-break-inside: avoid;
- }
-
- div.blockquote { margin:1em 2em; text-align:justify; }
- p.caption { text-align:center; margin:0 auto; width:100%; }
- .nobreak { page-break-before: avoid; }
- p.line { text-indent:0; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }
- div.lgp p.line0 { text-indent:-3em; margin:0 auto 0 3em; }
- table { page-break-inside: avoid; }
- table.center { margin:0.5em auto; border-collapse: collapse; padding:3px; }
- table.flushleft { margin:0.5em 0em; border-collapse: collapse; padding:3px; }
- table.left { margin:0.5em 1.2em; border-collapse: collapse; padding:3px; }
- .tab1c1 { }
- .tab1c2 { }
- .tab1c3 { }
- .tdStyle0 {
- padding: 2px 5px; text-align:right; vertical-align:top;
- }
- .tdStyle1 {
- padding: 2px 5px; text-align:left; vertical-align:top;padding-left:29px; text-indent:-24px;
- }
- .pindent { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-indent:1.5em; }
- .noindent { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-indent:0; }
- .hang { padding-left:1.5em; text-indent:-1.5em; }
- .literal-container { text-align:center; margin:0 0; }
- .literal { display:inline-block; text-align:left; }
- </style>
- <style type="text/css">
- .poetry-container { margin-top:.5em; margin-bottom:.5em }
- .literal-container { margin-top:.5em; margin-bottom:.5em }
- div.lgc { margin-top:.5em; margin-bottom:.5em }
- p { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }
- </style>
- </head>
- <body>
-<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 56319 ***</div>
-
-<div class='figcenter'>
-<img src='images/cover.jpg' alt='' id='iid-0000' style='width:80%;height:auto;'/>
-</div>
-
-<hr class='pbk'/>
-
-<div class='lgc' style=''> <!-- rend=';' -->
-<p class='line0'><span style='font-size:x-large'>BOBBY IN MOVIELAND</span></p>
-</div> <!-- end rend -->
-
-<hr class='pbk'/>
-
-<div class='lgc' style=''> <!-- rend=';' -->
-<p class='line0'><span class='it'>FATHER FINN’S FAMOUS STORIES</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='it'>Each volume with a Frontispiece</span>,</p>
-</div> <!-- end rend -->
-
-<div class='literal-container' style=''><div class='literal'> <!-- rend=';' -->
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Candles’ Beams.</span> Short Stories</p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Sunshine and Freckles</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Lord Bountiful</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>On the Run</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Bobby in Movieland</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Facing Danger</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>His Luckiest Year.</span> A Sequel to “Lucky Bob”</p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Lucky Bob</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Percy Wynn</span>; or, Making a Boy of Him</p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Tom Playfair</span>; or, Making a Start</p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Harry Dee</span>; or, Working It Out</p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Claude Lightfoot</span>; or, How the Problem Was Solved</p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Ethelred Preston</span>; or, The Adventures of a Newcomer</p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>That Football Game</span>; and What Came of It</p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>That Office Boy</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Cupid of Campion</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>The Fairy of the Snows</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>The Best Foot Forward; and Other Stories</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Mostly Boys. Short Stories</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>His First and Last Appearance</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>But Thy Love and Thy Grace</span></p>
-</div></div> <!-- end rend -->
-
-<hr class='pbk'/>
-
-<div class='figcenter'>
-<img src='images/i01.jpg' alt='' id='iid-0001' style='width:90%;height:auto;'/>
-<p class='caption'>In perfect good faith Bobby stepped forward, passed the director, saying as he went, “Excuse me, sir,” and ignoring Compton and the “lady” and “gentleman,” strode over to the bellhop. —<span class='it'>Page 69.</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<hr class='pbk'/>
-
-<div class='lgc' style=''> <!-- rend=';' -->
-<p class='line0' style='font-size:3em;'>BOBBY</p>
-<p class='line0' style='font-size:3em;'>IN MOVIELAND</p>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<p class='line0'>BY</p>
-<p class='line0'>FRANCIS J. FINN, S.J.</p>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<p class='line0'>Author of “Percy Wynn,” “Tom Playfair,”</p>
-<p class='line0'>“Harry Dee,” etc.</p>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<div class='figcenter'>
-<img src='images/logo.jpg' alt='' id='iid-0002' style='width:30%;height:auto;'/>
-</div>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>New York</span>, <span class='sc'>Cincinnati</span>, <span class='sc'>Chicago</span></p>
-<p class='line0'>BENZIGER BROTHERS</p>
-</div> <!-- end rend -->
-
-<hr class='pbk'/>
-
-<div class='lgc' style=''> <!-- rend=';' -->
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Copyright, 1921, by Benziger Brothers</span></p>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<p class='line0'>Printed in the United States of America.</p>
-</div> <!-- end rend -->
-
-<hr class='pbk'/>
-
-<div><h1>CONTENTS</h1></div>
-
-<table id='tab1' summary='' class='center'>
-<colgroup>
-<col span='1' style='width: 3.5em;'/>
-<col span='1' style='width: 30.5em;'/>
-<col span='1' style='width: 2em;'/>
-</colgroup>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'><span style='font-size:smaller'>CHAPTER</span></td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><span style='font-size:smaller'>PAGE</span></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>I</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>In Which the First Chapter Is Within a Little of Being the Last</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_9'>9</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>II</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Tending to Show That Misfortunes Never Come Singly</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_18'>18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>III</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>It Never Rains but It Pours</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_31'>31</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>IV</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Mrs. Vernon All but Abandons Hope</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_44'>44</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>V</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>A New Way of Breaking into the Movies</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_58'>58</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>VI</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Bobby Endeavors to Show the Astonished Compton How to Behave</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_72'>72</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>VII</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>The End of a Day of Surprises</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_81'>81</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>VIII</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Bobby Meets an Enemy on the Boulevard and a Friend in the Lantry Studio</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_92'>92</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>IX</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Showing That Imitation Is not Always the Sincerest Flattery, and Returning to the Misadventures of Bobby’s Mother</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_104'>104</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>X</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Bobby, Assisted by Peggy, Demonstrates a Method of Observing Silence, and Celebrates a Red-letter Day</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_114'>114</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>XI</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>The End of One Scenario and the Outlining of Compton’s Great Idea</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_128'>128</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>XII</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Bobby Becomes Famous Overnight</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_138'>138</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>XIII</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Bernadette’s Temperament Delays the Scenario, and Mrs. Vernon Makes Two Children Happy</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_150'>150</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>XIV</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Mrs. Vernon Attends a Moving-Picture Show and Finds in It a Great Lesson Unthought of by the Author</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_160'>160</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>XV</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Compton’s Great Scenario Is Finished Not a Moment Too Soon</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_166'>166</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>XVI</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Containing Nothing but Happy Explanations and a Still Happier Love Scene</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_180'>180</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>XVII</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>The Four Children Arouse Suspicion, until with the Most Momentous Event in This Narrative, All Is Made Clear</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_196'>196</a></td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr class='pbk'/>
-
-<p class='line0' style='text-align:center;margin-top:3em;margin-bottom:2em;font-size:2.5em;'>Bobby in Movieland</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='9' id='Page_9'></span><h1 class='nobreak'>CHAPTER I<br/> <span class='sub-head'>IN WHICH THE FIRST CHAPTER IS WITHIN A LITTLE OF BEING THE LAST</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, ma; honest, I don’t want to go in.
-Just all I want is to take off my shoes
-and socks and walk where the water just comes
-up to my ankles.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As the speaker, a boy of eight, was dressed
-in the fashion common to the youth of Los
-Angeles and its environment, it is but fair to
-state that with the taking off of shoes and socks
-the process of disrobing was really far
-advanced.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“My mother has let me take mine off,” put in
-a bare-legged little girl. “We won’t go into
-the water really at all, Mrs. Vernon. Oh,
-please let Bobby come along.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The time was morning—a clear, golden,
-flower-scented morning in early July. The
-place was the sandy shore of Long Beach.
-There were few bathers about, as it was Monday,
-when the week-enders had returned to
-their several occupations, while the pleasure-seekers
-living or lodging there were resting
-from the strenuous gayety of Sunday.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Vernon, a beautiful young woman, in
-half-mourning, was strolling with her only
-child and the girl, an acquaintance made on
-the train, along the sands. They were all transients,
-presently to take a train north.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby Vernon was a highly interesting child
-to look at. Rather small for his age, he was
-lithe and shapely. His complexion was delicately
-fair, his chestnut hair rather long. All
-these things were enough to attract attention;
-but above and beyond these were the features.
-Blue eyes, cupid mouth, a sensitive upper lip,
-an eloquent, chubby little nose—all had this in
-common that they were expressive of his every
-passing thought and emotion. He had a face,
-in a word, at once speaking and engaging.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The girl, Peggy Sansone, a year or two
-older, was a brunette, a decided contrast. She
-was a chance acquaintance, made by Bobby
-on the Pullman, with the result that, once they
-had exchanged a few words, there was no more
-sleeping during the daylight hours for the
-other occupants of that car.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Vernon felt in her heart it would be
-more prudent to refuse the request. She
-feared that she was making a mistake. But
-she was just then preoccupied and sad. Now,
-sadness is weakening.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, Bobby, if I give you permission, you
-won’t go far? And you’ll be back at the station
-in half an hour, and won’t get lost?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I know the way back to the station,” volunteered
-the girl. “And I’ll promise you to
-see him back myself. You know, I’ve got my
-watch.” Here Peggy, with the sweet vanity
-of childhood, held up for view her dainty
-wrist watch.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Whoopee!” cried Bobby, jumping into his
-mother’s arms, planting a kiss on her brow,
-dropping down to the sand and, apparently all
-in one motion, taking off shoes and socks.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Light-heartedly, hand in hand with the girl,
-he pattered down the sands to the water. The
-two little ones radiated joy and youth and life.
-To them the coming half-hour was to be, so
-they thought, “a little bit of heaven.” The
-girl had no premonition of the saddest day of
-her childhood; the boy no thought of the forces
-of earth and water that were about to change
-so strangely his and his mother’s life.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It has already been observed that it was a
-day of golden sunshine; but to one conversant
-with the waters of Long Beach there was
-something ominous about the face of the changing
-sea. It was not high tide; but the surf was
-showing its milk-white teeth in a beauty profuse
-and cruel, with the cruelty of the sea which
-takes and returns no more, while the rollers
-swept in with a violence and a height that
-were unusual. The life savers were watchful
-and uneasy. To the two children, however, the
-white-lipped ocean was as bland and as gay as
-the sunshine.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As their feet were covered by an incoming
-roller the girl screamed and Bobby danced—both
-for the same reason, for sheer joy. Hand
-in hand they pattered along, making their way
-further and further into the pathway of the
-breakers. In a few minutes they had advanced
-along the shore to a spot where they were
-apparently alone.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then began a series of daring ventures.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say!” said Bobby. “This is the first time
-in all my life that I ever put my feet in the
-Pacific Ocean. But I know how to swim, all
-right, and I’m not a bit afraid.” As Bobby
-spoke he was moving slowly out into the water,
-which was now nearly up to his knees.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Hold on! You’re going too far,” said the
-girl, releasing Bobby’s hand and slipping back.
-“I’ve been in often, but I’m afraid just the
-same.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Girls are cowards,” Bobby announced.
-“Come on, Peggy; I’ll take care of you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy by way of return fastened her large,
-beautiful dark eyes in hero worship upon her
-companion. Nevertheless, instead of accepting
-his invitation, she drew back a few steps
-more.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now remember, Bobby, you told your
-mother you were only going ankle-deep.
-You’re up to your knees now.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s so,” said Bobby, pausing and turning
-his back upon the incoming waves. “I
-ought not to break my word. Say, Peggy”—here
-Bobby’s face threw itself, every feature
-of it, into a splendor of enthusiasm—“do you
-think it would be wrong if I were to fall over
-and float? Then I wouldn’t be more than
-ankle-deep anyhow.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy’s large eyes grew larger in glorious
-admiration.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Now Bobby being very human—even as you
-and I—was not insensible to the girl’s expression.
-It spurred him on to do something
-really daring. He was tempted at that moment
-to forget his mother’s words and to go boldly
-out and meet the breakers in their might. For
-a few minutes there was a clean-cut battle in
-the lad’s soul between love of praise and the
-still, small voice we call conscience; as a consequence
-of which Bobby’s features twisted
-and curled and darkened. The battle was a
-short one, and it is only fair to say that the
-still, small voice scored a victory.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>However, the breakers were not interested
-in such a fight though it may have appealed
-with supreme interest to all the choirs of
-angels. The conflict over, Bobby’s eyes grew
-bright, and all the sprites of innocent gayety
-showed themselves at once in his every feature.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Peggy,” he began, “you are right. A
-promise is a promise—always. And then I
-made it to my mother. I would like to show
-you a thing or two, but—Why, what’s the
-matter?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Her expression startled him. If ever tragedy
-and horror were expressed by the eyes,
-Bobby saw these emotions in the beautiful orbs
-of Peggy. Her face had lost its rich southern
-hue, fear was in her pose and in every feature,
-but Bobby saw only the tragedy of the eyes.
-They were unforgettable.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby!” she gasped. “Run! run!” And
-the child followed her own advice.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby, infected by her terror, turned. But
-it was too late. Close upon him curled and
-roared a huge roller, a white-crested wave. In
-the moment he looked upon it Bobby saw the
-rollers in a new light. A few moments before
-they were gay, frolicsome things, showing their
-teeth in laughter. Now they were strange,
-strong monsters foaming at the mouth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh!” cried Bobby in horror. He said no
-more; for as he spoke, the wave caught him,
-spun him around, pulled him down, raised him
-up, and carried him off in its strong, uncountable
-arms towards the deep sea. Bobby kicked
-and struggled; but he was swept on as though
-he were a toy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy, meanwhile having run back twenty
-or thirty paces, turned, and wringing her
-hands, scanned the troubled waters. She saw
-no sign of the boy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy was young and timid. Upon her
-came an unreasoning fear. Bobby was
-drowned and maybe it was her fault! Maybe
-she would be hanged for murder! And how
-could she face a bereaved and already widowed
-mother? For the first and only time in her life
-Peggy ardently wished she were dead. Then,
-looking neither to left nor right, she ran back
-along the shore.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby was drowned! But she would tell no
-one. For the moment a wild thought of running
-away entered her soul. And she would
-have run away if she only knew whither to fly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Still running, she wept and she prayed. She
-ceased her flight only when she came to the
-spot where her tiny shoes and socks lay beside
-those of Bobby’s. Then she sat down and gave
-loose to her grief. When the first fierce desolation
-and agony had passed, she put on her
-shoes and began to think.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Suddenly her drawn face relaxed. Her
-mother! Had she not always brought her
-griefs to that tender, loving soul? She would
-seek her at once and tell all. She glanced at
-her watch. Forty-five minutes had passed!
-She had exceeded her time by a quarter of an
-hour. It was nearly train time. There was
-not a second to be lost.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As she rose to her feet something unusual
-had occurred. The ground beneath her seemed
-to be swinging up and down.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy was a native. In normal circumstances
-she would have been normally excited;
-but in her present condition she hardly noticed
-that she was in the throes of an earthquake.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>So calmly ignoring the shouts of men and the
-hysteria of women who came running out in
-hundreds from house and hotel, Peggy went
-forward at a smart trot to bring the awful tidings
-to Mrs. Sansone, her mother.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='18' id='Page_18'></span><h1>CHAPTER II<br/> <span class='sub-head'>TENDING TO SHOW THAT MISFORTUNES NEVER COME SINGLY</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>To natives of Los Angeles, or to those who
-have spent some years in that beautiful
-city—so beautiful that one could easily vision
-Adam and Eve as its occupants before the Fall—an
-earthquake tremor is just something more
-than of passing interest. They remain “unusual
-calm” when the house shakes, the pictures
-flap upon the wall, and the crockery rattles
-in noisy unrest. They regard their earthquakes
-as tamed creatures—not more formidable,
-practically speaking, than “a thing of
-noise and fury, signifying nothing.” When
-visitors show agitation at the coming of an
-earth tremor, these old inhabitants—and five
-years’ residence in Los Angeles makes one
-something little short of a patriarch—are almost
-scandalized. Should these strangers go
-the way that leads to hysteria, the old inhabitants
-grow properly indignant, and point out
-that all the tremors in the history of Los
-Angeles County are as nothing, in point of
-damage, as compared to one solitary cyclone
-of the Middle West. No doubt they are right.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>However, to a stranger these pranks of
-mother earth are fraught with terror. Many
-men and women are not only frightened, but
-actually become sick. Dizziness and nausea
-are not uncommon, although the cause be only
-a slight tremor of but three or four seconds’
-duration.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Among those affected on this day, so
-momentous in her life and that of her only
-child, was Mrs. Barbara Vernon. When the
-shock came she was resting on the sands under
-the shade of one of those gigantic umbrellas
-rented out at the beaches as a protection from
-the ardent rays of the sun. Beside her sat Mrs.
-Sansone, Peggy’s mother.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, my God!” cried Mrs. Vernon, jumping
-to her feet and clasping her hands. She would
-have run straight into the ocean had not Mrs.
-Sansone laid upon her a restraining hand.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“My dear,” said the old inhabitant, “don’t
-be frightened. It’s really nothing at all. We
-who live here don’t mind it in the least.” She
-patted Mrs. Vernon’s beautiful cheek as she
-continued: “Why, my little Peggy sees nothing
-in them. The last time we had an earthquake
-shock Peggy said that the earth was
-trying to do the shimmy.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh,” said Mrs. Vernon, “I’m feeling so ill!
-Let me lean on you, dear. I feel as though I
-should faint.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The sympathetic right arm of Mrs. Sansone
-wound itself about the other’s waist.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Many strangers are so affected,” she said.
-“But really there’s nothing to fear. God is
-here with us right now.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Barbara Vernon unobtrusively made
-the sign of the cross.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Thank you,” she said. “My fear is gone;
-but I feel sick, sick.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Lean on my arm, Mrs. Vernon. I will
-bring you to our Pullman, where you can lie
-down and rest quietly.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But the children!” objected Barbara.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Leave that to me. At the worst, Peggy
-knows the way, and she is really a very punctual
-little girl.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>They had walked but a few paces, when an
-automobile, moving along the sands, came
-abreast of them and stopped. The driver, its
-sole occupant, leaned out.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Beg pardon,” he said removing his hat,
-“but I fear one of you ladies is rather indisposed.
-Anything I can do for you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Indeed you can,” replied Mrs. Sansone
-very promptly. “This lady is suffering from
-nausea. The earthquake is something new to
-her. You would do us a great favor by bringing
-us to the railroad station.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Favor! It will be an immense pleasure
-to me.” As he spoke the young man jumped
-out, threw open the door of the tonneau, and,
-hat in hand, helped the two women in. He
-was rather a striking personality, thin almost
-to emaciation, and despite the smile now upon
-his features, with a face melancholy to the
-point of pathos.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Los Angeles,” he remarked as he seated
-himself at the wheel, “would be the most perfect
-place in the world if the earth hereabouts
-would only keep sober. If I had my way,”
-he continued, in a voice only less pathetic than
-his countenance, “I’d give the earth the pledge
-for life. It’s a perfect country when it’s
-sober.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Sansone laughed.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Even at that,” continued the melancholy
-man, allowing himself the indulgence of a
-slight smile, “what does it amount to, a little
-bit of an earthquake like that? It is merely
-a fly in the amber.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I agree with you absolutely,” said Mrs.
-Sansone.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Which means you’re a native. That other
-lady—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Mrs. Barbara Vernon,” interpolated Mrs.
-Sansone.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Thank you, glad to meet you, ma’am,” said
-the stranger, turning his head and smiling ungrudgingly.
-“You, I take it, don’t see it as
-we do. Instead of a fly in the amber, you
-regard it rather as a shark in a swimming
-pool.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It is very kind of you,” said Barbara, “to
-go out of your way for me. I can’t tell you
-how I appreciate your goodness. I shall pray
-for you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The driver’s face changed from melancholy
-to reverence.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Please remember that,” he said. As he
-spoke he thought of the great Thackeray’s
-great words on the preciousness of living on in
-the heart of one good woman.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Had Barbara been his own mother he could
-not have been more attentive. He helped her
-from the car, placed her in her section, and furtively
-slipping a dollar into the porter’s responsive
-fist, got that functionary into a state
-of useful and eager activity which would have
-filled, had he seen it, the Pullman superintendent’s
-heart with wild delight.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Can’t I get you a physician, Mrs. Vernon?”
-pleaded the stranger.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I need none, thank you. You have done
-infinitely more than I had any right to expect.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, then, I am going to leave you in the
-hands of this lady—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Mrs. Estelle Sansone,” supplied the owner
-of that name.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Thank you, Mrs. Sansone. I am glad to
-know your name. And,” he continued, turning
-upon Barbara the most melancholy eyes
-she had ever seen, while taking reverently her
-proffered hand, “I beg you, Mrs. Vernon, to
-remember me in—in—to remember me as you
-said.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Indeed and indeed I will. God bless you!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Amen,” answered the young man thickly.
-His face twitched, he paused as though about
-to speak, and then suddenly turned and left
-the car.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Isn’t he strange!” ejaculated Barbara. “I
-never saw a more melancholy face.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“He is very strange,” assented Mrs. Sansone.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>There was a depth of meaning in her
-words, unsuspected by Barbara, for the kind
-Italian woman had recognized the good Samaritan.
-This melancholy man was, in her
-estimation, the greatest screen comedian in the
-world.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And,” continued Barbara, when the porter
-had placed a second pillow under her head,
-“with all his melancholy, he is so kind and so
-good!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t understand,” commented the Italian.
-Again the depth of this remark was lost
-upon Barbara. For Mrs. Sansone knew much
-of the gossip concerning the great comedian.
-She knew that he had figured in many episodes
-which, to say the least, were anything but
-savory. And now she had met the man in a
-few intimate moments and seen him kind, gentle,
-gracious, and with a reverence for a good
-woman and a good woman’s prayers that had
-filled her with a feeling akin to awe. As she
-ministered lovingly to Barbara she meditated
-upon these opposing truths, and so meditating
-took a new lesson in the school of experience,
-a lesson the fruits of which are wisdom.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I am anxious about my boy,” said Barbara
-opening her eyes and endeavoring vainly
-to sit up.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Sansone threw a quick glance about
-the car. Her gaze rested presently upon an
-elderly woman whose face was eminently
-kindly. She was every inch a matron. Mrs.
-Estelle Sansone stepped over to her.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Pardon me,” she said, “but the lady over
-there is quite ill, and she is worrying about her
-little boy, who should have been back by this
-time. I don’t like to leave her alone while I go
-in search—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And,” broke in the other, “you want some
-one to take your place? I thank you for asking
-me. I’ve been a widow for nearly fourteen
-years, and since my husband’s death I
-have worked as nurse in the Northwestern
-Railroad’s emergency ward in Chicago.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, I couldn’t have made a better
-choice,” cried Mrs. Sansone.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It’s my first real pleasure trip—mine and
-my daughter’s—since my widowhood,” continued
-the woman, “but the pleasures of travel
-are as nothing compared with waiting on any
-good woman in distress.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The introductions were quickly made, and
-Mrs. Sansone left the car, feeling that Barbara
-was in hands better far than her own.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>She looked about the station. The clock
-indicated that in about five minutes the train
-would start. Mrs. Sansone grew anxious.
-She hurried along the platform, looking
-eagerly on every side for some sign of the children.
-A glance towards the beach rewarded
-her searching. Peggy, her hair streaming in
-the wind, was running towards her. Mrs. Sansone’s
-heart sank. Where was the boy? A
-sense of calamity seized her. She too ran to
-meet the child.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, mother, mother!” cried Peggy, throwing
-her arms about Mrs. Sansone and bursting
-into a new agony of grief.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Dearest,” crooned Mrs. Sansone, raising
-the child to her bosom, “tell me! What has
-become of Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, mother! I am afraid!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Tell the truth, darling. No matter what—it
-is your mother who listens. She will
-understand; she will not scold.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby is drowned!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, blessed Mary!” cried Mrs. Sansone,
-restoring Peggy to the sands and clasping her
-hands in dismay. “I can’t believe it! Tell
-me, dear, how it happened.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby was wading, and he was trying to
-be obedient. He got out too far, and I reminded
-him of his promise to his mother. And
-he said he was going to keep his promise. And
-just while he was talking to me a big roller
-came on him—you see, his back was turned—and
-that roller knocked him down and pulled
-him out, and when I looked—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Here Peggy fell to weeping again.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What, dear? Tell me quick.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“He was gone.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And were there none around to go to his
-help?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“We were alone.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And did you call for help?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No, mother. I just ran away.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And you said nothing, dearest?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No. I was afraid they would think I was
-a murderer.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Sansone had long walked the paths
-of wisdom. She knew how common it was
-for little children, witnesses to a drowning or
-a like calamity, to fly from the scene and in
-fear keep silent. She understood.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You were frightened, dearest. If you
-were older, you would have called for help.
-But you are not to blame. God help us! Now,
-Peggy, come with me. Or stay—I must break
-the news to his poor mother.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And tell her,” said Peggy sobbingly, “that
-his last words were how he must always keep
-his promises, especially those he made to his
-mother.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then Mrs. Sansone wept. It was a bitter
-moment.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“All aboard!” cried one of the trainmen.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy and her mother were just in time to
-mount the platform when the train started.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then, with love and pity and all manner
-of gentleness, Mrs. Sansone told the pitiful
-story. When the full horror of it was grasped
-by Barbara, she asked for her crucifix, gazed
-upon it fixedly for several seconds, kissed it,
-and fell into a faint.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then it was that all that was matronly shone
-forth in Mrs. Feehan. Then it was that she
-and Mrs. Sansone, never for a moment neglecting
-the sick woman, mingled their tears and
-their grief. The porter, the gayest, chattiest
-porter in that section of the Pullman service,
-was their willing slave. He too became a partner
-in their sorrow. In fact, every passenger
-on the car and every employee of the road on
-duty duly caught the spirit of sympathy, and
-before Barbara came to, dry-eyed and almost
-despairing, lines and telephones were busy in
-a vain endeavor to get any possible light on
-the drowning.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But,” cried Barbara when she became fully
-conscious of the dark tragedy, “I must go
-back! I cannot go on without my boy!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The conductor was summoned.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I can let you off, lady,” he explained.
-“But I doubt whether you can get any means
-of returning at this point. Besides, when we
-arrive at the next station, we may expect an
-answer concerning the child. In that way you
-will get word quicker than if you were to return
-at once.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Mrs. Vernon,” urged the nurse, “it would
-be the worst thing you could do to return.
-You are physically unfit just now to walk or
-make any kind of exertion. You need several
-hours of complete rest. If you take my advice,
-you will go on and not attempt to leave
-the car until the shock has passed and your
-strength returns.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But I must go back—I must!” cried Barbara
-hysterically. As she spoke she suddenly
-rose and took a few quick steps. But the effort
-was too much. She staggered, and despite
-her efforts fell back into the arms of
-the kind matron.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='31' id='Page_31'></span><h1>CHAPTER III<br/> <span class='sub-head'>IT NEVER RAINS BUT IT POURS</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>But Bobby was not drowned. Peggy and
-he, as the wave caught him, were not alone.
-Seated on the ledge of a cliff, hidden almost
-completely from view, a bather, tall and
-plump, once a professional life-saver, had been
-watching the two children carefully. He had
-noted the roller even before Peggy. He was
-at a considerable distance from the children;
-but as Peggy turned to fly he was dashing, diagonally,
-across the beach. It was nothing for
-him, tall and strong of limb, to plunge into
-the water, to reach the very spot where Bobby
-had disappeared, and when Bobby’s head came
-to the surface, to take a few strong strokes,
-reach the unconscious boy, and bring him almost
-without effort to the shore.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby, I say, was unconscious; and the rescuer,
-for a moment, doubted whether the little
-lad was alive. Paying no attention, therefore,
-to the fleeing Peggy, the man, experienced
-in such matters, endeavored to restore the
-lad to consciousness. Bobby had swallowed
-much salt water. It was the work of a few
-moments to remedy that trouble. Then the
-man put himself to the task of getting the boy
-to breathe. In the shade of the cliff he labored
-long and arduously. Almost a quarter of an
-hour passed before Bobby’s face showed the
-slightest sign of life. Eventually he began to
-breathe.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Hey, boy! you’re doing fine,” cried the
-man. “Come on now, and wake up.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Adjured in such like terms at least twenty
-times, Bobby at length opened his eyes upon
-a world which he had almost left for good.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Howdy, Johnny? Are you awake?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby looked gravely at his companion and,
-the inspection completed, asked, as he closed
-his eyes again:</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Where am I?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Right here at Long Beach,” came the answer.
-“Here, let me put my coat about you.
-You look pretty cold. How do you feel?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I guess so,” answered Bobby, not even
-opening his eyes.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then the rescuer took the child, wrapped as
-he was in the heavy coat, and folded him to his
-bosom. He held the boy tight. Bobby soon
-began to warm up.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Where am I?” he inquired once more, opening
-his eyes as he spoke.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I told you we were at Long Beach, didn’t
-I?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Maybe you did. Say, didn’t you pull me
-out of the water?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I did, and not a second too soon, either.
-Now look here, Johnny. The color is coming
-back to your face. But you must get that
-chill out of you. Here, you must stretch your
-legs. Take my hand.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby at first was barely able to walk. But
-gradually his strength returned, his strength
-and his smile. But neither lasted long.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say! I’m getting so tired!” he remarked
-after a few quick turns. “Would you mind if
-I lie down?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The man laid Bobby down upon the sands,
-once more wrapping him, as he did so, tightly
-in the coat. Bobby promptly turned on his
-side and, resting his head upon his right arm,
-fell asleep.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“My!” apostrophized the man, after a long
-contemplation. “I never saw such an interesting
-face.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Did you say something, sir?” asked Bobby,
-opening his eyes.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I said a mouthful,” came the answer. “But
-look you, boy; you are weaker than you ought
-to be. What you need is brandy.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t drink,” objected Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“None of us drink just now, for that matter,”
-the man dryly observed. “Just the same,
-you need a bit of brandy. Now will you remain
-here till I come back? I may be gone ten
-or fifteen minutes.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Just now, sir, I don’t want to go anywhere.
-Oh, I’ll stay, all right.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>And Bobby meant it. Nevertheless he did
-not stay.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The man had hardly disappeared from view
-when Bobby sat up and stretched himself.
-Then he arose and went through the same
-process. Bobby was feeling once more that he
-was alive. Throwing off the coat, he quickly
-put on his proper garments, already perfectly
-dry. Then Bobby bethought him of his shoes.
-It would be easy to recover them and return
-within a few minutes. Accordingly, with his
-light step and easy grace quite restored, he
-trotted along the shore; and even as he moved,
-the events that had led up to his mischance
-began to return to his memory—the horrified
-eyes of Peggy, the big wave coming upon him,
-and then? What was it happened next? At
-the moment he could recall no more. Seating
-himself, he put on shoes and stockings, when
-all of a sudden as he arose, the awful memory,
-unbidden, returned. Once more he felt the
-waves’ might, once more he felt himself whirled
-and tossed about like a cork, once more he
-choked as the water forced itself into his gaping
-mouth. Here his memory ended. Bobby was
-more frightened by the memory than he had
-been by the actual happening.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>And just then, when the horror of it all had
-seized upon him, the ground beneath his feet
-began to oscillate. This was the last straw.
-Bobby could bear no more. The sea but a short
-time before had tried to swallow him up; now
-it was the land itself that would devour him.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Utterly panic-stricken, urged on by a blind
-instinct in which reason had no share, the little
-fellow ran at a speed born of fear away
-from that awful beach. As it happened, there
-were stairs at that point leading up to the cliff.
-Bobby took them two at a time. Ocean Avenue
-was thronged just then with people,
-strangers in California, who failed, naturally
-enough, to see anything of humor in an earthquake.
-Under normal circumstances Bobby,
-flying at full speed along a highway, would
-have attracted more than a little attention.
-But the circumstances were not normal, and
-the fear which urged Bobby onwards was the
-same fear which in a measure possessed nearly
-all of those whom with flying feet he passed.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby had always been a good runner. On
-this occasion he surpassed himself. On he
-went until he was alone on the open road; on
-past orchards of oranges, peaches, lemons,
-pears and plums. The ground at every step
-was, as he felt, growing firmer beneath his
-feet; and once away from the outskirts of
-Ocean Beach he began to slacken his pace. It
-was then that the sharp tooting of a horn behind
-him caused him to turn; an automobile
-was bearing down upon him.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby, putting on full speed once more,
-darted to the left side of the road, which at this
-point sharply curved, only to find another machine
-bearing upon him swiftly from the opposite
-direction. There seemed to be no chance
-of escape. Nevertheless Bobby jumped for his
-life, landing on hands and knees at the side
-of the road, while the oncoming machine, now
-fairly upon him, swung desperately away. It
-passed within an inch of the boy’s feet as he
-flew through the air. Bobby did not arise.
-He collapsed where he had fallen. The machine
-which had nearly done for him came to a
-halt full thirty yards up the road, where from
-it descended a highly excited young man, who,
-more than emulating Bobby’s burst of speed,
-ran quickly and picked up the lad in his arms.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, little fellow, you’re not hurt, are you?
-Now don’t say you’re hurt. It was a close
-call, but I never touched you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>But Bobby’s head hung limp, his eyes remained
-closed.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The man grew pale with fear. Possibly he
-had frightened the child to death. Gazing
-with extreme compassion upon the delicate features
-of the sensitive face, he groaned aloud
-and, as though his burden weighed nothing,
-sprinted back to his machine. There he laid
-the boy on the front seat, and, getting out a
-water bottle from the tonneau, removed the
-stopper and dashed a goodly portion of water
-into the child’s face.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The effect was immediate. Bobby sat up,
-and looking into the frightened face of his
-new aggressor, opened his mouth and bawled.
-Bobby, to do him justice, was a manly little
-fellow, and manly little fellows of seven or
-eight are not in the habit of bawling. But
-he had been through a fearful series of ordeals.
-He was no longer himself. Panic had entered
-into his very soul. The sea had tried to get
-him; the earth, lining itself up with the sea,
-had shaken beneath his feet; and when he ran
-from one automobile, another had borne down
-upon him to such effect that only by a marvel
-short of the miraculous had he escaped with
-his life. So Bobby went on bawling.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>This exhibition of tears and lungs had a very
-disconcerting effect on the young man. He
-was, as the reader has a right to know, John
-Compton, a promising comedian, engaged recently
-by a moving-picture company, the head
-members of which counted upon his becoming
-shortly one of the leading film comedians of
-the country. On that very day he had started
-in upon his second picture. But an hour before
-he had rehearsed part of the opening
-scene; and he would have still been rehearsing
-at that very moment had it not happened that
-the property man was not on time with the
-completion of an indoor set; as a consequence
-of which the director had called off further rehearsal
-till two o’clock that afternoon. Not
-thinking it worth his while to disturb his make-up,
-John Compton had jumped into his automobile
-and gone out for a spin, with his face
-painted a sickly yellow and eyebrows fiercely
-exaggerated. Bobby had never before seen
-a moving-picture actor in his war paint. No
-wonder that he continued to bawl; no wonder
-that he refused to be comforted.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton was at his wits’ end. It was
-useless to advise the boy to calm himself. To
-be heard Compton would be obliged to bellow
-at the top of his voice. And why not? It
-was an inspiration. Standing outside his own
-machine, John Compton planted his hands
-upon his knees, and stooping till his face was
-on a level with Bobby’s, opened his mouth, a
-not inconsiderable one, and bawled, too, with
-all the energy of desperation.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>At the awful sound Bobby, opening his eyes
-to their widest, ceased his outcries and, with
-his mouth still wide open, stared in incredulous
-amazement at John Compton. This gentleman,
-having stopped momentarily for
-breath, started his strange performance once
-more. But there was a different tone to the
-second attempt. Mr. Compton, gaining courage
-through success, was beginning to perceive
-a certain humor in the situation; and into his
-bawling went that sense of humor. The suspicion
-of a grin came upon the boy’s face. Inspired
-by this, Compton entered upon a third
-attempt, which really succeeded in being a
-clever caricature of Bobby’s bawling.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The boy grinned.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Never say die,” said the comedian, smiling
-pleasantly and winking.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ll say so!” returned Bob, and reproduced
-to a nicety Compton’s identical wink.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton’s perplexity was entirely gone.
-He liked Bobby from the first; but with that
-wink he loved him. So, light of heart, John
-Compton forced his features into the exaggerated
-smile which, in the opinion of his director,
-would, when once known, be worth a
-fortune, and Bobby for the first time since the
-roller came upon him burst into a laugh, clear,
-silvery—sweeter, dearer at that moment to
-Compton than all the music that had ever
-charmed his ears.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Hey! Do it again,” cried Bobby, standing
-up and wearing an air of seraphic joy. Mr.
-Compton accepted the encore gratefully, but
-lost his great smile almost instantaneously
-when Bobby, allowing for a smaller mouth and
-more delicate features, reproduced the million-dollar
-grin.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Upon my word!” exclaimed the thoroughly
-amazed comedian. “I must say I like you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And I like you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“In fact, I like you very much.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And I like you very much.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What’s your name, little screecher?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby Vernon.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I like that name very much. Mine is John
-Compton.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And I like that name very much. Say,
-come in and sit with me.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“One moment. Where are you from?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Cincinnati.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton, starting slightly, looked at the
-boy’s features searchingly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, Bobby, what was your mother’s
-maiden name—her name before she was married,
-you know?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Barbara Carberry.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton buried his face in his hands. When
-he raised his head presently, he discovered
-Bobby weeping. Stepping into the car,
-Compton took Bobby in his arms and, gazing
-once more upon the child’s face, stooped
-over and kissed him.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I knew your mother once,” he said quietly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And you like her?” asked Bobby eagerly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Like her! That’s no name for it. Tell
-me all about her.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was the thought of his mother that had
-set Bobby to weeping again. No wonder, then,
-that as he proceeded to recount the events of
-that morning he was forced sobbing to halt in
-his narration several times until he had mastered
-his grief. No child in deep trouble ever had a
-more sympathetic listener. While Bobby went
-on with his tale of woe, Compton, deeply attentive,
-was speeding at the rate of forty-five
-miles an hour for Los Angeles.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You see,” he had explained to Bobby, “if I
-don’t hurry, I’ll be late for that two o’clock
-rehearsal.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>He stopped once on the road at a telephone
-station.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby,” he said when he had returned from
-the booth, “I’ve made inquiries. Your mother
-took sick. They say there was an earthquake.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I should say there was! Didn’t I tell you
-how it started me to running till I ran into
-you?</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s true. In fact, I believe there was
-an earthquake. Seems to me I noticed one
-myself; but I was so busy thinking about my
-part in the new production that I didn’t pay
-much attention to it. Well, anyhow, it made
-your mother sick. It often does affect strangers
-that way. And they brought her to her
-car; and before she knew what happened I
-reckon the old train started off to bring her to
-San Luis Obispo without you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby’s sensitive upper lip quivered.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Here, now, don’t you cry. I’ve sent a telegram
-which will catch her at San Luis Obispo,
-telling her that you are with me and that I
-will keep you safe and sound till I hear from
-her. Cheer up, Bobby! You’ll get word to-morrow.
-There’s nothing to worry about.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton was a bad prophet. Bobby
-did not get word. In fact, owing to the flood
-of telegrams consequent upon the earthquake,
-Compton’s message was delayed nearly twenty-four
-hours, and though it duly reached San
-Luis Obispo it was never delivered. Barbara
-Vernon was not there to receive it.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='44' id='Page_44'></span><h1>CHAPTER IV<br/> <span class='sub-head'>MRS. VERNON ALL BUT ABANDONS HOPE</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>John Compton had vainly attempted to get
-any details in regard to Bobby’s rescue.
-It had been a bad day for swimmers at Long
-Beach. The waters had been unusually rough,
-and in consequence several bathers were
-drowned and nearly a score in imminent danger
-rescued. Over the telephone he got a complete
-list of those whom the life-savers had
-brought safely in, but in that list was no name
-in any wise corresponding with that of Bobby
-Vernon. Had not the earthquake come along
-at the wrong moment, Bobby would not, unconsciously
-breaking his promise, have run
-away, and Mrs. Vernon would not have been
-whisked into the Pullman and been borne
-northward on the wings of steam. No; Bobby
-would have waited and Mrs. Vernon would
-have remained. They would have come together
-very shortly, and this story would not,
-failing that earthquake, be worth the writing.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Nor would Mrs. Vernon have gone on toward
-San Luis Obispo utterly broken in spirit.
-In reply to telegrams and long-distance telephone
-calls made by Mrs. Sansone and the
-big-hearted nurse, they learned that no boy
-corresponding to hers had been rescued, and
-that it was impossible at the moment to give
-any adequate report of those who had met
-death in the angry waters.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As for Bobby’s rescuer, when he returned to
-the beach and failed to find the boy awaiting
-him, he was highly disgusted. The boy had
-broken his promise and gone off without so
-much as a word of thanks. Being a native, so
-to speak, it did not occur to him that an earthquake
-might put a lone little lad into a panic.
-Meditating grimly on the ungratefulness of
-mankind in general and of a certain small boy
-in particular, he turned himself with a glum
-face to the bathing house. He was already
-long overdue in the city, and putting the incident
-out of his mind as an unpleasant memory,
-he went his way, telling no man of his morning’s
-adventure. Thus it came about that
-Bobby’s rescue was recorded only in heaven.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Thus too it came about that Barbara Vernon
-gave up all hope of her son’s having been
-rescued. He was dead, and she was alone in
-the world. In vain did Mrs. Sansone beg her
-to hope; equally in vain did Mrs. Feehan fold
-her to her generous heart and whisper in her
-ear those sweet nothings which love makes
-more valuable in such circumstances than
-pearls of great price. Mrs. Vernon, dry-eyed
-and with set face, speaking nothing, apparently
-hearing nothing, gazed into vacancy.
-Even Mrs. Feehan, whose hope was as strong
-as her love, began to lose courage. Something
-must be done or the poor bereaved widow
-might go mad.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Resigning the unhappy lady to the care of
-the Italian, Mrs. Feehan walked through the
-car, scanning quickly the face of each passenger.
-Disappointed in her inspection, she
-went into the next car, and as she entered, the
-smile returned to her face.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Seated in a section near her entry was a
-venerable priest. His thick spectacles failed
-to conceal the kindly old eyes; while the large,
-red, weather-beaten face seemed somehow to
-tell the tale of myriad deeds of consolation and
-kindness. To look upon him with unprejudiced
-eyes was by way of loving him. He was
-sitting with folded hands.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, Father,” exclaimed the nurse, “pardon
-me for disturbing you. But there is a woman
-in the next car who, I fear, will go mad unless
-some one can reach her. She is a widow, and
-her only boy has just been drowned. She is
-a devout Catholic, and I am almost certain
-that if any one can bring her out of her
-despair a Catholic priest can do it. I’ve
-dealt with a number of like cases, and I
-know it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The priest arose, and, as Mrs. Feehan observed,
-slipped his beads, concealed in his
-folded hands, into his pocket.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ll talk to her, my good woman, and while
-I talk, do you pray.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As they entered the car the porter met them.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You will find the lady in the drawing-room.
-I put her in there myself.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You’re a trump!” said the priest, patting
-the porter on the back.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Vernon, as they entered, was showing
-once more some signs of improvement. She
-was gazing not without a touch of tenderness
-down upon the tear-stained, almost despairing
-face of the beautiful little child Peggy, who
-on her knees was imploring forgiveness.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’m so sorry, Mrs. Vernon. I lost my wits.
-But do forgive me.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“She’s as good a girl as I know,” said the
-priest. “How are you, Peggy?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, Father Galligan, ask her to forgive
-me!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t know what it’s all about,” said the
-priest, “but I’m sure little Peggy would not
-wilfully do anything wrong. As you expect
-God’s help, my dear lady, in this trying hour,
-send this child away in peace and quiet.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Vernon raised herself up and threw
-her arms about the little one’s neck.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“There’s nothing to forgive, little dear. But
-pray, pray for me.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I think, madam,” observed the priest, “that
-if ever you were fit to receive all that comes
-with the blessing of the Church now is the
-time. Here, Peggy, kneel down and pray;
-and you too, Mrs. Sansone. And you too,” he
-added, addressing himself to the nurse;
-“though I’m thinking that Peggy’s prayers are
-worth all yours and mine put together. Now,
-speed her up, Peggy, while I recite the Gospel
-of St. John.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was, in all seriousness, an exquisite
-prayer-meeting. If angels can be influenced
-by human beauty, delicate innocence, and the
-awful faith of childhood, legions of them must
-have pressed about the great White Throne to
-tell the wondrous tale of Peggy’s praying. It
-is doubtful, also, whether they could have been
-insensible to the ardent petitions of the nurse
-and Peggy’s mother. However this may be,
-one thing is certain: the authorized prayer of
-a priest uttered in the name of the Church has
-an efficacy behind it which pierces high heaven.
-Such a prayer goes flying upward, winged by
-the power of that Church, in whose name it is
-uttered.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now,” said Father Galligan, closing his
-little book and gesturing the suppliants to rise
-from their knees, “you may all go outside and
-talk about your neighbors; and the more you
-talk about them the better—provided you
-speak of their good qualities. This lady is going
-to entertain me.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, we’ve all got to go now anyhow,”
-said Mrs. Sansone. “Los Angeles is our home,
-and Mrs. Feehan with her dear little daughter
-is stopping to visit a relation—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But if you say the word, Father,” put in
-Mrs. Feehan, “I’ll go on and see Mrs. Vernon
-through.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t think it will be necessary,” said the
-Father. “Take your holiday and God bless
-you all. And don’t you forget, Peggy, to go
-to communion every day you can. You need
-it, dear child.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Indeed I won’t forget, Father. Good-by,
-Mrs. Vernon. You are just lovely, and I’ll
-pray for you every day and for Bobby.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As Peggy left the compartment the priest
-lightly laid his hand on the child’s raven-black
-hair and blessed her.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Poor child!” he remarked to Mrs. Vernon.
-“She’s as lovely now and as good as an angel.
-But she has the fatal gift of beauty, and she’s
-going to grow up. Lovely, untainted children—and
-the world is full of them—quite upset
-me. I don’t want them to die and I don’t want
-them to grow up. Confound original sin anyway!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’m sure my little boy is in heaven. But I
-am a mother. Oh, how I want him! I can’t
-give him up!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You don’t know what you can do. None of
-us knows till we try. Remember, there is a
-faith that moves mountains.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Thank you so much, Father,” said Mrs.
-Vernon. “A moment ago I was tempted to
-take my life.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’m sure the angels didn’t notice it, and so
-it won’t go on the recording book. You have
-had a great sorrow. But listen to the words of
-an old priest who has spent his priestly life of
-forty-three years supping with sorrow—other
-people’s mainly. When God sends us a great
-sorrow, He sends us a great strength, if we
-will only accept it. And more: if we bear our
-sorrows in simple faith, somehow, somewhere,
-God will turn our sorrow into joy.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Ah, Father, He can never give me back my
-son!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t know about that,” demurred the Father,
-taking a pinch of snuff. “Didn’t Christ
-say, ‘Out of these stones I can raise up children
-to Abraham?’ Never say can’t when you’re
-talking about God.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I see, Father; you want of me the deepest
-faith.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Exactly, my good woman, the faith that
-moves mountains. ‘Earth has no sorrow that
-heaven cannot heal.’ ”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Father, I will try.” As she finished these
-words, Mrs. Vernon fell to weeping.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Good for you!” commented the priest.
-“What alarmed me most when I first saw you
-was the fact of your being so dry-eyed. But
-let us talk about something else. You don’t
-belong out here.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No, Father. I come from Cincinnati. My
-name is Barbara Vernon. Almost two years
-ago I lost my husband. He died a good death;
-but he was a poor business man, and the thing
-that bothered him most at his last hour was
-that he had neglected to renew his life insurance.
-It lapsed just two weeks before the
-day of his death.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“An artist, possibly?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I think you might call him so, Father.
-He was an actor, and, if God had given him
-a longer life, would have become a playwright.
-He was engaged on the third and last act of
-a play when he took sick. I am confident, not
-only on my own judgment, but on the authority
-of several critics, that had he lived to complete
-it he would have made a fortune.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“These artists are all alike,” commented the
-priest. “They see everything in the heavens
-above and the waters under the earth but their
-own interests. They all die uninsured—most
-of them, anyhow. But what brings you out
-here?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“The hope of straightening out my affairs.
-You see, my husband, on the strength of his
-play, borrowed twenty-five hundred dollars on
-a note which falls due September the first. I
-want to pay it. I feel it is my duty. He borrowed
-from a friend who now needs the money.
-I have been teaching elocution to private pupils
-ever since my husband’s death, and have
-managed to put aside seven hundred dollars.
-Three months ago it became clear to me that
-I could not possibly get the full amount together.
-Now, there happens to live in San
-Luis Obispo a wealthy relation of mine, an
-uncle whom I have not seen since I was a little
-girl. He was very fond of me then, and he
-more than once asked me to call on him if I
-were ever in trouble.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You did very well to come, Mrs. Vernon.
-He lives, you say, in San Luis Obispo?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes, Father.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Perhaps I know him. I spent three years
-at San Luis. In fact, I was there all of last
-year.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“His name, Father, is Pedro Alvarez.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The start which the priest gave was almost
-imperceptible. Not for nothing had he heard
-over four hundred thousand confessions.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Do you know him, Father?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I do.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And is he well?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I am just wondering,” mused the priest
-evasively, “whether he has much money. He
-was wealthy once, but he lost heavily on some
-oil investments.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But is he well, Father?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It is two months,” pursued the priest, “since
-I was in residence at San Luis Obispo.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>At this moment the train stopped at a small
-station, and there was heard a commotion without.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“There’s something wrong, I fear,” said the
-Father, glad of an opportunity to change the
-subject. He now regretted that he had bidden
-Mrs. Feehan take her holiday at Los
-Angeles.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Reverend,” said the porter, entering suddenly,
-“there’s a man at the station who’s been
-injured by a freight, and he is calling for a
-priest. He may die any moment.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Excuse me,” said Father Galligan, rising
-quickly. “When I come back I have something
-to tell you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Father Galligan did not return. The dying
-man needed him, and Mrs. Vernon saw the
-priest no more. He only came and went, and
-touched her life into a higher faith.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>That evening Mrs. Vernon stepped off the
-car at San Luis Obispo. The station was almost
-deserted. However, she had little trouble
-in getting information about Alvarez, once
-very prominent in the city. He was dead. He
-had died seven months before almost penniless
-and prepared by Father Galligan. This it was
-that Father Galligan had intended telling her.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The train, while Mrs. Vernon was getting
-this information, departed.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The poor woman was almost beside herself.
-Wringing her hands, she paced up and down
-the deserted platform, calling upon the Mother
-of Sorrows to come to her aid. Five minutes
-or more passed when she was interrupted.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I beg your pardon, Miss,” said a plainly
-dressed man to whose hands were clinging a
-girl of twelve and a boy who evidently was her
-younger brother; “but do you know anything
-about nursing?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The man’s face was troubled and eager.
-The two children had been recently crying.
-Indeed, so it seemed to Mrs. Vernon, it had
-been a day of calamity.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I took nearly two years’ course of training.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh!” cried the girl, breaking into a smile.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Then for the love of God, come to my help.
-My wife will die unless she gets good nursing.
-The doctor has said it. Look at these two
-children. Think of them without a mother.
-I’m a ranchman living thirty miles from here.
-Money is no object. Name your own terms.
-I know you won’t refuse. All afternoon I’ve
-looked and looked for a nurse. Before you say
-no, look at these little ones.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Please!” cried the girl, clasping her hands.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Come on!” entreated the boy, catching her
-arm.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Could the Mother of Sorrows have sent
-them?</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I hardly know how to refuse you, sir; but
-my own little boy has this day been taken
-from me by drowning, carried out by the undertow
-at Long Beach. I was not with him
-at the time, and I must go back and find
-whether his body has been recovered.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The ranchman took a careful and appraising
-look at Barbara.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Madam,” he said, “I think I understand.
-I know how you feel. But let me make a suggestion.
-You are in no condition to return to
-Long Beach; nor would you know what to do
-when you got there. Now, I’m familiar with
-the place and the conditions. I have, in fact,
-some influence there. Now I’ll tell you what
-I’ll do. If for the sake of saving my dear
-wife’s life you will come with me, I’ll take you
-at once to our home and will return in time to
-get the next train to Long Beach. And I
-promise you that I will do all that you could
-do and more, to learn anything, however
-trivial it may seem, concerning your boy. Oh,
-madam, for the love of God, give your consent.
-I am sure He has sent you to us.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Please, ma’am,” implored the girl.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“My mama needs you,” added the boy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“In God’s name!” said the ranchman.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Taking everything into consideration, Barbara
-Vernon could not resist these sweet children,
-this fond husband, and so a few minutes
-later she was on her way in the ranchman’s
-machine to enter upon a new phase of life.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Thus it fell that when the telegram from John
-Compton reached San Luis Obispo the following
-afternoon no claimant for it could be discovered.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='58' id='Page_58'></span><h1>CHAPTER V<br/> <span class='sub-head'>A NEW WAY OF BREAKING INTO THE MOVIES</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Your true cloister of to-day is a moving-picture
-studio. The sign “No Admittance,”
-or some wording of similar meaning,
-greets the stranger at every door. There is,
-too, at each entry a dragon on guard, sometimes
-in the guise of a gracious but firm young
-woman, sometimes, it may be, in that of a forbidding
-old man; but no matter how various be
-the form of these dragons, they are there to
-see that you don’t go in. To enter without the
-Open Sesame incurs an excommunication seldom
-incurred, for the reason that the dragons
-are always on duty.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As John Compton, holding the hand of
-Bobby, made to enter the sacred precincts of
-the Lantry Studio at the entryway provided
-for the actors, the man on guard cast a severe
-and forbidding look at the youth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You know my orders,” he grumbled, still
-gazing at Bobby while addressing Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Sure I do. But this boy is an aunt of mine—er—that
-is, an uncle. Oh, dash it! what am
-I talking about? He’s my little nephew,
-Bobby Compton.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why don’t you get it right?” observed a
-bright young lady, one of the “stars,” as she
-passed through the sacred gate. “Don’t you
-think, on second thought, Mr. Compton, that
-he’s your grandfather? He looks more like
-that than an aunt of yours.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The surly keeper of the gate perceived the
-joke. It was on record that he had seen
-through a joke on three distinct occasions
-during his two years of guardianship. To-day
-he scored for the fourth time. Bobby as an
-aunt was really funny. But as a grandfather!
-The keeper dropped his pipe and lost his
-scowl, and holding up both hands, palms
-outward, roared with laughter. He was still
-in the throes of his mammoth mirth when
-Compton pushed through the stile—I know no
-better word for it—and drew Bobby after him.
-The cloister was violated.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Now, Bobby had by this time wearied of
-holding Compton’s hand. Moreover he had
-noticed a certain peculiarity in Compton’s
-walk which he desired to study to better advantage.
-So, loosening his hold, and saying, “I’ll
-follow you,” he dropped behind his newly-discovered
-uncle.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton, dressed for his part in the rehearsal,
-wore a nondescript jacket and a vest
-of startling color. Into the armholes of this
-vest his thumbs were thrust, the free fingers
-of his hand extended and waving in unison
-at each step. Bobby had already studied
-this peculiarity. Now he was to study the
-secret of Compton’s strides. They were, to
-begin with, notably long strides. But most
-striking of all was the part his feet played.
-The right foot at each step was turned in, the
-left out. In justice to Mr. Compton, this was
-not his proper gait. He was practicing for
-his part. Bobby, however, liked it. In fact,
-he liked anything connected with John
-Compton, and because John Compton did it
-Bobby saw nothing funny in it at all. It was
-easy for Bobby to insert his real thumbs into
-imaginary armholes and to wiggle his fingers
-with each step. It was not so easy, by reason
-of the shortness of his legs, for Bobby to catch
-his uncle’s stride. But he thought it worth
-while, and he did it. Then Bobby, with surprisingly
-little difficulty, got his feet to working
-as though one were going in one direction
-and the other in another; and so serenely moved
-on the procession of two, a spectacle for angels
-and Miss Bernadette Vivian, the young star
-who had brought to life once more the gate-keeper’s
-sense of humor.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was Bernadette’s turn to laugh.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Look,” she cried to a busy and jaded-looking
-official, who was hurrying past her with a
-sheaf of papers in his hands and a lead pencil
-in his mouth. “Set your eyes on that boy.
-That’s Compton’s aunt or grandfather—he’s
-not quite clear which—and of the two, I think,
-with all respect to Compton, the aunt is the better
-comedian.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The official looked and grinned.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Maybe you’re right,” he observed, removing
-the pencil from his mouth. “You’re working
-with Compton. Keep your eye on the kid.
-We may need him if he’s not engaged already.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Come on here, Bobby; you take my hand,”
-said Compton, turning sharply and detecting
-his understudy in action. Another man might
-have been annoyed, Compton was tickled
-beyond measure.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Threading their way through a maze of sets
-and scenery, among which busy men—carpenters,
-electricians, secretaries and what
-not—were winding in what appeared to be inextricable
-confusion, they finally arrived at a
-set arranged to represent the lobby of a hotel.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>To the left was a cigar counter, and beyond
-it an exit, or, possibly, an entryway to some
-other part of the hotel. The rest, save for a
-bellhop’s bench, was space. Seated or lounging
-about were several actors; among them a
-young lady dressed as a salesgirl; a boy of
-about Bobby’s size, though evidently several
-years older, gay in the buttons and livery of a
-bellhop; a young man in society clothes; and
-finally a young woman who was evidently a
-lady.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Hurrying from one to the other of these and
-speaking quickly certain instructions, was a
-young man whose intense face expressed
-infinite patience and strong, though jaded,
-energy. He was tired—had been tired for six
-months—but had no time to diagnose the
-symptoms. This was the stage director, Mr.
-Joseph Heneman.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Halloa, John! Glad you’ve come. Everything’s
-set, and we’re going to move like a
-house afire. Who’s that fine little boy with
-you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’m his aunt,” said Bobby seriously.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Heneman nearly exploded on the spot.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You young screech-owl!” said Compton,
-turning a severe face, though his eyes
-twinkled, upon Bobby. “Who taught you how
-to lie?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You said I was your aunt,” countered
-Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Your uncle—nephew, I mean. This young
-monkey,” he went on, addressing the manager,
-the vision of Bobby’s latest mimicry
-still vivid in his memory, “is my nephew,
-Bobby Compton.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, I didn’t know you had a nephew,”
-said Heneman, still laughing. As he spoke he
-shook hands with the interesting youth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Neither did I till a while ago,” chuckled
-Compton. “Fact is I adopted him and christened
-him on the way in. It’s a long story, but
-he’s in my charge now. He’ll sit still and
-watch us working. Won’t you, Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ll watch you working all right,” said
-Compton’s new relation. Bobby had no intention
-of sitting still.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Halloa, aunty!” said Bernadette, suddenly
-appearing on the scene, and smiling at Bobby,
-showing in the act a perfect and shining set of
-teeth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“How do you do?” returned Bobby, bowing
-gravely. “You’ve got it wrong, though. He’s
-my uncle. He says so himself, and he ought to
-know.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Before the rehearsal began every one there
-heard the story from the fair lady’s cupid-painted
-lips of the circumstances connected
-with Bobby’s admission into the Lantry cloister.
-The story filled with joy all the listeners
-save one. The bellhop did not even smile.
-The fact is, the bellhop, yielding to a long-fought
-temptation, had obtained a quid of
-tobacco from a stage carpenter, had indulged
-in his first and probably his last chew, and was
-just now filled with feelings of wild regret and
-a desire to lie down in some obscure spot and
-die.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As a result of Bernadette’s story every one,
-excepting of course the unhappy bellhop, was
-in a state of almost hilarious good humor when
-the rehearsal was called; in such humor that
-even when the star halted everything for
-several minutes by insisting that one of her
-shoes was improperly laced—though to the
-naked eye there was nothing out of order—and
-having her attendant do it all over again,
-no one grumbled.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Heneman had counted on going on with
-the rehearsal “like a house afire.” He had
-reckoned without his host, and the host was the
-bellhop.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Before going further it may be well to
-observe that a picture in the making is far from
-resembling a picture in the viewing. The
-former is a very slow process. It may require
-a whole day to produce what one sees on the
-screen in three or four seconds. Before the
-camera men “shoot” there may be a dozen or
-more rehearsals; and the shooting may be repeated
-seven or eight times.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Ready!” cried Mr. Heneman. “Positions!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>At the word the salesgirl got behind the
-cigar counter and, to make everybody understand
-that she was only a salesgirl, proceeded
-to chew gum violently. In real life saleswomen
-sometimes do chew gum; but it is rare
-to discover one who makes it an almost violent
-physical exercise. Standing to the right of the
-saleslady—in the lobby—the young man in the
-dresscoat, facing the young lady with not
-enough clothes on her back to make a bookmark,
-began offering such original remarks as
-the state of the weather generally evokes.
-Back of them all, in an alcove near the exit,
-sat the bellhop, gloom and desolation upon his
-face.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Here, you! Don’t stand so the lady can’t
-be seen. Let the lady turn a little to the right.
-That’s it. Go on and talk, both of you, and
-smile as if you were each saying awfully witty
-things. Bellhop, hold up your head! You look
-like a drowned rat. Look tough; you’re looking
-dismal.” Here the director paused, and
-while the camera men were placing their machines
-in position, and their assistants were arranging
-reflectors, and an electrician, perched
-on high above the shooting line, arranged a
-powerful light over the head of the salesgirl,
-he went over to the bellhop, showed him how
-to sit, how to hold his hands, cross his legs and
-drop one corner of his mouth. There was
-some improvement.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now, once more!” ordered the director.
-“Positions! Smile, you two. Talk, talk!
-Don’t overdo that chewing-gum stuff. Give a
-yawn, bellhop. Good! Now come on,
-Compton.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>From off scene to the right enters Compton.
-He is befuddled with liquor, and on his face is
-an expression of utmost stupidity. It is doubtful,
-indeed, if any live human being could be
-as stupid as he looked. In his right hand he is
-balancing a cane with a crook. His walk is a
-marvel of indecision. He hasn’t the least idea,
-apparently, as to whither he is going.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby, just back of the director, is watching
-all this with breathless interest. Previous to
-Compton’s entrance he had assumed the attitude
-and pose of the “lady,” arms akimbo,
-head thrown back and a full smile. Upon
-Compton’s appearance Bobby could at first
-hardly restrain the exuberance of his delight.
-The highest admiration often expresses itself
-in imitation. To the amazement and amusement
-of several actors stationed behind him,
-the lad with scarcely an effort threw his
-features into a close replica of Compton’s.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“He’s as good a nut as Compton,” observed
-an old actor to a companion.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ll say so!” rejoined the other.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton almost jostled the young lady in
-his onward progress. As it was, the crook of
-his cane caught upon her elbow and hung there.
-Without his cane, Compton showed a dim
-consciousness of feeling that something was
-wrong. He felt his clothes, his pockets, his
-face, and then looking for the nonce dimly intelligent,
-turned around, removed the cane
-from its improvised hook, raised his hat,
-dropped it, stooped to get the cane, picked it
-up, reached for his hat, dropped the cane, and
-so on. It was simple fun, but made worth
-while by the manner of the actor. Bobby by
-this time had a stick and a hat, and without
-knowing it was giving a capital performance
-for the exclusive benefit of sixteen actors and
-several outsiders.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Hey, salesgirl!” ordered Heneman, “call
-the bellhop, and tell him to request with all
-possible politeness the gentleman in liquor to
-leave the premises.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The bellhop came at her call, received her
-message, and strode towards Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Get back there and do it again!” bawled the
-director. “You walk as though you were going
-to church or to your grandmother’s funeral.
-Turn your shoulders in, drop your mouth,
-swing your arms. Just imagine you’re going
-to lick somebody.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The bellhop tried again, with no sign of improvement.
-Again and again he failed. No
-moving-picture actor in that studio, it is
-probable, ever received such minute directions.
-But they were all lost on him. However, they
-were not lost on Bobby. Utterly unconscious
-of the attention he was exciting, Bobby was
-following out to the letter every hint coming
-from Heneman’s mouth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Among the spectators was a wag. The parts
-he always figured in were tragic or romantic
-roles, but in real life he was the most notorious
-practical joker in the Lantry Studio.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“See here, Johnny,” he said, whispering into
-the boy’s ear. “Would you like to do an act
-of kindness?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Sure,” said Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ve been watching you for some time. You
-know how that bellhop should do his part. Go
-and show him. It’s no use telling him how.
-He doesn’t understand. But you just go and
-show him.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Will it be all right?” asked Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“An act of kindness is always right,”
-answered the wag, with tragic solemnity.
-“Look; he’s starting now, and he’s worse than
-ever. Don’t tell any one I suggested your
-showing him. Keep it a dead secret. Now,
-go to it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>In perfect good faith Bobby stepped
-forward, passed the director, saying as he
-went, “Excuse me, sir,” and ignoring Compton
-and the “lady” and “gentleman,” strode
-over to the bellhop. All this, happening
-though it did in a few seconds, produced an
-unheard-of effect. The saleslady stopped
-chewing, the lady and gentleman ceased smiling,
-Compton looked surprised and intelligent,
-the director let his jaw drop, and the audience,
-now swollen to double its size, pressed forward
-to the cameras. The bellhop himself put on a
-human expression of inquiry. As Bobby came
-face to face with the victim every one on the
-stage seemed to be momentarily paralyzed.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You poor fish,” said Bob, kindness and
-energy ringing in his accents, “just let me
-show you. It’s so easy!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The bellhop sank back into his seat.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now look,” continued Bobby. The left-hand
-corner of his mouth sagged, his shoulders
-bent in, and with a walk and a swerve redolent
-of the old Bowery, Bobby advanced towards
-Compton, whose eyes were protruding.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You boob!” announced Bobby. “You are
-politely requested to make a noise like a train
-and rattle out of here. Get me?” And as
-Bobby, not in the way of kindness, laid his
-hand on Compton, cheers and laughter and
-hand-clapping disturbed scandalously the quiet
-of the Lantry cloister.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby, nothing disconcerted, bowed, laying
-his hand over his heart, and smiled affably.
-But when the star, Bernadette, came running
-over, her face beaming with delight, and exclaimed,
-“Aunty, I’m going to kiss you for
-that,” he blanched and fled to Compton’s arms.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>There was a pause and a deliberation.
-Compton and the manager conferred together
-for five minutes. The result of their talk was
-that Bobby was hired on the spot and the
-victim of tobacco given a vacation till further
-notice.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Thus did Bobby Vernon “break into the
-movies.”</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='72' id='Page_72'></span><h1>CHAPTER VI<br/> <span class='sub-head'>BOBBY ENDEAVORS TO SHOW THE ASTONISHED COMPTON HOW TO BEHAVE</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well,” observed John Compton as,
-holding Bobby’s hand, he sauntered
-along that Bagdad of a street, Hollywood
-Boulevard, “you’ve scored the first time at
-the bat, Bobby. You’re under a contract at
-thirty-five dollars a week, and a bonus of two
-hundred dollars if you make good.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I like to make money,” cried Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, you do? Have you made much?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No. I never made a cent in my life; but I
-like to, just the same.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Are you fond of money?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby did not make an immediate reply. He
-was trying, not unsuccessfully, to “take off”
-the mincing gait of a young lady in front of
-him, who, considering the tightness of her skirt
-and the height of her truncated cone heels, was
-doing very well.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No. I don’t care for money; but mother
-needs it. Say, this is a nice place. I like flowers,
-lots of them, and nice white houses and
-palm trees and bright sunshine.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“All these things,” observed John Compton
-“are our long suit in Hollywood. If there ever
-was a paradise on earth, it must have been
-here.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Is that all you know?” inquired the lad, his
-lip curling in scorn. “Why, of course there
-was a paradise! Didn’t you ever study catechism?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well—er, no.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s all right,” said Bobby, relaxing
-from scorn to benevolence, “I’ll teach you
-myself.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Upon my word!” ejaculated Compton,
-and fell into meditation, from which he was
-presently aroused by the strange behavior of
-the people on the street. Were they staring
-and laughing at him? Turning, he discovered
-Bobby, a little to the rear of him, doing the
-Bowery walk and wearing a face becoming a
-hardened pickpocket.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“See here, you young imp! You’re giving
-our show away.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, I never thought of that!” cried Bobby,
-putting on the air of a Sunday-school superintendent.
-“I just can’t help it,” he went on.
-“I just love to act.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, have you ever acted before?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No; but I just love to.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Did you ever see a church more charmingly
-situated?” asked the comedian.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>They were passing the Church of the Blessed
-Sacrament, a church hardly to be seen from the
-sidewalk. It stood well back from the street,
-hidden by large palms, pepper trees, and a
-profusion of flowers and foliage.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Is that a Catholic church?” the boy inquired.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It certainly is.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Let’s go in and pay a visit,” suggested the
-lad.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t go to church,” returned Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Once more Bobby’s lip curled.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You must be crazy,” he said. “Now, you
-come on in.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby, it was clear, was in no mood for
-argument. Catching Compton by the hand, he
-led that astonished young man along the lovely
-path towards the church.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What’s that sign about up there?” asked
-Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It says,” answered Compton, “that it was
-here or in the immediate vicinity that Father
-Junipero Serra said the Mass of the Holy
-Cross.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ve heard of him and read a book about
-him,” said Bobby. “He must have been a
-great man.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes?” interrogated the skeptic. “I’ve
-heard it said that the Mass of the Holy Cross is
-the same as the Mass of the Holy Wood; and
-that’s the reason we call this section Hollywood.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I like that name now more than ever,
-uncle.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>On entering the vestibule Bobby hunted for
-and quickly found the holy-water font. Dipping
-his finger in, he devoutly made the sign
-of the cross, while Mr. Compton gazed at him
-as though he were seeing for the first time an
-unusually occult rite.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby motioned him; then pointed to the
-font. Compton came forward obediently
-enough, but he would not or could not understand
-what the child further expected.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Here!” whispered Bobby, with unsmiling
-face. And catching Mr. Compton’s reluctant
-right hand, he dipped its index finger in the
-font.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now say what I say,” he adjured.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Standing on tiptoe, Bobby placed the captive
-finger on Compton’s forehead, brought it
-down to the breast, then to the left and the
-right shoulder, while Compton, his face red as
-a Los Angeles geranium, repeated after his
-young mentor, “In the name of the Father,
-and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost.
-Amen.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You’ll do it better next time,” remarked
-Bobby consolingly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now come on!” And Bobby, pushing the
-comedian in front of him, proceeded fully half
-way up the center aisle.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now you genuflect,” he whispered.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Eh?” said Compton, looking like the “nut”
-he played.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Sh-h-h!” warned Bobby. “Look.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>And Bobby bent his right knee, holding himself
-quite erect, till it touched the floor. “Now
-do that.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton made the effort; and Compton,
-who could turn handsprings and bend the crab
-and stop a grounder and catch a fly with a
-grace that had won the hearts of the fair sex
-in many a city, bent his knee with the effect of
-one suffering from locomotor ataxia.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Once more Bobby’s lip curled. He was
-minded to make Mr. Compton do it again, but
-on second thought changed his mind.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Get in that pew,” he whispered, in manifest
-disgust.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>There was nothing for Compton to do but
-obey. Bobby followed after him and, a second
-time signing himself with the sign of the cross,
-knelt down. Compton, looking, as he felt, inexpressibly
-stupid, seated himself.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby stared at him severely, arose, and
-catching his friend by the arm coaxed him to
-his knees.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Once more Bobby made an elaborate sign
-of the cross, during the performance of which
-the comedian, leaning back, braced himself
-comfortably against the end of the seat. It
-came home to Bobby by this time that he was
-“instructing the ignorant.” He must do it in
-all kindness. After all, it might not be Compton’s
-fault. So, smiling sweetly but with the
-severe restraint proper to a church where the
-Lord of all was present in the tabernacle, he
-reached forward a tiny hand, applied it to the
-small of Compton’s back, and pressed forward
-till Compton was kneeling erect.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s the proper way to kneel,” he whispered
-kindly. “Now just keep that way, and
-say your prayers.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>There was a sound so like a giggle that it
-really could not have been anything else proceeding
-from the back of the church, and three
-young ladies, their handkerchiefs at their
-mouths, incontinently left the church. Several
-other worshipers left, clearly for the same
-reason. Only one worshiper remained, a man
-whose romances had thrilled hundreds of thousands
-of readers. Restraining his features, he
-tiptoed up the aisle, and knelt at an angle
-where he could see Bobby’s face.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>In no wise realizing that he had emptied the
-church, Bobby for the third time crossed himself
-and, undisturbed by Compton, began to
-pray. It had been for Compton a day of many
-surprises. But now it was a moment of astonishment.
-Glancing sidewise, he took in Bobby’s
-face. Just a few minutes before, he had reprehended
-Bobby for wearing the air of a criminal;
-and now—-he was looking upon the face of an
-angel! And there was a difference, too, of
-another kind, as Compton at once realized.
-Looking like a criminal, Bobby was acting;
-looking like an angel Bobby was himself, his
-natural self touched by faith into something
-strange and rare. The boy’s eyes, large,
-earnest, beseeching, were fastened upon the
-tabernacle; his lips were moving in a silent
-eloquence. His head, erect, was motionless.
-So, for that matter, was his whole person—all
-save those eloquent lips. At that moment, as
-Compton felt, there existed for Bobby only
-two persons, God and himself. For the first
-time in his life Compton was seized with a
-sense of the supernatural. He bowed his head
-upon his hands and looked no more. It was
-the most sacred moment of his life. If Compton
-did not pray orally, he did something
-better. He meditated.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The eminent author saw the vision, too. He
-had stayed for curiosity’s sake; he remained to
-pray. Like Compton, the vision of lovely faith—and
-what is there out of heaven so lovely as
-the faith of a child?—quite overcame him. He
-gazed no more, but, lowering his eyes, prayed
-with a new devotion.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I saw a little boy praying in church,” he
-said to his wife an hour later, “and I understood
-as I never understood before that saying
-of our Lord’s, ‘Unless you become as little
-children you shall not enter the kingdom of
-heaven.’ ”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Several minutes passed. A light touch
-brought Compton out of a virgin land of
-thought. Bobby, tranquil and with a subdued
-cheerfulness, was motioning him out.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Watch!” whispered Bobby, and genuflected.
-“Now try it again. Fine!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>At the vestibule five minutes were spent, by
-which time Compton really knew how to make
-the sign of the cross.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby,” he said, as they got outside,
-“that’s my first visit to a Catholic church, and
-I’ll never forget it as long as I live.”</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='81' id='Page_81'></span><h1>CHAPTER VII<br/> <span class='sub-head'>THE END OF A DAY OF SURPRISES</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, here we are, young man,” announced
-Compton half an hour later
-and turned into a rather pretentious apartment
-building.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It looks very fine from the outside,” commented
-Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And I think you’ll like it inside, too,” returned
-Compton as they entered the elevator.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton had an apartment on the third
-floor—sitting room, bathroom, bedroom and
-guest chamber. Bobby examined the suite
-with manifest delight. Everything was modern
-and in a sense elegant. If there were anything
-lacking to John Compton’s comfort, John
-Compton did not know it, nor did Bobby discover
-it. Bobby’s critical faculty was not as
-yet strongly developed. He had nevertheless
-an abundance of enthusiasm which he was not
-slow in expressing, and which failed him only
-in his survey of the pictures and photographs
-clustered thickly upon the walls of the sitting
-room. They were, with the exception of
-several photographs of Compton himself, all
-women, mainly actresses and all in every
-variety of dress and the contrary.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, are all your friends women?” exclaimed
-the youth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton colored and looked uneasy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“<span class='it'>You’re</span> my friend,” he replied.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“There’s something queer about a lot of
-these pictures,” the boy went on. “I don’t
-like them.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton changed the subject. Within
-twenty-four hours, nevertheless, a good many
-of those pictures found their way to a place
-where they properly belonged, and were seen
-no more in the land of sunshine.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“By the way, Bobby,” he resumed presently,
-“You haven’t said a word about your mother
-to-day.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I know it,” said Bobby cheerfully.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, I have bad news to tell you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ll bet you haven’t.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That telegram I sent may not be received
-by her.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No. It was delayed. A lot of messages
-were delayed. You know, it was to have been
-delivered to her at the station at San Luis
-Obispo. But there’s no knowing whether it
-will be forwarded in time to catch her.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Look here, uncle; I’ll tell you a secret. I
-have prayed, and I’m sure—I just know—my
-prayer is all right. No harm will come to my
-mother. She is safe; and she will come back
-when God wants her to.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You seem to be on intimate terms with the
-Almighty!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“With who?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“With God.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why not?” inquired Bobby simply.
-“Don’t you believe in prayer?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Upon my word!” gasped the comedian.
-“I could have answered that question easily
-enough yesterday; but now I don’t know what
-I believe and what I don’t.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>What gem of wisdom might have dropped
-from Bobby’s lips in commenting upon this
-strange declaration was lost forever when the
-janitor of the building suddenly entered the
-room.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Beg pardon, sir. I wasn’t sure you were
-here. But I think there’s some mistake.
-There’s a wagon down below with some furniture
-and a lot of stuff directed to you, and you—not
-being a family man—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Correct, Johnson. All the same, send them
-up. There’s no mistake. You see, this boy is
-Bobby Compton, and he’s going to stay with
-me. He’s a cousin of mine.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, I say!” cried Bobby. “If I’m your
-aunt or your nephew, I want to know how I’m
-your cousin.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Johnson,” said Compton magnificently,
-“when I say cousin I always mean nephew.
-It’s the habit of a lifetime.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh,” observed Johnson, scratching his
-head. “Well, I’ll bring them things up
-anyhow.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well,” sighed Compton, throwing himself
-back in his chair, crossing his legs, and cupping
-his hands behind his head, “I’m glad that’s
-settled. I was afraid they wouldn’t come.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby took the chair facing his uncle,
-crossed his legs, and cupped his hands behind
-his head.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Afraid what wouldn’t come, uncle?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Never you mind, little monkey. Just wait.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby’s patience was not sorely tried. Up
-the stairs toiled four men just then, Johnson in
-the lead, all laden with bundles and various
-articles of furniture.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“This way, boys,” said Compton, opening
-the door to the guestroom. “Just wait one
-moment, Bobby.” And Compton, having seen
-to each one’s getting through, entered himself
-and closed the door. He was out a moment
-later, holding in his hand an attractively bound
-book.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Have you ever read ‘Through the Desert,’
-by Sienkiewicz, Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No. But I just love any good story.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Here, take it. I’ll be busy for a while. The
-book is yours.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Mine for good?” cried Bobby, raising his
-eyes from the charming frontispiece.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Of course.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Uncle, you’re a dandy!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The dandy blushingly withdrew, and Bobby
-forthwith entered into that fairyland of childhood
-to be found in few books as in the one in
-his hand. Perhaps one of the strangest
-phenomena of child life is the power of complete
-absorption so many little ones possess
-when they read a good story. People may
-come and go, laugh, talk and carry on in
-various ways, while the child buried in his book
-follows the windings of the story as though he
-were alone on a desert island. Now for fully
-three quarters of an hour there went on in the
-guestroom a moving of furniture, loud hammering,
-excited conversation, and all manner
-of noises. But to Bobby’s ears came no sound,
-and time itself stood still.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>When the four men, followed by Mr.
-Compton, the latter breathing hard and perspiring
-freely, issued forth, Bobby, seated in
-a chair with his legs curled under him, was
-buried in the precious volume. The four men
-gratefully received various coins and went their
-way, leaving Mr. Compton gazing wonderingly
-at the juvenile bookworm. So far as
-Bobby was concerned, he might without interruption
-have gone on gazing indefinitely.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby!” he finally called.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby’s eyes remained fastened on the page.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby!” he bawled.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The boy raised his eyes.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, it’s great!” he said. “I’ve read fifty-four
-pages.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You have read enough. Come, I want to
-show you your room.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“All right, uncle,” returned the boy, wistfully
-laying down the story. “You’ve stopped
-me in a most exciting part.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Throwing open the guestroom door, Compton
-said, “Walk in; it’s all yours.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>With an attempt at enthusiasm, Bobby complied.
-In a moment the forced enthusiasm
-became genuine. A small shining brass bed, a
-snow-white counterpane, a case of books filled
-with the best juveniles, an electric railroad, a
-baseball equipment, a tiny rocker, an easy
-chair, and a variety of games—all these and
-more charmed his eyes into a new brightness
-and marshaled out upon his features a myriad
-elves of happiness.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Before Mr. Compton could prepare for the
-worst Bobby jumped into his arms and caught
-him a kiss square upon his unprepared mouth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>For two hours Bobby flitted from toy to
-game, from game to book. He was possibly at
-that moment the happiest boy in the State of
-California.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now, look you, Bobby, it’s ten o’clock.
-Don’t you think you might give that bed a
-tryout?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, I never thought of that! Gee, but
-I’m tired!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton thought, as he closed the door
-upon his ward, that his dealings with the boy
-were over till morning. He was mistaken.
-Presently, clad in rainbow pajamas, Bobby
-came forth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now I’m ready,” he declared.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, if you’re ready, why don’t you go to
-bed?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Ready,” explained the child, with reproach
-in his eyes, “for my night prayers.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh!” exclaimed the comedian. “I never
-thought of that!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The lad’s curling lip warned Mr. Compton
-that his remark was not particularly happy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Of course, of course!” he added hastily.
-“How very absent-minded I am getting! By
-all means, Bobby, go on and say your prayers.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As Mr. Compton thus spoke he was lying
-restfully on a lounge, a cigar in his mouth, a
-newspaper in his hands, and, within easy reach,
-a glass filled almost to the brim with a golden
-liquid. What was his surprise, thus situated,
-when Bobby plumped down on his knees and,
-planting his elbows in the softest part of the
-comedian’s anatomy, made the sign of the cross
-and recited the Our Father, the Hail Mary,
-and the Acts. And he did not stop there.
-Raising his sweet voice a little higher, and
-glancing during the first line about the walls
-of the room, Bobby recited:</p>
-
-
- <div class='poetry-container' style=''>
- <div class='lgp'> <!-- rend=';' -->
-<div class='stanza-outer'>
-<p class='line0'>“<span class='it'>Angel of God, my guardian dear,</span></p>
-<p class='line0'>&ensp;<span class='it'>To whom His love commits me here.</span></p>
-<p class='line0'>&ensp;<span class='it'>Ever this night he at my side,</span></p>
-<p class='line0'>&ensp;<span class='it'>To light, to guard, to rule, to guide.</span>”</p>
-</div>
-</div></div> <!-- end poetry block --><!-- end rend -->
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton, whose cigar had gone out,
-laid aside his paper, and forgetting his drink,
-glanced behind him, almost expecting to see
-hovering over him some bright and glorious
-creature of another world. Bobby went on:
-“May the soul of my dear papa and all the
-souls of the faithful departed rest in peace.
-Amen. God bless mamma—and God bless—uncle!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton dropped his cigar.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And,” continued Bobby, raising beautiful
-and loving eyes to the ceiling, “Oh, blessed
-Saviour bring back my mamma to me!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Here Bobby broke down utterly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Steady, Bobby! You know what you told
-me. Didn’t you say God will bring her back?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby at these words mastered his tears,
-made the sign of the cross, and answered as he
-rose: “And I say so still. Good-night, uncle.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby leaned over with pursed lips. Compton
-was perspiring. He raised his head, which
-was enough for Bobby, who gave him a hearty
-smack resembling in sound the explosion of a
-mild firecracker.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>About eleven o’clock that night Compton
-tiptoed into the guestroom. The moon’s silvery
-rays revealed clearly the sleeping lad. How
-sweet and calm looked the innocent face in the
-magic light!</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Is there an angel watching over him?” the
-man asked himself. Twenty-four hours earlier
-he would have considered it a silly question,
-but now—</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>He stooped lower and gazed more intently
-upon the child’s face. Was that a tear upon
-the cheek? He felt the pillow. It was wet in
-places.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What a brave little chap he is!” he commented.
-“He’s feeling his separation from his
-mother dreadfully. But he keeps it to himself.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Once more Compton gazed. And then for
-a moment he saw another face—sweet, noble—the
-face of Bobby’s mother as he had known
-her in her early teens.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Ah,” he considered, “she was the sweetest
-woman that ever came into my life! What a
-fool I was not to have taken her advice! I left
-her for the husks of swine.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton bent down, and with trembling lips
-touched the boy, lightly, reverently on the
-brow, and with a suppressed sigh turned away
-to give to sleep the last hour of the most remarkable
-day of his life.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='92' id='Page_92'></span><h1>CHAPTER VIII<br/> <span class='sub-head'>BOBBY MEETS AN ENEMY ON THE BOULEVARD AND A FRIEND IN THE LANTRY STUDIO</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was a little after eight of the clock on the
-following morning that the comedian took
-his way along the boulevard towards the
-Lantry studio. Bobby’s eyes were dancing
-with mischief; the soul of the weather, gay
-and bland, had entered into him. As he went
-his way he dispensed lavish smiles to right
-and left, and poor indeed was he in human
-feeling who failed to return smile for smile.
-Many a passer-by craned his neck, having
-passed Bobby, to take an admiring look at
-the tiny dispenser of joy who, attired in black
-broadcloth knickerbockers, a vest of the same
-material cut away generously from the breast
-and decked with two shining buttons where it
-met at the waist, a white shirt foaming into
-frills, the sleeves of which were held up above
-the wrists by two bewitching white ribbons,
-was really rather like to a lily of the field than
-Solomon clothed in all his glory.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Of course Hollywood, like all known civilized
-places where men do congregate, had its
-array of camera fiends.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I beg your pardon,” said one of these, a
-tall severe-looking man with dark glasses,
-“but would you mind my snap-shotting you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby turned, folded his hands, and grinned.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Shoot,” he said.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Thank you,” said the man, his severe mien
-drowned in a wave of smiles almost as gay as
-Bobby’s.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>We have all heard of St. Francis preaching a
-sermon simply by walking in silence through
-a thronged city. Does not many an innocent
-child as he goes his happy way, smiling and
-wondering, preach a sermon that has for its
-theme the charm of candid innocence, and the
-strange and alluring possibility of every one
-who is so minded to become, by taking himself
-in hand, a child again? And is it not true that
-such little children bring a man’s thoughts regretfully
-and humbly back to the days when he
-too was young, unsophisticated and unspoiled?</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You’re getting quite popular, Bobby,”
-observed Compton as they resumed their way.
-“Everybody seems to like you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“So do I,” returned Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What’s that?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I like everybody, too.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Out of the mouths of children,” Mr.
-Compton murmured to himself.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I didn’t quite hear you, uncle.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I was saying,” translated the elder, “that
-whether you knew it or not you have given the
-true secret of popularity.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Have we time to go in?” asked Bobby as
-they neared the Church of the Blessed Sacrament.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, yes, and I’ll be glad to go in with
-you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton’s sign of the cross was beyond
-criticism, his genuflection not so bad; also, he
-knelt straight, and, in a word, showed the outward
-signs of intelligence so lacking on the
-occasion of his first visit.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I say, uncle,” Bobby remarked as they
-came out, “you’ve improved a lot. You didn’t
-look around a bit.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why should I?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“People often do, you know, when they’re
-praying; but it’s not right. Did you notice me
-looking around at the walls when I said the
-prayer ‘Angel of God’ last night?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now that you come to speak of it, I believe
-I did.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“There was a reason.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh!” exclaimed Compton, in a tone at
-once exclamatory and interrogatory.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes. At home when I came to that prayer
-I always looked at the picture of the guardian
-angel which hung just above mamma’s head.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And you looked around my walls among
-the pictures to see whether you could find a
-picture of the guardian angel, eh?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes, uncle; but I didn’t find a picture anything
-like one.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I should say not!” said Compton with
-energy. “But, Bobby, I was glad last night
-when you prayed for me. I hope you’ll keep it
-up.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Aha!” cried Bobby dramatically, jumping
-in front of his uncle and shaking a triumphant
-finger at him. “So you do believe in prayer.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“In your prayers, Bobby. Put that finger
-down and stop your jigging; everybody is
-looking at us.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As a matter of fact, Bobby had achieved a
-feat seldom achieved on the Hollywood Boulevard.
-He had, unintentionally of course,
-excited the attention of nearly every one he had
-encountered. Now on the gay and festive
-Hollywood Boulevard, be it known, all varieties
-of dress and action are to be seen, and
-nobody seems to bother about them. In the
-solemn watches of the night cavalcades of cowboys
-on horseback may come clattering along,
-shooting in the real sense of the word, and
-shouting. Possibly some light sleeper may
-rouse sufficiently to grasp the situation. Turning
-in his bed, he remarks: “There go them
-moving-picture fellers again,” and resumes
-his interrupted slumbers. There’s an old man,
-white-bearded, redfaced from exposure, bare-footed,
-clad in a modern substitute for the
-garments of St. John, and wearing a staff. He
-is frequently seen on the street, but nobody
-seems to be concerned so much as to take a
-second look.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>I forgot to say that this imitation St. John
-the Baptist goes bareheaded. Practically all
-the men on the boulevard go bareheaded. I
-myself, I dare say, could patrol that famous
-thoroughfare in cassock and biretta without
-exciting any further comment than, “I wonder
-what picture that fellow’s made up for.”
-Painted ladies—painted so profusely that their
-own mothers would not know them—would
-there escape comment or criticism. It would
-be taken for granted that they were actresses.
-The camera would mitigate their extravagance,
-and their presentment on the screen would be
-entirely lacking the grossness of their real
-flesh-and-blood appearances. But Bobby, gay
-and smiling, taking off now the stride of his
-uncle, now the gait of a passing flapper, woke
-the street from its passive acquiescence in all
-things queer.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It remained for Bobby to create a sensation.
-He did so, and in the following way.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton, excusing himself and inviting
-the festive youth to survey the scenery and fill
-his soul with its beauty, had passed into a shop
-to renew his supply of cigars. He delayed a
-few moments, very excusably, to tell a friend
-what a wonderful find his nephew was.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Now, since their leaving the Hollywood
-Catholic church, there had been shadowing
-Bobby, Chucky Snuff, bellhop of yesterday’s
-play. It had never occurred to Chucky that
-Bobby’s attempt to help him had been made in
-the way of kindness. Quite otherwise. In justice
-to the younger set of moving-picture
-actors, it should be stated that Chucky Snuff
-was not up to form. He was, as the girls said,
-mean. Nobody liked him. A fond father and
-a foolish mother had accounted him, in his
-tender years, a swan; and they so petted and
-spoiled him as to develop him—allowing for
-difference of sex—into a goose. At the age of
-ten Chucky was stunted and blasé.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Taking advantage of Compton’s disappearance,
-Chucky picked up a piece of wood
-and hastened to overtake Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, halloa!” said Bobby as Chucky, running
-in front of him, blocked the way.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>By way of return the other put on a face
-which, had he assumed it in the rehearsal,
-might have saved him his position.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“There!” he said, placing the wood on his
-right shoulder, “you knock that chip off my
-shoulder!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby’s smile left him, and all the elves of
-merriment. Perplexity wrinkled his brow.
-The aggressor was much encouraged. Bobby,
-he judged, was a coward.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Go on,” he urged. “I’m going to knock
-your block off, you big stiff. Do you hear
-me? Go on and knock it off!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby perceived that he was in for it. His
-mind, as usual, worked quickly. It came back
-to him then how his father had once said, “My
-son, never indulge in vulgar fist-fighting if you
-can possibly help yourself; but if you must,
-it’s a capital thing to get in the first blow.”
-Accordingly, no sooner had his opponent
-ceased his adjuration than Bobby’s left hand
-lightly swept the chip away, while at the same
-moment his right shot out with what force he
-could put into it, and landed squarely on the
-tip of the other’s chin.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Pain, astonishment, vast astonishment,
-swept over the face of Chucky Snuff.
-He turned, and with a howl which really
-attracted attention dashed away for parts unknown.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Fine work! Excellent!” exclaimed a
-haughty young man with a close-trimmed mustache
-and severely aristocratic features as he
-caught Bobby’s hand, while an admiring audience
-gathered round to listen avidly to one of
-the matinee idols of filmdom. “That was
-splendidly done. That other fellow played the
-tough to a nicety. The way he had his chin
-stuck out and the way you landed on it was
-perfect. Say, it was perfectly rehearsed!
-You can shoot it right away. Where’s the
-camera man?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, that wasn’t acting,” Bobby explained.
-“That was a real scrap.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh!” said the actor, deeply chagrined and
-departing forthwith; and the disappointed
-spectators, realizing that there was to be no
-encore, melted away. Thus in Hollywood are
-real life and reel life confounded.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>When John Compton, airily smoking, returned,
-Bobby was rubbing a skinned knuckle,
-the cause of which, on inquiry, he explained.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“My fault!” acknowledged the comedian.
-“You’re in my care and I should not leave you
-alone. However, perhaps it’s just as well. I
-know young Chucky Snuff pretty well, and
-I’m sure he’ll not bother you again.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Presently Bobby, on his way in the mazes
-of the Lantry Studio to put himself into the
-bellhop’s clothes, came upon a little miss seated
-dolefully in a chair, her head buried in her
-hands, her shoulders bowed, and dejection in
-her entire pose. She was dressed like a princess.
-The elegance of her attire, however, did
-not impress Bobby; it was her hair, raven-black
-in a wealth of curls. Where had he seen
-that hair before? He looked at the hands.
-They were dark. A light came to him.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Halloa, Peggy!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>At the words the girl raised her head, and
-her large wondrously beautiful eyes rested
-upon Bobby. With a gasp, she sprang from
-her chair, while her eyes grew larger and
-larger. Fear and wonder shone from them.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Don’t you know me, Peggy?” asked the
-boy, smiling radiantly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Wonder and fear in those eyes changed to a
-joy that was nothing less than bliss.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, Bobby! You’re alive!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ll say so!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby!” she screamed, and threw her arms
-about his neck.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, I say!” protested the highly embarrassed
-youth, “cut out the rough stuff.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But, Bobby,” continued Peggy, whose face
-was irradiated with joy, “I saw you drown
-myself!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You did not. A nice, big man came and
-fished me out.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, thank God! Last night I couldn’t
-sleep a wink thinking of you and your poor
-mother. Where is she, Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I wish I knew, Peggy. Didn’t you see her
-last?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then Peggy told Bobby her side of the
-story.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And so my mother thinks I’m drowned!
-I never thought of that, Peggy. But I’ll tell
-Uncle Compton, and he’ll find where she is and
-let her know that I’m alive.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Uncle Compton! Why, is he your uncle?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t know; it all depends. First I was
-his aunt, and then his uncle, and then his grandfather.
-He said so himself. Anyhow, I call
-him uncle. He’s a dandy.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Isn’t he, though!” exclaimed Peggy. “I
-just love him. He’s so kind to children. You
-know, Bobby, I work with him.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What!” cried Bobby, picking up the chair
-which Peggy in rising had upset, and seating
-himself. “Why, yesterday you never said a
-word to me about your being in the movies.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I didn’t think it would interest you. I’m
-in his new play, and there’s an awfully tough
-bellhop in it who takes a fancy to me, and
-I reform him.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby took in a deep breath, and expelled it
-in a sort of whistle.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’m the bellhop,” he said, lowering his eyes,
-turning down a corner of his mouth, drawing
-in and upward his shoulders.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby!” panted Peggy, “let me have that
-chair.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby, changing back to himself, arose and
-helped Peggy to seat herself. Peggy was faint
-with joy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say,” cried the boy, “we’ll have dead loads
-of fun.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh!” said Peggy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And we’ll make it go.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I know it,” said Peggy. “Just then you
-looked like the kind of bellhop I’d like to reform.
-But tell me how you got here.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Between the ax, Peggy,” said Bobby, magnificently,
-after the manner of Compton explaining
-to the janitor. “I’ll tell you between
-the ax. I’ll tell you then. I’m now going to
-dress or I’ll be late.”</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='104' id='Page_104'></span><h1>CHAPTER IX<br/> <span class='sub-head'>SHOWING THAT IMITATION IS NOT ALWAYS THE SINCEREST FLATTERY, AND RETURNING TO THE MISADVENTURES OF BOBBY’S MOTHER</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>There was great headway made on the
-picture that day. Bernadette, already
-in love with Peggy, took Bobby into her affections
-too. Bobby and Peggy worked together
-like the clever and gifted pals they
-actually were. Even the “hams” caught the
-infection of joy, alertness and enthusiasm.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, old man,” said Heneman, in an aside
-to Compton, “we’ve got something unusual
-here. Every man, woman and child in this
-picture is all right from the toes up to the
-top of the head. None of them are good just
-as far as the neck. We’re going to speed this
-thing up and have it out in two weeks. We
-can do it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I never saw Peggy do so well before, and
-she always was a corking little actress,” commented
-Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It’s Bobby,” explained the director. “He’s
-got a diffusive sort of pep; it’s catching. I’ve
-got a great scene coming. When Bob gets
-to admiring Peggy—in the play, I mean—I’m
-going to have him show his admiration by
-imitation. The boy is a born imitator. Of
-course he’ll have to caricature it, especially her
-dancing. It’s going to be the very best sort
-of light comedy.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“If imitation,” mused Compton, “is the beginning,
-middle and end of all acting, Bobby
-will be a star. Between times he’s taking off
-every carpenter, electrician or camera man
-around who happens to have any peculiarity.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’d like to see him have a part where he
-could star,” said Heneman. “It isn’t work to
-train him. It’s fun.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The days passed swiftly. Everybody concerned
-in the production was on edge to get
-it through. There were no hitches, no delays.
-Bobby and Peggy worked their parts
-into an importance undreamed of by the author
-of the scenario. There was but one unpleasant
-episode. It happened on the eighth
-day. A girl of fifteen enjoying a local reputation
-for calisthenics had been secured to give a
-short exhibition of her grace and skill. The
-young miss more than shared the good opinion
-of her admirers concerning her own ability,
-and made no secret of it. While awaiting
-her turn she watched the performers at work,
-with scarcely veiled contempt. Several of the
-actors gave her an opportunity to snub them,
-and in every case she embraced the opportunity.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You don’t mean to say,” she observed to
-Peggy, “that they pay you for what you’re doing
-here.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“They pay me every week.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s what you call easy money, isn’t it?
-And I suppose that little boy there gets paid,
-too. And all he does is just to be natural.
-Now, I’ve studied Delsarte for over five years,
-and fancy dancing for three; and when I appear,
-though it’s only for four or five minutes,
-I’m putting into my work the study of a lifetime.”
-Saying which, the young lady with elevated
-brows and haughty carriage turned away
-to seek some other person who ought to be
-snubbed. When it came to elevating brows
-and assuming a haughty carriage Bobby Vernon
-was unusually gifted, as he forthwith demonstrated
-to Peggy in a splendid caricature of
-the follower of Delsarte. The girl’s mother
-was on hand and observed Bobby’s private performance
-with strong disfavor. She did not
-like Bobby anyhow. It had become a personal
-matter with her that Bobby was drawing a
-higher salary than her own accomplished and
-superior child.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Presently the dear child performed her
-stunt. It was really good, good despite a certain
-superciliousness in the doing. Now
-Bobby could not help noticing this defect, and
-it was so easily imitated. He watched carefully
-for some time until he had got a fair
-idea of a few of the young miss’s simplest
-movements; then calling Peggy aside he gave,
-all things considered, a very good Delsarte exhibition,
-with a strong injection of the supercilious.
-Peggy’s sweet voice rang out in laughter
-which attracted several to the side-show;
-and Bobby, unconscious of the addition to his
-original audience of one, went on, gaining in
-force of caricature with each movement. It
-was when his nose was tiptilted to an unusual
-angle and his eyebrows raised as far as he
-could get them that the fond mother caught
-him by the hair and gave him, as she afterwards
-triumphantly declared, “a good wooling.” It
-took the major part of the spectators to separate
-the woman from her victim. However,
-Bobby got a good lesson. It dawned upon
-him that in “taking off” people he met he
-might give offense. From that day he became
-a little more careful. Mr. Compton too, his
-best friend, let him know that it served him
-right, although he did not express the opinion
-in terms so crude. Bobby apologized, and
-sealed the apology with a box of candy. The
-young miss, seeing herself as others saw her,
-received in turn a valuable lesson, with the result
-that on repeating her part she did it in
-a way that pleased everybody present, including
-Bobby himself.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Meditating on all this that afternoon, John
-Compton got a bright idea.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby,” he said, as they turned homewards,
-“for the next seven days I want you to give
-your evenings to reading while I work.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Work?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes. I’ve just got the idea for a scenario
-in which you will star. It’s a sure thing. As
-I see it now it will be something new and, if
-it goes through as I think, you’ll earn enough
-money to pay off everything your mother
-owes.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Great!” exclaimed the boy. “Say; you
-know of course I believe all right. But don’t
-you think God is taking His time about answering
-my prayers?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I thought you said that you left it all to
-Him,” remonstrated Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I do, I do. But I do so miss her, especially
-at night.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>No one knew this better than John Compton.
-When the boy’s thoughts were occupied
-by the day’s work and incidents, he was apparently
-care-free; but at night alone, as
-Compton could testify, his tears were frequent.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Never mind, Bobby. I’m as sure as you
-that no real harm has befallen your mother.
-And we’re bound to find her. The detective
-agency I have put on the case is working
-hard. Be patient, my boy, and each day of
-her absence think that you are working for
-her.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>While the two were thus conversing the object
-of their talk was standing beside the ranchman’s
-wife. Like her child, love was the great
-force of Mrs. Vernon’s life. From the moment
-she entered the ranchman’s home, her
-heart went out to the frail, sweet woman upon
-whom the hand of death seemed to have set
-his seal. She saw at once that nothing but
-heroic, constant care and watching would avail.
-Day after day she gave herself devotedly to
-the task of fighting with death for the prize
-of a single life. She hardly slept, she ate little,
-but the very power of love that had nearly
-driven her to madness nerved her for an ordeal
-sublime in its self-sacrifice.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>In those eight days a change had come over
-Barbara. She was thin, hollow-eyed, and a
-waxen pallor had come upon her face. The
-light lines of utmost weariness were stamped
-upon her features. But the chin was set, the
-mouth firm. The only relief to her constant
-vigils were the visits of the children. They
-were grateful beyond their years, and their
-gratitude manifested itself in little hourly attentions
-which only love could have devised. It
-was but natural that Barbara should return
-their affection, and she did so with interest.
-And in loving them she felt that she was vicariously
-spending her love upon her dear lost
-boy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Upon this particular afternoon her haggard
-face, lovely even in its haggardness, was
-touched by a new expression—satisfaction.
-Clearly her invalid was better. Even as she
-gazed the doctor entered the room.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Good day, Doctor Meehan,” she said, “I’m
-so glad you came. Don’t you notice a change?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Let me look,” responded the doctor, drawing
-close and peering into the invalid’s face.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Halloa!” he exclaimed, and felt her pulse.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Jim Regan, the ranchman, with his two children,
-Agnes and Louis, had followed him into
-the room.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“By George, Regan!” said the doctor,
-straightening up and turning with a smile of
-relief upon the family, “this is no age of miracles.
-But we have a near-miracle here. Your
-wife is no longer ill; she’s convalescent. All
-she needs is rest and food and ordinary care.
-Barbara Vernon has, with her own hands,
-dragged her back from the grave. Halloa!
-What’s the matter?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was Mrs. Vernon who had drawn this
-question from the doctor. On hearing the glad
-news that brought tears and smiles of joy
-from the family, Barbara’s face flushed with
-a sense of relief, went pale again, and, the suspense
-over, she would have fallen had not the
-doctor caught her in his arms.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>He placed her upon a lounge and made a
-hasty examination.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I hope this is not a life for a life,” he said
-presently. “But the sick person of this house
-is not your wife, but Barbara Vernon. She’s
-in for a long siege, I fear.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Doctor,” said the ranchman, “if love or
-money can help her, I’ll not fail. Tell me what
-to do.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I like that sort of talk,” said the physician.
-“She needs a nurse badly, as badly as
-your wife needed one. Now, fortunately I
-have at my disposal the very nurse I would
-have had for your wife.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Can you send her, doctor?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ll have her here before nightfall, and she’ll
-bring the necessary medicines and directions as
-to the line of treatment I want carried out
-for Barbara, who has collapsed completely.
-Now mind, it isn’t altogether her care of your
-wife that has brought this on. If Barbara
-Vernon has not had some terrible nervous
-shock before you met her, you may tear up my
-diploma and put me to carrying a hod. Barbara
-is threatened with a serious nervous collapse.
-Put her to bed at once, and keep her
-there till further orders.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And what about my wife?” asked Regan.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“The simplest thing in the world. She
-hardly needs watching at all, and that jewel
-of a girl of yours, Agnes, can do all that’s
-needed to the queen’s taste.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, I love to nurse,” said the girl. “I’ve
-watched dear Miss Barbara, and I’ve learned
-so much. I know I can do it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I believe you, my girl,” said the doctor
-kindly. “In fact, I’m sure of you. Now your
-father and I will carry Barbara to her bedroom,
-and you will then care for her till our
-nurse comes. I’ll lose no time in getting her.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>So Barbara was put to bed, and many and
-many a week passed before she rose from it
-again.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='114' id='Page_114'></span><h1>CHAPTER X<br/> <span class='sub-head'>BOBBY, ASSISTED BY PEGGY, DEMONSTRATES A METHOD OF OBSERVING SILENCE, AND CELEBRATES A RED-LETTER DAY</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, uncle,” said Bobby one afternoon
-as the two were returning from a very
-successful day’s work at the Lantry Studio,
-“do you know that Peggy Sansone goes to
-communion every morning?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, she does, does she?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes, at the seven-o’clock Mass. She used
-to go only once a week.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why has she changed?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That is what gets me, uncle. She’s going
-every day in thanksgiving because I was not
-drowned.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s very nice of her.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Isn’t it? And she offers up each communion
-for my mother.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I wish there were more Peggies in the
-world.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“So do I. Now look, uncle—I want to go
-to communion, too. I’m old enough to make
-my first communion.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Sure, Bobby! You just go on and make
-it. Do you want to do it now?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Look here, uncle; I’m—I’m surprised at
-you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, what have I done now?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Don’t you know a boy must be prepared,
-and go to confession and get permission of the
-priest to go to communion?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You don’t say!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes. And you can’t go any time. Why,
-uncle, if I were to go into the church now
-and ask for communion the priest would
-think I was a nut. No, you must go at Mass
-in the morning, and be fasting from midnight.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What do you mean by communion,
-Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Don’t you know that? It means the receiving
-of Our Lord’s body and blood under the
-form and appearance of bread.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, I remember,” said Compton. “One
-day on our way down to the studio, when we
-went into the church for your visit, the priest
-came down from the altar and put small, white,
-round things on the tongues of some people
-who came up near the altar. Is that what you
-mean?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No, I don’t. He comes down and gives
-them Our Lord, and those small, white, round
-things are the form and appearance of bread.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And do you really believe that, Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Believe it!” cried Bobby. “Why, of course
-I do!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Please tell me why. You see, Bobby, if an
-honest man tells me something about what I
-don’t see—for instance, that his horse is black—I
-believe him. But no matter how honest
-he is, if he tells me the horse he is riding on
-is black and I see the horse is white, how can I
-accept his statement?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, that’s easy,” said Bobby. “Not exactly
-easy,” he hastened to add, “till it’s been
-explained right. You see, before I left Cincinnati
-I was in a communion class, and we had
-the nicest priest, who seemed to love every
-child in the class, and there were eighty of us,
-not one over eight years. We left Cincinnati
-just one week before our communion day, and
-that is why I haven’t made it. But he taught
-us a lot, and that is one of the things he taught
-us. Do you want me to explain?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I certainly do, Bobby.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, listen. You believe in God, don’t
-you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton looked irresolute.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, don’t you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, suppose that I do.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“All right. Now God is the creator of all
-things. He can make things out of nothing.
-Can’t He?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Go on, Bobby.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now, if He can create out of nothing, He
-can make a thing nothing again if He wants
-to.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That is,” suggested Compton, “He can annihilate.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say,” cried Bobby, highly gratified, “where
-did you get that word? It’s the one our priest
-used, but I couldn’t think of it. It’s easy to
-teach you. Now look—stand still here.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton stood still, facing Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You’re here now, aren’t you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s certain.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Couldn’t God, if He wanted, annihilate you
-just where you are?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Let’s suppose He could.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Then there wouldn’t be any John Compton.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I see.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But if God could annihilate you, couldn’t
-He leave here where you stand a form and
-appearance that would look just exactly like
-you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That would be a dummy.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now, you hold on, uncle! Couldn’t God
-put inside that form and appearance of yours
-a spirit—an angel maybe—so that your form
-and appearance, under the power of that angel,
-would talk and act exactly like you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t think an angel would talk and act
-like me.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, you’re getting the idea. It isn’t a
-question whether an angel would talk and act
-like you; the question is, could an angel do
-it?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It sounds all right.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now,” said Bobby triumphantly, poking
-his uncle in the ribs, “suppose that God just
-now annihilated you and put an angel in your
-place, how could I know it wasn’t you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, you just couldn’t know. You would
-think it was me.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Think again, uncle; it’s a hard question.
-It stumped the whole of our communion class
-for five minutes, and I got the right answer,
-and the priest gave me a holy picture for answering
-it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton wrinkled his brows in thought.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“There’s one thing sure,” he at length said,
-“God would know that the thing in my place
-was not John Compton.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Uncle, you’re getting hot.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And therefore,” pursued Compton, speaking
-slowly, “if God told you—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Hurrah!” cried Bobby, clicking his heels together
-as he jumped into the air. “You go to
-the head of the class. I’d know it if God told
-me.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But would you believe it?” objected the
-elder.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby’s lip curled.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, uncle, didn’t we agree that God could
-do it?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, yes.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why shouldn’t we believe Him, then?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I guess you’re right. But what’s that got
-to do with Holy Communion?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Listen. At the Last Supper, Christ, who
-was God, took bread, and blessed it, and said:
-‘Take ye and eat; this is my body.’ ”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I remember hearing that.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And didn’t the Apostles believe Him?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I suppose they did.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And yet what Christ held in His hands
-looked like bread, tasted and felt and smelt
-like bread. Was it bread?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes; I guess it was bread.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now, look here, uncle—who am I to believe,
-you or Christ?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What’s that—Oh, why Christ of course.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, you say it’s bread, and a whole lot
-of people say the same thing. But Christ says
-it is His body, and His word is worth more
-than the word of all the duffers in the world.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Let’s walk on,” said Compton, and fell into
-thought. “Bobby, why do you want to make
-your first communion?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Because I want to pray for my mother and—and
-for you, and to get grace and strength.
-You know, uncle, it’s the greatest thing in the
-world.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, suppose we go in and see a priest?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Uncle!” exclaimed Bobby, “you’re all
-right.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Father Mallory, a zealous, kindly young
-priest, received Bobby with a rare cordiality,
-and while Compton sat by in respectful attention,
-questioned the boy at length.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Mr. Compton,” said Father Mallory, before
-ten minutes had quite elapsed, “this boy
-is as well prepared as any child I ever met.
-He has brains and, what is immeasurably better,
-faith. Bobby, you may go to confession,
-say, three days from now, and then to communion
-the next day, Saturday morning.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, Father,” said Bobby, “thank you!
-And may I use that telephone?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Certainly.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That you, Peggy?—Yes, this is Bobby.
-Say, I’ve got great news.—No, no news of my
-mother, but I know she’s all right.—Guess
-again.—No.—You’re getting cold.—Now
-you’re getting warmer. Oh, say; I’ll bust if
-I keep it in any longer. I’m going to make my
-first communion next Saturday.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The two in waiting heard clearly a scream
-of delight.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Isn’t it great?” pursued the boy. “And if
-Father Mallory, who is a jim-dandy, will let
-me, I’m going to go every day. Yes, I thought
-you’d be glad to know. Good-by.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I was talking to Peggy,” explained Bobby
-as he hung up the receiver. “She’s mighty
-glad, too.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The next three days were crowded ones.
-Bobby, who had heard of retreats before first
-communion, decided that he would try, so far
-as he could, to make one.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Uncle,” he said the next morning, “I’ve
-been thinking last night, and I’m going to keep
-silence for three days.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Eh?” cried Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes; I’m going to make a retreat before
-my first communion—that is, as much as I can.
-Of course I’ll work just the same.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>In like manner he conveyed his intentions
-to Peggy, who thought it a capital idea. And
-during these three days the company derived
-no end of innocent merriment from the pantomime
-performances of Peggy and the boy, who
-really kept silence, but who nevertheless
-showed an extraordinary ability in conveying
-his emotions by gestures and motions and facial
-expression. On the whole, Peggy and Bobby
-during these three days had the time of their
-lives. It must be stated that Bobby more than
-once fell from grace, and made an attempt
-at starting a conversation. But Peggy, older
-by two years, was resolute. Up went her finger
-to the mouth, while reproach, gentle but
-sincere, shone from her eyes.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Only once did Peggy fail in her duty as
-directress of this unusual retreat. On the third
-day Bobby handed her a note.</p>
-
-<div class='blockquote'>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Miss Peggy: I go to communion to-morrow at
-the eight-o’clock Mass. This is to let you know.
-Your pal,</p>
-
-<p class='line' style='text-align:right;margin-right:1em;'>“<span class='sc'>Bobby</span>.”</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy in the course of these three days had
-received twenty-four written communications
-from her pal. They were all carefully preserved
-among her treasured possessions.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, Bobby,” she exclaimed on the reading
-of this, the twenty-fifth, “may I sit next to you,
-and go up alongside and receive with you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I was hoping you would ask that,” returned
-Bobby. “I won’t miss mother so
-much.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>And then with bright and flashing eyes they
-broke into a conversation which would not interest
-the reader, but which, I am sure, was
-listened to with loving attention by at least
-two angels. How long they would have continued
-is beyond conjecture had not Miss Bernadette
-Vivian happened along.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“So you’re talking once more, are you?” she
-remarked. “Let me in, too, on this conversation.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, I forgot,” said Bobby, looking contrite.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And so did I,” added Peggy. “Bobby!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby looked into her reproving eyes and
-beheld a warning finger at her lips. They
-talked no more that day.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>During this odd triduum Bobby made it a
-point on the way home to visit the Blessed
-Sacrament. He remained on each occasion
-for half an hour, during which time his uncle
-indulged in conversation with Father Mallory.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>On the last day Bobby made his general confession,
-while Peggy waited without on her
-knees, her eyes fastened on the tabernacle, her
-lips moving in prayer that her pal might make
-it a good one. They parted wordlessly without
-the vestibule, though it was a matter of
-five minutes before their adieus were completed.
-Indeed, they might have gone on for
-a much longer period in their making of farewells
-had not a bright-eyed boy, an acolyte of
-the church, after watching them for a few minutes
-in wide-eyed amazement, called out to a
-young friend on the sidewalk, “Hey, Jimmie,
-come on here quick. There’s a couple of deaf-mutes
-here talking the sign language.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then they parted.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The next morning the romantic little church
-at Hollywood had, considering that it was a
-week day, an unusual number of worshipers
-at the eight-o’clock Mass. The director, Joseph
-Heneman, was there, and every actor in
-the play now nearing completion. Even the
-exponent of the Delsarte system, a chastened
-young lady, was in attendance. Many were
-non-Catholics. Many had come to see, but, I
-firmly believe, all remained to pray.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Just before the Mass Mr. Compton, looking
-like the last possibility in the way of a
-comedian, walked up the aisle behind Bobby,
-who, with eyes cast down and hands clasped
-in reverence, seemed oblivious, as in fact he
-was of course, of everything and every one.
-Compton saw him into a seat in the front pew
-and modestly took his own place in the pew
-behind. A few seconds later Peggy appeared.
-She walked up the aisle rather briskly. Nor
-were her eyes cast down. Peggy had business.
-It was no difficult task to discover
-Bobby, and to him she went. Leaning over
-so as to bring her head on a line with that of
-the kneeling boy, she handed him an ivory-bound
-prayer-book, her own communion present
-for the lad. Then she opened the book
-and pointed out to Bobby the prayers he should
-recite in preparation for his first communion.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby and Peggy were dressed in white; and
-if ever that color, emblematic of innocence,
-was appropriate to any occasion, it was appropriate
-to this. To some gazing on the two
-it was a vision. A non-Catholic, a man who
-had scored and been scarred in the battle of
-life, whispered to his neighbor:</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“How those little ones love each other!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You are right,” returned the other. “And
-it is a love which draws down in admiration
-‘the angels in heaven above,’ and sends ‘the
-demons down under the sea’ scattering.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s just what I mean,” said the first,
-and—a thing that had not occurred in his life
-since early boyhood—fell to praying.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy, having accomplished her mission,
-now passed over to the opposite pew, where,
-kneeling as immobile as a statue, she remained
-until the time of communion. The two went
-up together, and as they passed up to the communion
-railing a wave of the supernatural
-swept over every one present; and when, having
-received the Body of the Lord, they arose
-and turned, their faces were enough to make an
-atheist believe in God.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The non-Catholics present were carried
-away; and they left the church as though they
-had seen a vision.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>To describe the breakfast, with Bobby at the
-head and Peggy at the foot, and every member
-of the company seated between, would be
-an anti-climax. It was a happy party.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='128' id='Page_128'></span><h1>CHAPTER XI<br/> <span class='sub-head'>THE END OF ONE SCENARIO AND THE OUTLINING OF COMPTON’S GREAT IDEA</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>On that very day the picture was to be finished.
-So far the going had been unusually
-good, and the wind-up would take but
-a few hours. It mattered little, therefore, that
-the director began work an hour late. Present
-at this last rehearsal were a striking-looking
-boy of eight or nine and an extremely beautiful
-girl of seven. Bobby’s eyes rested upon
-them, and, as he showed by a grin, he was
-pleased.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Good morning,” he said.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Good morning, Bobby,” said the boy, reaching
-out the hand of cordiality. “My name is
-Francis Mason. I’m in the movies myself.
-Say, I saw you make your first communion.
-It was nice.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The little girl during this introduction was
-beaming impartially on both. It was the sweet
-smile of trusting youth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I was there too, Bobby,” she added. “I’m
-not a Catholic, but it was just lovely. My
-name is Pearl Wright. I’m in the movies,
-too.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“We’ve come to see you and Peggy,” smiled
-Francis.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes,” added Pearl. “We’ve heard a lot
-about you; and it was very nice of Mr. Compton
-to get us in.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then Peggy came over, and a fellowship
-was there and then formed between the four
-juvenile stars, which, in the retrospect, will
-take on all the glory of romance.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>At about eleven o’clock Peggy and Bobby
-had completed their work. So far as they
-were concerned the picture was done. Then
-it was that Compton called the four children
-aside.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, Mr. Compton,” said Francis, “those
-two sure know how to act. It beats anything
-I ever saw.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s what I think,” Pearl put in. “I
-could just look at Peggy and Bobby all day
-and all night.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You don’t know, children, how glad I am
-to see you get on so well together.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“We’re friends, you see,” smiled Pearl.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I believe you,” said Compton. “Now come
-with me.” Saying which he led them into a
-set well screened off from observation.
-“There’s a little dance in the play, Pearl and
-Francis, which is done by Peggy and Bobby.
-It’s a very pretty thing, and is really the creation
-of Peggy Sansone.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No, no,” dissented the Italian. “I just saw
-a minuet and a gavotte and some other dances
-and pieced them together.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It was fine piecing, at any rate, Peggy.
-Now what I like about it is that it has all
-that is lovely you can find in any dance, and
-expresses grace and springtime and innocent
-gayety without the least taint of the low or
-the sensual. Now I want you two children to
-watch Peggy and Bobby while they do it for
-your benefit. I’ll be back in a few minutes.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>In point of fact he did not return until the
-word finis, almost two hours later, had been
-pronounced. The picture was done. When
-he returned he was in the company of Mr.
-Heneman. Their entrance was not observed;
-the four youngsters were too engrossed to be
-easily aroused. Bobby was placing Francis in
-a pose which called for some unusual control
-of one’s equilibrium; Peggy was marking a
-line on the floor, upon which Pearl was gazing
-as though it were an exhibit of diamonds.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Didn’t I tell you?” said Compton triumphantly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You were a prophet,” answered the manager,
-smiling broadly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, goody!” cried Peggy, lifting her eyes
-and spying the visitors. “You’re just in time.
-Francis and Pearl, just as soon as we finished,
-started to do it themselves.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Aha!” said Compton <span class='it'>sotto voce</span>. “Didn’t
-I tell you? Imitation!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes,” added Bobby, “and they came mighty
-near getting it right the first time. Didn’t
-they, Peggy?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“They did, Bobby.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And then,” put in Pearl with dancing eyes,
-“Peggy started us to making it a dance for
-four. And we’ve had such a good time that—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That we didn’t miss you at all,” broke in
-Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And,” added Francis, looking at his wrist
-watch, “we didn’t even notice it was an hour
-past dinner time.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Look,” said Compton to the director.
-“Could you, from here to New York, find four
-sweeter children?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And they’re all first-rate actors, too,” said
-the manager, who looked as happy as though
-he had come into a fortune. “Compton, I
-think you have hit upon a big thing.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I know it,” said Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The children meanwhile had put their heads
-together, literally and figuratively.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You do it,” said Peggy to Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No, you do it. It’s your dance, anyhow.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“All right,” sighed Peggy. Then advancing
-to the two elders, she went on:</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Please, wouldn’t you like to see our little
-dance?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Nothing would please us better,” answered
-Heneman.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Thank you. Come on now; we’re going to
-show them what we’ve learned.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It is hard to interest a seasoned director
-in such things, and almost impossible to secure
-the interest of a Compton. But there are
-exceptions to every rule. For five minutes or
-more the audience of two was spellbound.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was a variation of the original dance, a
-wonderful variation, retaining all its grace
-and beauty and springtime aroma, with little
-touches, magical touches, which charmed it into
-the realms of fairyland.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“By jove,” roared the manager, “that’s simply
-wonderful! Peggy, you’re a genius!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Listen, children,” said Compton. “You’ve
-done more than I expected. I had a bet with
-the manager that if I put you together, Pearl
-and Francis would go to work and pick up that
-dance. But you’ve done more. You’ve saved
-me the trouble of getting up a dance to fit into
-our new scenario which we start at the day
-after to-morrow. It is called ‘Imitation,’ and
-you are all four to be in it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The children gazed at each other in speechless
-joy and wonder.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“There are to be four principals: Bobby,
-Francis, Peggy and Pearl. Mr. Heneman and
-myself have chosen you because we know you
-can act, and—and—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Because we love you,” supplemented Heneman.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Whereupon Pearl and Peggy threw their
-arms about each other’s necks and the two boys
-rolled over in ecstasy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“So that is what you’ve been working on,
-uncle?” asked Bobby when he had finally come
-once more to his feet.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes. You gave me the idea, Bobby. You
-know you’re always doing what other people
-are doing. You’re always taking somebody
-off.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Like a policeman?” inquired Pearl.
-“Well,” she went on to explain, “the policeman
-on our beat sometimes takes people off. I saw
-him once myself.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>While Peggy, drawing Pearl aside, instructed
-her in the meaning of the expression on this
-occasion, Mr. Compton proceeded:</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“The idea came to me on the day you took
-off that Delsarte girl and got wooled for your
-pains. It struck me that I could build up a
-story on the idea of four entirely different children,
-different in their surroundings, their station
-in life, their education and their refinement,
-being brought together. The tenement
-girl is thrown in with the daughter of a magnate;
-and the son of the same magnate is
-thrown in with a tough little kid who is by
-way of developing into a first-rate pickpocket.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Something like the first part of Oliver
-Twist?” ventured Peggy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“In a way, yes. But here’s the difference:
-No children are really bad, and some who are
-on the way to wickedness may have splendid
-qualities. And that’s the way it is to be in this
-play. All four children are to have splendid
-qualities. Francis will be the tough boy; but
-he is naturally kind and brave. Bobby will
-be the magnate’s son—good, but sissified.
-Peggy will be a child of the tenements, rough
-in her ways and uncouth. You, Pearl, will
-be the magnate’s daughter, nice as pie, but
-babyish. And you and Peggy will fall to liking
-each other just the same as Bobby and
-Francis. And here’s where the difference
-comes in from the story of Oliver Twist. Because
-you like each other you will each try
-to resemble each other. What Peggy admires
-in Pearl she will try to be; and Pearl will try
-to resemble Peggy in her best qualities. You
-see the idea?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Where’s the action coming in?” asked
-Francis.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, that’s another thing. A kidnaper
-steals the magnate’s two children. He puts
-the girl in a tenement in charge of Peggy’s
-father, and puts the boy with a friend who is
-a thief and a maker of thieves. Peggy and
-Francis, their children, are won over by love
-to your side, Bobby. They help you to escape.
-Francis and Bobby succeed in escaping
-first. Then Francis traces you girls, and he
-and Bobby contrive to get you free. You
-tramp along the road until, footsore and
-weary, you happen upon the home of a kind
-and fairly wealthy married couple. It is there
-that Peggy and Pearl, who have long danced
-together, teach you, and it is there that Bobby’s
-and Pearl’s mother unexpectedly arrives,
-and clasps her children to her arms, and Francis
-doesn’t have to pick pockets or Peggy sell
-newspapers any more. The magnate and his
-family find that their boy and girl have kept
-all their good qualities and gained many new
-ones, while, as for Peggy and Francis, they
-have so changed that no friend of former days
-would know them. And so you live happily
-ever afterwards.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, that’s swell!” cried Francis.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I just love it!” exclaimed Peggy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And am I to wear the tenement clothes in
-the dance?” asked Peggy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s what I’d like to know, too—about
-my clothes,” said Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, no. The nice gentleman and his wife,
-once they have seen you rehearse, dress you up
-just fit to kill, and all four of you when you
-do your dance will look like magnified humming
-birds.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I am so glad to hear that!” said Peggy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Did you ever see a girl,” observed the philosophic
-Francis, “who didn’t like to fix herself
-up in her prettiest?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You were just as anxious as I was,” flared
-Peggy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, it’s going to be great,” said Francis.
-“I wish we could start in right now.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The meeting broke up in happy shouts and
-merry laughter, and, I believe, all four in slumber
-dreamed that night of happy things, not
-far off, but coming towards them in the bright
-hues of romance.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='138' id='Page_138'></span><h1>CHAPTER XII<br/> <span class='sub-head'>BOBBY BECOMES FAMOUS OVERNIGHT</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, how is your ‘Imitation’ getting
-along?” asked the head of the scenario
-department in the Lantry Studio some three
-weeks later.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Getting on!” repeated Compton. “Getting
-on is no name for it. Do you know, Moore,
-that, other things being equal, children are the
-finest actors in the world? You see, they are
-docile. You tell ’em to do a thing and how
-to do it; and if they get your meaning that’s
-enough. Of course we’re extremely fortunate;
-we’ve got together four of the brightest
-children in or out of movieland. And they are
-such pals! They all stand up for each other;
-they all help each other. Of course they have
-a little tiff now and then. Otherwise we
-wouldn’t know they were human. We might
-conclude that they were not descended from
-Adam.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Eh?” said the astonished Moore, taking his
-pipe out of his mouth. “Where did you get
-that sort of talk? I thought you were a giddy
-pagan, foolish but harmless.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well,” laughed Compton, reddening slightly,
-“I hope I’m getting more sense.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You need it,” said Moore dryly, replacing
-his pipe and puffing comfortably. “But to return
-to our mutton—which one of your heaven-descended
-quartet is doing best?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That,” returned Compton, “is a question
-which Joe Heneman and myself discuss every
-day. Sometimes we think it’s Peggy. Those
-large, dark eyes of hers can be so wistful and,
-on occasion, so tragic. The next day we settle
-upon Francis. In dealing with Bobby in
-the play he can be so genial and smile upon
-him with the serene philosophy of one so much
-older, so much more intimately acquainted with
-the ways of the world. By the time we have
-settled upon Francis along comes Pearl with
-the sweetest smile and the most gracious manner.
-Bobby is in the running all the time.
-In the trick of imitating he leads them all. We
-haven’t come yet to the great scene, the scene
-where he meets his mother after an absence of
-four weeks. That, so far as the children are
-concerned, is the last scene. I’m confident
-that Bobby, if he performs it as I think, will
-bring tears to the eyes of millions; and if he
-does he will be the star of stars.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Did you know, Compton, that Bobby made
-his first screen appearance on the Broadways
-of the big cities yesterday?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s a fact! I had quite forgotten.
-Yesterday was the day of release. I hope
-they’ll like me in it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t think they’ll bother about you. It
-is Bobby they will like,” said Moore.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And I forgot to look at the papers this
-morning,” mused Compton regretfully.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I did not forget, but I haven’t had time.
-Wait a minute; there may be something about
-it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Moore returned shortly, wearing a smile and
-waving the Los Angeles <span class='it'>Times</span>.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, that old thing of yours, ‘You Hardly
-Can Tell,’ has scored a tremendous hit. Look
-at these headlines!” And Compton looked and
-gasped. These were the headlines:</p>
-
-<div class='lgc' style=''> <!-- rend=';' -->
-<p class='line'><span class='sc'>Who Is the Star of “You Hardly Can Tell?”</span></p>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<p class='line'><span class='it'>Bobby Compton the New Juvenile Star or John Compton the Comedian? You Hardly Can Tell.</span></p>
-</div> <!-- end rend -->
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say,” exclaimed Compton, running his eyes
-down the review itself, “that’s good stuff! I’m
-a little jealous of my reputation, but there are
-a few persons in the world who may outshine
-me, and I’m glad of it; and Bobby is first of
-all.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I think,” said Moore, “that you’ll have
-plenty of chance to be glad, then.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“The boy comes by his gifts honestly,” continued
-Compton. “His father was an actor,
-and as for his mother, though she never appeared
-upon the regular stage, she was a wonder,
-both at the convent school and later in
-society, as an amateur actress. Nothing could
-persuade her to go on the stage, though she
-received before her marriage most tempting
-offers.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You know a lot about her,” said Moore
-incredulously.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I didn’t live in Los Angeles all my life,”
-returned Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, say, uncle,” cried Bobby, all out of
-breath, “there’s a reporter man here and he
-wants to take my picture.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The two men glanced at each other.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Behold the entrance to the gates of fame,”
-exclaimed Moore, airily waving his pipe.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Come on, Bobby,” said Compton, “I’ll go
-with you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, uncle, what’s a Lothario?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Eh?” queried the amazed comedian.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“A L-o-t-h-a-r-i-o?” spelled the boy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, that’s the name of a person.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Is your name Lothario, uncle?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Certainly not. What makes you ask
-that?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Because I heard that new star with the
-doll face, Bennie Burnside, say that you were
-a gay Lothario.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bennie Burnside,” said Compton severely,
-“on the outside is a fine figure of a man from
-the soles of his feet to the top of his head. On
-the inside he is absolutely perfect up to and including
-his neck. He is a matinee idol.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But, uncle, what is a gay Lothario?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It is said of the kind of fool who is soon
-parted from his money; it means a man whose
-most earnest endeavor is to make an ass of
-himself.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But you’re not a fool, uncle.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Thank you, Bobby. I will try to believe
-you. Anyhow, I may be a fool now, but I am
-not the forty-three varieties of fool I once
-was.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Indeed, so great a change had come upon
-John Compton since the arrival of Bobby that
-all the world—the moving-picture world, at
-any rate—wondered. Nothing could persuade
-him to leave his quarters at night. The
-dance knew him no more; the hotel lobby,
-whither a certain set of foolishly joyous moving-picture
-men most did congregate, missed
-him from his accustomed place. A local magistrate
-wondered what had become of him. He
-had not been fined for speeding in five weeks.
-In a word, John Compton had suddenly abandoned
-his mad quest of pleasure, and, having
-abandoned the quest, was cheerier, happier
-than he had been since attaining his majority.
-Compton was known to be a man of more than
-ordinary intellect. His friends had for years
-expected great things of him. In college days
-he had given promise of developing into a
-writer of taste and imagination. But he had
-so far disappointed these high expectations.
-His pen had been barren, his life had been
-strewn with good intentions—till Bobby came.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>And now it was so different. He had written
-a scenario, “Imitation,” which was new in
-matter, touching in treatment, and which, in
-the opinion of the Lantry Studio critics, gave
-promise to set a high mark for other scenario
-writers. He was already busy upon a second
-play. Bobby was almost his sole companion
-in these days, Bobby and Father Mallory, for
-whom he had conceived a strong liking, and
-whom he visited regularly every afternoon.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As the two made their way to an office where
-the reporter was cooling his heels there came
-swooping upon them, dressed for their respective
-parts, Peggy and Francis and Pearl.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Hey, Bobby!” “Gee, Bobby!” “Oh,
-Bobby!” they shouted in a splendid enthusiasm,
-“you’re in the headlines.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>They had the morning paper between them,
-and in each one’s endeavor to show Bobby the
-place and the words they damaged the sheet
-considerably.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And we’re all so glad!” said Francis, who
-had himself starred in five productions.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“We’re proud of you, Bobby,” said Pearl,
-smiling angelically.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And we all love you,” chimed in Peggy,
-“and Mr. Compton,” she thoughtfully added.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Just wait until I read this,” said Bobby.
-And while, moving his mouth in the slow pronunciation
-of each word, the lad read his own
-praises, Francis, in a dreamy ecstasy, seated
-himself, absently placing in his mouth the pipe
-he was later to use in the production, and gazed
-upon the loved one in happy and ungrudging
-admiration.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, just wait till they see ‘Imitation,’ ”
-said Bobby, after glancing over the text under
-the headlines. “Then they’ll have something
-to write about. I don’t mean me. I mean
-you, Peggy, and you, Pearl, and you, Francis.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And just think of the heaps and heaps of
-fun we’re having,” chortled Peggy. “People
-say we’re working during vacation. Do you
-call this work?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I should say not,” said the other three, one
-after the other in such quick succession that
-their words almost chimed together.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As they went on to chat gayly of their present
-joy and their future plans, Compton was
-in earnest converse with Joe Heneman.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Look here, Heneman,” he said, “may I offer
-a suggestion?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ve known you to do it before and come
-away with your life.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, can’t you run the children through
-their parts right away and hold up all the
-other parts till the little ones have finished?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why? What’s the big idea?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“The big idea is this: the detective agency
-has a hunch that Mrs. Vernon is dead.
-They’ve sent me a story about some woman
-picked up dead near San Luis Obispo, and they
-claim it is Barbara. That is, they claim it’s
-Bobby’s mother. When I got that letter two
-days ago I nearly dropped.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Did you tell Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What kind of an idiot do you think I am?
-Of course I didn’t. And after the first shock
-I did not believe a word of it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why not?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I believe that she’s alive, because Bob is
-certain. You ought to see that boy pray!
-Why, that boy has all heaven on his side.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, I’ll be—” Not finishing his expression
-of astonishment, Heneman went on:
-“But what under the sun has this to do with
-hurrying the children through their parts?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, just this: Bobby’s picture is going
-into the papers. His mother will see or hear
-of it. She’ll trace him up. You know she
-thinks he’s dead. She’ll come here, and who
-can keep her from taking him away?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You’re not half as foolish as they say you
-are,” was Heneman’s comforting comment.
-“You’re right, Compton. Let me see. I think
-with full time we can get them through by
-next Monday afternoon.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Then go to it,” urged Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>At this very moment Barbara Vernon,
-propped up in bed, pale and weak, was for
-the first time since her collapse awakening to
-the existence of a world from which she had
-well-nigh departed.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, thank God, thank God!” little Agnes
-was saying. “This is the first time nurse let
-me in to see you. And she says you will be
-all right in a week or ten days at the most.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Agnes, I know I am going to get well. I
-had such a beautiful dream last night. My little
-son, my dear little son, appeared to me.
-He looked just as alive as when I last saw him.
-And he said, ‘Mother, sweet mother, faith can
-move mountains.’ And then he pressed his
-dear lips upon mine and disappeared. I awoke
-then, but I felt that he had been with me.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And do you now think he is alive?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t know, my dear. But I feel so
-happy. O God, give me the faith that moves
-mountains!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Hereupon entered the nurse, wearing the
-mien of one who had fought long and conquered.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It is a happy day,” she said blithely. “The
-doctor will be along before noon, but we don’t
-need any doctor to tell that you’re getting well.
-Do you know, Mrs. Vernon, that you were calling
-for your little Bobby day and night all
-these weeks?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Was I?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes; and it was always in a tone of sadness
-or of despair. But last night it was different.
-You called his name but once, and
-your voice sounded as though you were gazing
-upon some heavenly vision, and your face
-grew beautiful and joyous.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I understand why,” said Barbara. “Agnes,
-do you tell her my dream.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>And Agnes, almost word for word, repeated
-Mrs. Vernon’s account.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And now,” pursued the smiling invalid,
-“I’m going, with God’s grace, to wait in patience
-and faith till that day ‘when dreams
-come true.’ ”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I think,” observed the nurse, “that there’s
-a lady outside that would like to see you.
-Come in, Mrs. Regan.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>And Mrs. Regan entered and fondly embraced
-the woman who had saved her life.
-Then came Louis and then the father; and all
-lavished upon the dear convalescent a wealth
-of simple, homely love.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Upon my word!” said Barbara, as, after
-a few minutes of affectionate conversation, the
-visitors reluctantly departed, “I never imagined
-since I lost Bobby that I could be so
-happy.”</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='150' id='Page_150'></span><h1>CHAPTER XIII<br/> <span class='sub-head'>BERNADETTE’S TEMPERAMENT DELAYS THE SCENARIO, AND MRS. VERNON MAKES TWO CHILDREN HAPPY</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was Monday, the day on which Mr. Joseph
-Heneman had counted to finish all
-that part of the picture in which the four children
-were to appear. And it looked, in the
-morning, as though he would be right in his
-reckoning. But in the closing scene, the scene
-in which Bobby was to surpass himself, there
-came an unexpected hitch, and no other than
-our friend, Miss Bernadette Vivian, was the
-cause.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Like most rising artists, Bernadette was
-temperamental, which, in other words, signifies
-that she was too easily swayed by her feelings.
-Now it had happened that on the previous
-evening she had met a most pleasing
-and engaging young man; and with the two
-it was a case of love at first sight. On this day,
-therefore, her shapely head was filled with visions
-of orange blossoms, bridal veils and a
-teasing wonder as to what kind of engagement
-ring he would select. With all these matters
-on her mind, is it at all surprising that she
-was in no mood to represent a mother meeting
-her lost children?</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>She was, in this particular scene, to register
-the agony of separation, the ecstasy of meeting,
-and the tears of joy, all of which things
-Miss Bernadette signally failed to accomplish.
-The only thing that could have brought comfort
-to her soul and any expression of joy to
-her face would be her young man advancing
-smilingly upon her, holding in his dear hand
-a diamond engagement ring. In vain did
-Heneman expostulate with her; in vain did
-Compton remonstrate. In vain, too, did
-the four children, whom she really loved,
-cast upon her glances of friendly reproach.
-Nothing could arouse her from “love’s young
-dream,” than which, we are credibly informed
-by a poet, “there’s nothing half so sweet in
-life.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Up to this day Bernadette had been ambitious.
-She was a star in embryo, and her
-laurels were in the winning. But the young
-man whose bright smile still haunted her was
-very wealthy. Upon marrying him she would
-retire at once.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>If Mr. Heneman said things that any proper
-censor would properly delete, let it be said in
-his defense that he said them under his breath;
-for the director, as no doubt four guardian angels
-urged in his behalf at heaven’s chancery,
-ever cherished the highest reverence for children.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>By four o’clock of that evening the director
-was unnerved, Compton almost frantic, the
-children in ill humor. They were all worn
-out. And if the four youthful thespians did
-quarrel a little and sulk for almost ten minutes,
-let it be said in their behalf that before
-going home they all abjectly apologized one
-to the other, and proved once more the truth
-of Tennyson’s lines:</p>
-
-
- <div class='poetry-container' style=''>
- <div class='lgp'> <!-- rend=';' -->
-<div class='stanza-outer'>
-<p class='line0'><span class='it'>Oh, blessings on the falling-out</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='it'>Which all the more endears!</span></p>
-</div>
-</div></div> <!-- end poetry block --><!-- end rend -->
-
-<p class='pindent'>During all this Miss Bernadette, happily
-seated and with crossed legs, powdered her
-nose, consulted her hand mirror and, for the
-nonce an unmitigated flapper, gazed heavenward
-with a smile that would have been absolutely
-idiotic on a young lady less favored
-of feature. The distress of all her friends
-impressed her not in the least. In fact, it
-never dawned upon her consciousness that
-anybody was distressed. Truly, love is
-blind.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Attention, please!” called Heneman when
-it was nearing five o’clock. “The weather is
-rather close and it has been a trying day. Perhaps
-that’s the reason we can’t get this reuniting
-business over. I’m sorry, but we’ll
-have to try it over to-morrow at ten. The play
-is going to be a big thing, and so far you’ve
-made it a big thing. But we don’t want an
-anti-climax to spoil it all.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What kind of an aunty is that?” asked
-Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>This remark sent them all off in good
-humor.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby went to confession before going to
-the suite. He confessed, by the way, every
-week, and went with Peggy to communion
-every morning. Also, he lingered to make a
-special and earnest prayer for that falling star,
-Bernadette, and I fear that if Bernadette, in
-the light of what happened that evening, were
-to have learned the import of that prayer, she
-would have waylaid Bobby and given him a
-sound spanking.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“O good Lord”—such was the import of
-Bobby’s prayer—“bring that nice young lady,
-Bernadette Vivian, to her senses; and do it in
-a hurry so that to-morrow we can shoot that
-scene the way it ought to be shot, and be done
-with it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>That night the lovers met and there were five
-minutes of unbroken bliss. In these five minutes
-they plighted their troth over and over.
-Nothing in the heavens above or the earth beneath
-or the waters under the earth could ever
-dissever their souls. In the next five minutes
-there arose a slight difference about the style
-of the engagement ring; and before the quarter
-was quite ended both were in a towering rage
-and vowed repeatedly never, never to look
-upon each other’s face again. Then the idol
-of her heart went out and got drunk—a weakness
-of his of which Bernadette was entirely
-ignorant—and left his fond one bathed in
-tears.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was a bad night for Bobby, too. An inconsiderate
-friend of Compton’s, Benny Burnside,
-meeting Bobby as he returned from confession,
-asked the boy whether it was true that
-his mother was dead.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Of course she is not dead,” answered Bobby
-resolutely.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, I’m so glad to hear it! So that
-woman they found dead in the woods at San
-Luis Obispo was not your mother after all,”
-continued the admired one of every flapper in
-the land. It was he who had said that Compton
-was a gay Lothario.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby’s lips quivered.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Thereupon Mr. Benny Burnside told him,
-not without some embroidery to make the story
-more convincing, of the reports of the detective
-agency on the case. If Mr. Burnside did
-not fully convince the lad of his mother’s
-death, it was not due to any lack of effort on
-his part.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby, on retiring, had several sleepless
-hours. Faith struggled with alleged fact, and
-the struggle brought with it agony and tears.
-But the boy was not alone in the fight. To
-his aid he summoned the Mother of God, his
-guardian angel, his patron saint. Before midnight
-confidence returned; and Bobby, his
-face still wet with tears, fell into a dreamless
-sleep.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>On that same day, in the morning hours,
-Mrs. Barbara Vernon, seated on the ranchman’s
-front porch, a deep peace upon her face,
-touched once more with the glow of health,
-looked out calmly upon a world made strangely
-beautiful through the magic given only to the
-eye of the convalescent. Never, even in the
-first blush of maidenhood, had she looked more
-beautiful. Sickness had etherealized her
-beauty. Upon her features was the resignation
-which, falling short of joy, gives contentment
-touched with melancholy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, Mrs. Vernon!” cried two eager
-voices, their owners rushing through the
-front door in a race to reach her first. Agnes
-and Louis were flushed with unusual excitement.
-Something big had come into their
-lives.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What is it, my dears? Good news?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>In answer to which, Louis, raising his voice
-to a shrill pipe, poured forth a volume of sound
-as intelligible as though his mouth were cluttered
-with pins.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But what is it?” asked Barbara, breaking
-into a smile. “I can’t make out a word you
-say.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Let me talk, Louis,” said Agnes, making
-sure of the success of this request by clapping
-her hand over the excited youth’s mouth, and
-keeping it there. “Mrs. Vernon, there’s a matinee
-at the moving-picture house of San Luis
-Obispo this afternoon, and—and—” Here
-Agnes manifested her excitement by losing her
-breath, taking advantage of which, Louis, very
-much handicapped by the restraining hand still
-held over his mouth, made an effort to say,
-“Won’t you come?” giving the effect, however,
-of a bulldog’s growl.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And,” continued Agnes, “it’s a swell show.
-And, oh, Mrs. Vernon, wouldn’t you like to
-come with us?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t think,” Barbara made answer,
-“that I am in a mood just yet for anything
-like that. I am sure you can go by yourselves.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The hand of Agnes dropped, as did her jaw.
-Louis dug his fists into his eyes. The girl’s
-lips quivered.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But if you would like to have me,” amended
-the convalescent, reading sympathetically the
-signs of woe in the children, “why, of course—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Whoop-la!” yelled Louis, running at breakneck
-speed towards the door and yelling in his
-flight. “Hey, dad! she’s going to go.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, you are so kind, Mrs. Vernon!” cried
-Agnes. “Just now papa got a long-distance
-telephone call from San Luis Obispo. There’s
-a friend of his there who went to the picture
-show last night, and he called dad up to tell
-him what a nice, clean picture it was. He says
-that it’s a first-run picture. The proprietor
-of the movie house there generally uses older
-runs, but there’s some kind of convention in
-the town this week, and so he engaged this
-new picture and raised the admission price
-from twenty to forty cents, and added three
-matinees. And the man said that if dad wanted
-to go he would hold five tickets for us. And
-dad said he would go and take ma and us children,
-provided you would go. Oh, isn’t that a
-treat? We’ll start in an hour. Dad thinks
-that the ride and a picture like that will do
-you a lot of good.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why didn’t you let me know at first that
-you couldn’t go unless I went? Indeed I’m
-sure it will make me happy, if for nothing else
-than that it will give joy to two of the dearest
-little children I have ever met.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>And so fifteen minutes later Barbara, Mr.
-and Mrs. Regan, and the happy children were
-speeding onward to San Luis Obispo.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='160' id='Page_160'></span><h1>CHAPTER XIV<br/> <span class='sub-head'>MRS. VERNON ATTENDS A MOVING-PICTURE SHOW AND FINDS IN IT A GREAT LESSON UNTHOUGHT OF BY THE AUTHOR</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The lobby of the San Luis Obispo moving-picture
-house was thronged, and there
-was a crush at the ticket office. As Regan and
-his party pushed their way to the entrance, the
-ticket seller was announcing that the house was
-sold out.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>To get through this unheard-of crowd Mr.
-Regan was forced to use his elbows freely.
-Mrs. Vernon and his family, according to
-his directions, followed him in close single
-file. None of them had an opportunity
-to notice the posters and the pictures of various
-scenes in the much heralded play. Had
-the lobby been less thronged, it is doubtful
-whether they would have attended the performance.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“To accommodate all,” cried a strong voice
-as they reached the ticket taker, “there will be
-another performance at four o’clock sharp; and
-until a quarter to four positively no more seats
-will be sold.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>At two-thirty to the second, but a few minutes
-after the Regan party had seated themselves,
-the lights went out and the “News of
-the Week” was flashed upon the curtain. The
-assembled crowd, filling every seat, had not
-come for the “News of the Week”; hence they
-were in no wise disappointed when it was taken
-off, with most of the news left out. The manager
-with a view to the second performance was
-shortening his program.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>There was a moment’s pause, and then there
-flashed upon the screen the words, “You
-Hardly Can Tell”; whereupon everybody sat
-up and adjusted himself for the promised
-treat.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Perhaps the only exception was Mrs. Vernon.
-Seated between Agnes and Louis,
-she was affectionately watching now one,
-now the other, and rejoicing in their eager
-joy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The story at the first moved slowly, a close-up
-being given of a few of the leading characters,
-including first and foremost the fair
-Vivian.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Isn’t she sweet!” exclaimed Agnes breathlessly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“She has a nice face,” returned Barbara,
-raising her eyes momentarily to the
-screen and then turning them once more upon
-Agnes.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Suddenly the girl’s face changed from admiration
-to merriment.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, look! Ain’t he funny!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Vernon did look and gasped.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>There grinning upon them all with a fatuous
-face, made still more fatuous by the arrangement
-of his hair, was her old friend—and
-more than friend—John Compton! There
-came back vividly to her the memory of their
-last meeting, something over ten years ago,
-when she had parted in sorrow and he in anger,
-and, as he said bitterly, forever. She was
-glad to see his face once more—glad and disappointed.
-She had expected more of him.
-His name by this time should have been known
-far and wide, not as a wearer of the motley,
-but as a writer, a thinker, a leader of men;
-and why had he disappointed her expectations?
-At the moment a feeling of remorse came upon
-her. She meditated.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I was just. But was I kind? It is true I
-could never bring myself to marry a man who
-refused to believe in God. But was I not
-brutal in the way I refused him? Possibly,
-if I had been gentle and patient, he might have
-been brought to the truth. Forgive, O my
-God, the offenses of a proud and unthinking
-youth.” Thus meditating she was suddenly
-brought back to the present by a roaring and
-laughing and stir that were little short of tumult.
-Agnes jumped to her feet, and remembering
-herself, sat down again exclaiming, “Oh!
-oh! oh!” Louis had risen uttering yelps of delight,
-and remained standing until a justly aggrieved
-man behind him dragged him back to
-his seat.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Vernon raised her eyes and saw Bobby
-Vernon!</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“O God! O my God!” she exclaimed,
-jumping up herself and for a moment on the
-point of rushing up the aisle to catch her Bobby
-in her arms. Her long discipline of self-restraint,
-however, asserted itself. She reseated
-herself, and catching a hand of
-Agnes in her own, squeezed it until the child
-winced.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Yes, it was her own Bobby. The twisted
-mouth, the bellhop uniform, the serio-comic
-face—these were all, in a way, no matter of
-surprise to her; for Bobby, as no one knew
-better than herself, was a born mimic. But
-he was alive! Bobby was alive! “O God!”
-she whispered, “there is a faith that can move
-mountains. Blessed be Thy name!” She followed
-the picture now, but in a way almost unheard
-of. It was to her a long, sweet meditation.
-Over and over she murmured, “My son
-that was dead has come to life again!” “With
-God all things are possible.” “Oh, my son, my
-son!” Tears coursed down her cheeks, tears
-of joy incredible. But no one noticed her. All
-were absorbed in the play, and when the lights
-were turned on and the performance over, Agnes
-was astounded beyond measure at Barbara,
-who embraced her almost violently and
-said:</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It was the sweetest, most touching thing
-I ever saw. It has taught me never to fail in
-trusting in God.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Now Agnes thought it was the most mirth-provoking
-thing she had ever seen, and, as to
-trusting in God, that lesson, like the flowers
-that bloom in the spring, had nothing to do
-with the case.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Before leaving the theater Mrs. Vernon, excusing
-herself, had a few words privately with
-the manager.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='166' id='Page_166'></span><h1>CHAPTER XV<br/> <span class='sub-head'>COMPTON’S GREAT SCENARIO IS FINISHED NOT A MOMENT TOO SOON</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Of course the next morning, as Bobby
-arose and dressed for Mass, gave with
-its golden sunshine and balmy air every promise
-of a perfect day. This was the only thing
-to be expected. Los Angeles, as far as Bobby
-knew, had only one kind of weather. All the
-days since his arrival had been gay, fragrant,
-cloudless, sunshiny days. The inhabitants of
-Los Angeles never bothered to discuss the
-weather; it was not the fertile topic of conversation
-that it is in the East. When they
-spoke of it, it was simply to burst forth into
-paeans of praise, generally expressed in the exclamation
-“Isn’t it a wonderful day!” and that
-always ended further discussion.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Good morning, Bobby,” said Mr. Compton,
-to Bobby’s surprise shaved and dressed.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, halloa! What got <span class='it'>you</span> up?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I just thought, Bobby, I’d go along with
-you to Mass this morning.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh,” said Bobby, puckering his brows. “I
-suppose,” he went on after some close conjecturing,
-“that you are going to church to pray
-for the success of that part that didn’t go right
-yesterday.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That is one of the things I am going to
-pray for.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Anything else, uncle?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby,” said Compton, ignoring the question,
-“did you sleep well last night?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Not at first, uncle.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I thought so; you do not look quite up to
-form.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I need Holy Communion, uncle. Then
-after breakfast—I need that too—then you
-watch me!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby, I want to ask you another question.
-Did you hear anything yesterday that
-worried you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, it’s all over now, I guess,” evaded the
-child.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You were crying last night.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Who told you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I thought I heard you moaning, and before
-I went to sleep I went into your room. There
-were stains of tears on your pillow.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Uncle, there was a man yesterday, Benny
-Burnside, who tried to make me think my
-mother was dead.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton squeezed his lips together,
-and sparks shot from his eyes.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“If all the fools in Los Angeles were sentenced
-to death and all were pardoned except
-one, he’s the one who would go hang. He’s a
-handsome creature; but all his beauty isn’t anywhere
-near enough to make up for the tremendous
-vacancy in his head. And did you believe
-him, Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“He almost made me believe. That’s what
-I was fighting about before I could get to sleep.
-But I did feel so mean!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“There’s no sense, my boy, in giving up hope
-till you have to.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I say, uncle, you were worrying too last
-night. You don’t look right yourself.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As a matter of fact John Compton had
-passed a long and sleepless night.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, suppose we toddle along,” he said,
-with a forced smile. So forth went the
-two, each struggling for faith against an
-uneasiness born of a foolish detective’s rash
-report.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Francis and Peggy were at Mass and went
-to communion. They wanted Bobby to “put
-it over,” and directed the intention of their
-communion accordingly. Pearl, though not a
-Catholic, was there too. She came to pray,
-rather startling the worshipers at her entrance
-by going up the aisle and making her prettiest
-little curtsy before the tabernacle. This
-curtsy had won the hearts of many a stranger
-in the moment of introduction. No doubt our
-Lord’s love for her, already great—for the
-dear Lord who was once a child loves all children
-in a special way—went out to her in a
-new excess.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Pearl, at the end of Mass, repeated the
-curtsy, which would have won her distinction
-in any earthly court—and why not in the heavenly?—and
-went outside, where she continued
-to smile and bow at the returning worshipers
-as though they were all friends of hers. And
-so far as she was concerned, so they were, God
-bless her!</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Good morning, Bobby; good morning,
-everybody!” she cried, as she shook the hand
-of Compton, Bobby, Francis and Peggy, dispensing
-as she did so a running stream of
-smiles. “It’s going to be all right. I just
-know it’s going to be all right. Bobby, you’re
-just sure to put it over.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It’s going to be the greatest day of all,”
-chimed in Francis.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“We’ll be finished before noontime,” added
-Peggy. “And you’ll see, Mr. Compton,” she
-went on, fixing large, earnest, questioning eyes
-upon Compton, “that we haven’t been praying
-for nothing.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I believe you, my dear,” returned Compton
-humbly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>And Peggy, who knew something about
-Compton’s religious, or rather irreligious, convictions,
-wondered.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’m hungry,” said Bob.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“So am I,” said Pearl. “You see, I couldn’t
-go to communion, but I could fast and I did.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Then,” said Compton, greatly cheered by
-the simple, loving little company, “we’ll all
-breakfast at the restaurant right below here.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The two girls and Francis protested that
-their mothers would be worried; whereupon
-Compton let loose their arrested joy by assuring
-them that he would telephone each proper
-home and make himself responsible for the
-whole party.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The breakfast was a success, an abundance
-of watermelon and cream cakes being large
-factors, and off they hopped and danced, light
-as birds and immeasurably gayer, to the last
-rehearsal.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Miss Bernadette Vivian had preceded them.
-She too had had a white night. The day before
-she had confided to the amicable clerk who
-kept the visitor’s gate and answered the telephone
-at the Lantry Studio the story of her
-great romance. She had made it clear to that
-amiable young lady that her engagement was
-as good as settled, that her Romeo, in addition
-to a personal pulchritude beyond power
-of words to describe, was as wealthy as Colossus—meaning,
-no doubt, Crœsus—that he had
-four automobiles and a country villa in addition
-to a home worth at least thirty thousand
-dollars: to all of which the gentle and sympathetic
-young lady, discounting each of these
-statements by at least fifty per cent, lent an
-attentive ear. Now it occurred to Vivian that,
-since there was no secrecy enjoined, the young
-lady might make her romance known. Hence
-it was that, unable to sleep, she hastened down
-to the studio bright and early with her revised
-version of love’s young dream.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Do you know,” she said, after an affectionate
-exchange of greetings, “that I am thinking
-seriously of entering a convent?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That would be very sweet of you,” said
-Miss Cortland. “But you don’t want to break
-the heart of that young man, do you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That young man,” said Miss Vivian darkly,
-“has no heart to break!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Dear me! Aren’t you going to be engaged
-to him?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“We were engaged.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But you didn’t tell me that.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It only happened last night. We were engaged
-for over ten minutes.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And then?” interrupted Miss Cortland.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, I’m sick and tired of all men!” ejaculated
-Vivian, clasping her hands. “They have
-no ideals! They are so—so common! I’ve
-always found that out before it was too late.
-I’d like to hear what they’ll say when I go
-into a convent.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Did you have a quarrel, Vivian?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I never quarrel,” returned the young lady
-with dignity. “We had a difference of opinion,
-and I discovered that his ideals were not
-mine.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>By ideals Miss Vivian must have meant diamonds.
-The kind she wanted for her engagement
-was the kind her swain disliked.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, anyhow, I’ve learnt a good lesson.
-And, oh, I’m so miserable! I slept badly, and
-I feel like going to Ocean Park and throwing
-myself into the sea. Upon my word, I
-believe I will!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Miss Cortland was minded to point out to
-the distressed damsel that throwing herself into
-the ocean and entering a convent were hardly
-compatible; but, thinking better of it, she observed:</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“This is your fifth case, isn’t it?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“My seventh,” retorted Vivian, indignantly,
-and left the office in a huff.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>To set at rest the minds of Miss Vivian’s
-many admirers, it may be stated that she did
-not enter a convent, nor has the ocean received
-her into its insatiable maw. She realizes still
-that there are lots of good fish in the sea, and,
-though she nets one every month or so, she
-has not yet caught a fish that quite measures
-up to her expectations. Her present romance
-is now number eleven.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, Bobby,” whispered Francis, as they
-repaired to the scene of their final rehearsal,
-“do you want to shed real tears in the part
-where you meet your mother?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’d like to,” returned Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, I’ve got a trick to do it. It’s a pinch
-I learned from a fellow. It doesn’t make a
-mark, but it will smart like fun and bring
-the tears. Now, if you need it, just let me
-know; we’ve got to put this across.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As the event proved, Francis was not called
-upon to reduce Bobby to tears. Bobby, thinking
-of his own dear mother, and grieving for
-her the more bitterly for the ugly rumor which
-had left him sleepless, found it an easy task to
-imagine Bernadette to be Mrs. Vernon, with
-the result that his acting was clearly more perfect
-than it had been on the preceding day.
-As for Vivian, that volatile young lady, a flapper
-yesterday, was now persuaded that she
-was refined by a bitter experience, that all love
-leading toward matrimony was vanity and affliction
-of spirit, and that children were the
-most interesting and lovable things in the world.
-Thus chastened by these reflections, she put on
-a more mature air, diffused an atmosphere of
-sorrow akin to despair, and, to the astonishment
-and delight of Heneman, Compton and
-all the players, went through her part in a
-manner that touched the hearts of all.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Great!” cried Heneman. “Now get ready
-for the camera! Ready? Shoot!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Pearl, Peggy and Francis were all in the set.
-Pearl, as the magnate’s daughter, had already
-met her mother when Bobby entered. He sees
-the magnate’s wife standing palpitating and
-holding out tender arms. He stares, breaks into
-a radiant smile of happiness, cries out “Mother!”
-rushes into her arms and weeps upon her
-bosom.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Done!” announced Heneman, rubbing his
-eyes. “It’s perfect.—Why, what’s the matter,
-Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>For Bobby, released from Vivian’s arms,
-was weeping bitterly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Are you ill, my boy?” asked Compton, rushing
-over and putting an arm about the lad’s
-neck.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I—I was th-thinking of my own dear
-mother,” sobbed Bobby. As he spoke he raised
-his eyes. A moment later they grew wide in
-astonishment, wonder and incredulity.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And there she is!” he exclaimed, darting
-forward to meet a woman now hurrying toward
-him.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>In a moment Bobby, weeping and laughing,
-was rushing into the arms of his own dear
-mother.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was a tensely dramatic moment. Those
-concerned in the play gazed in awe; then realizing
-the tremendous strain thus taken off
-mother and son, they entered into the joy of
-the moment.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton was the first to advance and greet
-the happy mother.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You remember me, Barbara?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Indeed and indeed I do! I was thinking of
-you yesterday—thinking of the past. And I
-have something that I want to say to you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“He’s the best man in the world, mamma,”
-said Bobby enthusiastically. “He’s treated me
-as though I were his own son. Why, uncle,
-why have you got your head down?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I didn’t know it,” said Compton. “But
-anyhow, I do not feel fit to look upon your dear
-mother’s face.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The impending awkwardness was averted
-by the quick approach of the three children.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, Mrs. Vernon!” exclaimed Peggy, her
-dark eyes luminous and her olive complexion
-alive with rosy emotion, “I’m almost as happy
-as you!” And Peggy threw her arms about
-Barbara’s neck.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Dear little Peggy,” and Mrs. Vernon returned
-the embrace.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And,” Peggy went on, running her words
-into one another, “you know it was so stupid
-of me to tell you Bobby was dead. Oh, I’m
-so glad!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“May I kiss you, ma’am?” said Pearl, with
-her charming smile and her graceful curtsy as
-Peggy slipped aside. “I’m one of Bobby’s
-friends, too.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And I too,” said Francis. And Mrs. Vernon,
-flushed and radiant, fondly kissed the two
-children, who in their expressions of delight
-fell little short of Bobby himself.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>By this time many of the elders had gathered
-about the reunited pair, and all in their
-various ways extended their felicitations. Bernadette
-Vivian was so overcome with emotion
-that she had to be led away by her attendant.
-It was a moment of tension.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Come, Mrs. Vernon,” whispered Compton;
-“my automobile is waiting outside. I am sure
-you want to get away and have Bobby to yourself.”
-Saying which, he conducted her away
-with her boy still clinging to her, and was
-presently whirling homeward.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But, mother,” said Bobby, resting in her
-arms, “what became of you? Uncle John had
-detectives looking all over for you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Vernon explained in a few words the
-reason of her long disappearance.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And,” she added, “when I saw you on the
-screen yesterday, I went to the manager of
-the theater and found out where you had been
-working. He was most kind. He inquired
-and learned that a train three hours late would
-pass at eleven o’clock that night. He took care
-of me and saw me aboard. Mr. Regan and
-his family wanted to see me off. Bobby, if we
-wish, we can have a home with them.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby’s not poor,” said Compton.
-“There’s twenty-four hundred dollars to his
-credit in the bank just now.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And it’s all yours, mother. I was working
-for you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>When they entered John Compton’s suite,
-Barbara gazed about the sitting-room in
-pleased surprise. There was a change in the
-room since Bobby’s first entrance there. Most
-of the photographs were gone, and most prominent
-of all the pictures adorning the walls was
-a beautiful engraving of a guardian angel tenderly
-watching his innocent charge, a little boy,
-in years and appearance resembling Barbara’s
-son.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What!” she exclaimed, blushing prettily.
-“Do you believe in angels, John Compton?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I do! Indeed I do! And I learned that
-sweet belief from your own little boy’s example.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Then,” pursued Mrs. Vernon, “then you
-must believe in God.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Barbara,” responded Compton, with a
-catch in his voice, “it must have been God who
-sent your boy to me. He has changed my life.
-For several weeks, though Bobby doesn’t know
-it, I have been receiving instructions from Father
-Mallory—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What’s that?” cried Bobby eagerly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And to-morrow I am to be received into
-the Catholic Church.”</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='180' id='Page_180'></span><h1>CHAPTER XVI<br/> <span class='sub-head'>CONTAINING NOTHING BUT HAPPY EXPLANATIONS AND A STILL HAPPIER LOVE SCENE</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The hours that followed were given to mutual
-explanations. Bobby, at great
-length, related his adventures from the time he
-was carried away by the breakers to the present
-moment. Then John Compton gave his
-version, pointing out that he had done everything
-to trace up Mrs. Vernon and that from
-his knowledge of Bobby picked up in the first
-hour of meeting he had judged that, all things
-considered, the best way to watch the lad and
-keep his mind off the sorrows of separation was
-to engage him in moving-picture work.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Anyhow,” he said, “before I had quite
-made up my mind to do it, Bobby settled the
-question by actually breaking in; and just as
-soon as I saw him show Chucky Snuff how to
-do his part, I don’t think I could well have
-chosen any other way of meeting the situation.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And now, mother dear,” said Bobby, “we
-want you to tell everything about yourself, and
-don’t leave anything out.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The eager interest of Bobby and John
-Compton inspired Barbara to a full and enthralling
-narrative of her mischances.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And to think,” mused Compton, “that all
-this strange series of events should have come
-about just through the most trivial thing in
-the world.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“How’s that, Uncle John?” asked Bobby,
-nestling in his mother’s arms.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, through a little earth tremor. Of
-course you, Mrs. Vernon, and you, Bobby,
-were not used to it; but actually it doesn’t
-disturb us who live here, especially the native-born,
-as much as a loud clap of thunder. Three
-months ago we had an actual thunderstorm
-here, and there was one flash of lightning and
-one clap of thunder like the kind that are so
-common in Cincinnati. Now Father Mallory
-told me that the children in his school were
-so frightened that for a moment there was
-danger of a panic. And I have no doubt that
-the children who were most frightened were
-natives and, because they were natives, would
-have hardly paid any attention to an earth
-tremor.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That is so, Uncle John,” broke in Bobby.
-“Peggy was at school that day and she told
-me all about it. She said that when the thunderclap
-came she screamed at the top of her
-voice, and started for the door. The Sister
-got there before her, and blocked her and a
-dozen other children, and made them go back
-to their seats.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“By the way, Bobby,” said Compton, “did
-you ever think to ask yourself why you were
-carried out by that wave?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“They all say it was the undertow.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes; but in ordinary circumstances it
-would not have caught you, as you were not
-far enough out. In my opinion, the sea was
-affected by the impending earthquake and that
-wave was not a normal wave.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, thank God,” said the mother, “that
-it is all over.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And I,” said Compton, “thank God that
-it all happened. These days with Bobby have
-been the happiest of my life. And also—they
-have brought you to my home. And that reminds
-me; till further notice, Barbara, this
-suite is yours. Everything has been arranged.
-I have taken a room across the way. You and
-Bobby are in command in this suite.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And you’ll come in any time at all, won’t
-you, Uncle John?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That reminds me,” said Compton. “Please
-don’t think I am an Indian giver. But I’m
-arranging a little party for to-night; and may
-I use these rooms? Of course you are both to
-be among those present.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Don’t be absurd, John,” laughed Barbara.
-“These are your rooms. By to-morrow I’ll try
-and arrange to get a place for myself and
-Bobby.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“We’ll see about that,” returned Compton,
-with a meaning in his words that escaped both
-his hearers. “To-night, Barbara, we’re going
-to have Peggy and Pearl and Francis and their
-mothers.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Great!” cried the boy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It is to be a special celebration to honor
-the successful end of our play ‘Imitation.’ By
-the way, wasn’t it a peculiar coincidence that
-you should appear just as Bobby finished his
-part of the scenario?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’m afraid,” returned Mrs. Vernon, “that
-I’m partly responsible for that coincidence.
-The man who so kindly let me in to the Lantrey
-Studio casually informed me that Bobby
-was engaged in finishing up his part of the
-picture. I came in, and seeing him working,
-remained watching and hiding for ten minutes.
-It occurred to me that if I came upon Bobby
-while he was working he might not be able to
-act. So I watched my little boy till all was
-done.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Mother,” said Bobby, “if you had come
-sooner, you might have ruined that part. I
-could never do it again that way, because I was
-thinking of you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But there’s another reason for this little
-party,” Compton went on. “I want you to
-meet and to know Bobby’s three pals. I think
-you will agree with me that I have managed to
-keep him in really good company. These
-children are innocent, bright and exceptionally
-good, and that they are so is due in no
-small part to their mothers, who are always in
-attendance, always with them. And that is
-why I am inviting the mothers, too.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>How John Compton managed all the details
-of this banquet is one of the secrets of
-his efficiency. He used the telephone three or
-four times and the thing was done. After a
-two hours’ spin along roads so perfect that
-they are the admiration of Eastern travelers,
-the three returned and found a table in the
-sitting-room, laid for a banquet, fragrant with
-flowers and fruits, and with a caterer in attendance,
-who announced that everything was
-ready.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Very good,” said John, glancing approvingly
-at the preparations. “Be ready to serve
-dinner in ten minutes. You’ll excuse me,
-Barbara; the three children with their mothers
-are now gathered together and waiting for
-me at the home of Francis Mason. I’ll have
-them here in a jiffy.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton was true to his word. Ten minutes
-later gales of light laughter and happy
-shouting made known to everybody in the
-apartment house that Mr. John Compton was
-receiving friends.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Take a good meal, season it with love and
-satisfaction over work well done, dash it over
-with the joy of reunion, and you have a banquet
-fit for the gods.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The children chattered gayly and, somehow
-or other, ate very heartily at the same time.
-Nothing was allowed to interfere with this latter
-function. But as all for the greater part
-of the meal spoke and laughed at the same
-time, it would be impossible, even were it worth
-while, to reproduce what they said.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Towards the end, when the babbling and
-laughter were at their loudest, Mr. Compton
-tapped his glass.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Excuse me for interrupting all of you,” he
-said, “but I’m afraid, if you don’t moderate
-yourselves, that a patrol wagon will drive up
-and we’ll all be hauled to the station house for
-disturbing the peace.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As Mr. Compton smiled and made a comic
-face the assembled guests, the children especially,
-raised a tirra-lirra of silvery laughter.
-One would judge from their enjoyment of it
-that Mr. Compton had cracked the best joke
-in the history of the world.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>After a full minute, Mr. Compton tapped
-his glass again.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It is a pleasure to try being funny before
-such an appreciative audience. But don’t you
-think it would be worth while to take turns
-in talking and not all talk at once?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Whereupon all present answered together in
-different phrasings that it certainly would be
-worth while.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Very good; then, Mrs. Vernon, it’s your
-turn.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Vernon promptly said that the voices
-of the children were music to her ears, and
-that this was an occasion on which children
-should be both seen and heard. And so substantially
-declared the three other happy
-mothers.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, then, Francis?” adjured Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Ladies and gentlemen,” said Francis, rising
-and bowing, “I am going to tell you the
-story of my life.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was upon this declaration that the grown
-folks broke into laughter, whereat the little
-ones wondered where was the joke, anyhow!</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“At the age of three years and a half I went
-into the moving-picture business. Since that
-time I have starred in five big productions,
-not counting this one. And the finest time I
-have had in all my life has been the time that
-Peggy and Pearl and Bobby have worked with
-me. In conclusion, I beg to state that I have
-been married five times.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The amazed children joined the startled
-elders in applause and laughter.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“In moving pictures, I mean,” said Francis,
-and sat down, the orator of the day.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And now, Pearl?” resumed Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Pearl arose smiling and made her curtsy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Encore!” cried everybody, led by Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Pearl was always ready to smile and curtsy.
-Nothing loath she repeated the performance
-three times handrunning.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I want to say,” said Pearl, “that my best
-love and wishes go to Bobby and his mother.
-And, Mr. Compton, Peggy has brought her
-violin along. She thought, perhaps, that some
-one might ask her to play.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Fine!” said Compton. “We’ll not forget
-that. And now, Peggy, it’s your turn.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy arose radiant.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ll say what Pearl said,” she declared.
-“For Bobby and his mother I have heaps of
-love. And Pearl has brought along her dancing
-shoes. She told me that some one might
-ask her to dance.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Splendid! We’ll have an entertainment
-presently. Now, Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I say,” cried Bobby, “that Uncle John is
-the finest man in the world.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>This speech was the hit of the evening.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby,” said Compton, brushing away in a
-comic gesture an imaginary tear—not altogether,
-imaginary, at that—“you have unmanned
-me. But now let’s have a little council
-of war. First of all, our play is finished
-and you’re all out of a job.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It’s really school time, anyhow,” said Francis
-consolingly. “I’ve never had a regular year
-at school. How I’d like that!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“So should I,” said Peggy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And I’m old enough to start now,” ended
-Pearl, “and I think Ma will allow me to go.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Upon my word!” exclaimed the host.
-“This is the first time in all my life that I
-heard a bunch of children expressing a desire
-to go to school. Shakespeare has set for all
-time the picture of the schoolboy with a snail’s
-pace trudging unwillingly to school.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Ah, ah!” said Pearl’s mother. “But Shakespeare
-never lived in Los Angeles and in the
-days of the moving picture.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“True,” assented Compton. “All rules fail
-in Los Angeles, a city which may rightly be
-called ‘different.’ I’m glad you are all ready
-for school. I’ve got good news for you. ‘Imitation’
-has brought me in a large sum of money.
-But I don’t think it is really mine at all.
-Bobby here, imitating everybody, gave me the
-first idea—the germ of the story. Then I
-got to thinking of what sort of people were
-most likely to imitate. There was just one
-answer—children. Next I thought of you
-three, Peggy, Pearl and Francis. After that
-it was easy to work out the plot. Now, while
-I am keeping a comfortable sum for myself,
-I have here in my pocket a check for each one
-of you calling for fifteen hundred dollars: and
-that has nothing to do with the salary you draw.
-I have already spoken to your mothers, and
-they are all willing for you to take nine months’
-vacation from moving-picture work and go to
-school. The check is intended to pay for your
-education; and who knows but by next June
-I’ll have another scenario for just you four!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>There was a moment of wondering silence.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then Pearl arose, smiling more engagingly
-than ever.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, thank you, dear Uncle Compton,” and
-curtsied deeper than on any former occasion.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby next arose, and with a smile not unlike
-Pearl’s said:</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, thank you, dear Uncle Compton,” and
-duplicated the curtsy of Pearl.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Francis and Peggy, wondering what the
-laughter from the grown folks was all about,
-each in turn made the selfsame speech in the
-selfsame way.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton in struggling to keep a
-straight face while witnessing the new “Imitation”
-feared for the moment that he was on the
-point of an apoplectic seizure.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Suppose we say grace,” he suggested.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Within a few minutes, the table was cleared,
-everybody taking a hand. The next thing was
-the entertainment.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Look here, Mrs. Sansone,” whispered
-Compton. “Do you and the other women take
-the children into Bobby’s room and arrange a
-program. Besides Peggy’s violin playing and
-Pearl’s dancing, we want Bobby and Francis
-to do some little stunt, too. Get them ready
-in fifteen minutes at the least. Meantime, I
-want to have a word with Mrs. Vernon.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Presently the two were alone, standing beneath
-the picture of the guardian angel.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Barbara, you remember your remarking
-this morning that you had something to say to
-me?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Distinctly, John. But since that time I
-have seen and learned so much that I have
-ever so many things to say to you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But what was it you intended this morning?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“This, John: when I saw your face on the
-screen in San Luis Obispo last night, I went
-back to the years when you and I were so much
-together. I recalled how I had refused you
-because I couldn’t bring myself to marry a
-man who did not believe in God. I think still
-that I was right in my decision, but I feel
-that I should have been gentler, more patient.
-I was young and severe. And last night I felt
-that, if ever I met you again, I would try to
-explain how sorry I was not for what I did,
-but for the way in which I did it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And I,” returned Compton, “have been
-thinking of you always, indeed, but almost
-constantly since I picked Bobby up from the
-roadside, and I’ve recalled bitterly my leaving
-you as abruptly and in a temper. Every
-night for the past three weeks I have said
-over and over again Newman’s ‘Lead, Kindly
-Light,’ and I have over and over reflected each
-time in sorrow and, I hope, true contrition on
-the line, ‘Pride ruled my will: remember not
-past years.’ Barbara, my father was an infidel
-and my mother never bothered about religion.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I should have considered that,” said Barbara.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“However, that only extenuates my conduct.
-Now, Barbara, I want to ask you a very
-serious question. Did you love me in those
-days?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t know, John dear, whether I can
-make myself plain in answering. I liked you
-immensely and I was so close to the border
-line of love that it was only by a strong struggle
-that I didn’t cross it. Had I yielded to
-your request that night, love would, I am sure,
-have come in the yielding.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, what a fool I was!” exclaimed Compton.
-“I was at the gate of Paradise and
-turned my back on it, and went out into the
-night; and I have been dwelling in outer darkness
-since. Barbara, since I left you, I’ve been
-no good. I have been light, frivolous, irresponsible.
-My career has amounted to nothing.
-If God gave me any talents, I have
-buried them. All this was true till the coming
-of Bobby. Bobby came and he brought
-<span class='it'>you</span> back. Before God, I believe I am a
-changed man. I have seen the light and to-morrow
-I will arise and go into my Father’s
-house. To-morrow I am to be received into
-the Church, and on Sunday I go to Holy Communion.
-Of course, I do not know the future.
-How do I know whether I shall be able to persevere
-and not go back? But honestly, I believe
-I am a changed man. I believe and I
-hope.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I have known faith to move mountains,”
-observed Barbara.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now, Barbara, you know how I love your
-little boy.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And more,” assented Barbara, “I know
-how he loves you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Taking this into consideration, do you think
-you could possibly love me?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“John,” said Barbara, holding out her hand
-to him, “there’s no thinking about it after this
-wonderful day. I love you with all my heart.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, I say,” cried Bobby, a second later, and
-seeing what he saw suddenly ceased to speak.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Come here, Bobby,” said Compton, recovering
-his composure quickly. “I want to ask
-you a question. What relation are you to me?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“First,” answered Bobby, “you were my
-aunt; then you were my grandfather, then you
-were my nephew. Just at present you are my
-uncle.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And, dear Bobby, how would you like me
-to be your father?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby looked at his blushing mother and
-understood. Catching now one, now the other,
-he delivered a hearty kiss and a hug to each,
-then throwing himself flat on the floor, he
-closed his eyes and said softly but joyously:</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Good night!”</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='196' id='Page_196'></span><h1>CHAPTER XVII<br/> <span class='sub-head'>THE FOUR CHILDREN AROUSE SUSPICION, UNTIL WITH THE MOST MOMENTOUS EVENT IN THIS NARRATIVE, ALL IS MADE CLEAR</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, folks,” screamed Bobby, arising and
-rushing into his own room, “we’re going
-to have a marriage in our family.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then, truly, did pandemonium break loose.
-There was no need of further explanation: the
-situation was too clear; one had but to look
-on Compton and Barbara to know that they
-were betrothed. The three mothers fell upon
-Barbara, while the children, who one and all
-loved the transformed Compton, smothered
-that embarrassed young gentleman with hugs
-and kisses.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Attention!” cried Compton as with kind
-but firm hands he disengaged himself from the
-four affectionate aggressors. “Listen, please.
-Each and every one of you here present is
-cordially invited to be present at the wedding.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“When?” cried all.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Let me see,” and Compton, as he spoke,
-wrinkled the brow of calculation. “On next
-Sunday, the banns will be read, also on the
-second and third Sunday. Then the wedding
-will follow on some day of that very week.
-What day shall it be, Barbara?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Saturday,” she promptly made answer.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t want to be critical, Barbara, but
-why put it to the very end of the week?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“First, John, Saturday is Our Lady’s day.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Good!” said Peggy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And secondly, it’s the day when the children
-are free from school.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Thereupon the children were by way of initiating
-a new pandemonium; but the resourceful
-Compton, bellowing that it was time for
-the performance, bundled them all out of the
-room and called for the first number.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy played with taste and feeling. She
-was of Italian blood, of a race that for art
-stands, I believe, first and foremost in the
-modern world; and her art went into her graceful
-fingers and returned in the sweet notes that
-rippled from her bow. Francis recited and, of
-course, acquitted himself to the taste of every
-one present. Pearl’s dance, under the circumstances,
-was an incarnation of spring—a spring
-of smiles and youth and fragrant innocence.
-Then arose Bobby and brought the spectators
-out of fairyland.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Ladies and gentlemen,” he announced, “I
-will now give you a correct picture of Uncle
-John when he is shaving himself.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Standing without any properties of any sort,
-Bobby dipped an imaginary brush in imperceptible
-water, rubbed his face, and then lathered
-himself with invisible soap. Next he
-honed an unseen razor upon a similar strop,
-and proceeded to go through the motions of
-shaving. To such an extent did he succeed
-in reproducing the faces Compton was wont
-to make, that the victim of all this fun lost
-two buttons from his vest, both of them flying
-off when Bobby went through the motions of
-cutting himself.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That settles it,” said Compton, when Bobby
-had ended his performance with a caricature of
-Pearl’s curtsy. “We’ve had enough for to-night.
-The hour is early—it’s only ten—but
-to-morrow I am to be received into the Catholic
-Church, and I think I ought to have a little
-solitude.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Are you going to shave?” asked Francis.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why?” asked Compton, restraining himself
-lest he should loose another button.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“If you were,” answered the youth, “I
-should like to look on.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Thereupon the happy party broke up.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Good night, dear,” said Compton to Barbara,
-when all had left the room, including
-Bobby, who had graciously accompanied the
-departing guests to the street. “Aren’t they
-a wonderful set of children?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“They show to some degree what God originally
-intended us all to be,” said Barbara.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What a pity that they must all grow up!”
-said the happy man.</p>
-
-<hr class='tbk'/>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Is it possible,” asked John Compton two
-weeks later, “that our four children are getting
-worldly-minded?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I hope not, John,” answered Barbara.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was a lovely afternoon. The two were
-seated in Compton’s former suite, which, since
-the engagement, had remained Barbara’s and
-Bobby’s temporary home.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, they show such an unusual interest
-in our wedding clothes,” Compton went on,
-“that I do not know what to make of it. Every
-time I go to my tailor, I discover Bobby and
-Francis either with him or hovering about the
-neighborhood, and they always look guilty
-when I come upon them. Once Peggy and
-Pearl were there, too. I asked the tailor what
-it all meant, and he laughed and answered that
-the children were very much interested in
-my bridal garments. I don’t like to see children
-of their age making such a fuss about
-styles.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now that you bring the subject up,” said
-Barbara, “I recall that Peggy and Pearl every
-time they come here—and there’s not a day
-that they don’t—ask to see my trousseau, and
-show an interest that I cannot account for.
-They ask all sorts of questions.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“There’s another thing,” resumed Compton.
-“Several times I have caught the four of them
-discussing something or other with intense
-earnestness; but no sooner am I seen than they
-grow embarrassed and drop their engrossing
-subject. For all that, they are, in every other
-respect, so lovely, they’re all studying so well,
-that I can’t bring myself to think they are
-getting worldly.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And besides, John, Bobby and Peggy and
-Francis go to communion every day. Not
-only that, but they make a longer thanksgiving
-than most grown people. They are the last
-to leave the church; so I can’t imagine anything
-wrong about them. And sweet little
-Pearl, who reminds me of the Peri at the gate
-of Paradise, not exactly disconsolate, but wistful,
-comes every morning with them, and says
-her little prayers with all the reverence and
-devotion of childish love and innocence.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“My idea of Paradise,” John meditated, “is
-a place like Los Angeles, with beautiful
-smooth-shaven, green lawns thrown in—flowers
-and foliage and sunshine to remain ‘as you
-were.’ But the inhabitants of this Paradise
-are to be all children in their innocence, unalloyed
-by the little failings which go to show
-that they are descended from Adam, and who
-are never, never to grow up.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then in a body entered the little four, who,
-after a cordial interchange of greetings, timidly
-begged to see the bridal dress.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The betrothed pair looked at each other.
-They were mystified.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, Uncle John,” said Bobby, who, with
-Francis, quickly lost interest in the modiste’s
-“Creation,” “is it true that you’ve been promoted?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ve been made a Director for the Lantry
-Studio, if that’s what you mean, Bobby, and
-they have accepted my new scenario at a price
-bigger than what they paid for ‘Imitation.’ ”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You’re going to be rich, uncle.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t know about that. But whether I’m
-rich or not, you are provided for, my dear. At
-least, putting together the money you have
-earned this summer with what I have added
-to it, and turning it into Liberty Bonds, which
-I have been able to buy up at a price yielding
-six per cent on the investment, the income will
-yield enough to carry you through your school-days,
-and when you are done with classes, the
-principal will be intact and enough to give you
-a fair start in life.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But,” objected Bobby, “I thought the
-money I earned was going to Mama to help her
-pay off that debt.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You needn’t worry about that, Bobby,” exclaimed
-Mr. Compton. “Yesterday your
-mother sent a check canceling the entire obligation.
-She wasn’t as poor as we imagined.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And then, John,” put in Barbara, “when
-you gave me—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>But Compton smiling amiably put his hand
-over her mouth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The two girls were still studying the dress.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Can it be vanity?” the two asked themselves.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>All they could do was to suspend judgment.</p>
-
-<hr class='tbk'/>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was Saturday morning, brighter, more
-fragrant, more Paradise-like than any morning,
-so John and Barbara averred, in the
-golden weather history of Los Angeles. The
-wedding was over, the most notable wedding
-ever held in the Church of the Blessed Sacrament.
-The moving-picture world was there,
-the moving-picture world, and his wife and
-daughters, and, to a surprising extent, his
-sons. The church, a bower of beauty, was
-filled. All was over, and the happy couple,
-preceded by a flower girl, no other than Agnes
-Regan, by the best man, Mr. J. Heneman, and
-supporting the weeping bridesmaid, Bernadette
-Vivian, were moving in stately fashion
-down the aisle. As they left the vestibule,
-there were, thank goodness, no showers of rice
-and other idiotic performances, idiotic, because
-out of place at the church. Nevertheless,
-there was another form of demonstration.
-Two camera men from the Lantry Studio
-were on hand with their moving-picture
-cameras, and with them Ben Moore, the head
-of the Scenario Department.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Stop where you are,” commanded Ben.
-“We’re going to take you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Don’t object, my own,” whispered Compton.
-“We really owe it to the Lantry people.—Go
-on, Ben, and tell us what to do.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“By the way,” continued the groom, “what
-on earth has become of the little four? I
-haven’t seen or heard of them all the morning.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“They told me they had permission to go
-up in the choir loft,” answered Mrs. Compton.
-“Bobby left at six, one hour and three-quarters
-before we started for church. He had something
-on his mind.—Well, Ben, why don’t you
-go on and shoot?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Wait,” said Ben severely.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The groom and bride were standing before
-the main door of the church, with the best man
-and bridesmaid next them on their proper
-sides.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Move back, you two men to one side, and
-you two women to the other to give place to
-the procession. Now, boys, shoot,” commanded
-Ben.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As the bridal party obeyed Moore’s curt
-injunctions, there issued forth from the
-church, Bobby, dressed in every detail like
-Compton; on his arm, Peggy, arrayed like
-Mrs. Compton. Behind them, came Francis,
-another Heneman, his arm supporting Pearl,
-an improved replica of the fair Bernadette
-Vivian.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“By George,” cried Compton, never for a
-moment thinking of the cameras now in operation.
-“This explains the whole thing.—The
-little monkeys!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The young mischief-makers, well out of the
-church, placed themselves in front of the real
-bridal group, in front of their respective
-replicas. Four innocent faces then broke into
-smiles, while their owners made Pearl’s famous
-curtsy to an imaginary audience.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Upon this, Bobby turned and presenting a
-rose to Compton, said:</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“ ‘<span class='it'>Imitation.</span>’ ”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“<span class='it'>Is</span>,” announced Peggy, presenting the
-flower to Barbara.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“<span class='it'>The Sincerest</span>,” added Francis, with a rose
-for Heneman.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“<span class='it'>Flattery</span>,” ended Pearl, addressing the fair
-Bernadette.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then Compton caught Bobby in his arms;
-and Barbara caught Peggy in her arms; and
-Heneman caught Francis in his arms; and
-Bernadette caught Pearl in her arms; while
-the cameras clicked furiously, until they
-stopped, and Ben Moore announced that,
-without rehearsal, they had shot the finest
-thing ever seen in any moving picture.</p>
-
-<div class='lgc' style='margin-top:3em;'> <!-- rend=';' -->
-<p class='line'>THE END.</p>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<p class='line'><span style='font-size:smaller'>PRINTED BY BENZIGER BROTHERS, NEW YORK</span></p>
-</div> <!-- end rend -->
-
-<div><h1>TRANSCRIBER NOTES</h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mis-spelled words and printer errors have been fixed.</p>
-
-<p class='noindent'>[The end of <span class='it'>Bobby in Movieland</span> by Francis J. Finn]</p>
-
-<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 56319 ***</div>
- </body>
- <!-- created with fpgen.py 4.56a on 2018-01-05 00:59:44 GMT -->
-</html>
-
diff --git a/old/56319-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/56319-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5521d85..0000000
--- a/old/56319-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/56319-h/images/i01.jpg b/old/56319-h/images/i01.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e3c101..0000000
--- a/old/56319-h/images/i01.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/56319-h/images/logo.jpg b/old/56319-h/images/logo.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0612550..0000000
--- a/old/56319-h/images/logo.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/old/56319-0.txt b/old/old/56319-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index f060ae5..0000000
--- a/old/old/56319-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4986 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Bobby in Movieland, by Francis Finn
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: Bobby in Movieland
-
-Author: Francis Finn
-
-Release Date: January 5, 2018 [EBook #56319]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BOBBY IN MOVIELAND ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Mardi Desjardins, Alex White and the online
-Distributed Proofreaders Canada team at
-http://www.pgdpcanada.net
-
-
-
-
-
- BOBBY IN MOVIELAND
-
-
-
-
- _FATHER FINN’S FAMOUS STORIES_
- _Each volume with a Frontispiece_,
-
- CANDLES’ BEAMS. Short Stories
- SUNSHINE AND FRECKLES
- LORD BOUNTIFUL
- ON THE RUN
- BOBBY IN MOVIELAND
- FACING DANGER
- HIS LUCKIEST YEAR. A Sequel to “Lucky Bob”
- LUCKY BOB
- PERCY WYNN; or, Making a Boy of Him
- TOM PLAYFAIR; or, Making a Start
- HARRY DEE; or, Working It Out
- CLAUDE LIGHTFOOT; or, How the Problem Was Solved
- ETHELRED PRESTON; or, The Adventures of a Newcomer
- THAT FOOTBALL GAME; and What Came of It
- THAT OFFICE BOY
- CUPID OF CAMPION
- THE FAIRY OF THE SNOWS
- THE BEST FOOT FORWARD; AND OTHER STORIES
- MOSTLY BOYS. SHORT STORIES
- HIS FIRST AND LAST APPEARANCE
- BUT THY LOVE AND THY GRACE
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: In perfect good faith Bobby stepped forward, passed the
-director, saying as he went, “Excuse me, sir,” and ignoring Compton and
-the “lady” and “gentleman,” strode over to the bellhop. —_Page 69._]
-
-
-
-
- BOBBY
- IN MOVIELAND
-
- BY
- FRANCIS J. FINN, S.J.
-
- Author of “Percy Wynn,” “Tom Playfair,”
- “Harry Dee,” etc.
-
- [Illustration]
-
- NEW YORK, CINCINNATI, CHICAGO
- BENZIGER BROTHERS
-
-
-
-
- COPYRIGHT, 1921, BY BENZIGER BROTHERS
-
-
- Printed in the United States of America.
-
-
-
-
- CONTENTS
-
-
-CHAPTER PAGE
- I IN WHICH THE FIRST CHAPTER IS WITHIN A LITTLE OF BEING THE 9
- LAST
- II TENDING TO SHOW THAT MISFORTUNES NEVER COME SINGLY 18
- III IT NEVER RAINS BUT IT POURS 31
- IV MRS. VERNON ALL BUT ABANDONS HOPE 44
- V A NEW WAY OF BREAKING INTO THE MOVIES 58
- VI BOBBY ENDEAVORS TO SHOW THE ASTONISHED COMPTON HOW TO BEHAVE 72
- VII THE END OF A DAY OF SURPRISES 81
- VIII BOBBY MEETS AN ENEMY ON THE BOULEVARD AND A FRIEND IN THE 92
- LANTRY STUDIO
- IX SHOWING THAT IMITATION IS NOT ALWAYS THE SINCEREST FLATTERY, 104
- AND RETURNING TO THE MISADVENTURES OF BOBBY’S MOTHER
- X BOBBY, ASSISTED BY PEGGY, DEMONSTRATES A METHOD OF OBSERVING 114
- SILENCE, AND CELEBRATES A RED-LETTER DAY
- XI THE END OF ONE SCENARIO AND THE OUTLINING OF COMPTON’S GREAT 128
- IDEA
- XII BOBBY BECOMES FAMOUS OVERNIGHT 138
- XIII BERNADETTE’S TEMPERAMENT DELAYS THE SCENARIO, AND MRS. VERNON 150
- MAKES TWO CHILDREN HAPPY
- XIV MRS. VERNON ATTENDS A MOVING-PICTURE SHOW AND FINDS IN IT A 160
- GREAT LESSON UNTHOUGHT OF BY THE AUTHOR
- XV COMPTON’S GREAT SCENARIO IS FINISHED NOT A MOMENT TOO SOON 166
- XVI CONTAINING NOTHING BUT HAPPY EXPLANATIONS AND A STILL HAPPIER 180
- LOVE SCENE
- XVII THE FOUR CHILDREN AROUSE SUSPICION, UNTIL WITH THE MOST 196
- MOMENTOUS EVENT IN THIS NARRATIVE, ALL IS MADE CLEAR
-
-
-
- Bobby in Movieland
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER I
- IN WHICH THE FIRST CHAPTER IS WITHIN A LITTLE OF BEING THE LAST
-
-
-“Say, ma; honest, I don’t want to go in. Just all I want is to take off
-my shoes and socks and walk where the water just comes up to my ankles.”
-
-As the speaker, a boy of eight, was dressed in the fashion common to the
-youth of Los Angeles and its environment, it is but fair to state that
-with the taking off of shoes and socks the process of disrobing was
-really far advanced.
-
-“My mother has let me take mine off,” put in a bare-legged little girl.
-“We won’t go into the water really at all, Mrs. Vernon. Oh, please let
-Bobby come along.”
-
-The time was morning—a clear, golden, flower-scented morning in early
-July. The place was the sandy shore of Long Beach. There were few
-bathers about, as it was Monday, when the week-enders had returned to
-their several occupations, while the pleasure-seekers living or lodging
-there were resting from the strenuous gayety of Sunday.
-
-Mrs. Vernon, a beautiful young woman, in half-mourning, was strolling
-with her only child and the girl, an acquaintance made on the train,
-along the sands. They were all transients, presently to take a train
-north.
-
-Bobby Vernon was a highly interesting child to look at. Rather small for
-his age, he was lithe and shapely. His complexion was delicately fair,
-his chestnut hair rather long. All these things were enough to attract
-attention; but above and beyond these were the features. Blue eyes,
-cupid mouth, a sensitive upper lip, an eloquent, chubby little nose—all
-had this in common that they were expressive of his every passing
-thought and emotion. He had a face, in a word, at once speaking and
-engaging.
-
-The girl, Peggy Sansone, a year or two older, was a brunette, a decided
-contrast. She was a chance acquaintance, made by Bobby on the Pullman,
-with the result that, once they had exchanged a few words, there was no
-more sleeping during the daylight hours for the other occupants of that
-car.
-
-Mrs. Vernon felt in her heart it would be more prudent to refuse the
-request. She feared that she was making a mistake. But she was just then
-preoccupied and sad. Now, sadness is weakening.
-
-“Well, Bobby, if I give you permission, you won’t go far? And you’ll be
-back at the station in half an hour, and won’t get lost?”
-
-“I know the way back to the station,” volunteered the girl. “And I’ll
-promise you to see him back myself. You know, I’ve got my watch.” Here
-Peggy, with the sweet vanity of childhood, held up for view her dainty
-wrist watch.
-
-“Whoopee!” cried Bobby, jumping into his mother’s arms, planting a kiss
-on her brow, dropping down to the sand and, apparently all in one
-motion, taking off shoes and socks.
-
-Light-heartedly, hand in hand with the girl, he pattered down the sands
-to the water. The two little ones radiated joy and youth and life. To
-them the coming half-hour was to be, so they thought, “a little bit of
-heaven.” The girl had no premonition of the saddest day of her
-childhood; the boy no thought of the forces of earth and water that were
-about to change so strangely his and his mother’s life.
-
-It has already been observed that it was a day of golden sunshine; but
-to one conversant with the waters of Long Beach there was something
-ominous about the face of the changing sea. It was not high tide; but
-the surf was showing its milk-white teeth in a beauty profuse and cruel,
-with the cruelty of the sea which takes and returns no more, while the
-rollers swept in with a violence and a height that were unusual. The
-life savers were watchful and uneasy. To the two children, however, the
-white-lipped ocean was as bland and as gay as the sunshine.
-
-As their feet were covered by an incoming roller the girl screamed and
-Bobby danced—both for the same reason, for sheer joy. Hand in hand they
-pattered along, making their way further and further into the pathway of
-the breakers. In a few minutes they had advanced along the shore to a
-spot where they were apparently alone.
-
-Then began a series of daring ventures.
-
-“Say!” said Bobby. “This is the first time in all my life that I ever
-put my feet in the Pacific Ocean. But I know how to swim, all right, and
-I’m not a bit afraid.” As Bobby spoke he was moving slowly out into the
-water, which was now nearly up to his knees.
-
-“Hold on! You’re going too far,” said the girl, releasing Bobby’s hand
-and slipping back. “I’ve been in often, but I’m afraid just the same.”
-
-“Girls are cowards,” Bobby announced. “Come on, Peggy; I’ll take care of
-you.”
-
-Peggy by way of return fastened her large, beautiful dark eyes in hero
-worship upon her companion. Nevertheless, instead of accepting his
-invitation, she drew back a few steps more.
-
-“Now remember, Bobby, you told your mother you were only going
-ankle-deep. You’re up to your knees now.”
-
-“That’s so,” said Bobby, pausing and turning his back upon the incoming
-waves. “I ought not to break my word. Say, Peggy”—here Bobby’s face
-threw itself, every feature of it, into a splendor of enthusiasm—“do
-you think it would be wrong if I were to fall over and float? Then I
-wouldn’t be more than ankle-deep anyhow.”
-
-Peggy’s large eyes grew larger in glorious admiration.
-
-Now Bobby being very human—even as you and I—was not insensible to the
-girl’s expression. It spurred him on to do something really daring. He
-was tempted at that moment to forget his mother’s words and to go boldly
-out and meet the breakers in their might. For a few minutes there was a
-clean-cut battle in the lad’s soul between love of praise and the still,
-small voice we call conscience; as a consequence of which Bobby’s
-features twisted and curled and darkened. The battle was a short one,
-and it is only fair to say that the still, small voice scored a victory.
-
-However, the breakers were not interested in such a fight though it may
-have appealed with supreme interest to all the choirs of angels. The
-conflict over, Bobby’s eyes grew bright, and all the sprites of innocent
-gayety showed themselves at once in his every feature.
-
-“Peggy,” he began, “you are right. A promise is a promise—always. And
-then I made it to my mother. I would like to show you a thing or two,
-but—Why, what’s the matter?”
-
-Her expression startled him. If ever tragedy and horror were expressed
-by the eyes, Bobby saw these emotions in the beautiful orbs of Peggy.
-Her face had lost its rich southern hue, fear was in her pose and in
-every feature, but Bobby saw only the tragedy of the eyes. They were
-unforgettable.
-
-“Bobby!” she gasped. “Run! run!” And the child followed her own advice.
-
-Bobby, infected by her terror, turned. But it was too late. Close upon
-him curled and roared a huge roller, a white-crested wave. In the moment
-he looked upon it Bobby saw the rollers in a new light. A few moments
-before they were gay, frolicsome things, showing their teeth in
-laughter. Now they were strange, strong monsters foaming at the mouth.
-
-“Oh!” cried Bobby in horror. He said no more; for as he spoke, the wave
-caught him, spun him around, pulled him down, raised him up, and carried
-him off in its strong, uncountable arms towards the deep sea. Bobby
-kicked and struggled; but he was swept on as though he were a toy.
-
-Peggy, meanwhile having run back twenty or thirty paces, turned, and
-wringing her hands, scanned the troubled waters. She saw no sign of the
-boy.
-
-Peggy was young and timid. Upon her came an unreasoning fear. Bobby was
-drowned and maybe it was her fault! Maybe she would be hanged for
-murder! And how could she face a bereaved and already widowed mother?
-For the first and only time in her life Peggy ardently wished she were
-dead. Then, looking neither to left nor right, she ran back along the
-shore.
-
-Bobby was drowned! But she would tell no one. For the moment a wild
-thought of running away entered her soul. And she would have run away if
-she only knew whither to fly.
-
-Still running, she wept and she prayed. She ceased her flight only when
-she came to the spot where her tiny shoes and socks lay beside those of
-Bobby’s. Then she sat down and gave loose to her grief. When the first
-fierce desolation and agony had passed, she put on her shoes and began
-to think.
-
-Suddenly her drawn face relaxed. Her mother! Had she not always brought
-her griefs to that tender, loving soul? She would seek her at once and
-tell all. She glanced at her watch. Forty-five minutes had passed! She
-had exceeded her time by a quarter of an hour. It was nearly train time.
-There was not a second to be lost.
-
-As she rose to her feet something unusual had occurred. The ground
-beneath her seemed to be swinging up and down.
-
-Peggy was a native. In normal circumstances she would have been normally
-excited; but in her present condition she hardly noticed that she was in
-the throes of an earthquake.
-
-So calmly ignoring the shouts of men and the hysteria of women who came
-running out in hundreds from house and hotel, Peggy went forward at a
-smart trot to bring the awful tidings to Mrs. Sansone, her mother.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER II
- TENDING TO SHOW THAT MISFORTUNES NEVER COME SINGLY
-
-
-To natives of Los Angeles, or to those who have spent some years in that
-beautiful city—so beautiful that one could easily vision Adam and Eve
-as its occupants before the Fall—an earthquake tremor is just something
-more than of passing interest. They remain “unusual calm” when the house
-shakes, the pictures flap upon the wall, and the crockery rattles in
-noisy unrest. They regard their earthquakes as tamed creatures—not more
-formidable, practically speaking, than “a thing of noise and fury,
-signifying nothing.” When visitors show agitation at the coming of an
-earth tremor, these old inhabitants—and five years’ residence in Los
-Angeles makes one something little short of a patriarch—are almost
-scandalized. Should these strangers go the way that leads to hysteria,
-the old inhabitants grow properly indignant, and point out that all the
-tremors in the history of Los Angeles County are as nothing, in point of
-damage, as compared to one solitary cyclone of the Middle West. No doubt
-they are right.
-
-However, to a stranger these pranks of mother earth are fraught with
-terror. Many men and women are not only frightened, but actually become
-sick. Dizziness and nausea are not uncommon, although the cause be only
-a slight tremor of but three or four seconds’ duration.
-
-Among those affected on this day, so momentous in her life and that of
-her only child, was Mrs. Barbara Vernon. When the shock came she was
-resting on the sands under the shade of one of those gigantic umbrellas
-rented out at the beaches as a protection from the ardent rays of the
-sun. Beside her sat Mrs. Sansone, Peggy’s mother.
-
-“Oh, my God!” cried Mrs. Vernon, jumping to her feet and clasping her
-hands. She would have run straight into the ocean had not Mrs. Sansone
-laid upon her a restraining hand.
-
-“My dear,” said the old inhabitant, “don’t be frightened. It’s really
-nothing at all. We who live here don’t mind it in the least.” She patted
-Mrs. Vernon’s beautiful cheek as she continued: “Why, my little Peggy
-sees nothing in them. The last time we had an earthquake shock Peggy
-said that the earth was trying to do the shimmy.”
-
-“Oh,” said Mrs. Vernon, “I’m feeling so ill! Let me lean on you, dear. I
-feel as though I should faint.”
-
-The sympathetic right arm of Mrs. Sansone wound itself about the other’s
-waist.
-
-“Many strangers are so affected,” she said. “But really there’s nothing
-to fear. God is here with us right now.”
-
-Mrs. Barbara Vernon unobtrusively made the sign of the cross.
-
-“Thank you,” she said. “My fear is gone; but I feel sick, sick.”
-
-“Lean on my arm, Mrs. Vernon. I will bring you to our Pullman, where you
-can lie down and rest quietly.”
-
-“But the children!” objected Barbara.
-
-“Leave that to me. At the worst, Peggy knows the way, and she is really
-a very punctual little girl.”
-
-They had walked but a few paces, when an automobile, moving along the
-sands, came abreast of them and stopped. The driver, its sole occupant,
-leaned out.
-
-“Beg pardon,” he said removing his hat, “but I fear one of you ladies is
-rather indisposed. Anything I can do for you?”
-
-“Indeed you can,” replied Mrs. Sansone very promptly. “This lady is
-suffering from nausea. The earthquake is something new to her. You would
-do us a great favor by bringing us to the railroad station.”
-
-“Favor! It will be an immense pleasure to me.” As he spoke the young man
-jumped out, threw open the door of the tonneau, and, hat in hand, helped
-the two women in. He was rather a striking personality, thin almost to
-emaciation, and despite the smile now upon his features, with a face
-melancholy to the point of pathos.
-
-“Los Angeles,” he remarked as he seated himself at the wheel, “would be
-the most perfect place in the world if the earth hereabouts would only
-keep sober. If I had my way,” he continued, in a voice only less
-pathetic than his countenance, “I’d give the earth the pledge for life.
-It’s a perfect country when it’s sober.”
-
-Mrs. Sansone laughed.
-
-“Even at that,” continued the melancholy man, allowing himself the
-indulgence of a slight smile, “what does it amount to, a little bit of
-an earthquake like that? It is merely a fly in the amber.”
-
-“I agree with you absolutely,” said Mrs. Sansone.
-
-“Which means you’re a native. That other lady—”
-
-“Mrs. Barbara Vernon,” interpolated Mrs. Sansone.
-
-“Thank you, glad to meet you, ma’am,” said the stranger, turning his
-head and smiling ungrudgingly. “You, I take it, don’t see it as we do.
-Instead of a fly in the amber, you regard it rather as a shark in a
-swimming pool.”
-
-“It is very kind of you,” said Barbara, “to go out of your way for me. I
-can’t tell you how I appreciate your goodness. I shall pray for you.”
-
-The driver’s face changed from melancholy to reverence.
-
-“Please remember that,” he said. As he spoke he thought of the great
-Thackeray’s great words on the preciousness of living on in the heart of
-one good woman.
-
-Had Barbara been his own mother he could not have been more attentive.
-He helped her from the car, placed her in her section, and furtively
-slipping a dollar into the porter’s responsive fist, got that
-functionary into a state of useful and eager activity which would have
-filled, had he seen it, the Pullman superintendent’s heart with wild
-delight.
-
-“Can’t I get you a physician, Mrs. Vernon?” pleaded the stranger.
-
-“I need none, thank you. You have done infinitely more than I had any
-right to expect.”
-
-“Well, then, I am going to leave you in the hands of this lady—”
-
-“Mrs. Estelle Sansone,” supplied the owner of that name.
-
-“Thank you, Mrs. Sansone. I am glad to know your name. And,” he
-continued, turning upon Barbara the most melancholy eyes she had ever
-seen, while taking reverently her proffered hand, “I beg you, Mrs.
-Vernon, to remember me in—in—to remember me as you said.”
-
-“Indeed and indeed I will. God bless you!”
-
-“Amen,” answered the young man thickly. His face twitched, he paused as
-though about to speak, and then suddenly turned and left the car.
-
-“Isn’t he strange!” ejaculated Barbara. “I never saw a more melancholy
-face.”
-
-“He is very strange,” assented Mrs. Sansone.
-
-There was a depth of meaning in her words, unsuspected by Barbara, for
-the kind Italian woman had recognized the good Samaritan. This
-melancholy man was, in her estimation, the greatest screen comedian in
-the world.
-
-“And,” continued Barbara, when the porter had placed a second pillow
-under her head, “with all his melancholy, he is so kind and so good!”
-
-“I don’t understand,” commented the Italian. Again the depth of this
-remark was lost upon Barbara. For Mrs. Sansone knew much of the gossip
-concerning the great comedian. She knew that he had figured in many
-episodes which, to say the least, were anything but savory. And now she
-had met the man in a few intimate moments and seen him kind, gentle,
-gracious, and with a reverence for a good woman and a good woman’s
-prayers that had filled her with a feeling akin to awe. As she
-ministered lovingly to Barbara she meditated upon these opposing truths,
-and so meditating took a new lesson in the school of experience, a
-lesson the fruits of which are wisdom.
-
-“I am anxious about my boy,” said Barbara opening her eyes and
-endeavoring vainly to sit up.
-
-Mrs. Sansone threw a quick glance about the car. Her gaze rested
-presently upon an elderly woman whose face was eminently kindly. She was
-every inch a matron. Mrs. Estelle Sansone stepped over to her.
-
-“Pardon me,” she said, “but the lady over there is quite ill, and she is
-worrying about her little boy, who should have been back by this time. I
-don’t like to leave her alone while I go in search—”
-
-“And,” broke in the other, “you want some one to take your place? I
-thank you for asking me. I’ve been a widow for nearly fourteen years,
-and since my husband’s death I have worked as nurse in the Northwestern
-Railroad’s emergency ward in Chicago.”
-
-“Why, I couldn’t have made a better choice,” cried Mrs. Sansone.
-
-“It’s my first real pleasure trip—mine and my daughter’s—since my
-widowhood,” continued the woman, “but the pleasures of travel are as
-nothing compared with waiting on any good woman in distress.”
-
-The introductions were quickly made, and Mrs. Sansone left the car,
-feeling that Barbara was in hands better far than her own.
-
-She looked about the station. The clock indicated that in about five
-minutes the train would start. Mrs. Sansone grew anxious. She hurried
-along the platform, looking eagerly on every side for some sign of the
-children. A glance towards the beach rewarded her searching. Peggy, her
-hair streaming in the wind, was running towards her. Mrs. Sansone’s
-heart sank. Where was the boy? A sense of calamity seized her. She too
-ran to meet the child.
-
-“Oh, mother, mother!” cried Peggy, throwing her arms about Mrs. Sansone
-and bursting into a new agony of grief.
-
-“Dearest,” crooned Mrs. Sansone, raising the child to her bosom, “tell
-me! What has become of Bobby?”
-
-“Oh, mother! I am afraid!”
-
-“Tell the truth, darling. No matter what—it is your mother who listens.
-She will understand; she will not scold.”
-
-“Bobby is drowned!”
-
-“Oh, blessed Mary!” cried Mrs. Sansone, restoring Peggy to the sands and
-clasping her hands in dismay. “I can’t believe it! Tell me, dear, how it
-happened.”
-
-“Bobby was wading, and he was trying to be obedient. He got out too far,
-and I reminded him of his promise to his mother. And he said he was
-going to keep his promise. And just while he was talking to me a big
-roller came on him—you see, his back was turned—and that roller
-knocked him down and pulled him out, and when I looked—”
-
-Here Peggy fell to weeping again.
-
-“What, dear? Tell me quick.”
-
-“He was gone.”
-
-“And were there none around to go to his help?”
-
-“We were alone.”
-
-“And did you call for help?”
-
-“No, mother. I just ran away.”
-
-“And you said nothing, dearest?”
-
-“No. I was afraid they would think I was a murderer.”
-
-Mrs. Sansone had long walked the paths of wisdom. She knew how common it
-was for little children, witnesses to a drowning or a like calamity, to
-fly from the scene and in fear keep silent. She understood.
-
-“You were frightened, dearest. If you were older, you would have called
-for help. But you are not to blame. God help us! Now, Peggy, come with
-me. Or stay—I must break the news to his poor mother.”
-
-“And tell her,” said Peggy sobbingly, “that his last words were how he
-must always keep his promises, especially those he made to his mother.”
-
-Then Mrs. Sansone wept. It was a bitter moment.
-
-“All aboard!” cried one of the trainmen.
-
-Peggy and her mother were just in time to mount the platform when the
-train started.
-
-Then, with love and pity and all manner of gentleness, Mrs. Sansone told
-the pitiful story. When the full horror of it was grasped by Barbara,
-she asked for her crucifix, gazed upon it fixedly for several seconds,
-kissed it, and fell into a faint.
-
-Then it was that all that was matronly shone forth in Mrs. Feehan. Then
-it was that she and Mrs. Sansone, never for a moment neglecting the sick
-woman, mingled their tears and their grief. The porter, the gayest,
-chattiest porter in that section of the Pullman service, was their
-willing slave. He too became a partner in their sorrow. In fact, every
-passenger on the car and every employee of the road on duty duly caught
-the spirit of sympathy, and before Barbara came to, dry-eyed and almost
-despairing, lines and telephones were busy in a vain endeavor to get any
-possible light on the drowning.
-
-“But,” cried Barbara when she became fully conscious of the dark
-tragedy, “I must go back! I cannot go on without my boy!”
-
-The conductor was summoned.
-
-“I can let you off, lady,” he explained. “But I doubt whether you can
-get any means of returning at this point. Besides, when we arrive at the
-next station, we may expect an answer concerning the child. In that way
-you will get word quicker than if you were to return at once.”
-
-“Mrs. Vernon,” urged the nurse, “it would be the worst thing you could
-do to return. You are physically unfit just now to walk or make any kind
-of exertion. You need several hours of complete rest. If you take my
-advice, you will go on and not attempt to leave the car until the shock
-has passed and your strength returns.”
-
-“But I must go back—I must!” cried Barbara hysterically. As she spoke
-she suddenly rose and took a few quick steps. But the effort was too
-much. She staggered, and despite her efforts fell back into the arms of
-the kind matron.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER III
- IT NEVER RAINS BUT IT POURS
-
-
-But Bobby was not drowned. Peggy and he, as the wave caught him, were
-not alone. Seated on the ledge of a cliff, hidden almost completely from
-view, a bather, tall and plump, once a professional life-saver, had been
-watching the two children carefully. He had noted the roller even before
-Peggy. He was at a considerable distance from the children; but as Peggy
-turned to fly he was dashing, diagonally, across the beach. It was
-nothing for him, tall and strong of limb, to plunge into the water, to
-reach the very spot where Bobby had disappeared, and when Bobby’s head
-came to the surface, to take a few strong strokes, reach the unconscious
-boy, and bring him almost without effort to the shore.
-
-Bobby, I say, was unconscious; and the rescuer, for a moment, doubted
-whether the little lad was alive. Paying no attention, therefore, to the
-fleeing Peggy, the man, experienced in such matters, endeavored to
-restore the lad to consciousness. Bobby had swallowed much salt water.
-It was the work of a few moments to remedy that trouble. Then the man
-put himself to the task of getting the boy to breathe. In the shade of
-the cliff he labored long and arduously. Almost a quarter of an hour
-passed before Bobby’s face showed the slightest sign of life. Eventually
-he began to breathe.
-
-“Hey, boy! you’re doing fine,” cried the man. “Come on now, and wake
-up.”
-
-Adjured in such like terms at least twenty times, Bobby at length opened
-his eyes upon a world which he had almost left for good.
-
-“Howdy, Johnny? Are you awake?”
-
-Bobby looked gravely at his companion and, the inspection completed,
-asked, as he closed his eyes again:
-
-“Where am I?”
-
-“Right here at Long Beach,” came the answer. “Here, let me put my coat
-about you. You look pretty cold. How do you feel?”
-
-“I guess so,” answered Bobby, not even opening his eyes.
-
-Then the rescuer took the child, wrapped as he was in the heavy coat,
-and folded him to his bosom. He held the boy tight. Bobby soon began to
-warm up.
-
-“Where am I?” he inquired once more, opening his eyes as he spoke.
-
-“I told you we were at Long Beach, didn’t I?”
-
-“Maybe you did. Say, didn’t you pull me out of the water?”
-
-“I did, and not a second too soon, either. Now look here, Johnny. The
-color is coming back to your face. But you must get that chill out of
-you. Here, you must stretch your legs. Take my hand.”
-
-Bobby at first was barely able to walk. But gradually his strength
-returned, his strength and his smile. But neither lasted long.
-
-“Say! I’m getting so tired!” he remarked after a few quick turns. “Would
-you mind if I lie down?”
-
-The man laid Bobby down upon the sands, once more wrapping him, as he
-did so, tightly in the coat. Bobby promptly turned on his side and,
-resting his head upon his right arm, fell asleep.
-
-“My!” apostrophized the man, after a long contemplation. “I never saw
-such an interesting face.”
-
-“Did you say something, sir?” asked Bobby, opening his eyes.
-
-“I said a mouthful,” came the answer. “But look you, boy; you are weaker
-than you ought to be. What you need is brandy.”
-
-“I don’t drink,” objected Bobby.
-
-“None of us drink just now, for that matter,” the man dryly observed.
-“Just the same, you need a bit of brandy. Now will you remain here till
-I come back? I may be gone ten or fifteen minutes.”
-
-“Just now, sir, I don’t want to go anywhere. Oh, I’ll stay, all right.”
-
-And Bobby meant it. Nevertheless he did not stay.
-
-The man had hardly disappeared from view when Bobby sat up and stretched
-himself. Then he arose and went through the same process. Bobby was
-feeling once more that he was alive. Throwing off the coat, he quickly
-put on his proper garments, already perfectly dry. Then Bobby bethought
-him of his shoes. It would be easy to recover them and return within a
-few minutes. Accordingly, with his light step and easy grace quite
-restored, he trotted along the shore; and even as he moved, the events
-that had led up to his mischance began to return to his memory—the
-horrified eyes of Peggy, the big wave coming upon him, and then? What
-was it happened next? At the moment he could recall no more. Seating
-himself, he put on shoes and stockings, when all of a sudden as he
-arose, the awful memory, unbidden, returned. Once more he felt the
-waves’ might, once more he felt himself whirled and tossed about like a
-cork, once more he choked as the water forced itself into his gaping
-mouth. Here his memory ended. Bobby was more frightened by the memory
-than he had been by the actual happening.
-
-And just then, when the horror of it all had seized upon him, the ground
-beneath his feet began to oscillate. This was the last straw. Bobby
-could bear no more. The sea but a short time before had tried to swallow
-him up; now it was the land itself that would devour him.
-
-Utterly panic-stricken, urged on by a blind instinct in which reason had
-no share, the little fellow ran at a speed born of fear away from that
-awful beach. As it happened, there were stairs at that point leading up
-to the cliff. Bobby took them two at a time. Ocean Avenue was thronged
-just then with people, strangers in California, who failed, naturally
-enough, to see anything of humor in an earthquake. Under normal
-circumstances Bobby, flying at full speed along a highway, would have
-attracted more than a little attention. But the circumstances were not
-normal, and the fear which urged Bobby onwards was the same fear which
-in a measure possessed nearly all of those whom with flying feet he
-passed.
-
-Bobby had always been a good runner. On this occasion he surpassed
-himself. On he went until he was alone on the open road; on past
-orchards of oranges, peaches, lemons, pears and plums. The ground at
-every step was, as he felt, growing firmer beneath his feet; and once
-away from the outskirts of Ocean Beach he began to slacken his pace. It
-was then that the sharp tooting of a horn behind him caused him to turn;
-an automobile was bearing down upon him.
-
-Bobby, putting on full speed once more, darted to the left side of the
-road, which at this point sharply curved, only to find another machine
-bearing upon him swiftly from the opposite direction. There seemed to be
-no chance of escape. Nevertheless Bobby jumped for his life, landing on
-hands and knees at the side of the road, while the oncoming machine, now
-fairly upon him, swung desperately away. It passed within an inch of the
-boy’s feet as he flew through the air. Bobby did not arise. He collapsed
-where he had fallen. The machine which had nearly done for him came to a
-halt full thirty yards up the road, where from it descended a highly
-excited young man, who, more than emulating Bobby’s burst of speed, ran
-quickly and picked up the lad in his arms.
-
-“Say, little fellow, you’re not hurt, are you? Now don’t say you’re
-hurt. It was a close call, but I never touched you.”
-
-But Bobby’s head hung limp, his eyes remained closed.
-
-The man grew pale with fear. Possibly he had frightened the child to
-death. Gazing with extreme compassion upon the delicate features of the
-sensitive face, he groaned aloud and, as though his burden weighed
-nothing, sprinted back to his machine. There he laid the boy on the
-front seat, and, getting out a water bottle from the tonneau, removed
-the stopper and dashed a goodly portion of water into the child’s face.
-
-The effect was immediate. Bobby sat up, and looking into the frightened
-face of his new aggressor, opened his mouth and bawled. Bobby, to do him
-justice, was a manly little fellow, and manly little fellows of seven or
-eight are not in the habit of bawling. But he had been through a fearful
-series of ordeals. He was no longer himself. Panic had entered into his
-very soul. The sea had tried to get him; the earth, lining itself up
-with the sea, had shaken beneath his feet; and when he ran from one
-automobile, another had borne down upon him to such effect that only by
-a marvel short of the miraculous had he escaped with his life. So Bobby
-went on bawling.
-
-This exhibition of tears and lungs had a very disconcerting effect on
-the young man. He was, as the reader has a right to know, John Compton,
-a promising comedian, engaged recently by a moving-picture company, the
-head members of which counted upon his becoming shortly one of the
-leading film comedians of the country. On that very day he had started
-in upon his second picture. But an hour before he had rehearsed part of
-the opening scene; and he would have still been rehearsing at that very
-moment had it not happened that the property man was not on time with
-the completion of an indoor set; as a consequence of which the director
-had called off further rehearsal till two o’clock that afternoon. Not
-thinking it worth his while to disturb his make-up, John Compton had
-jumped into his automobile and gone out for a spin, with his face
-painted a sickly yellow and eyebrows fiercely exaggerated. Bobby had
-never before seen a moving-picture actor in his war paint. No wonder
-that he continued to bawl; no wonder that he refused to be comforted.
-
-Mr. Compton was at his wits’ end. It was useless to advise the boy to
-calm himself. To be heard Compton would be obliged to bellow at the top
-of his voice. And why not? It was an inspiration. Standing outside his
-own machine, John Compton planted his hands upon his knees, and stooping
-till his face was on a level with Bobby’s, opened his mouth, a not
-inconsiderable one, and bawled, too, with all the energy of desperation.
-
-At the awful sound Bobby, opening his eyes to their widest, ceased his
-outcries and, with his mouth still wide open, stared in incredulous
-amazement at John Compton. This gentleman, having stopped momentarily
-for breath, started his strange performance once more. But there was a
-different tone to the second attempt. Mr. Compton, gaining courage
-through success, was beginning to perceive a certain humor in the
-situation; and into his bawling went that sense of humor. The suspicion
-of a grin came upon the boy’s face. Inspired by this, Compton entered
-upon a third attempt, which really succeeded in being a clever
-caricature of Bobby’s bawling.
-
-The boy grinned.
-
-“Never say die,” said the comedian, smiling pleasantly and winking.
-
-“I’ll say so!” returned Bob, and reproduced to a nicety Compton’s
-identical wink.
-
-Compton’s perplexity was entirely gone. He liked Bobby from the first;
-but with that wink he loved him. So, light of heart, John Compton forced
-his features into the exaggerated smile which, in the opinion of his
-director, would, when once known, be worth a fortune, and Bobby for the
-first time since the roller came upon him burst into a laugh, clear,
-silvery—sweeter, dearer at that moment to Compton than all the music
-that had ever charmed his ears.
-
-“Hey! Do it again,” cried Bobby, standing up and wearing an air of
-seraphic joy. Mr. Compton accepted the encore gratefully, but lost his
-great smile almost instantaneously when Bobby, allowing for a smaller
-mouth and more delicate features, reproduced the million-dollar grin.
-
-“Upon my word!” exclaimed the thoroughly amazed comedian. “I must say I
-like you.”
-
-“And I like you.”
-
-“In fact, I like you very much.”
-
-“And I like you very much.”
-
-“What’s your name, little screecher?”
-
-“Bobby Vernon.”
-
-“I like that name very much. Mine is John Compton.”
-
-“And I like that name very much. Say, come in and sit with me.”
-
-“One moment. Where are you from?”
-
-“Cincinnati.”
-
-Compton, starting slightly, looked at the boy’s features searchingly.
-
-“Say, Bobby, what was your mother’s maiden name—her name before she was
-married, you know?”
-
-“Barbara Carberry.”
-
-Compton buried his face in his hands. When he raised his head presently,
-he discovered Bobby weeping. Stepping into the car, Compton took Bobby
-in his arms and, gazing once more upon the child’s face, stooped over
-and kissed him.
-
-“I knew your mother once,” he said quietly.
-
-“And you like her?” asked Bobby eagerly.
-
-“Like her! That’s no name for it. Tell me all about her.”
-
-It was the thought of his mother that had set Bobby to weeping again. No
-wonder, then, that as he proceeded to recount the events of that morning
-he was forced sobbing to halt in his narration several times until he
-had mastered his grief. No child in deep trouble ever had a more
-sympathetic listener. While Bobby went on with his tale of woe, Compton,
-deeply attentive, was speeding at the rate of forty-five miles an hour
-for Los Angeles.
-
-“You see,” he had explained to Bobby, “if I don’t hurry, I’ll be late
-for that two o’clock rehearsal.”
-
-He stopped once on the road at a telephone station.
-
-“Bobby,” he said when he had returned from the booth, “I’ve made
-inquiries. Your mother took sick. They say there was an earthquake.”
-
-“I should say there was! Didn’t I tell you how it started me to running
-till I ran into you?
-
-“That’s true. In fact, I believe there was an earthquake. Seems to me I
-noticed one myself; but I was so busy thinking about my part in the new
-production that I didn’t pay much attention to it. Well, anyhow, it made
-your mother sick. It often does affect strangers that way. And they
-brought her to her car; and before she knew what happened I reckon the
-old train started off to bring her to San Luis Obispo without you.”
-
-Bobby’s sensitive upper lip quivered.
-
-“Here, now, don’t you cry. I’ve sent a telegram which will catch her at
-San Luis Obispo, telling her that you are with me and that I will keep
-you safe and sound till I hear from her. Cheer up, Bobby! You’ll get
-word to-morrow. There’s nothing to worry about.”
-
-Mr. Compton was a bad prophet. Bobby did not get word. In fact, owing to
-the flood of telegrams consequent upon the earthquake, Compton’s message
-was delayed nearly twenty-four hours, and though it duly reached San
-Luis Obispo it was never delivered. Barbara Vernon was not there to
-receive it.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IV
- MRS. VERNON ALL BUT ABANDONS HOPE
-
-
-John Compton had vainly attempted to get any details in regard to
-Bobby’s rescue. It had been a bad day for swimmers at Long Beach. The
-waters had been unusually rough, and in consequence several bathers were
-drowned and nearly a score in imminent danger rescued. Over the
-telephone he got a complete list of those whom the life-savers had
-brought safely in, but in that list was no name in any wise
-corresponding with that of Bobby Vernon. Had not the earthquake come
-along at the wrong moment, Bobby would not, unconsciously breaking his
-promise, have run away, and Mrs. Vernon would not have been whisked into
-the Pullman and been borne northward on the wings of steam. No; Bobby
-would have waited and Mrs. Vernon would have remained. They would have
-come together very shortly, and this story would not, failing that
-earthquake, be worth the writing.
-
-Nor would Mrs. Vernon have gone on toward San Luis Obispo utterly broken
-in spirit. In reply to telegrams and long-distance telephone calls made
-by Mrs. Sansone and the big-hearted nurse, they learned that no boy
-corresponding to hers had been rescued, and that it was impossible at
-the moment to give any adequate report of those who had met death in the
-angry waters.
-
-As for Bobby’s rescuer, when he returned to the beach and failed to find
-the boy awaiting him, he was highly disgusted. The boy had broken his
-promise and gone off without so much as a word of thanks. Being a
-native, so to speak, it did not occur to him that an earthquake might
-put a lone little lad into a panic. Meditating grimly on the
-ungratefulness of mankind in general and of a certain small boy in
-particular, he turned himself with a glum face to the bathing house. He
-was already long overdue in the city, and putting the incident out of
-his mind as an unpleasant memory, he went his way, telling no man of his
-morning’s adventure. Thus it came about that Bobby’s rescue was recorded
-only in heaven.
-
-Thus too it came about that Barbara Vernon gave up all hope of her son’s
-having been rescued. He was dead, and she was alone in the world. In
-vain did Mrs. Sansone beg her to hope; equally in vain did Mrs. Feehan
-fold her to her generous heart and whisper in her ear those sweet
-nothings which love makes more valuable in such circumstances than
-pearls of great price. Mrs. Vernon, dry-eyed and with set face, speaking
-nothing, apparently hearing nothing, gazed into vacancy. Even Mrs.
-Feehan, whose hope was as strong as her love, began to lose courage.
-Something must be done or the poor bereaved widow might go mad.
-
-Resigning the unhappy lady to the care of the Italian, Mrs. Feehan
-walked through the car, scanning quickly the face of each passenger.
-Disappointed in her inspection, she went into the next car, and as she
-entered, the smile returned to her face.
-
-Seated in a section near her entry was a venerable priest. His thick
-spectacles failed to conceal the kindly old eyes; while the large, red,
-weather-beaten face seemed somehow to tell the tale of myriad deeds of
-consolation and kindness. To look upon him with unprejudiced eyes was by
-way of loving him. He was sitting with folded hands.
-
-“Oh, Father,” exclaimed the nurse, “pardon me for disturbing you. But
-there is a woman in the next car who, I fear, will go mad unless some
-one can reach her. She is a widow, and her only boy has just been
-drowned. She is a devout Catholic, and I am almost certain that if any
-one can bring her out of her despair a Catholic priest can do it. I’ve
-dealt with a number of like cases, and I know it.”
-
-The priest arose, and, as Mrs. Feehan observed, slipped his beads,
-concealed in his folded hands, into his pocket.
-
-“I’ll talk to her, my good woman, and while I talk, do you pray.”
-
-As they entered the car the porter met them.
-
-“You will find the lady in the drawing-room. I put her in there myself.”
-
-“You’re a trump!” said the priest, patting the porter on the back.
-
-Mrs. Vernon, as they entered, was showing once more some signs of
-improvement. She was gazing not without a touch of tenderness down upon
-the tear-stained, almost despairing face of the beautiful little child
-Peggy, who on her knees was imploring forgiveness.
-
-“I’m so sorry, Mrs. Vernon. I lost my wits. But do forgive me.”
-
-“She’s as good a girl as I know,” said the priest. “How are you, Peggy?”
-
-“Oh, Father Galligan, ask her to forgive me!”
-
-“I don’t know what it’s all about,” said the priest, “but I’m sure
-little Peggy would not wilfully do anything wrong. As you expect God’s
-help, my dear lady, in this trying hour, send this child away in peace
-and quiet.”
-
-Mrs. Vernon raised herself up and threw her arms about the little one’s
-neck.
-
-“There’s nothing to forgive, little dear. But pray, pray for me.”
-
-“I think, madam,” observed the priest, “that if ever you were fit to
-receive all that comes with the blessing of the Church now is the time.
-Here, Peggy, kneel down and pray; and you too, Mrs. Sansone. And you
-too,” he added, addressing himself to the nurse; “though I’m thinking
-that Peggy’s prayers are worth all yours and mine put together. Now,
-speed her up, Peggy, while I recite the Gospel of St. John.”
-
-It was, in all seriousness, an exquisite prayer-meeting. If angels can
-be influenced by human beauty, delicate innocence, and the awful faith
-of childhood, legions of them must have pressed about the great White
-Throne to tell the wondrous tale of Peggy’s praying. It is doubtful,
-also, whether they could have been insensible to the ardent petitions of
-the nurse and Peggy’s mother. However this may be, one thing is certain:
-the authorized prayer of a priest uttered in the name of the Church has
-an efficacy behind it which pierces high heaven. Such a prayer goes
-flying upward, winged by the power of that Church, in whose name it is
-uttered.
-
-“Now,” said Father Galligan, closing his little book and gesturing the
-suppliants to rise from their knees, “you may all go outside and talk
-about your neighbors; and the more you talk about them the
-better—provided you speak of their good qualities. This lady is going
-to entertain me.”
-
-“Well, we’ve all got to go now anyhow,” said Mrs. Sansone. “Los Angeles
-is our home, and Mrs. Feehan with her dear little daughter is stopping
-to visit a relation—”
-
-“But if you say the word, Father,” put in Mrs. Feehan, “I’ll go on and
-see Mrs. Vernon through.”
-
-“I don’t think it will be necessary,” said the Father. “Take your
-holiday and God bless you all. And don’t you forget, Peggy, to go to
-communion every day you can. You need it, dear child.”
-
-“Indeed I won’t forget, Father. Good-by, Mrs. Vernon. You are just
-lovely, and I’ll pray for you every day and for Bobby.”
-
-As Peggy left the compartment the priest lightly laid his hand on the
-child’s raven-black hair and blessed her.
-
-“Poor child!” he remarked to Mrs. Vernon. “She’s as lovely now and as
-good as an angel. But she has the fatal gift of beauty, and she’s going
-to grow up. Lovely, untainted children—and the world is full of
-them—quite upset me. I don’t want them to die and I don’t want them to
-grow up. Confound original sin anyway!”
-
-“I’m sure my little boy is in heaven. But I am a mother. Oh, how I want
-him! I can’t give him up!”
-
-“You don’t know what you can do. None of us knows till we try. Remember,
-there is a faith that moves mountains.”
-
-“Thank you so much, Father,” said Mrs. Vernon. “A moment ago I was
-tempted to take my life.”
-
-“I’m sure the angels didn’t notice it, and so it won’t go on the
-recording book. You have had a great sorrow. But listen to the words of
-an old priest who has spent his priestly life of forty-three years
-supping with sorrow—other people’s mainly. When God sends us a great
-sorrow, He sends us a great strength, if we will only accept it. And
-more: if we bear our sorrows in simple faith, somehow, somewhere, God
-will turn our sorrow into joy.”
-
-“Ah, Father, He can never give me back my son!”
-
-“I don’t know about that,” demurred the Father, taking a pinch of snuff.
-“Didn’t Christ say, ‘Out of these stones I can raise up children to
-Abraham?’ Never say can’t when you’re talking about God.”
-
-“I see, Father; you want of me the deepest faith.”
-
-“Exactly, my good woman, the faith that moves mountains. ‘Earth has no
-sorrow that heaven cannot heal.’”
-
-“Father, I will try.” As she finished these words, Mrs. Vernon fell to
-weeping.
-
-“Good for you!” commented the priest. “What alarmed me most when I first
-saw you was the fact of your being so dry-eyed. But let us talk about
-something else. You don’t belong out here.”
-
-“No, Father. I come from Cincinnati. My name is Barbara Vernon. Almost
-two years ago I lost my husband. He died a good death; but he was a poor
-business man, and the thing that bothered him most at his last hour was
-that he had neglected to renew his life insurance. It lapsed just two
-weeks before the day of his death.”
-
-“An artist, possibly?”
-
-“I think you might call him so, Father. He was an actor, and, if God had
-given him a longer life, would have become a playwright. He was engaged
-on the third and last act of a play when he took sick. I am confident,
-not only on my own judgment, but on the authority of several critics,
-that had he lived to complete it he would have made a fortune.”
-
-“These artists are all alike,” commented the priest. “They see
-everything in the heavens above and the waters under the earth but their
-own interests. They all die uninsured—most of them, anyhow. But what
-brings you out here?”
-
-“The hope of straightening out my affairs. You see, my husband, on the
-strength of his play, borrowed twenty-five hundred dollars on a note
-which falls due September the first. I want to pay it. I feel it is my
-duty. He borrowed from a friend who now needs the money. I have been
-teaching elocution to private pupils ever since my husband’s death, and
-have managed to put aside seven hundred dollars. Three months ago it
-became clear to me that I could not possibly get the full amount
-together. Now, there happens to live in San Luis Obispo a wealthy
-relation of mine, an uncle whom I have not seen since I was a little
-girl. He was very fond of me then, and he more than once asked me to
-call on him if I were ever in trouble.”
-
-“You did very well to come, Mrs. Vernon. He lives, you say, in San Luis
-Obispo?”
-
-“Yes, Father.”
-
-“Perhaps I know him. I spent three years at San Luis. In fact, I was
-there all of last year.”
-
-“His name, Father, is Pedro Alvarez.”
-
-The start which the priest gave was almost imperceptible. Not for
-nothing had he heard over four hundred thousand confessions.
-
-“Do you know him, Father?”
-
-“I do.”
-
-“And is he well?”
-
-“I am just wondering,” mused the priest evasively, “whether he has much
-money. He was wealthy once, but he lost heavily on some oil
-investments.”
-
-“But is he well, Father?”
-
-“It is two months,” pursued the priest, “since I was in residence at San
-Luis Obispo.”
-
-At this moment the train stopped at a small station, and there was heard
-a commotion without.
-
-“There’s something wrong, I fear,” said the Father, glad of an
-opportunity to change the subject. He now regretted that he had bidden
-Mrs. Feehan take her holiday at Los Angeles.
-
-“Reverend,” said the porter, entering suddenly, “there’s a man at the
-station who’s been injured by a freight, and he is calling for a priest.
-He may die any moment.”
-
-“Excuse me,” said Father Galligan, rising quickly. “When I come back I
-have something to tell you.”
-
-Father Galligan did not return. The dying man needed him, and Mrs.
-Vernon saw the priest no more. He only came and went, and touched her
-life into a higher faith.
-
-That evening Mrs. Vernon stepped off the car at San Luis Obispo. The
-station was almost deserted. However, she had little trouble in getting
-information about Alvarez, once very prominent in the city. He was dead.
-He had died seven months before almost penniless and prepared by Father
-Galligan. This it was that Father Galligan had intended telling her.
-
-The train, while Mrs. Vernon was getting this information, departed.
-
-The poor woman was almost beside herself. Wringing her hands, she paced
-up and down the deserted platform, calling upon the Mother of Sorrows to
-come to her aid. Five minutes or more passed when she was interrupted.
-
-“I beg your pardon, Miss,” said a plainly dressed man to whose hands
-were clinging a girl of twelve and a boy who evidently was her younger
-brother; “but do you know anything about nursing?”
-
-The man’s face was troubled and eager. The two children had been
-recently crying. Indeed, so it seemed to Mrs. Vernon, it had been a day
-of calamity.
-
-“I took nearly two years’ course of training.”
-
-“Oh!” cried the girl, breaking into a smile.
-
-“Then for the love of God, come to my help. My wife will die unless she
-gets good nursing. The doctor has said it. Look at these two children.
-Think of them without a mother. I’m a ranchman living thirty miles from
-here. Money is no object. Name your own terms. I know you won’t refuse.
-All afternoon I’ve looked and looked for a nurse. Before you say no,
-look at these little ones.”
-
-“Please!” cried the girl, clasping her hands.
-
-“Come on!” entreated the boy, catching her arm.
-
-Could the Mother of Sorrows have sent them?
-
-“I hardly know how to refuse you, sir; but my own little boy has this
-day been taken from me by drowning, carried out by the undertow at Long
-Beach. I was not with him at the time, and I must go back and find
-whether his body has been recovered.”
-
-The ranchman took a careful and appraising look at Barbara.
-
-“Madam,” he said, “I think I understand. I know how you feel. But let me
-make a suggestion. You are in no condition to return to Long Beach; nor
-would you know what to do when you got there. Now, I’m familiar with the
-place and the conditions. I have, in fact, some influence there. Now
-I’ll tell you what I’ll do. If for the sake of saving my dear wife’s
-life you will come with me, I’ll take you at once to our home and will
-return in time to get the next train to Long Beach. And I promise you
-that I will do all that you could do and more, to learn anything,
-however trivial it may seem, concerning your boy. Oh, madam, for the
-love of God, give your consent. I am sure He has sent you to us.”
-
-“Please, ma’am,” implored the girl.
-
-“My mama needs you,” added the boy.
-
-“In God’s name!” said the ranchman.
-
-Taking everything into consideration, Barbara Vernon could not resist
-these sweet children, this fond husband, and so a few minutes later she
-was on her way in the ranchman’s machine to enter upon a new phase of
-life.
-
-Thus it fell that when the telegram from John Compton reached San Luis
-Obispo the following afternoon no claimant for it could be discovered.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER V
- A NEW WAY OF BREAKING INTO THE MOVIES
-
-
-Your true cloister of to-day is a moving-picture studio. The sign “No
-Admittance,” or some wording of similar meaning, greets the stranger at
-every door. There is, too, at each entry a dragon on guard, sometimes in
-the guise of a gracious but firm young woman, sometimes, it may be, in
-that of a forbidding old man; but no matter how various be the form of
-these dragons, they are there to see that you don’t go in. To enter
-without the Open Sesame incurs an excommunication seldom incurred, for
-the reason that the dragons are always on duty.
-
-As John Compton, holding the hand of Bobby, made to enter the sacred
-precincts of the Lantry Studio at the entryway provided for the actors,
-the man on guard cast a severe and forbidding look at the youth.
-
-“You know my orders,” he grumbled, still gazing at Bobby while
-addressing Compton.
-
-“Sure I do. But this boy is an aunt of mine—er—that is, an uncle. Oh,
-dash it! what am I talking about? He’s my little nephew, Bobby Compton.”
-
-“Why don’t you get it right?” observed a bright young lady, one of the
-“stars,” as she passed through the sacred gate. “Don’t you think, on
-second thought, Mr. Compton, that he’s your grandfather? He looks more
-like that than an aunt of yours.”
-
-The surly keeper of the gate perceived the joke. It was on record that
-he had seen through a joke on three distinct occasions during his two
-years of guardianship. To-day he scored for the fourth time. Bobby as an
-aunt was really funny. But as a grandfather! The keeper dropped his pipe
-and lost his scowl, and holding up both hands, palms outward, roared
-with laughter. He was still in the throes of his mammoth mirth when
-Compton pushed through the stile—I know no better word for it—and drew
-Bobby after him. The cloister was violated.
-
-Now, Bobby had by this time wearied of holding Compton’s hand. Moreover
-he had noticed a certain peculiarity in Compton’s walk which he desired
-to study to better advantage. So, loosening his hold, and saying, “I’ll
-follow you,” he dropped behind his newly-discovered uncle.
-
-Mr. Compton, dressed for his part in the rehearsal, wore a nondescript
-jacket and a vest of startling color. Into the armholes of this vest his
-thumbs were thrust, the free fingers of his hand extended and waving in
-unison at each step. Bobby had already studied this peculiarity. Now he
-was to study the secret of Compton’s strides. They were, to begin with,
-notably long strides. But most striking of all was the part his feet
-played. The right foot at each step was turned in, the left out. In
-justice to Mr. Compton, this was not his proper gait. He was practicing
-for his part. Bobby, however, liked it. In fact, he liked anything
-connected with John Compton, and because John Compton did it Bobby saw
-nothing funny in it at all. It was easy for Bobby to insert his real
-thumbs into imaginary armholes and to wiggle his fingers with each step.
-It was not so easy, by reason of the shortness of his legs, for Bobby to
-catch his uncle’s stride. But he thought it worth while, and he did it.
-Then Bobby, with surprisingly little difficulty, got his feet to working
-as though one were going in one direction and the other in another; and
-so serenely moved on the procession of two, a spectacle for angels and
-Miss Bernadette Vivian, the young star who had brought to life once more
-the gate-keeper’s sense of humor.
-
-It was Bernadette’s turn to laugh.
-
-“Look,” she cried to a busy and jaded-looking official, who was hurrying
-past her with a sheaf of papers in his hands and a lead pencil in his
-mouth. “Set your eyes on that boy. That’s Compton’s aunt or
-grandfather—he’s not quite clear which—and of the two, I think, with
-all respect to Compton, the aunt is the better comedian.”
-
-The official looked and grinned.
-
-“Maybe you’re right,” he observed, removing the pencil from his mouth.
-“You’re working with Compton. Keep your eye on the kid. We may need him
-if he’s not engaged already.”
-
-“Come on here, Bobby; you take my hand,” said Compton, turning sharply
-and detecting his understudy in action. Another man might have been
-annoyed, Compton was tickled beyond measure.
-
-Threading their way through a maze of sets and scenery, among which busy
-men—carpenters, electricians, secretaries and what not—were winding in
-what appeared to be inextricable confusion, they finally arrived at a
-set arranged to represent the lobby of a hotel.
-
-To the left was a cigar counter, and beyond it an exit, or, possibly, an
-entryway to some other part of the hotel. The rest, save for a bellhop’s
-bench, was space. Seated or lounging about were several actors; among
-them a young lady dressed as a salesgirl; a boy of about Bobby’s size,
-though evidently several years older, gay in the buttons and livery of a
-bellhop; a young man in society clothes; and finally a young woman who
-was evidently a lady.
-
-Hurrying from one to the other of these and speaking quickly certain
-instructions, was a young man whose intense face expressed infinite
-patience and strong, though jaded, energy. He was tired—had been tired
-for six months—but had no time to diagnose the symptoms. This was the
-stage director, Mr. Joseph Heneman.
-
-“Halloa, John! Glad you’ve come. Everything’s set, and we’re going to
-move like a house afire. Who’s that fine little boy with you?”
-
-“I’m his aunt,” said Bobby seriously.
-
-Heneman nearly exploded on the spot.
-
-“You young screech-owl!” said Compton, turning a severe face, though his
-eyes twinkled, upon Bobby. “Who taught you how to lie?”
-
-“You said I was your aunt,” countered Bobby.
-
-“Your uncle—nephew, I mean. This young monkey,” he went on, addressing
-the manager, the vision of Bobby’s latest mimicry still vivid in his
-memory, “is my nephew, Bobby Compton.”
-
-“Why, I didn’t know you had a nephew,” said Heneman, still laughing. As
-he spoke he shook hands with the interesting youth.
-
-“Neither did I till a while ago,” chuckled Compton. “Fact is I adopted
-him and christened him on the way in. It’s a long story, but he’s in my
-charge now. He’ll sit still and watch us working. Won’t you, Bobby?”
-
-“I’ll watch you working all right,” said Compton’s new relation. Bobby
-had no intention of sitting still.
-
-“Halloa, aunty!” said Bernadette, suddenly appearing on the scene, and
-smiling at Bobby, showing in the act a perfect and shining set of teeth.
-
-“How do you do?” returned Bobby, bowing gravely. “You’ve got it wrong,
-though. He’s my uncle. He says so himself, and he ought to know.”
-
-Before the rehearsal began every one there heard the story from the fair
-lady’s cupid-painted lips of the circumstances connected with Bobby’s
-admission into the Lantry cloister. The story filled with joy all the
-listeners save one. The bellhop did not even smile. The fact is, the
-bellhop, yielding to a long-fought temptation, had obtained a quid of
-tobacco from a stage carpenter, had indulged in his first and probably
-his last chew, and was just now filled with feelings of wild regret and
-a desire to lie down in some obscure spot and die.
-
-As a result of Bernadette’s story every one, excepting of course the
-unhappy bellhop, was in a state of almost hilarious good humor when the
-rehearsal was called; in such humor that even when the star halted
-everything for several minutes by insisting that one of her shoes was
-improperly laced—though to the naked eye there was nothing out of
-order—and having her attendant do it all over again, no one grumbled.
-
-Mr. Heneman had counted on going on with the rehearsal “like a house
-afire.” He had reckoned without his host, and the host was the bellhop.
-
-Before going further it may be well to observe that a picture in the
-making is far from resembling a picture in the viewing. The former is a
-very slow process. It may require a whole day to produce what one sees
-on the screen in three or four seconds. Before the camera men “shoot”
-there may be a dozen or more rehearsals; and the shooting may be
-repeated seven or eight times.
-
-“Ready!” cried Mr. Heneman. “Positions!”
-
-At the word the salesgirl got behind the cigar counter and, to make
-everybody understand that she was only a salesgirl, proceeded to chew
-gum violently. In real life saleswomen sometimes do chew gum; but it is
-rare to discover one who makes it an almost violent physical exercise.
-Standing to the right of the saleslady—in the lobby—the young man in
-the dresscoat, facing the young lady with not enough clothes on her back
-to make a bookmark, began offering such original remarks as the state of
-the weather generally evokes. Back of them all, in an alcove near the
-exit, sat the bellhop, gloom and desolation upon his face.
-
-“Here, you! Don’t stand so the lady can’t be seen. Let the lady turn a
-little to the right. That’s it. Go on and talk, both of you, and smile
-as if you were each saying awfully witty things. Bellhop, hold up your
-head! You look like a drowned rat. Look tough; you’re looking dismal.”
-Here the director paused, and while the camera men were placing their
-machines in position, and their assistants were arranging reflectors,
-and an electrician, perched on high above the shooting line, arranged a
-powerful light over the head of the salesgirl, he went over to the
-bellhop, showed him how to sit, how to hold his hands, cross his legs
-and drop one corner of his mouth. There was some improvement.
-
-“Now, once more!” ordered the director. “Positions! Smile, you two.
-Talk, talk! Don’t overdo that chewing-gum stuff. Give a yawn, bellhop.
-Good! Now come on, Compton.”
-
-From off scene to the right enters Compton. He is befuddled with liquor,
-and on his face is an expression of utmost stupidity. It is doubtful,
-indeed, if any live human being could be as stupid as he looked. In his
-right hand he is balancing a cane with a crook. His walk is a marvel of
-indecision. He hasn’t the least idea, apparently, as to whither he is
-going.
-
-Bobby, just back of the director, is watching all this with breathless
-interest. Previous to Compton’s entrance he had assumed the attitude and
-pose of the “lady,” arms akimbo, head thrown back and a full smile. Upon
-Compton’s appearance Bobby could at first hardly restrain the exuberance
-of his delight. The highest admiration often expresses itself in
-imitation. To the amazement and amusement of several actors stationed
-behind him, the lad with scarcely an effort threw his features into a
-close replica of Compton’s.
-
-“He’s as good a nut as Compton,” observed an old actor to a companion.
-
-“I’ll say so!” rejoined the other.
-
-Compton almost jostled the young lady in his onward progress. As it was,
-the crook of his cane caught upon her elbow and hung there. Without his
-cane, Compton showed a dim consciousness of feeling that something was
-wrong. He felt his clothes, his pockets, his face, and then looking for
-the nonce dimly intelligent, turned around, removed the cane from its
-improvised hook, raised his hat, dropped it, stooped to get the cane,
-picked it up, reached for his hat, dropped the cane, and so on. It was
-simple fun, but made worth while by the manner of the actor. Bobby by
-this time had a stick and a hat, and without knowing it was giving a
-capital performance for the exclusive benefit of sixteen actors and
-several outsiders.
-
-“Hey, salesgirl!” ordered Heneman, “call the bellhop, and tell him to
-request with all possible politeness the gentleman in liquor to leave
-the premises.”
-
-The bellhop came at her call, received her message, and strode towards
-Compton.
-
-“Get back there and do it again!” bawled the director. “You walk as
-though you were going to church or to your grandmother’s funeral. Turn
-your shoulders in, drop your mouth, swing your arms. Just imagine you’re
-going to lick somebody.”
-
-The bellhop tried again, with no sign of improvement. Again and again he
-failed. No moving-picture actor in that studio, it is probable, ever
-received such minute directions. But they were all lost on him. However,
-they were not lost on Bobby. Utterly unconscious of the attention he was
-exciting, Bobby was following out to the letter every hint coming from
-Heneman’s mouth.
-
-Among the spectators was a wag. The parts he always figured in were
-tragic or romantic roles, but in real life he was the most notorious
-practical joker in the Lantry Studio.
-
-“See here, Johnny,” he said, whispering into the boy’s ear. “Would you
-like to do an act of kindness?”
-
-“Sure,” said Bobby.
-
-“I’ve been watching you for some time. You know how that bellhop should
-do his part. Go and show him. It’s no use telling him how. He doesn’t
-understand. But you just go and show him.”
-
-“Will it be all right?” asked Bobby.
-
-“An act of kindness is always right,” answered the wag, with tragic
-solemnity. “Look; he’s starting now, and he’s worse than ever. Don’t
-tell any one I suggested your showing him. Keep it a dead secret. Now,
-go to it.”
-
-In perfect good faith Bobby stepped forward, passed the director, saying
-as he went, “Excuse me, sir,” and ignoring Compton and the “lady” and
-“gentleman,” strode over to the bellhop. All this, happening though it
-did in a few seconds, produced an unheard-of effect. The saleslady
-stopped chewing, the lady and gentleman ceased smiling, Compton looked
-surprised and intelligent, the director let his jaw drop, and the
-audience, now swollen to double its size, pressed forward to the
-cameras. The bellhop himself put on a human expression of inquiry. As
-Bobby came face to face with the victim every one on the stage seemed to
-be momentarily paralyzed.
-
-“You poor fish,” said Bob, kindness and energy ringing in his accents,
-“just let me show you. It’s so easy!”
-
-The bellhop sank back into his seat.
-
-“Now look,” continued Bobby. The left-hand corner of his mouth sagged,
-his shoulders bent in, and with a walk and a swerve redolent of the old
-Bowery, Bobby advanced towards Compton, whose eyes were protruding.
-
-“You boob!” announced Bobby. “You are politely requested to make a noise
-like a train and rattle out of here. Get me?” And as Bobby, not in the
-way of kindness, laid his hand on Compton, cheers and laughter and
-hand-clapping disturbed scandalously the quiet of the Lantry cloister.
-
-Bobby, nothing disconcerted, bowed, laying his hand over his heart, and
-smiled affably. But when the star, Bernadette, came running over, her
-face beaming with delight, and exclaimed, “Aunty, I’m going to kiss you
-for that,” he blanched and fled to Compton’s arms.
-
-There was a pause and a deliberation. Compton and the manager conferred
-together for five minutes. The result of their talk was that Bobby was
-hired on the spot and the victim of tobacco given a vacation till
-further notice.
-
-Thus did Bobby Vernon “break into the movies.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VI
- BOBBY ENDEAVORS TO SHOW THE ASTONISHED COMPTON HOW TO BEHAVE
-
-
-“Well,” observed John Compton as, holding Bobby’s hand, he sauntered
-along that Bagdad of a street, Hollywood Boulevard, “you’ve scored the
-first time at the bat, Bobby. You’re under a contract at thirty-five
-dollars a week, and a bonus of two hundred dollars if you make good.”
-
-“I like to make money,” cried Bobby.
-
-“Oh, you do? Have you made much?”
-
-“No. I never made a cent in my life; but I like to, just the same.”
-
-“Are you fond of money?”
-
-Bobby did not make an immediate reply. He was trying, not
-unsuccessfully, to “take off” the mincing gait of a young lady in front
-of him, who, considering the tightness of her skirt and the height of
-her truncated cone heels, was doing very well.
-
-“No. I don’t care for money; but mother needs it. Say, this is a nice
-place. I like flowers, lots of them, and nice white houses and palm
-trees and bright sunshine.”
-
-“All these things,” observed John Compton “are our long suit in
-Hollywood. If there ever was a paradise on earth, it must have been
-here.”
-
-“Is that all you know?” inquired the lad, his lip curling in scorn.
-“Why, of course there was a paradise! Didn’t you ever study catechism?”
-
-“Well—er, no.”
-
-“That’s all right,” said Bobby, relaxing from scorn to benevolence,
-“I’ll teach you myself.”
-
-“Upon my word!” ejaculated Compton, and fell into meditation, from which
-he was presently aroused by the strange behavior of the people on the
-street. Were they staring and laughing at him? Turning, he discovered
-Bobby, a little to the rear of him, doing the Bowery walk and wearing a
-face becoming a hardened pickpocket.
-
-“See here, you young imp! You’re giving our show away.”
-
-“Oh, I never thought of that!” cried Bobby, putting on the air of a
-Sunday-school superintendent. “I just can’t help it,” he went on. “I
-just love to act.”
-
-“Why, have you ever acted before?”
-
-“No; but I just love to.”
-
-“Did you ever see a church more charmingly situated?” asked the
-comedian.
-
-They were passing the Church of the Blessed Sacrament, a church hardly
-to be seen from the sidewalk. It stood well back from the street, hidden
-by large palms, pepper trees, and a profusion of flowers and foliage.
-
-“Is that a Catholic church?” the boy inquired.
-
-“It certainly is.”
-
-“Let’s go in and pay a visit,” suggested the lad.
-
-“I don’t go to church,” returned Compton.
-
-Once more Bobby’s lip curled.
-
-“You must be crazy,” he said. “Now, you come on in.”
-
-Bobby, it was clear, was in no mood for argument. Catching Compton by
-the hand, he led that astonished young man along the lovely path towards
-the church.
-
-“What’s that sign about up there?” asked Bobby.
-
-“It says,” answered Compton, “that it was here or in the immediate
-vicinity that Father Junipero Serra said the Mass of the Holy Cross.”
-
-“I’ve heard of him and read a book about him,” said Bobby. “He must have
-been a great man.”
-
-“Yes?” interrogated the skeptic. “I’ve heard it said that the Mass of
-the Holy Cross is the same as the Mass of the Holy Wood; and that’s the
-reason we call this section Hollywood.”
-
-“I like that name now more than ever, uncle.”
-
-On entering the vestibule Bobby hunted for and quickly found the
-holy-water font. Dipping his finger in, he devoutly made the sign of the
-cross, while Mr. Compton gazed at him as though he were seeing for the
-first time an unusually occult rite.
-
-Bobby motioned him; then pointed to the font. Compton came forward
-obediently enough, but he would not or could not understand what the
-child further expected.
-
-“Here!” whispered Bobby, with unsmiling face. And catching Mr. Compton’s
-reluctant right hand, he dipped its index finger in the font.
-
-“Now say what I say,” he adjured.
-
-Standing on tiptoe, Bobby placed the captive finger on Compton’s
-forehead, brought it down to the breast, then to the left and the right
-shoulder, while Compton, his face red as a Los Angeles geranium,
-repeated after his young mentor, “In the name of the Father, and of the
-Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen.”
-
-“You’ll do it better next time,” remarked Bobby consolingly.
-
-“Now come on!” And Bobby, pushing the comedian in front of him,
-proceeded fully half way up the center aisle.
-
-“Now you genuflect,” he whispered.
-
-“Eh?” said Compton, looking like the “nut” he played.
-
-“Sh-h-h!” warned Bobby. “Look.”
-
-And Bobby bent his right knee, holding himself quite erect, till it
-touched the floor. “Now do that.”
-
-Compton made the effort; and Compton, who could turn handsprings and
-bend the crab and stop a grounder and catch a fly with a grace that had
-won the hearts of the fair sex in many a city, bent his knee with the
-effect of one suffering from locomotor ataxia.
-
-Once more Bobby’s lip curled. He was minded to make Mr. Compton do it
-again, but on second thought changed his mind.
-
-“Get in that pew,” he whispered, in manifest disgust.
-
-There was nothing for Compton to do but obey. Bobby followed after him
-and, a second time signing himself with the sign of the cross, knelt
-down. Compton, looking, as he felt, inexpressibly stupid, seated
-himself.
-
-Bobby stared at him severely, arose, and catching his friend by the arm
-coaxed him to his knees.
-
-Once more Bobby made an elaborate sign of the cross, during the
-performance of which the comedian, leaning back, braced himself
-comfortably against the end of the seat. It came home to Bobby by this
-time that he was “instructing the ignorant.” He must do it in all
-kindness. After all, it might not be Compton’s fault. So, smiling
-sweetly but with the severe restraint proper to a church where the Lord
-of all was present in the tabernacle, he reached forward a tiny hand,
-applied it to the small of Compton’s back, and pressed forward till
-Compton was kneeling erect.
-
-“That’s the proper way to kneel,” he whispered kindly. “Now just keep
-that way, and say your prayers.”
-
-There was a sound so like a giggle that it really could not have been
-anything else proceeding from the back of the church, and three young
-ladies, their handkerchiefs at their mouths, incontinently left the
-church. Several other worshipers left, clearly for the same reason. Only
-one worshiper remained, a man whose romances had thrilled hundreds of
-thousands of readers. Restraining his features, he tiptoed up the aisle,
-and knelt at an angle where he could see Bobby’s face.
-
-In no wise realizing that he had emptied the church, Bobby for the third
-time crossed himself and, undisturbed by Compton, began to pray. It had
-been for Compton a day of many surprises. But now it was a moment of
-astonishment. Glancing sidewise, he took in Bobby’s face. Just a few
-minutes before, he had reprehended Bobby for wearing the air of a
-criminal; and now—-he was looking upon the face of an angel! And there
-was a difference, too, of another kind, as Compton at once realized.
-Looking like a criminal, Bobby was acting; looking like an angel Bobby
-was himself, his natural self touched by faith into something strange
-and rare. The boy’s eyes, large, earnest, beseeching, were fastened upon
-the tabernacle; his lips were moving in a silent eloquence. His head,
-erect, was motionless. So, for that matter, was his whole person—all
-save those eloquent lips. At that moment, as Compton felt, there existed
-for Bobby only two persons, God and himself. For the first time in his
-life Compton was seized with a sense of the supernatural. He bowed his
-head upon his hands and looked no more. It was the most sacred moment of
-his life. If Compton did not pray orally, he did something better. He
-meditated.
-
-The eminent author saw the vision, too. He had stayed for curiosity’s
-sake; he remained to pray. Like Compton, the vision of lovely faith—and
-what is there out of heaven so lovely as the faith of a child?—quite
-overcame him. He gazed no more, but, lowering his eyes, prayed with a
-new devotion.
-
-“I saw a little boy praying in church,” he said to his wife an hour
-later, “and I understood as I never understood before that saying of our
-Lord’s, ‘Unless you become as little children you shall not enter the
-kingdom of heaven.’”
-
-Several minutes passed. A light touch brought Compton out of a virgin
-land of thought. Bobby, tranquil and with a subdued cheerfulness, was
-motioning him out.
-
-“Watch!” whispered Bobby, and genuflected. “Now try it again. Fine!”
-
-At the vestibule five minutes were spent, by which time Compton really
-knew how to make the sign of the cross.
-
-“Bobby,” he said, as they got outside, “that’s my first visit to a
-Catholic church, and I’ll never forget it as long as I live.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VII
- THE END OF A DAY OF SURPRISES
-
-
-“Well, here we are, young man,” announced Compton half an hour later and
-turned into a rather pretentious apartment building.
-
-“It looks very fine from the outside,” commented Bobby.
-
-“And I think you’ll like it inside, too,” returned Compton as they
-entered the elevator.
-
-Compton had an apartment on the third floor—sitting room, bathroom,
-bedroom and guest chamber. Bobby examined the suite with manifest
-delight. Everything was modern and in a sense elegant. If there were
-anything lacking to John Compton’s comfort, John Compton did not know
-it, nor did Bobby discover it. Bobby’s critical faculty was not as yet
-strongly developed. He had nevertheless an abundance of enthusiasm which
-he was not slow in expressing, and which failed him only in his survey
-of the pictures and photographs clustered thickly upon the walls of the
-sitting room. They were, with the exception of several photographs of
-Compton himself, all women, mainly actresses and all in every variety of
-dress and the contrary.
-
-“Say, are all your friends women?” exclaimed the youth.
-
-Compton colored and looked uneasy.
-
-“_You’re_ my friend,” he replied.
-
-“There’s something queer about a lot of these pictures,” the boy went
-on. “I don’t like them.”
-
-Mr. Compton changed the subject. Within twenty-four hours, nevertheless,
-a good many of those pictures found their way to a place where they
-properly belonged, and were seen no more in the land of sunshine.
-
-“By the way, Bobby,” he resumed presently, “You haven’t said a word
-about your mother to-day.”
-
-“I know it,” said Bobby cheerfully.
-
-“Well, I have bad news to tell you.”
-
-“I’ll bet you haven’t.”
-
-“That telegram I sent may not be received by her.”
-
-“No?”
-
-“No. It was delayed. A lot of messages were delayed. You know, it was to
-have been delivered to her at the station at San Luis Obispo. But
-there’s no knowing whether it will be forwarded in time to catch her.”
-
-“Look here, uncle; I’ll tell you a secret. I have prayed, and I’m
-sure—I just know—my prayer is all right. No harm will come to my
-mother. She is safe; and she will come back when God wants her to.”
-
-“You seem to be on intimate terms with the Almighty!”
-
-“With who?”
-
-“With God.”
-
-“Why not?” inquired Bobby simply. “Don’t you believe in prayer?”
-
-“Upon my word!” gasped the comedian. “I could have answered that
-question easily enough yesterday; but now I don’t know what I believe
-and what I don’t.”
-
-What gem of wisdom might have dropped from Bobby’s lips in commenting
-upon this strange declaration was lost forever when the janitor of the
-building suddenly entered the room.
-
-“Beg pardon, sir. I wasn’t sure you were here. But I think there’s some
-mistake. There’s a wagon down below with some furniture and a lot of
-stuff directed to you, and you—not being a family man—”
-
-“Correct, Johnson. All the same, send them up. There’s no mistake. You
-see, this boy is Bobby Compton, and he’s going to stay with me. He’s a
-cousin of mine.”
-
-“Oh, I say!” cried Bobby. “If I’m your aunt or your nephew, I want to
-know how I’m your cousin.”
-
-“Johnson,” said Compton magnificently, “when I say cousin I always mean
-nephew. It’s the habit of a lifetime.”
-
-“Oh,” observed Johnson, scratching his head. “Well, I’ll bring them
-things up anyhow.”
-
-“Well,” sighed Compton, throwing himself back in his chair, crossing his
-legs, and cupping his hands behind his head, “I’m glad that’s settled. I
-was afraid they wouldn’t come.”
-
-Bobby took the chair facing his uncle, crossed his legs, and cupped his
-hands behind his head.
-
-“Afraid what wouldn’t come, uncle?”
-
-“Never you mind, little monkey. Just wait.”
-
-Bobby’s patience was not sorely tried. Up the stairs toiled four men
-just then, Johnson in the lead, all laden with bundles and various
-articles of furniture.
-
-“This way, boys,” said Compton, opening the door to the guestroom. “Just
-wait one moment, Bobby.” And Compton, having seen to each one’s getting
-through, entered himself and closed the door. He was out a moment later,
-holding in his hand an attractively bound book.
-
-“Have you ever read ‘Through the Desert,’ by Sienkiewicz, Bobby?”
-
-“No. But I just love any good story.”
-
-“Here, take it. I’ll be busy for a while. The book is yours.”
-
-“Mine for good?” cried Bobby, raising his eyes from the charming
-frontispiece.
-
-“Of course.”
-
-“Uncle, you’re a dandy!”
-
-The dandy blushingly withdrew, and Bobby forthwith entered into that
-fairyland of childhood to be found in few books as in the one in his
-hand. Perhaps one of the strangest phenomena of child life is the power
-of complete absorption so many little ones possess when they read a good
-story. People may come and go, laugh, talk and carry on in various ways,
-while the child buried in his book follows the windings of the story as
-though he were alone on a desert island. Now for fully three quarters of
-an hour there went on in the guestroom a moving of furniture, loud
-hammering, excited conversation, and all manner of noises. But to
-Bobby’s ears came no sound, and time itself stood still.
-
-When the four men, followed by Mr. Compton, the latter breathing hard
-and perspiring freely, issued forth, Bobby, seated in a chair with his
-legs curled under him, was buried in the precious volume. The four men
-gratefully received various coins and went their way, leaving Mr.
-Compton gazing wonderingly at the juvenile bookworm. So far as Bobby was
-concerned, he might without interruption have gone on gazing
-indefinitely.
-
-“Bobby!” he finally called.
-
-Bobby’s eyes remained fastened on the page.
-
-“Bobby!” he bawled.
-
-The boy raised his eyes.
-
-“Oh, it’s great!” he said. “I’ve read fifty-four pages.”
-
-“You have read enough. Come, I want to show you your room.”
-
-“All right, uncle,” returned the boy, wistfully laying down the story.
-“You’ve stopped me in a most exciting part.”
-
-Throwing open the guestroom door, Compton said, “Walk in; it’s all
-yours.”
-
-With an attempt at enthusiasm, Bobby complied. In a moment the forced
-enthusiasm became genuine. A small shining brass bed, a snow-white
-counterpane, a case of books filled with the best juveniles, an electric
-railroad, a baseball equipment, a tiny rocker, an easy chair, and a
-variety of games—all these and more charmed his eyes into a new
-brightness and marshaled out upon his features a myriad elves of
-happiness.
-
-Before Mr. Compton could prepare for the worst Bobby jumped into his
-arms and caught him a kiss square upon his unprepared mouth.
-
-For two hours Bobby flitted from toy to game, from game to book. He was
-possibly at that moment the happiest boy in the State of California.
-
-“Now, look you, Bobby, it’s ten o’clock. Don’t you think you might give
-that bed a tryout?”
-
-“Why, I never thought of that! Gee, but I’m tired!”
-
-Mr. Compton thought, as he closed the door upon his ward, that his
-dealings with the boy were over till morning. He was mistaken.
-Presently, clad in rainbow pajamas, Bobby came forth.
-
-“Now I’m ready,” he declared.
-
-“Well, if you’re ready, why don’t you go to bed?”
-
-“Ready,” explained the child, with reproach in his eyes, “for my night
-prayers.”
-
-“Oh!” exclaimed the comedian. “I never thought of that!”
-
-The lad’s curling lip warned Mr. Compton that his remark was not
-particularly happy.
-
-“Of course, of course!” he added hastily. “How very absent-minded I am
-getting! By all means, Bobby, go on and say your prayers.”
-
-As Mr. Compton thus spoke he was lying restfully on a lounge, a cigar in
-his mouth, a newspaper in his hands, and, within easy reach, a glass
-filled almost to the brim with a golden liquid. What was his surprise,
-thus situated, when Bobby plumped down on his knees and, planting his
-elbows in the softest part of the comedian’s anatomy, made the sign of
-the cross and recited the Our Father, the Hail Mary, and the Acts. And
-he did not stop there. Raising his sweet voice a little higher, and
-glancing during the first line about the walls of the room, Bobby
-recited:
-
- “_Angel of God, my guardian dear,_
- _To whom His love commits me here._
- _Ever this night he at my side,_
- _To light, to guard, to rule, to guide._”
-
-Mr. Compton, whose cigar had gone out, laid aside his paper, and
-forgetting his drink, glanced behind him, almost expecting to see
-hovering over him some bright and glorious creature of another world.
-Bobby went on: “May the soul of my dear papa and all the souls of the
-faithful departed rest in peace. Amen. God bless mamma—and God
-bless—uncle!”
-
-Compton dropped his cigar.
-
-“And,” continued Bobby, raising beautiful and loving eyes to the
-ceiling, “Oh, blessed Saviour bring back my mamma to me!”
-
-Here Bobby broke down utterly.
-
-“Steady, Bobby! You know what you told me. Didn’t you say God will bring
-her back?”
-
-Bobby at these words mastered his tears, made the sign of the cross, and
-answered as he rose: “And I say so still. Good-night, uncle.”
-
-Bobby leaned over with pursed lips. Compton was perspiring. He raised
-his head, which was enough for Bobby, who gave him a hearty smack
-resembling in sound the explosion of a mild firecracker.
-
-About eleven o’clock that night Compton tiptoed into the guestroom. The
-moon’s silvery rays revealed clearly the sleeping lad. How sweet and
-calm looked the innocent face in the magic light!
-
-“Is there an angel watching over him?” the man asked himself.
-Twenty-four hours earlier he would have considered it a silly question,
-but now—
-
-He stooped lower and gazed more intently upon the child’s face. Was that
-a tear upon the cheek? He felt the pillow. It was wet in places.
-
-“What a brave little chap he is!” he commented. “He’s feeling his
-separation from his mother dreadfully. But he keeps it to himself.”
-
-Once more Compton gazed. And then for a moment he saw another
-face—sweet, noble—the face of Bobby’s mother as he had known her in
-her early teens.
-
-“Ah,” he considered, “she was the sweetest woman that ever came into my
-life! What a fool I was not to have taken her advice! I left her for the
-husks of swine.”
-
-Compton bent down, and with trembling lips touched the boy, lightly,
-reverently on the brow, and with a suppressed sigh turned away to give
-to sleep the last hour of the most remarkable day of his life.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VIII
-BOBBY MEETS AN ENEMY ON THE BOULEVARD AND A FRIEND IN THE LANTRY STUDIO
-
-
-It was a little after eight of the clock on the following morning that
-the comedian took his way along the boulevard towards the Lantry studio.
-Bobby’s eyes were dancing with mischief; the soul of the weather, gay
-and bland, had entered into him. As he went his way he dispensed lavish
-smiles to right and left, and poor indeed was he in human feeling who
-failed to return smile for smile. Many a passer-by craned his neck,
-having passed Bobby, to take an admiring look at the tiny dispenser of
-joy who, attired in black broadcloth knickerbockers, a vest of the same
-material cut away generously from the breast and decked with two shining
-buttons where it met at the waist, a white shirt foaming into frills,
-the sleeves of which were held up above the wrists by two bewitching
-white ribbons, was really rather like to a lily of the field than
-Solomon clothed in all his glory.
-
-Of course Hollywood, like all known civilized places where men do
-congregate, had its array of camera fiends.
-
-“I beg your pardon,” said one of these, a tall severe-looking man with
-dark glasses, “but would you mind my snap-shotting you?”
-
-Bobby turned, folded his hands, and grinned.
-
-“Shoot,” he said.
-
-“Thank you,” said the man, his severe mien drowned in a wave of smiles
-almost as gay as Bobby’s.
-
-We have all heard of St. Francis preaching a sermon simply by walking in
-silence through a thronged city. Does not many an innocent child as he
-goes his happy way, smiling and wondering, preach a sermon that has for
-its theme the charm of candid innocence, and the strange and alluring
-possibility of every one who is so minded to become, by taking himself
-in hand, a child again? And is it not true that such little children
-bring a man’s thoughts regretfully and humbly back to the days when he
-too was young, unsophisticated and unspoiled?
-
-“You’re getting quite popular, Bobby,” observed Compton as they resumed
-their way. “Everybody seems to like you.”
-
-“So do I,” returned Bobby.
-
-“What’s that?”
-
-“I like everybody, too.”
-
-“Out of the mouths of children,” Mr. Compton murmured to himself.
-
-“I didn’t quite hear you, uncle.”
-
-“I was saying,” translated the elder, “that whether you knew it or not
-you have given the true secret of popularity.”
-
-“Have we time to go in?” asked Bobby as they neared the Church of the
-Blessed Sacrament.
-
-“Why, yes, and I’ll be glad to go in with you.”
-
-Mr. Compton’s sign of the cross was beyond criticism, his genuflection
-not so bad; also, he knelt straight, and, in a word, showed the outward
-signs of intelligence so lacking on the occasion of his first visit.
-
-“I say, uncle,” Bobby remarked as they came out, “you’ve improved a lot.
-You didn’t look around a bit.”
-
-“Why should I?”
-
-“People often do, you know, when they’re praying; but it’s not right.
-Did you notice me looking around at the walls when I said the prayer
-‘Angel of God’ last night?”
-
-“Now that you come to speak of it, I believe I did.”
-
-“There was a reason.”
-
-“Oh!” exclaimed Compton, in a tone at once exclamatory and
-interrogatory.
-
-“Yes. At home when I came to that prayer I always looked at the picture
-of the guardian angel which hung just above mamma’s head.”
-
-“And you looked around my walls among the pictures to see whether you
-could find a picture of the guardian angel, eh?”
-
-“Yes, uncle; but I didn’t find a picture anything like one.”
-
-“I should say not!” said Compton with energy. “But, Bobby, I was glad
-last night when you prayed for me. I hope you’ll keep it up.”
-
-“Aha!” cried Bobby dramatically, jumping in front of his uncle and
-shaking a triumphant finger at him. “So you do believe in prayer.”
-
-“In your prayers, Bobby. Put that finger down and stop your jigging;
-everybody is looking at us.”
-
-As a matter of fact, Bobby had achieved a feat seldom achieved on the
-Hollywood Boulevard. He had, unintentionally of course, excited the
-attention of nearly every one he had encountered. Now on the gay and
-festive Hollywood Boulevard, be it known, all varieties of dress and
-action are to be seen, and nobody seems to bother about them. In the
-solemn watches of the night cavalcades of cowboys on horseback may come
-clattering along, shooting in the real sense of the word, and shouting.
-Possibly some light sleeper may rouse sufficiently to grasp the
-situation. Turning in his bed, he remarks: “There go them moving-picture
-fellers again,” and resumes his interrupted slumbers. There’s an old
-man, white-bearded, redfaced from exposure, bare-footed, clad in a
-modern substitute for the garments of St. John, and wearing a staff. He
-is frequently seen on the street, but nobody seems to be concerned so
-much as to take a second look.
-
-I forgot to say that this imitation St. John the Baptist goes
-bareheaded. Practically all the men on the boulevard go bareheaded. I
-myself, I dare say, could patrol that famous thoroughfare in cassock and
-biretta without exciting any further comment than, “I wonder what
-picture that fellow’s made up for.” Painted ladies—painted so profusely
-that their own mothers would not know them—would there escape comment
-or criticism. It would be taken for granted that they were actresses.
-The camera would mitigate their extravagance, and their presentment on
-the screen would be entirely lacking the grossness of their real
-flesh-and-blood appearances. But Bobby, gay and smiling, taking off now
-the stride of his uncle, now the gait of a passing flapper, woke the
-street from its passive acquiescence in all things queer.
-
-It remained for Bobby to create a sensation. He did so, and in the
-following way.
-
-Mr. Compton, excusing himself and inviting the festive youth to survey
-the scenery and fill his soul with its beauty, had passed into a shop to
-renew his supply of cigars. He delayed a few moments, very excusably, to
-tell a friend what a wonderful find his nephew was.
-
-Now, since their leaving the Hollywood Catholic church, there had been
-shadowing Bobby, Chucky Snuff, bellhop of yesterday’s play. It had never
-occurred to Chucky that Bobby’s attempt to help him had been made in the
-way of kindness. Quite otherwise. In justice to the younger set of
-moving-picture actors, it should be stated that Chucky Snuff was not up
-to form. He was, as the girls said, mean. Nobody liked him. A fond
-father and a foolish mother had accounted him, in his tender years, a
-swan; and they so petted and spoiled him as to develop him—allowing for
-difference of sex—into a goose. At the age of ten Chucky was stunted
-and blasé.
-
-Taking advantage of Compton’s disappearance, Chucky picked up a piece of
-wood and hastened to overtake Bobby.
-
-“Why, halloa!” said Bobby as Chucky, running in front of him, blocked
-the way.
-
-By way of return the other put on a face which, had he assumed it in the
-rehearsal, might have saved him his position.
-
-“There!” he said, placing the wood on his right shoulder, “you knock
-that chip off my shoulder!”
-
-Bobby’s smile left him, and all the elves of merriment. Perplexity
-wrinkled his brow. The aggressor was much encouraged. Bobby, he judged,
-was a coward.
-
-“Go on,” he urged. “I’m going to knock your block off, you big stiff. Do
-you hear me? Go on and knock it off!”
-
-Bobby perceived that he was in for it. His mind, as usual, worked
-quickly. It came back to him then how his father had once said, “My son,
-never indulge in vulgar fist-fighting if you can possibly help yourself;
-but if you must, it’s a capital thing to get in the first blow.”
-Accordingly, no sooner had his opponent ceased his adjuration than
-Bobby’s left hand lightly swept the chip away, while at the same moment
-his right shot out with what force he could put into it, and landed
-squarely on the tip of the other’s chin.
-
-Pain, astonishment, vast astonishment, swept over the face of Chucky
-Snuff. He turned, and with a howl which really attracted attention
-dashed away for parts unknown.
-
-“Fine work! Excellent!” exclaimed a haughty young man with a
-close-trimmed mustache and severely aristocratic features as he caught
-Bobby’s hand, while an admiring audience gathered round to listen avidly
-to one of the matinee idols of filmdom. “That was splendidly done. That
-other fellow played the tough to a nicety. The way he had his chin stuck
-out and the way you landed on it was perfect. Say, it was perfectly
-rehearsed! You can shoot it right away. Where’s the camera man?”
-
-“Why, that wasn’t acting,” Bobby explained. “That was a real scrap.”
-
-“Oh!” said the actor, deeply chagrined and departing forthwith; and the
-disappointed spectators, realizing that there was to be no encore,
-melted away. Thus in Hollywood are real life and reel life confounded.
-
-When John Compton, airily smoking, returned, Bobby was rubbing a skinned
-knuckle, the cause of which, on inquiry, he explained.
-
-“My fault!” acknowledged the comedian. “You’re in my care and I should
-not leave you alone. However, perhaps it’s just as well. I know young
-Chucky Snuff pretty well, and I’m sure he’ll not bother you again.”
-
-Presently Bobby, on his way in the mazes of the Lantry Studio to put
-himself into the bellhop’s clothes, came upon a little miss seated
-dolefully in a chair, her head buried in her hands, her shoulders bowed,
-and dejection in her entire pose. She was dressed like a princess. The
-elegance of her attire, however, did not impress Bobby; it was her hair,
-raven-black in a wealth of curls. Where had he seen that hair before? He
-looked at the hands. They were dark. A light came to him.
-
-“Halloa, Peggy!”
-
-At the words the girl raised her head, and her large wondrously
-beautiful eyes rested upon Bobby. With a gasp, she sprang from her
-chair, while her eyes grew larger and larger. Fear and wonder shone from
-them.
-
-“Don’t you know me, Peggy?” asked the boy, smiling radiantly.
-
-Wonder and fear in those eyes changed to a joy that was nothing less
-than bliss.
-
-“Oh, Bobby! You’re alive!”
-
-“I’ll say so!”
-
-“Bobby!” she screamed, and threw her arms about his neck.
-
-“Oh, I say!” protested the highly embarrassed youth, “cut out the rough
-stuff.”
-
-“But, Bobby,” continued Peggy, whose face was irradiated with joy, “I
-saw you drown myself!”
-
-“You did not. A nice, big man came and fished me out.”
-
-“Oh, thank God! Last night I couldn’t sleep a wink thinking of you and
-your poor mother. Where is she, Bobby?”
-
-“I wish I knew, Peggy. Didn’t you see her last?”
-
-Then Peggy told Bobby her side of the story.
-
-“And so my mother thinks I’m drowned! I never thought of that, Peggy.
-But I’ll tell Uncle Compton, and he’ll find where she is and let her
-know that I’m alive.”
-
-“Uncle Compton! Why, is he your uncle?”
-
-“I don’t know; it all depends. First I was his aunt, and then his uncle,
-and then his grandfather. He said so himself. Anyhow, I call him uncle.
-He’s a dandy.”
-
-“Isn’t he, though!” exclaimed Peggy. “I just love him. He’s so kind to
-children. You know, Bobby, I work with him.”
-
-“What!” cried Bobby, picking up the chair which Peggy in rising had
-upset, and seating himself. “Why, yesterday you never said a word to me
-about your being in the movies.”
-
-“I didn’t think it would interest you. I’m in his new play, and there’s
-an awfully tough bellhop in it who takes a fancy to me, and I reform
-him.”
-
-Bobby took in a deep breath, and expelled it in a sort of whistle.
-
-“I’m the bellhop,” he said, lowering his eyes, turning down a corner of
-his mouth, drawing in and upward his shoulders.
-
-“Bobby!” panted Peggy, “let me have that chair.”
-
-Bobby, changing back to himself, arose and helped Peggy to seat herself.
-Peggy was faint with joy.
-
-“Say,” cried the boy, “we’ll have dead loads of fun.”
-
-“Oh!” said Peggy.
-
-“And we’ll make it go.”
-
-“I know it,” said Peggy. “Just then you looked like the kind of bellhop
-I’d like to reform. But tell me how you got here.”
-
-“Between the ax, Peggy,” said Bobby, magnificently, after the manner of
-Compton explaining to the janitor. “I’ll tell you between the ax. I’ll
-tell you then. I’m now going to dress or I’ll be late.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IX
- SHOWING THAT IMITATION IS NOT ALWAYS THE SINCEREST FLATTERY, AND
- RETURNING TO THE MISADVENTURES OF BOBBY’S MOTHER
-
-
-There was great headway made on the picture that day. Bernadette,
-already in love with Peggy, took Bobby into her affections too. Bobby
-and Peggy worked together like the clever and gifted pals they actually
-were. Even the “hams” caught the infection of joy, alertness and
-enthusiasm.
-
-“Say, old man,” said Heneman, in an aside to Compton, “we’ve got
-something unusual here. Every man, woman and child in this picture is
-all right from the toes up to the top of the head. None of them are good
-just as far as the neck. We’re going to speed this thing up and have it
-out in two weeks. We can do it.”
-
-“I never saw Peggy do so well before, and she always was a corking
-little actress,” commented Compton.
-
-“It’s Bobby,” explained the director. “He’s got a diffusive sort of pep;
-it’s catching. I’ve got a great scene coming. When Bob gets to admiring
-Peggy—in the play, I mean—I’m going to have him show his admiration by
-imitation. The boy is a born imitator. Of course he’ll have to
-caricature it, especially her dancing. It’s going to be the very best
-sort of light comedy.”
-
-“If imitation,” mused Compton, “is the beginning, middle and end of all
-acting, Bobby will be a star. Between times he’s taking off every
-carpenter, electrician or camera man around who happens to have any
-peculiarity.”
-
-“I’d like to see him have a part where he could star,” said Heneman. “It
-isn’t work to train him. It’s fun.”
-
-The days passed swiftly. Everybody concerned in the production was on
-edge to get it through. There were no hitches, no delays. Bobby and
-Peggy worked their parts into an importance undreamed of by the author
-of the scenario. There was but one unpleasant episode. It happened on
-the eighth day. A girl of fifteen enjoying a local reputation for
-calisthenics had been secured to give a short exhibition of her grace
-and skill. The young miss more than shared the good opinion of her
-admirers concerning her own ability, and made no secret of it. While
-awaiting her turn she watched the performers at work, with scarcely
-veiled contempt. Several of the actors gave her an opportunity to snub
-them, and in every case she embraced the opportunity.
-
-“You don’t mean to say,” she observed to Peggy, “that they pay you for
-what you’re doing here.”
-
-“They pay me every week.”
-
-“That’s what you call easy money, isn’t it? And I suppose that little
-boy there gets paid, too. And all he does is just to be natural. Now,
-I’ve studied Delsarte for over five years, and fancy dancing for three;
-and when I appear, though it’s only for four or five minutes, I’m
-putting into my work the study of a lifetime.” Saying which, the young
-lady with elevated brows and haughty carriage turned away to seek some
-other person who ought to be snubbed. When it came to elevating brows
-and assuming a haughty carriage Bobby Vernon was unusually gifted, as he
-forthwith demonstrated to Peggy in a splendid caricature of the follower
-of Delsarte. The girl’s mother was on hand and observed Bobby’s private
-performance with strong disfavor. She did not like Bobby anyhow. It had
-become a personal matter with her that Bobby was drawing a higher salary
-than her own accomplished and superior child.
-
-Presently the dear child performed her stunt. It was really good, good
-despite a certain superciliousness in the doing. Now Bobby could not
-help noticing this defect, and it was so easily imitated. He watched
-carefully for some time until he had got a fair idea of a few of the
-young miss’s simplest movements; then calling Peggy aside he gave, all
-things considered, a very good Delsarte exhibition, with a strong
-injection of the supercilious. Peggy’s sweet voice rang out in laughter
-which attracted several to the side-show; and Bobby, unconscious of the
-addition to his original audience of one, went on, gaining in force of
-caricature with each movement. It was when his nose was tiptilted to an
-unusual angle and his eyebrows raised as far as he could get them that
-the fond mother caught him by the hair and gave him, as she afterwards
-triumphantly declared, “a good wooling.” It took the major part of the
-spectators to separate the woman from her victim. However, Bobby got a
-good lesson. It dawned upon him that in “taking off” people he met he
-might give offense. From that day he became a little more careful. Mr.
-Compton too, his best friend, let him know that it served him right,
-although he did not express the opinion in terms so crude. Bobby
-apologized, and sealed the apology with a box of candy. The young miss,
-seeing herself as others saw her, received in turn a valuable lesson,
-with the result that on repeating her part she did it in a way that
-pleased everybody present, including Bobby himself.
-
-Meditating on all this that afternoon, John Compton got a bright idea.
-
-“Bobby,” he said, as they turned homewards, “for the next seven days I
-want you to give your evenings to reading while I work.”
-
-“Work?”
-
-“Yes. I’ve just got the idea for a scenario in which you will star. It’s
-a sure thing. As I see it now it will be something new and, if it goes
-through as I think, you’ll earn enough money to pay off everything your
-mother owes.”
-
-“Great!” exclaimed the boy. “Say; you know of course I believe all
-right. But don’t you think God is taking His time about answering my
-prayers?”
-
-“I thought you said that you left it all to Him,” remonstrated Compton.
-
-“I do, I do. But I do so miss her, especially at night.”
-
-No one knew this better than John Compton. When the boy’s thoughts were
-occupied by the day’s work and incidents, he was apparently care-free;
-but at night alone, as Compton could testify, his tears were frequent.
-
-“Never mind, Bobby. I’m as sure as you that no real harm has befallen
-your mother. And we’re bound to find her. The detective agency I have
-put on the case is working hard. Be patient, my boy, and each day of her
-absence think that you are working for her.”
-
-While the two were thus conversing the object of their talk was standing
-beside the ranchman’s wife. Like her child, love was the great force of
-Mrs. Vernon’s life. From the moment she entered the ranchman’s home, her
-heart went out to the frail, sweet woman upon whom the hand of death
-seemed to have set his seal. She saw at once that nothing but heroic,
-constant care and watching would avail. Day after day she gave herself
-devotedly to the task of fighting with death for the prize of a single
-life. She hardly slept, she ate little, but the very power of love that
-had nearly driven her to madness nerved her for an ordeal sublime in its
-self-sacrifice.
-
-In those eight days a change had come over Barbara. She was thin,
-hollow-eyed, and a waxen pallor had come upon her face. The light lines
-of utmost weariness were stamped upon her features. But the chin was
-set, the mouth firm. The only relief to her constant vigils were the
-visits of the children. They were grateful beyond their years, and their
-gratitude manifested itself in little hourly attentions which only love
-could have devised. It was but natural that Barbara should return their
-affection, and she did so with interest. And in loving them she felt
-that she was vicariously spending her love upon her dear lost boy.
-
-Upon this particular afternoon her haggard face, lovely even in its
-haggardness, was touched by a new expression—satisfaction. Clearly her
-invalid was better. Even as she gazed the doctor entered the room.
-
-“Good day, Doctor Meehan,” she said, “I’m so glad you came. Don’t you
-notice a change?”
-
-“Let me look,” responded the doctor, drawing close and peering into the
-invalid’s face.
-
-“Halloa!” he exclaimed, and felt her pulse.
-
-Jim Regan, the ranchman, with his two children, Agnes and Louis, had
-followed him into the room.
-
-“By George, Regan!” said the doctor, straightening up and turning with a
-smile of relief upon the family, “this is no age of miracles. But we
-have a near-miracle here. Your wife is no longer ill; she’s
-convalescent. All she needs is rest and food and ordinary care. Barbara
-Vernon has, with her own hands, dragged her back from the grave. Halloa!
-What’s the matter?”
-
-It was Mrs. Vernon who had drawn this question from the doctor. On
-hearing the glad news that brought tears and smiles of joy from the
-family, Barbara’s face flushed with a sense of relief, went pale again,
-and, the suspense over, she would have fallen had not the doctor caught
-her in his arms.
-
-He placed her upon a lounge and made a hasty examination.
-
-“I hope this is not a life for a life,” he said presently. “But the sick
-person of this house is not your wife, but Barbara Vernon. She’s in for
-a long siege, I fear.”
-
-“Doctor,” said the ranchman, “if love or money can help her, I’ll not
-fail. Tell me what to do.”
-
-“I like that sort of talk,” said the physician. “She needs a nurse
-badly, as badly as your wife needed one. Now, fortunately I have at my
-disposal the very nurse I would have had for your wife.”
-
-“Can you send her, doctor?”
-
-“I’ll have her here before nightfall, and she’ll bring the necessary
-medicines and directions as to the line of treatment I want carried out
-for Barbara, who has collapsed completely. Now mind, it isn’t altogether
-her care of your wife that has brought this on. If Barbara Vernon has
-not had some terrible nervous shock before you met her, you may tear up
-my diploma and put me to carrying a hod. Barbara is threatened with a
-serious nervous collapse. Put her to bed at once, and keep her there
-till further orders.”
-
-“And what about my wife?” asked Regan.
-
-“The simplest thing in the world. She hardly needs watching at all, and
-that jewel of a girl of yours, Agnes, can do all that’s needed to the
-queen’s taste.”
-
-“Oh, I love to nurse,” said the girl. “I’ve watched dear Miss Barbara,
-and I’ve learned so much. I know I can do it.”
-
-“I believe you, my girl,” said the doctor kindly. “In fact, I’m sure of
-you. Now your father and I will carry Barbara to her bedroom, and you
-will then care for her till our nurse comes. I’ll lose no time in
-getting her.”
-
-So Barbara was put to bed, and many and many a week passed before she
-rose from it again.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER X
- BOBBY, ASSISTED BY PEGGY, DEMONSTRATES A METHOD OF OBSERVING SILENCE,
- AND CELEBRATES A RED-LETTER DAY
-
-
-“Say, uncle,” said Bobby one afternoon as the two were returning from a
-very successful day’s work at the Lantry Studio, “do you know that Peggy
-Sansone goes to communion every morning?”
-
-“Oh, she does, does she?”
-
-“Yes, at the seven-o’clock Mass. She used to go only once a week.”
-
-“Why has she changed?”
-
-“That is what gets me, uncle. She’s going every day in thanksgiving
-because I was not drowned.”
-
-“That’s very nice of her.”
-
-“Isn’t it? And she offers up each communion for my mother.”
-
-“I wish there were more Peggies in the world.”
-
-“So do I. Now look, uncle—I want to go to communion, too. I’m old
-enough to make my first communion.”
-
-“Sure, Bobby! You just go on and make it. Do you want to do it now?”
-
-“Look here, uncle; I’m—I’m surprised at you.”
-
-“Why, what have I done now?”
-
-“Don’t you know a boy must be prepared, and go to confession and get
-permission of the priest to go to communion?”
-
-“You don’t say!”
-
-“Yes. And you can’t go any time. Why, uncle, if I were to go into the
-church now and ask for communion the priest would think I was a nut. No,
-you must go at Mass in the morning, and be fasting from midnight.”
-
-“What do you mean by communion, Bobby?”
-
-“Don’t you know that? It means the receiving of Our Lord’s body and
-blood under the form and appearance of bread.”
-
-“Oh, I remember,” said Compton. “One day on our way down to the studio,
-when we went into the church for your visit, the priest came down from
-the altar and put small, white, round things on the tongues of some
-people who came up near the altar. Is that what you mean?”
-
-“No, I don’t. He comes down and gives them Our Lord, and those small,
-white, round things are the form and appearance of bread.”
-
-“And do you really believe that, Bobby?”
-
-“Believe it!” cried Bobby. “Why, of course I do!”
-
-“Please tell me why. You see, Bobby, if an honest man tells me something
-about what I don’t see—for instance, that his horse is black—I believe
-him. But no matter how honest he is, if he tells me the horse he is
-riding on is black and I see the horse is white, how can I accept his
-statement?”
-
-“Say, that’s easy,” said Bobby. “Not exactly easy,” he hastened to add,
-“till it’s been explained right. You see, before I left Cincinnati I was
-in a communion class, and we had the nicest priest, who seemed to love
-every child in the class, and there were eighty of us, not one over
-eight years. We left Cincinnati just one week before our communion day,
-and that is why I haven’t made it. But he taught us a lot, and that is
-one of the things he taught us. Do you want me to explain?”
-
-“I certainly do, Bobby.”
-
-“Well, listen. You believe in God, don’t you?”
-
-Compton looked irresolute.
-
-“Say, don’t you?”
-
-“Well, suppose that I do.”
-
-“All right. Now God is the creator of all things. He can make things out
-of nothing. Can’t He?”
-
-“Go on, Bobby.”
-
-“Now, if He can create out of nothing, He can make a thing nothing again
-if He wants to.”
-
-“That is,” suggested Compton, “He can annihilate.”
-
-“Say,” cried Bobby, highly gratified, “where did you get that word? It’s
-the one our priest used, but I couldn’t think of it. It’s easy to teach
-you. Now look—stand still here.”
-
-Mr. Compton stood still, facing Bobby.
-
-“You’re here now, aren’t you?”
-
-“That’s certain.”
-
-“Couldn’t God, if He wanted, annihilate you just where you are?”
-
-“Let’s suppose He could.”
-
-“Then there wouldn’t be any John Compton.”
-
-“I see.”
-
-“But if God could annihilate you, couldn’t He leave here where you stand
-a form and appearance that would look just exactly like you?”
-
-“That would be a dummy.”
-
-“Now, you hold on, uncle! Couldn’t God put inside that form and
-appearance of yours a spirit—an angel maybe—so that your form and
-appearance, under the power of that angel, would talk and act exactly
-like you?”
-
-“I don’t think an angel would talk and act like me.”
-
-“Say, you’re getting the idea. It isn’t a question whether an angel
-would talk and act like you; the question is, could an angel do it?”
-
-“It sounds all right.”
-
-“Now,” said Bobby triumphantly, poking his uncle in the ribs, “suppose
-that God just now annihilated you and put an angel in your place, how
-could I know it wasn’t you?”
-
-“Why, you just couldn’t know. You would think it was me.”
-
-“Think again, uncle; it’s a hard question. It stumped the whole of our
-communion class for five minutes, and I got the right answer, and the
-priest gave me a holy picture for answering it.”
-
-Mr. Compton wrinkled his brows in thought.
-
-“There’s one thing sure,” he at length said, “God would know that the
-thing in my place was not John Compton.”
-
-“Uncle, you’re getting hot.”
-
-“And therefore,” pursued Compton, speaking slowly, “if God told you—”
-
-“Hurrah!” cried Bobby, clicking his heels together as he jumped into the
-air. “You go to the head of the class. I’d know it if God told me.”
-
-“But would you believe it?” objected the elder.
-
-Bobby’s lip curled.
-
-“Say, uncle, didn’t we agree that God could do it?”
-
-“Well, yes.”
-
-“Why shouldn’t we believe Him, then?”
-
-“I guess you’re right. But what’s that got to do with Holy Communion?”
-
-“Listen. At the Last Supper, Christ, who was God, took bread, and
-blessed it, and said: ‘Take ye and eat; this is my body.’”
-
-“I remember hearing that.”
-
-“And didn’t the Apostles believe Him?”
-
-“I suppose they did.”
-
-“And yet what Christ held in His hands looked like bread, tasted and
-felt and smelt like bread. Was it bread?”
-
-“Yes; I guess it was bread.”
-
-“Now, look here, uncle—who am I to believe, you or Christ?”
-
-“What’s that—Oh, why Christ of course.”
-
-“Well, you say it’s bread, and a whole lot of people say the same thing.
-But Christ says it is His body, and His word is worth more than the word
-of all the duffers in the world.”
-
-“Let’s walk on,” said Compton, and fell into thought. “Bobby, why do you
-want to make your first communion?”
-
-“Because I want to pray for my mother and—and for you, and to get grace
-and strength. You know, uncle, it’s the greatest thing in the world.”
-
-“Well, suppose we go in and see a priest?”
-
-“Uncle!” exclaimed Bobby, “you’re all right.”
-
-Father Mallory, a zealous, kindly young priest, received Bobby with a
-rare cordiality, and while Compton sat by in respectful attention,
-questioned the boy at length.
-
-“Mr. Compton,” said Father Mallory, before ten minutes had quite
-elapsed, “this boy is as well prepared as any child I ever met. He has
-brains and, what is immeasurably better, faith. Bobby, you may go to
-confession, say, three days from now, and then to communion the next
-day, Saturday morning.”
-
-“Oh, Father,” said Bobby, “thank you! And may I use that telephone?”
-
-“Certainly.”
-
-“That you, Peggy?—Yes, this is Bobby. Say, I’ve got great news.—No, no
-news of my mother, but I know she’s all right.—Guess
-again.—No.—You’re getting cold.—Now you’re getting warmer. Oh, say;
-I’ll bust if I keep it in any longer. I’m going to make my first
-communion next Saturday.”
-
-The two in waiting heard clearly a scream of delight.
-
-“Isn’t it great?” pursued the boy. “And if Father Mallory, who is a
-jim-dandy, will let me, I’m going to go every day. Yes, I thought you’d
-be glad to know. Good-by.”
-
-“I was talking to Peggy,” explained Bobby as he hung up the receiver.
-“She’s mighty glad, too.”
-
-The next three days were crowded ones. Bobby, who had heard of retreats
-before first communion, decided that he would try, so far as he could,
-to make one.
-
-“Uncle,” he said the next morning, “I’ve been thinking last night, and
-I’m going to keep silence for three days.”
-
-“Eh?” cried Compton.
-
-“Yes; I’m going to make a retreat before my first communion—that is, as
-much as I can. Of course I’ll work just the same.”
-
-In like manner he conveyed his intentions to Peggy, who thought it a
-capital idea. And during these three days the company derived no end of
-innocent merriment from the pantomime performances of Peggy and the boy,
-who really kept silence, but who nevertheless showed an extraordinary
-ability in conveying his emotions by gestures and motions and facial
-expression. On the whole, Peggy and Bobby during these three days had
-the time of their lives. It must be stated that Bobby more than once
-fell from grace, and made an attempt at starting a conversation. But
-Peggy, older by two years, was resolute. Up went her finger to the
-mouth, while reproach, gentle but sincere, shone from her eyes.
-
-Only once did Peggy fail in her duty as directress of this unusual
-retreat. On the third day Bobby handed her a note.
-
- “Miss Peggy: I go to communion to-morrow at the eight-o’clock
- Mass. This is to let you know. Your pal,
-
- “BOBBY.”
-
-Peggy in the course of these three days had received twenty-four written
-communications from her pal. They were all carefully preserved among her
-treasured possessions.
-
-“Oh, Bobby,” she exclaimed on the reading of this, the twenty-fifth,
-“may I sit next to you, and go up alongside and receive with you?”
-
-“I was hoping you would ask that,” returned Bobby. “I won’t miss mother
-so much.”
-
-And then with bright and flashing eyes they broke into a conversation
-which would not interest the reader, but which, I am sure, was listened
-to with loving attention by at least two angels. How long they would
-have continued is beyond conjecture had not Miss Bernadette Vivian
-happened along.
-
-“So you’re talking once more, are you?” she remarked. “Let me in, too,
-on this conversation.”
-
-“Oh, I forgot,” said Bobby, looking contrite.
-
-“And so did I,” added Peggy. “Bobby!”
-
-Bobby looked into her reproving eyes and beheld a warning finger at her
-lips. They talked no more that day.
-
-During this odd triduum Bobby made it a point on the way home to visit
-the Blessed Sacrament. He remained on each occasion for half an hour,
-during which time his uncle indulged in conversation with Father
-Mallory.
-
-On the last day Bobby made his general confession, while Peggy waited
-without on her knees, her eyes fastened on the tabernacle, her lips
-moving in prayer that her pal might make it a good one. They parted
-wordlessly without the vestibule, though it was a matter of five minutes
-before their adieus were completed. Indeed, they might have gone on for
-a much longer period in their making of farewells had not a bright-eyed
-boy, an acolyte of the church, after watching them for a few minutes in
-wide-eyed amazement, called out to a young friend on the sidewalk, “Hey,
-Jimmie, come on here quick. There’s a couple of deaf-mutes here talking
-the sign language.”
-
-Then they parted.
-
-The next morning the romantic little church at Hollywood had,
-considering that it was a week day, an unusual number of worshipers at
-the eight-o’clock Mass. The director, Joseph Heneman, was there, and
-every actor in the play now nearing completion. Even the exponent of the
-Delsarte system, a chastened young lady, was in attendance. Many were
-non-Catholics. Many had come to see, but, I firmly believe, all remained
-to pray.
-
-Just before the Mass Mr. Compton, looking like the last possibility in
-the way of a comedian, walked up the aisle behind Bobby, who, with eyes
-cast down and hands clasped in reverence, seemed oblivious, as in fact
-he was of course, of everything and every one. Compton saw him into a
-seat in the front pew and modestly took his own place in the pew behind.
-A few seconds later Peggy appeared. She walked up the aisle rather
-briskly. Nor were her eyes cast down. Peggy had business. It was no
-difficult task to discover Bobby, and to him she went. Leaning over so
-as to bring her head on a line with that of the kneeling boy, she handed
-him an ivory-bound prayer-book, her own communion present for the lad.
-Then she opened the book and pointed out to Bobby the prayers he should
-recite in preparation for his first communion.
-
-Bobby and Peggy were dressed in white; and if ever that color,
-emblematic of innocence, was appropriate to any occasion, it was
-appropriate to this. To some gazing on the two it was a vision. A
-non-Catholic, a man who had scored and been scarred in the battle of
-life, whispered to his neighbor:
-
-“How those little ones love each other!”
-
-“You are right,” returned the other. “And it is a love which draws down
-in admiration ‘the angels in heaven above,’ and sends ‘the demons down
-under the sea’ scattering.”
-
-“That’s just what I mean,” said the first, and—a thing that had not
-occurred in his life since early boyhood—fell to praying.
-
-Peggy, having accomplished her mission, now passed over to the opposite
-pew, where, kneeling as immobile as a statue, she remained until the
-time of communion. The two went up together, and as they passed up to
-the communion railing a wave of the supernatural swept over every one
-present; and when, having received the Body of the Lord, they arose and
-turned, their faces were enough to make an atheist believe in God.
-
-The non-Catholics present were carried away; and they left the church as
-though they had seen a vision.
-
-To describe the breakfast, with Bobby at the head and Peggy at the foot,
-and every member of the company seated between, would be an anti-climax.
-It was a happy party.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XI
- THE END OF ONE SCENARIO AND THE OUTLINING OF COMPTON’S GREAT IDEA
-
-
-On that very day the picture was to be finished. So far the going had
-been unusually good, and the wind-up would take but a few hours. It
-mattered little, therefore, that the director began work an hour late.
-Present at this last rehearsal were a striking-looking boy of eight or
-nine and an extremely beautiful girl of seven. Bobby’s eyes rested upon
-them, and, as he showed by a grin, he was pleased.
-
-“Good morning,” he said.
-
-“Good morning, Bobby,” said the boy, reaching out the hand of
-cordiality. “My name is Francis Mason. I’m in the movies myself. Say, I
-saw you make your first communion. It was nice.”
-
-The little girl during this introduction was beaming impartially on
-both. It was the sweet smile of trusting youth.
-
-“I was there too, Bobby,” she added. “I’m not a Catholic, but it was
-just lovely. My name is Pearl Wright. I’m in the movies, too.”
-
-“We’ve come to see you and Peggy,” smiled Francis.
-
-“Yes,” added Pearl. “We’ve heard a lot about you; and it was very nice
-of Mr. Compton to get us in.”
-
-Then Peggy came over, and a fellowship was there and then formed between
-the four juvenile stars, which, in the retrospect, will take on all the
-glory of romance.
-
-At about eleven o’clock Peggy and Bobby had completed their work. So far
-as they were concerned the picture was done. Then it was that Compton
-called the four children aside.
-
-“Say, Mr. Compton,” said Francis, “those two sure know how to act. It
-beats anything I ever saw.”
-
-“That’s what I think,” Pearl put in. “I could just look at Peggy and
-Bobby all day and all night.”
-
-“You don’t know, children, how glad I am to see you get on so well
-together.”
-
-“We’re friends, you see,” smiled Pearl.
-
-“I believe you,” said Compton. “Now come with me.” Saying which he led
-them into a set well screened off from observation. “There’s a little
-dance in the play, Pearl and Francis, which is done by Peggy and Bobby.
-It’s a very pretty thing, and is really the creation of Peggy Sansone.”
-
-“No, no,” dissented the Italian. “I just saw a minuet and a gavotte and
-some other dances and pieced them together.”
-
-“It was fine piecing, at any rate, Peggy. Now what I like about it is
-that it has all that is lovely you can find in any dance, and expresses
-grace and springtime and innocent gayety without the least taint of the
-low or the sensual. Now I want you two children to watch Peggy and Bobby
-while they do it for your benefit. I’ll be back in a few minutes.”
-
-In point of fact he did not return until the word finis, almost two
-hours later, had been pronounced. The picture was done. When he returned
-he was in the company of Mr. Heneman. Their entrance was not observed;
-the four youngsters were too engrossed to be easily aroused. Bobby was
-placing Francis in a pose which called for some unusual control of one’s
-equilibrium; Peggy was marking a line on the floor, upon which Pearl was
-gazing as though it were an exhibit of diamonds.
-
-“Didn’t I tell you?” said Compton triumphantly.
-
-“You were a prophet,” answered the manager, smiling broadly.
-
-“Oh, goody!” cried Peggy, lifting her eyes and spying the visitors.
-“You’re just in time. Francis and Pearl, just as soon as we finished,
-started to do it themselves.”
-
-“Aha!” said Compton _sotto voce_. “Didn’t I tell you? Imitation!”
-
-“Yes,” added Bobby, “and they came mighty near getting it right the
-first time. Didn’t they, Peggy?”
-
-“They did, Bobby.”
-
-“And then,” put in Pearl with dancing eyes, “Peggy started us to making
-it a dance for four. And we’ve had such a good time that—”
-
-“That we didn’t miss you at all,” broke in Bobby.
-
-“And,” added Francis, looking at his wrist watch, “we didn’t even notice
-it was an hour past dinner time.”
-
-“Look,” said Compton to the director. “Could you, from here to New York,
-find four sweeter children?”
-
-“And they’re all first-rate actors, too,” said the manager, who looked
-as happy as though he had come into a fortune. “Compton, I think you
-have hit upon a big thing.”
-
-“I know it,” said Compton.
-
-The children meanwhile had put their heads together, literally and
-figuratively.
-
-“You do it,” said Peggy to Bobby.
-
-“No, you do it. It’s your dance, anyhow.”
-
-“All right,” sighed Peggy. Then advancing to the two elders, she went
-on:
-
-“Please, wouldn’t you like to see our little dance?”
-
-“Nothing would please us better,” answered Heneman.
-
-“Thank you. Come on now; we’re going to show them what we’ve learned.”
-
-It is hard to interest a seasoned director in such things, and almost
-impossible to secure the interest of a Compton. But there are exceptions
-to every rule. For five minutes or more the audience of two was
-spellbound.
-
-It was a variation of the original dance, a wonderful variation,
-retaining all its grace and beauty and springtime aroma, with little
-touches, magical touches, which charmed it into the realms of fairyland.
-
-“By jove,” roared the manager, “that’s simply wonderful! Peggy, you’re a
-genius!”
-
-“Listen, children,” said Compton. “You’ve done more than I expected. I
-had a bet with the manager that if I put you together, Pearl and Francis
-would go to work and pick up that dance. But you’ve done more. You’ve
-saved me the trouble of getting up a dance to fit into our new scenario
-which we start at the day after to-morrow. It is called ‘Imitation,’ and
-you are all four to be in it.”
-
-The children gazed at each other in speechless joy and wonder.
-
-“There are to be four principals: Bobby, Francis, Peggy and Pearl. Mr.
-Heneman and myself have chosen you because we know you can act,
-and—and—”
-
-“Because we love you,” supplemented Heneman.
-
-Whereupon Pearl and Peggy threw their arms about each other’s necks and
-the two boys rolled over in ecstasy.
-
-“So that is what you’ve been working on, uncle?” asked Bobby when he had
-finally come once more to his feet.
-
-“Yes. You gave me the idea, Bobby. You know you’re always doing what
-other people are doing. You’re always taking somebody off.”
-
-“Like a policeman?” inquired Pearl. “Well,” she went on to explain, “the
-policeman on our beat sometimes takes people off. I saw him once
-myself.”
-
-While Peggy, drawing Pearl aside, instructed her in the meaning of the
-expression on this occasion, Mr. Compton proceeded:
-
-“The idea came to me on the day you took off that Delsarte girl and got
-wooled for your pains. It struck me that I could build up a story on the
-idea of four entirely different children, different in their
-surroundings, their station in life, their education and their
-refinement, being brought together. The tenement girl is thrown in with
-the daughter of a magnate; and the son of the same magnate is thrown in
-with a tough little kid who is by way of developing into a first-rate
-pickpocket.”
-
-“Something like the first part of Oliver Twist?” ventured Peggy.
-
-“In a way, yes. But here’s the difference: No children are really bad,
-and some who are on the way to wickedness may have splendid qualities.
-And that’s the way it is to be in this play. All four children are to
-have splendid qualities. Francis will be the tough boy; but he is
-naturally kind and brave. Bobby will be the magnate’s son—good, but
-sissified. Peggy will be a child of the tenements, rough in her ways and
-uncouth. You, Pearl, will be the magnate’s daughter, nice as pie, but
-babyish. And you and Peggy will fall to liking each other just the same
-as Bobby and Francis. And here’s where the difference comes in from the
-story of Oliver Twist. Because you like each other you will each try to
-resemble each other. What Peggy admires in Pearl she will try to be; and
-Pearl will try to resemble Peggy in her best qualities. You see the
-idea?”
-
-“Where’s the action coming in?” asked Francis.
-
-“Oh, that’s another thing. A kidnaper steals the magnate’s two children.
-He puts the girl in a tenement in charge of Peggy’s father, and puts the
-boy with a friend who is a thief and a maker of thieves. Peggy and
-Francis, their children, are won over by love to your side, Bobby. They
-help you to escape. Francis and Bobby succeed in escaping first. Then
-Francis traces you girls, and he and Bobby contrive to get you free. You
-tramp along the road until, footsore and weary, you happen upon the home
-of a kind and fairly wealthy married couple. It is there that Peggy and
-Pearl, who have long danced together, teach you, and it is there that
-Bobby’s and Pearl’s mother unexpectedly arrives, and clasps her children
-to her arms, and Francis doesn’t have to pick pockets or Peggy sell
-newspapers any more. The magnate and his family find that their boy and
-girl have kept all their good qualities and gained many new ones, while,
-as for Peggy and Francis, they have so changed that no friend of former
-days would know them. And so you live happily ever afterwards.”
-
-“Say, that’s swell!” cried Francis.
-
-“I just love it!” exclaimed Peggy.
-
-“And am I to wear the tenement clothes in the dance?” asked Peggy.
-
-“That’s what I’d like to know, too—about my clothes,” said Bobby.
-
-“Oh, no. The nice gentleman and his wife, once they have seen you
-rehearse, dress you up just fit to kill, and all four of you when you do
-your dance will look like magnified humming birds.”
-
-“I am so glad to hear that!” said Peggy.
-
-“Did you ever see a girl,” observed the philosophic Francis, “who didn’t
-like to fix herself up in her prettiest?”
-
-“You were just as anxious as I was,” flared Peggy.
-
-“Well, it’s going to be great,” said Francis. “I wish we could start in
-right now.”
-
-The meeting broke up in happy shouts and merry laughter, and, I believe,
-all four in slumber dreamed that night of happy things, not far off, but
-coming towards them in the bright hues of romance.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XII
- BOBBY BECOMES FAMOUS OVERNIGHT
-
-
-“Well, how is your ‘Imitation’ getting along?” asked the head of the
-scenario department in the Lantry Studio some three weeks later.
-
-“Getting on!” repeated Compton. “Getting on is no name for it. Do you
-know, Moore, that, other things being equal, children are the finest
-actors in the world? You see, they are docile. You tell ’em to do a
-thing and how to do it; and if they get your meaning that’s enough. Of
-course we’re extremely fortunate; we’ve got together four of the
-brightest children in or out of movieland. And they are such pals! They
-all stand up for each other; they all help each other. Of course they
-have a little tiff now and then. Otherwise we wouldn’t know they were
-human. We might conclude that they were not descended from Adam.”
-
-“Eh?” said the astonished Moore, taking his pipe out of his mouth.
-“Where did you get that sort of talk? I thought you were a giddy pagan,
-foolish but harmless.”
-
-“Well,” laughed Compton, reddening slightly, “I hope I’m getting more
-sense.”
-
-“You need it,” said Moore dryly, replacing his pipe and puffing
-comfortably. “But to return to our mutton—which one of your
-heaven-descended quartet is doing best?”
-
-“That,” returned Compton, “is a question which Joe Heneman and myself
-discuss every day. Sometimes we think it’s Peggy. Those large, dark eyes
-of hers can be so wistful and, on occasion, so tragic. The next day we
-settle upon Francis. In dealing with Bobby in the play he can be so
-genial and smile upon him with the serene philosophy of one so much
-older, so much more intimately acquainted with the ways of the world. By
-the time we have settled upon Francis along comes Pearl with the
-sweetest smile and the most gracious manner. Bobby is in the running all
-the time. In the trick of imitating he leads them all. We haven’t come
-yet to the great scene, the scene where he meets his mother after an
-absence of four weeks. That, so far as the children are concerned, is
-the last scene. I’m confident that Bobby, if he performs it as I think,
-will bring tears to the eyes of millions; and if he does he will be the
-star of stars.”
-
-“Did you know, Compton, that Bobby made his first screen appearance on
-the Broadways of the big cities yesterday?”
-
-“That’s a fact! I had quite forgotten. Yesterday was the day of release.
-I hope they’ll like me in it.”
-
-“I don’t think they’ll bother about you. It is Bobby they will like,”
-said Moore.
-
-“And I forgot to look at the papers this morning,” mused Compton
-regretfully.
-
-“I did not forget, but I haven’t had time. Wait a minute; there may be
-something about it.”
-
-Moore returned shortly, wearing a smile and waving the Los Angeles
-_Times_.
-
-“Say, that old thing of yours, ‘You Hardly Can Tell,’ has scored a
-tremendous hit. Look at these headlines!” And Compton looked and gasped.
-These were the headlines:
-
- WHO IS THE STAR OF “YOU HARDLY CAN TELL?”
-
- _Bobby Compton the New Juvenile Star or John Compton the Comedian? You
- Hardly Can Tell._
-
-“Say,” exclaimed Compton, running his eyes down the review itself,
-“that’s good stuff! I’m a little jealous of my reputation, but there are
-a few persons in the world who may outshine me, and I’m glad of it; and
-Bobby is first of all.”
-
-“I think,” said Moore, “that you’ll have plenty of chance to be glad,
-then.”
-
-“The boy comes by his gifts honestly,” continued Compton. “His father
-was an actor, and as for his mother, though she never appeared upon the
-regular stage, she was a wonder, both at the convent school and later in
-society, as an amateur actress. Nothing could persuade her to go on the
-stage, though she received before her marriage most tempting offers.”
-
-“You know a lot about her,” said Moore incredulously.
-
-“I didn’t live in Los Angeles all my life,” returned Compton.
-
-“Oh, say, uncle,” cried Bobby, all out of breath, “there’s a reporter
-man here and he wants to take my picture.”
-
-The two men glanced at each other.
-
-“Behold the entrance to the gates of fame,” exclaimed Moore, airily
-waving his pipe.
-
-“Come on, Bobby,” said Compton, “I’ll go with you.”
-
-“Say, uncle, what’s a Lothario?”
-
-“Eh?” queried the amazed comedian.
-
-“A L-o-t-h-a-r-i-o?” spelled the boy.
-
-“Why, that’s the name of a person.”
-
-“Is your name Lothario, uncle?”
-
-“Certainly not. What makes you ask that?”
-
-“Because I heard that new star with the doll face, Bennie Burnside, say
-that you were a gay Lothario.”
-
-“Bennie Burnside,” said Compton severely, “on the outside is a fine
-figure of a man from the soles of his feet to the top of his head. On
-the inside he is absolutely perfect up to and including his neck. He is
-a matinee idol.”
-
-“But, uncle, what is a gay Lothario?”
-
-“It is said of the kind of fool who is soon parted from his money; it
-means a man whose most earnest endeavor is to make an ass of himself.”
-
-“But you’re not a fool, uncle.”
-
-“Thank you, Bobby. I will try to believe you. Anyhow, I may be a fool
-now, but I am not the forty-three varieties of fool I once was.”
-
-Indeed, so great a change had come upon John Compton since the arrival
-of Bobby that all the world—the moving-picture world, at any
-rate—wondered. Nothing could persuade him to leave his quarters at
-night. The dance knew him no more; the hotel lobby, whither a certain
-set of foolishly joyous moving-picture men most did congregate, missed
-him from his accustomed place. A local magistrate wondered what had
-become of him. He had not been fined for speeding in five weeks. In a
-word, John Compton had suddenly abandoned his mad quest of pleasure,
-and, having abandoned the quest, was cheerier, happier than he had been
-since attaining his majority. Compton was known to be a man of more than
-ordinary intellect. His friends had for years expected great things of
-him. In college days he had given promise of developing into a writer of
-taste and imagination. But he had so far disappointed these high
-expectations. His pen had been barren, his life had been strewn with
-good intentions—till Bobby came.
-
-And now it was so different. He had written a scenario, “Imitation,”
-which was new in matter, touching in treatment, and which, in the
-opinion of the Lantry Studio critics, gave promise to set a high mark
-for other scenario writers. He was already busy upon a second play.
-Bobby was almost his sole companion in these days, Bobby and Father
-Mallory, for whom he had conceived a strong liking, and whom he visited
-regularly every afternoon.
-
-As the two made their way to an office where the reporter was cooling
-his heels there came swooping upon them, dressed for their respective
-parts, Peggy and Francis and Pearl.
-
-“Hey, Bobby!” “Gee, Bobby!” “Oh, Bobby!” they shouted in a splendid
-enthusiasm, “you’re in the headlines.”
-
-They had the morning paper between them, and in each one’s endeavor to
-show Bobby the place and the words they damaged the sheet considerably.
-
-“And we’re all so glad!” said Francis, who had himself starred in five
-productions.
-
-“We’re proud of you, Bobby,” said Pearl, smiling angelically.
-
-“And we all love you,” chimed in Peggy, “and Mr. Compton,” she
-thoughtfully added.
-
-“Just wait until I read this,” said Bobby. And while, moving his mouth
-in the slow pronunciation of each word, the lad read his own praises,
-Francis, in a dreamy ecstasy, seated himself, absently placing in his
-mouth the pipe he was later to use in the production, and gazed upon the
-loved one in happy and ungrudging admiration.
-
-“Oh, just wait till they see ‘Imitation,’” said Bobby, after glancing
-over the text under the headlines. “Then they’ll have something to write
-about. I don’t mean me. I mean you, Peggy, and you, Pearl, and you,
-Francis.”
-
-“And just think of the heaps and heaps of fun we’re having,” chortled
-Peggy. “People say we’re working during vacation. Do you call this
-work?”
-
-“I should say not,” said the other three, one after the other in such
-quick succession that their words almost chimed together.
-
-As they went on to chat gayly of their present joy and their future
-plans, Compton was in earnest converse with Joe Heneman.
-
-“Look here, Heneman,” he said, “may I offer a suggestion?”
-
-“I’ve known you to do it before and come away with your life.”
-
-“Say, can’t you run the children through their parts right away and hold
-up all the other parts till the little ones have finished?”
-
-“Why? What’s the big idea?”
-
-“The big idea is this: the detective agency has a hunch that Mrs. Vernon
-is dead. They’ve sent me a story about some woman picked up dead near
-San Luis Obispo, and they claim it is Barbara. That is, they claim it’s
-Bobby’s mother. When I got that letter two days ago I nearly dropped.”
-
-“Did you tell Bobby?”
-
-“What kind of an idiot do you think I am? Of course I didn’t. And after
-the first shock I did not believe a word of it.”
-
-“Why not?”
-
-“I believe that she’s alive, because Bob is certain. You ought to see
-that boy pray! Why, that boy has all heaven on his side.”
-
-“Well, I’ll be—” Not finishing his expression of astonishment, Heneman
-went on: “But what under the sun has this to do with hurrying the
-children through their parts?”
-
-“Why, just this: Bobby’s picture is going into the papers. His mother
-will see or hear of it. She’ll trace him up. You know she thinks he’s
-dead. She’ll come here, and who can keep her from taking him away?”
-
-“You’re not half as foolish as they say you are,” was Heneman’s
-comforting comment. “You’re right, Compton. Let me see. I think with
-full time we can get them through by next Monday afternoon.”
-
-“Then go to it,” urged Compton.
-
-At this very moment Barbara Vernon, propped up in bed, pale and weak,
-was for the first time since her collapse awakening to the existence of
-a world from which she had well-nigh departed.
-
-“Oh, thank God, thank God!” little Agnes was saying. “This is the first
-time nurse let me in to see you. And she says you will be all right in a
-week or ten days at the most.”
-
-“Agnes, I know I am going to get well. I had such a beautiful dream last
-night. My little son, my dear little son, appeared to me. He looked just
-as alive as when I last saw him. And he said, ‘Mother, sweet mother,
-faith can move mountains.’ And then he pressed his dear lips upon mine
-and disappeared. I awoke then, but I felt that he had been with me.”
-
-“And do you now think he is alive?”
-
-“I don’t know, my dear. But I feel so happy. O God, give me the faith
-that moves mountains!”
-
-Hereupon entered the nurse, wearing the mien of one who had fought long
-and conquered.
-
-“It is a happy day,” she said blithely. “The doctor will be along before
-noon, but we don’t need any doctor to tell that you’re getting well. Do
-you know, Mrs. Vernon, that you were calling for your little Bobby day
-and night all these weeks?”
-
-“Was I?”
-
-“Yes; and it was always in a tone of sadness or of despair. But last
-night it was different. You called his name but once, and your voice
-sounded as though you were gazing upon some heavenly vision, and your
-face grew beautiful and joyous.”
-
-“I understand why,” said Barbara. “Agnes, do you tell her my dream.”
-
-And Agnes, almost word for word, repeated Mrs. Vernon’s account.
-
-“And now,” pursued the smiling invalid, “I’m going, with God’s grace, to
-wait in patience and faith till that day ‘when dreams come true.’”
-
-“I think,” observed the nurse, “that there’s a lady outside that would
-like to see you. Come in, Mrs. Regan.”
-
-And Mrs. Regan entered and fondly embraced the woman who had saved her
-life. Then came Louis and then the father; and all lavished upon the
-dear convalescent a wealth of simple, homely love.
-
-“Upon my word!” said Barbara, as, after a few minutes of affectionate
-conversation, the visitors reluctantly departed, “I never imagined since
-I lost Bobby that I could be so happy.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIII
-BERNADETTE’S TEMPERAMENT DELAYS THE SCENARIO, AND MRS. VERNON MAKES TWO
- CHILDREN HAPPY
-
-
-It was Monday, the day on which Mr. Joseph Heneman had counted to finish
-all that part of the picture in which the four children were to appear.
-And it looked, in the morning, as though he would be right in his
-reckoning. But in the closing scene, the scene in which Bobby was to
-surpass himself, there came an unexpected hitch, and no other than our
-friend, Miss Bernadette Vivian, was the cause.
-
-Like most rising artists, Bernadette was temperamental, which, in other
-words, signifies that she was too easily swayed by her feelings. Now it
-had happened that on the previous evening she had met a most pleasing
-and engaging young man; and with the two it was a case of love at first
-sight. On this day, therefore, her shapely head was filled with visions
-of orange blossoms, bridal veils and a teasing wonder as to what kind of
-engagement ring he would select. With all these matters on her mind, is
-it at all surprising that she was in no mood to represent a mother
-meeting her lost children?
-
-She was, in this particular scene, to register the agony of separation,
-the ecstasy of meeting, and the tears of joy, all of which things Miss
-Bernadette signally failed to accomplish. The only thing that could have
-brought comfort to her soul and any expression of joy to her face would
-be her young man advancing smilingly upon her, holding in his dear hand
-a diamond engagement ring. In vain did Heneman expostulate with her; in
-vain did Compton remonstrate. In vain, too, did the four children, whom
-she really loved, cast upon her glances of friendly reproach. Nothing
-could arouse her from “love’s young dream,” than which, we are credibly
-informed by a poet, “there’s nothing half so sweet in life.”
-
-Up to this day Bernadette had been ambitious. She was a star in embryo,
-and her laurels were in the winning. But the young man whose bright
-smile still haunted her was very wealthy. Upon marrying him she would
-retire at once.
-
-If Mr. Heneman said things that any proper censor would properly delete,
-let it be said in his defense that he said them under his breath; for
-the director, as no doubt four guardian angels urged in his behalf at
-heaven’s chancery, ever cherished the highest reverence for children.
-
-By four o’clock of that evening the director was unnerved, Compton
-almost frantic, the children in ill humor. They were all worn out. And
-if the four youthful thespians did quarrel a little and sulk for almost
-ten minutes, let it be said in their behalf that before going home they
-all abjectly apologized one to the other, and proved once more the truth
-of Tennyson’s lines:
-
- _Oh, blessings on the falling-out_
- _Which all the more endears!_
-
-During all this Miss Bernadette, happily seated and with crossed legs,
-powdered her nose, consulted her hand mirror and, for the nonce an
-unmitigated flapper, gazed heavenward with a smile that would have been
-absolutely idiotic on a young lady less favored of feature. The distress
-of all her friends impressed her not in the least. In fact, it never
-dawned upon her consciousness that anybody was distressed. Truly, love
-is blind.
-
-“Attention, please!” called Heneman when it was nearing five o’clock.
-“The weather is rather close and it has been a trying day. Perhaps
-that’s the reason we can’t get this reuniting business over. I’m sorry,
-but we’ll have to try it over to-morrow at ten. The play is going to be
-a big thing, and so far you’ve made it a big thing. But we don’t want an
-anti-climax to spoil it all.”
-
-“What kind of an aunty is that?” asked Bobby.
-
-This remark sent them all off in good humor.
-
-Bobby went to confession before going to the suite. He confessed, by the
-way, every week, and went with Peggy to communion every morning. Also,
-he lingered to make a special and earnest prayer for that falling star,
-Bernadette, and I fear that if Bernadette, in the light of what happened
-that evening, were to have learned the import of that prayer, she would
-have waylaid Bobby and given him a sound spanking.
-
-“O good Lord”—such was the import of Bobby’s prayer—“bring that nice
-young lady, Bernadette Vivian, to her senses; and do it in a hurry so
-that to-morrow we can shoot that scene the way it ought to be shot, and
-be done with it.”
-
-That night the lovers met and there were five minutes of unbroken bliss.
-In these five minutes they plighted their troth over and over. Nothing
-in the heavens above or the earth beneath or the waters under the earth
-could ever dissever their souls. In the next five minutes there arose a
-slight difference about the style of the engagement ring; and before the
-quarter was quite ended both were in a towering rage and vowed
-repeatedly never, never to look upon each other’s face again. Then the
-idol of her heart went out and got drunk—a weakness of his of which
-Bernadette was entirely ignorant—and left his fond one bathed in tears.
-
-It was a bad night for Bobby, too. An inconsiderate friend of Compton’s,
-Benny Burnside, meeting Bobby as he returned from confession, asked the
-boy whether it was true that his mother was dead.
-
-“Of course she is not dead,” answered Bobby resolutely.
-
-“Oh, I’m so glad to hear it! So that woman they found dead in the woods
-at San Luis Obispo was not your mother after all,” continued the admired
-one of every flapper in the land. It was he who had said that Compton
-was a gay Lothario.
-
-Bobby’s lips quivered.
-
-Thereupon Mr. Benny Burnside told him, not without some embroidery to
-make the story more convincing, of the reports of the detective agency
-on the case. If Mr. Burnside did not fully convince the lad of his
-mother’s death, it was not due to any lack of effort on his part.
-
-Bobby, on retiring, had several sleepless hours. Faith struggled with
-alleged fact, and the struggle brought with it agony and tears. But the
-boy was not alone in the fight. To his aid he summoned the Mother of
-God, his guardian angel, his patron saint. Before midnight confidence
-returned; and Bobby, his face still wet with tears, fell into a
-dreamless sleep.
-
-On that same day, in the morning hours, Mrs. Barbara Vernon, seated on
-the ranchman’s front porch, a deep peace upon her face, touched once
-more with the glow of health, looked out calmly upon a world made
-strangely beautiful through the magic given only to the eye of the
-convalescent. Never, even in the first blush of maidenhood, had she
-looked more beautiful. Sickness had etherealized her beauty. Upon her
-features was the resignation which, falling short of joy, gives
-contentment touched with melancholy.
-
-“Oh, Mrs. Vernon!” cried two eager voices, their owners rushing through
-the front door in a race to reach her first. Agnes and Louis were
-flushed with unusual excitement. Something big had come into their
-lives.
-
-“What is it, my dears? Good news?”
-
-In answer to which, Louis, raising his voice to a shrill pipe, poured
-forth a volume of sound as intelligible as though his mouth were
-cluttered with pins.
-
-“But what is it?” asked Barbara, breaking into a smile. “I can’t make
-out a word you say.”
-
-“Let me talk, Louis,” said Agnes, making sure of the success of this
-request by clapping her hand over the excited youth’s mouth, and keeping
-it there. “Mrs. Vernon, there’s a matinee at the moving-picture house of
-San Luis Obispo this afternoon, and—and—” Here Agnes manifested her
-excitement by losing her breath, taking advantage of which, Louis, very
-much handicapped by the restraining hand still held over his mouth, made
-an effort to say, “Won’t you come?” giving the effect, however, of a
-bulldog’s growl.
-
-“And,” continued Agnes, “it’s a swell show. And, oh, Mrs. Vernon,
-wouldn’t you like to come with us?”
-
-“I don’t think,” Barbara made answer, “that I am in a mood just yet for
-anything like that. I am sure you can go by yourselves.”
-
-The hand of Agnes dropped, as did her jaw. Louis dug his fists into his
-eyes. The girl’s lips quivered.
-
-“But if you would like to have me,” amended the convalescent, reading
-sympathetically the signs of woe in the children, “why, of course—”
-
-“Whoop-la!” yelled Louis, running at breakneck speed towards the door
-and yelling in his flight. “Hey, dad! she’s going to go.”
-
-“Oh, you are so kind, Mrs. Vernon!” cried Agnes. “Just now papa got a
-long-distance telephone call from San Luis Obispo. There’s a friend of
-his there who went to the picture show last night, and he called dad up
-to tell him what a nice, clean picture it was. He says that it’s a
-first-run picture. The proprietor of the movie house there generally
-uses older runs, but there’s some kind of convention in the town this
-week, and so he engaged this new picture and raised the admission price
-from twenty to forty cents, and added three matinees. And the man said
-that if dad wanted to go he would hold five tickets for us. And dad said
-he would go and take ma and us children, provided you would go. Oh,
-isn’t that a treat? We’ll start in an hour. Dad thinks that the ride and
-a picture like that will do you a lot of good.”
-
-“Why didn’t you let me know at first that you couldn’t go unless I went?
-Indeed I’m sure it will make me happy, if for nothing else than that it
-will give joy to two of the dearest little children I have ever met.”
-
-And so fifteen minutes later Barbara, Mr. and Mrs. Regan, and the happy
-children were speeding onward to San Luis Obispo.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIV
-MRS. VERNON ATTENDS A MOVING-PICTURE SHOW AND FINDS IN IT A GREAT LESSON
- UNTHOUGHT OF BY THE AUTHOR
-
-
-The lobby of the San Luis Obispo moving-picture house was thronged, and
-there was a crush at the ticket office. As Regan and his party pushed
-their way to the entrance, the ticket seller was announcing that the
-house was sold out.
-
-To get through this unheard-of crowd Mr. Regan was forced to use his
-elbows freely. Mrs. Vernon and his family, according to his directions,
-followed him in close single file. None of them had an opportunity to
-notice the posters and the pictures of various scenes in the much
-heralded play. Had the lobby been less thronged, it is doubtful whether
-they would have attended the performance.
-
-“To accommodate all,” cried a strong voice as they reached the ticket
-taker, “there will be another performance at four o’clock sharp; and
-until a quarter to four positively no more seats will be sold.”
-
-At two-thirty to the second, but a few minutes after the Regan party had
-seated themselves, the lights went out and the “News of the Week” was
-flashed upon the curtain. The assembled crowd, filling every seat, had
-not come for the “News of the Week”; hence they were in no wise
-disappointed when it was taken off, with most of the news left out. The
-manager with a view to the second performance was shortening his
-program.
-
-There was a moment’s pause, and then there flashed upon the screen the
-words, “You Hardly Can Tell”; whereupon everybody sat up and adjusted
-himself for the promised treat.
-
-Perhaps the only exception was Mrs. Vernon. Seated between Agnes and
-Louis, she was affectionately watching now one, now the other, and
-rejoicing in their eager joy.
-
-The story at the first moved slowly, a close-up being given of a few of
-the leading characters, including first and foremost the fair Vivian.
-
-“Isn’t she sweet!” exclaimed Agnes breathlessly.
-
-“She has a nice face,” returned Barbara, raising her eyes momentarily to
-the screen and then turning them once more upon Agnes.
-
-Suddenly the girl’s face changed from admiration to merriment.
-
-“Oh, look! Ain’t he funny!”
-
-Mrs. Vernon did look and gasped.
-
-There grinning upon them all with a fatuous face, made still more
-fatuous by the arrangement of his hair, was her old friend—and more
-than friend—John Compton! There came back vividly to her the memory of
-their last meeting, something over ten years ago, when she had parted in
-sorrow and he in anger, and, as he said bitterly, forever. She was glad
-to see his face once more—glad and disappointed. She had expected more
-of him. His name by this time should have been known far and wide, not
-as a wearer of the motley, but as a writer, a thinker, a leader of men;
-and why had he disappointed her expectations? At the moment a feeling of
-remorse came upon her. She meditated.
-
-“I was just. But was I kind? It is true I could never bring myself to
-marry a man who refused to believe in God. But was I not brutal in the
-way I refused him? Possibly, if I had been gentle and patient, he might
-have been brought to the truth. Forgive, O my God, the offenses of a
-proud and unthinking youth.” Thus meditating she was suddenly brought
-back to the present by a roaring and laughing and stir that were little
-short of tumult. Agnes jumped to her feet, and remembering herself, sat
-down again exclaiming, “Oh! oh! oh!” Louis had risen uttering yelps of
-delight, and remained standing until a justly aggrieved man behind him
-dragged him back to his seat.
-
-Mrs. Vernon raised her eyes and saw Bobby Vernon!
-
-“O God! O my God!” she exclaimed, jumping up herself and for a moment on
-the point of rushing up the aisle to catch her Bobby in her arms. Her
-long discipline of self-restraint, however, asserted itself. She
-reseated herself, and catching a hand of Agnes in her own, squeezed it
-until the child winced.
-
-Yes, it was her own Bobby. The twisted mouth, the bellhop uniform, the
-serio-comic face—these were all, in a way, no matter of surprise to
-her; for Bobby, as no one knew better than herself, was a born mimic.
-But he was alive! Bobby was alive! “O God!” she whispered, “there is a
-faith that can move mountains. Blessed be Thy name!” She followed the
-picture now, but in a way almost unheard of. It was to her a long, sweet
-meditation. Over and over she murmured, “My son that was dead has come
-to life again!” “With God all things are possible.” “Oh, my son, my
-son!” Tears coursed down her cheeks, tears of joy incredible. But no one
-noticed her. All were absorbed in the play, and when the lights were
-turned on and the performance over, Agnes was astounded beyond measure
-at Barbara, who embraced her almost violently and said:
-
-“It was the sweetest, most touching thing I ever saw. It has taught me
-never to fail in trusting in God.”
-
-Now Agnes thought it was the most mirth-provoking thing she had ever
-seen, and, as to trusting in God, that lesson, like the flowers that
-bloom in the spring, had nothing to do with the case.
-
-Before leaving the theater Mrs. Vernon, excusing herself, had a few
-words privately with the manager.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XV
- COMPTON’S GREAT SCENARIO IS FINISHED NOT A MOMENT TOO SOON
-
-
-Of course the next morning, as Bobby arose and dressed for Mass, gave
-with its golden sunshine and balmy air every promise of a perfect day.
-This was the only thing to be expected. Los Angeles, as far as Bobby
-knew, had only one kind of weather. All the days since his arrival had
-been gay, fragrant, cloudless, sunshiny days. The inhabitants of Los
-Angeles never bothered to discuss the weather; it was not the fertile
-topic of conversation that it is in the East. When they spoke of it, it
-was simply to burst forth into paeans of praise, generally expressed in
-the exclamation “Isn’t it a wonderful day!” and that always ended
-further discussion.
-
-“Good morning, Bobby,” said Mr. Compton, to Bobby’s surprise shaved and
-dressed.
-
-“Why, halloa! What got _you_ up?”
-
-“I just thought, Bobby, I’d go along with you to Mass this morning.”
-
-“Oh,” said Bobby, puckering his brows. “I suppose,” he went on after
-some close conjecturing, “that you are going to church to pray for the
-success of that part that didn’t go right yesterday.”
-
-“That is one of the things I am going to pray for.”
-
-“Anything else, uncle?”
-
-“Bobby,” said Compton, ignoring the question, “did you sleep well last
-night?”
-
-“Not at first, uncle.”
-
-“I thought so; you do not look quite up to form.”
-
-“I need Holy Communion, uncle. Then after breakfast—I need that
-too—then you watch me!”
-
-“Bobby, I want to ask you another question. Did you hear anything
-yesterday that worried you?”
-
-“Oh, it’s all over now, I guess,” evaded the child.
-
-“You were crying last night.”
-
-“Who told you?”
-
-“I thought I heard you moaning, and before I went to sleep I went into
-your room. There were stains of tears on your pillow.”
-
-“Uncle, there was a man yesterday, Benny Burnside, who tried to make me
-think my mother was dead.”
-
-Mr. Compton squeezed his lips together, and sparks shot from his eyes.
-
-“If all the fools in Los Angeles were sentenced to death and all were
-pardoned except one, he’s the one who would go hang. He’s a handsome
-creature; but all his beauty isn’t anywhere near enough to make up for
-the tremendous vacancy in his head. And did you believe him, Bobby?”
-
-“He almost made me believe. That’s what I was fighting about before I
-could get to sleep. But I did feel so mean!”
-
-“There’s no sense, my boy, in giving up hope till you have to.”
-
-“I say, uncle, you were worrying too last night. You don’t look right
-yourself.”
-
-As a matter of fact John Compton had passed a long and sleepless night.
-
-“Well, suppose we toddle along,” he said, with a forced smile. So forth
-went the two, each struggling for faith against an uneasiness born of a
-foolish detective’s rash report.
-
-Francis and Peggy were at Mass and went to communion. They wanted Bobby
-to “put it over,” and directed the intention of their communion
-accordingly. Pearl, though not a Catholic, was there too. She came to
-pray, rather startling the worshipers at her entrance by going up the
-aisle and making her prettiest little curtsy before the tabernacle. This
-curtsy had won the hearts of many a stranger in the moment of
-introduction. No doubt our Lord’s love for her, already great—for the
-dear Lord who was once a child loves all children in a special way—went
-out to her in a new excess.
-
-Pearl, at the end of Mass, repeated the curtsy, which would have won her
-distinction in any earthly court—and why not in the heavenly?—and went
-outside, where she continued to smile and bow at the returning
-worshipers as though they were all friends of hers. And so far as she
-was concerned, so they were, God bless her!
-
-“Good morning, Bobby; good morning, everybody!” she cried, as she shook
-the hand of Compton, Bobby, Francis and Peggy, dispensing as she did so
-a running stream of smiles. “It’s going to be all right. I just know
-it’s going to be all right. Bobby, you’re just sure to put it over.”
-
-“It’s going to be the greatest day of all,” chimed in Francis.
-
-“We’ll be finished before noontime,” added Peggy. “And you’ll see, Mr.
-Compton,” she went on, fixing large, earnest, questioning eyes upon
-Compton, “that we haven’t been praying for nothing.”
-
-“I believe you, my dear,” returned Compton humbly.
-
-And Peggy, who knew something about Compton’s religious, or rather
-irreligious, convictions, wondered.
-
-“I’m hungry,” said Bob.
-
-“So am I,” said Pearl. “You see, I couldn’t go to communion, but I could
-fast and I did.”
-
-“Then,” said Compton, greatly cheered by the simple, loving little
-company, “we’ll all breakfast at the restaurant right below here.”
-
-The two girls and Francis protested that their mothers would be worried;
-whereupon Compton let loose their arrested joy by assuring them that he
-would telephone each proper home and make himself responsible for the
-whole party.
-
-The breakfast was a success, an abundance of watermelon and cream cakes
-being large factors, and off they hopped and danced, light as birds and
-immeasurably gayer, to the last rehearsal.
-
-Miss Bernadette Vivian had preceded them. She too had had a white night.
-The day before she had confided to the amicable clerk who kept the
-visitor’s gate and answered the telephone at the Lantry Studio the story
-of her great romance. She had made it clear to that amiable young lady
-that her engagement was as good as settled, that her Romeo, in addition
-to a personal pulchritude beyond power of words to describe, was as
-wealthy as Colossus—meaning, no doubt, Crœsus—that he had four
-automobiles and a country villa in addition to a home worth at least
-thirty thousand dollars: to all of which the gentle and sympathetic
-young lady, discounting each of these statements by at least fifty per
-cent, lent an attentive ear. Now it occurred to Vivian that, since there
-was no secrecy enjoined, the young lady might make her romance known.
-Hence it was that, unable to sleep, she hastened down to the studio
-bright and early with her revised version of love’s young dream.
-
-“Do you know,” she said, after an affectionate exchange of greetings,
-“that I am thinking seriously of entering a convent?”
-
-“That would be very sweet of you,” said Miss Cortland. “But you don’t
-want to break the heart of that young man, do you?”
-
-“That young man,” said Miss Vivian darkly, “has no heart to break!”
-
-“Dear me! Aren’t you going to be engaged to him?”
-
-“We were engaged.”
-
-“But you didn’t tell me that.”
-
-“It only happened last night. We were engaged for over ten minutes.”
-
-“And then?” interrupted Miss Cortland.
-
-“Oh, I’m sick and tired of all men!” ejaculated Vivian, clasping her
-hands. “They have no ideals! They are so—so common! I’ve always found
-that out before it was too late. I’d like to hear what they’ll say when
-I go into a convent.”
-
-“Did you have a quarrel, Vivian?”
-
-“I never quarrel,” returned the young lady with dignity. “We had a
-difference of opinion, and I discovered that his ideals were not mine.”
-
-By ideals Miss Vivian must have meant diamonds. The kind she wanted for
-her engagement was the kind her swain disliked.
-
-“Well, anyhow, I’ve learnt a good lesson. And, oh, I’m so miserable! I
-slept badly, and I feel like going to Ocean Park and throwing myself
-into the sea. Upon my word, I believe I will!”
-
-Miss Cortland was minded to point out to the distressed damsel that
-throwing herself into the ocean and entering a convent were hardly
-compatible; but, thinking better of it, she observed:
-
-“This is your fifth case, isn’t it?”
-
-“My seventh,” retorted Vivian, indignantly, and left the office in a
-huff.
-
-To set at rest the minds of Miss Vivian’s many admirers, it may be
-stated that she did not enter a convent, nor has the ocean received her
-into its insatiable maw. She realizes still that there are lots of good
-fish in the sea, and, though she nets one every month or so, she has not
-yet caught a fish that quite measures up to her expectations. Her
-present romance is now number eleven.
-
-“Say, Bobby,” whispered Francis, as they repaired to the scene of their
-final rehearsal, “do you want to shed real tears in the part where you
-meet your mother?”
-
-“I’d like to,” returned Bobby.
-
-“Well, I’ve got a trick to do it. It’s a pinch I learned from a fellow.
-It doesn’t make a mark, but it will smart like fun and bring the tears.
-Now, if you need it, just let me know; we’ve got to put this across.”
-
-As the event proved, Francis was not called upon to reduce Bobby to
-tears. Bobby, thinking of his own dear mother, and grieving for her the
-more bitterly for the ugly rumor which had left him sleepless, found it
-an easy task to imagine Bernadette to be Mrs. Vernon, with the result
-that his acting was clearly more perfect than it had been on the
-preceding day. As for Vivian, that volatile young lady, a flapper
-yesterday, was now persuaded that she was refined by a bitter
-experience, that all love leading toward matrimony was vanity and
-affliction of spirit, and that children were the most interesting and
-lovable things in the world. Thus chastened by these reflections, she
-put on a more mature air, diffused an atmosphere of sorrow akin to
-despair, and, to the astonishment and delight of Heneman, Compton and
-all the players, went through her part in a manner that touched the
-hearts of all.
-
-“Great!” cried Heneman. “Now get ready for the camera! Ready? Shoot!”
-
-Pearl, Peggy and Francis were all in the set. Pearl, as the magnate’s
-daughter, had already met her mother when Bobby entered. He sees the
-magnate’s wife standing palpitating and holding out tender arms. He
-stares, breaks into a radiant smile of happiness, cries out “Mother!”
-rushes into her arms and weeps upon her bosom.
-
-“Done!” announced Heneman, rubbing his eyes. “It’s perfect.—Why, what’s
-the matter, Bobby?”
-
-For Bobby, released from Vivian’s arms, was weeping bitterly.
-
-“Are you ill, my boy?” asked Compton, rushing over and putting an arm
-about the lad’s neck.
-
-“I—I was th-thinking of my own dear mother,” sobbed Bobby. As he spoke
-he raised his eyes. A moment later they grew wide in astonishment,
-wonder and incredulity.
-
-“And there she is!” he exclaimed, darting forward to meet a woman now
-hurrying toward him.
-
-In a moment Bobby, weeping and laughing, was rushing into the arms of
-his own dear mother.
-
-It was a tensely dramatic moment. Those concerned in the play gazed in
-awe; then realizing the tremendous strain thus taken off mother and son,
-they entered into the joy of the moment.
-
-Compton was the first to advance and greet the happy mother.
-
-“You remember me, Barbara?”
-
-“Indeed and indeed I do! I was thinking of you yesterday—thinking of
-the past. And I have something that I want to say to you.”
-
-“He’s the best man in the world, mamma,” said Bobby enthusiastically.
-“He’s treated me as though I were his own son. Why, uncle, why have you
-got your head down?”
-
-“I didn’t know it,” said Compton. “But anyhow, I do not feel fit to look
-upon your dear mother’s face.”
-
-The impending awkwardness was averted by the quick approach of the three
-children.
-
-“Oh, Mrs. Vernon!” exclaimed Peggy, her dark eyes luminous and her olive
-complexion alive with rosy emotion, “I’m almost as happy as you!” And
-Peggy threw her arms about Barbara’s neck.
-
-“Dear little Peggy,” and Mrs. Vernon returned the embrace.
-
-“And,” Peggy went on, running her words into one another, “you know it
-was so stupid of me to tell you Bobby was dead. Oh, I’m so glad!”
-
-“May I kiss you, ma’am?” said Pearl, with her charming smile and her
-graceful curtsy as Peggy slipped aside. “I’m one of Bobby’s friends,
-too.”
-
-“And I too,” said Francis. And Mrs. Vernon, flushed and radiant, fondly
-kissed the two children, who in their expressions of delight fell little
-short of Bobby himself.
-
-By this time many of the elders had gathered about the reunited pair,
-and all in their various ways extended their felicitations. Bernadette
-Vivian was so overcome with emotion that she had to be led away by her
-attendant. It was a moment of tension.
-
-“Come, Mrs. Vernon,” whispered Compton; “my automobile is waiting
-outside. I am sure you want to get away and have Bobby to yourself.”
-Saying which, he conducted her away with her boy still clinging to her,
-and was presently whirling homeward.
-
-“But, mother,” said Bobby, resting in her arms, “what became of you?
-Uncle John had detectives looking all over for you.”
-
-Mrs. Vernon explained in a few words the reason of her long
-disappearance.
-
-“And,” she added, “when I saw you on the screen yesterday, I went to the
-manager of the theater and found out where you had been working. He was
-most kind. He inquired and learned that a train three hours late would
-pass at eleven o’clock that night. He took care of me and saw me aboard.
-Mr. Regan and his family wanted to see me off. Bobby, if we wish, we can
-have a home with them.”
-
-“Bobby’s not poor,” said Compton. “There’s twenty-four hundred dollars
-to his credit in the bank just now.”
-
-“And it’s all yours, mother. I was working for you.”
-
-When they entered John Compton’s suite, Barbara gazed about the
-sitting-room in pleased surprise. There was a change in the room since
-Bobby’s first entrance there. Most of the photographs were gone, and
-most prominent of all the pictures adorning the walls was a beautiful
-engraving of a guardian angel tenderly watching his innocent charge, a
-little boy, in years and appearance resembling Barbara’s son.
-
-“What!” she exclaimed, blushing prettily. “Do you believe in angels,
-John Compton?”
-
-“I do! Indeed I do! And I learned that sweet belief from your own little
-boy’s example.”
-
-“Then,” pursued Mrs. Vernon, “then you must believe in God.”
-
-“Barbara,” responded Compton, with a catch in his voice, “it must have
-been God who sent your boy to me. He has changed my life. For several
-weeks, though Bobby doesn’t know it, I have been receiving instructions
-from Father Mallory—”
-
-“What’s that?” cried Bobby eagerly.
-
-“And to-morrow I am to be received into the Catholic Church.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVI
-CONTAINING NOTHING BUT HAPPY EXPLANATIONS AND A STILL HAPPIER LOVE SCENE
-
-
-The hours that followed were given to mutual explanations. Bobby, at
-great length, related his adventures from the time he was carried away
-by the breakers to the present moment. Then John Compton gave his
-version, pointing out that he had done everything to trace up Mrs.
-Vernon and that from his knowledge of Bobby picked up in the first hour
-of meeting he had judged that, all things considered, the best way to
-watch the lad and keep his mind off the sorrows of separation was to
-engage him in moving-picture work.
-
-“Anyhow,” he said, “before I had quite made up my mind to do it, Bobby
-settled the question by actually breaking in; and just as soon as I saw
-him show Chucky Snuff how to do his part, I don’t think I could well
-have chosen any other way of meeting the situation.”
-
-“And now, mother dear,” said Bobby, “we want you to tell everything
-about yourself, and don’t leave anything out.”
-
-The eager interest of Bobby and John Compton inspired Barbara to a full
-and enthralling narrative of her mischances.
-
-“And to think,” mused Compton, “that all this strange series of events
-should have come about just through the most trivial thing in the
-world.”
-
-“How’s that, Uncle John?” asked Bobby, nestling in his mother’s arms.
-
-“Why, through a little earth tremor. Of course you, Mrs. Vernon, and
-you, Bobby, were not used to it; but actually it doesn’t disturb us who
-live here, especially the native-born, as much as a loud clap of
-thunder. Three months ago we had an actual thunderstorm here, and there
-was one flash of lightning and one clap of thunder like the kind that
-are so common in Cincinnati. Now Father Mallory told me that the
-children in his school were so frightened that for a moment there was
-danger of a panic. And I have no doubt that the children who were most
-frightened were natives and, because they were natives, would have
-hardly paid any attention to an earth tremor.”
-
-“That is so, Uncle John,” broke in Bobby. “Peggy was at school that day
-and she told me all about it. She said that when the thunderclap came
-she screamed at the top of her voice, and started for the door. The
-Sister got there before her, and blocked her and a dozen other children,
-and made them go back to their seats.”
-
-“By the way, Bobby,” said Compton, “did you ever think to ask yourself
-why you were carried out by that wave?”
-
-“They all say it was the undertow.”
-
-“Yes; but in ordinary circumstances it would not have caught you, as you
-were not far enough out. In my opinion, the sea was affected by the
-impending earthquake and that wave was not a normal wave.”
-
-“Well, thank God,” said the mother, “that it is all over.”
-
-“And I,” said Compton, “thank God that it all happened. These days with
-Bobby have been the happiest of my life. And also—they have brought you
-to my home. And that reminds me; till further notice, Barbara, this
-suite is yours. Everything has been arranged. I have taken a room across
-the way. You and Bobby are in command in this suite.”
-
-“And you’ll come in any time at all, won’t you, Uncle John?”
-
-“That reminds me,” said Compton. “Please don’t think I am an Indian
-giver. But I’m arranging a little party for to-night; and may I use
-these rooms? Of course you are both to be among those present.”
-
-“Don’t be absurd, John,” laughed Barbara. “These are your rooms. By
-to-morrow I’ll try and arrange to get a place for myself and Bobby.”
-
-“We’ll see about that,” returned Compton, with a meaning in his words
-that escaped both his hearers. “To-night, Barbara, we’re going to have
-Peggy and Pearl and Francis and their mothers.”
-
-“Great!” cried the boy.
-
-“It is to be a special celebration to honor the successful end of our
-play ‘Imitation.’ By the way, wasn’t it a peculiar coincidence that you
-should appear just as Bobby finished his part of the scenario?”
-
-“I’m afraid,” returned Mrs. Vernon, “that I’m partly responsible for
-that coincidence. The man who so kindly let me in to the Lantrey Studio
-casually informed me that Bobby was engaged in finishing up his part of
-the picture. I came in, and seeing him working, remained watching and
-hiding for ten minutes. It occurred to me that if I came upon Bobby
-while he was working he might not be able to act. So I watched my little
-boy till all was done.”
-
-“Mother,” said Bobby, “if you had come sooner, you might have ruined
-that part. I could never do it again that way, because I was thinking of
-you.”
-
-“But there’s another reason for this little party,” Compton went on. “I
-want you to meet and to know Bobby’s three pals. I think you will agree
-with me that I have managed to keep him in really good company. These
-children are innocent, bright and exceptionally good, and that they are
-so is due in no small part to their mothers, who are always in
-attendance, always with them. And that is why I am inviting the mothers,
-too.”
-
-How John Compton managed all the details of this banquet is one of the
-secrets of his efficiency. He used the telephone three or four times and
-the thing was done. After a two hours’ spin along roads so perfect that
-they are the admiration of Eastern travelers, the three returned and
-found a table in the sitting-room, laid for a banquet, fragrant with
-flowers and fruits, and with a caterer in attendance, who announced that
-everything was ready.
-
-“Very good,” said John, glancing approvingly at the preparations. “Be
-ready to serve dinner in ten minutes. You’ll excuse me, Barbara; the
-three children with their mothers are now gathered together and waiting
-for me at the home of Francis Mason. I’ll have them here in a jiffy.”
-
-Compton was true to his word. Ten minutes later gales of light laughter
-and happy shouting made known to everybody in the apartment house that
-Mr. John Compton was receiving friends.
-
-Take a good meal, season it with love and satisfaction over work well
-done, dash it over with the joy of reunion, and you have a banquet fit
-for the gods.
-
-The children chattered gayly and, somehow or other, ate very heartily at
-the same time. Nothing was allowed to interfere with this latter
-function. But as all for the greater part of the meal spoke and laughed
-at the same time, it would be impossible, even were it worth while, to
-reproduce what they said.
-
-Towards the end, when the babbling and laughter were at their loudest,
-Mr. Compton tapped his glass.
-
-“Excuse me for interrupting all of you,” he said, “but I’m afraid, if
-you don’t moderate yourselves, that a patrol wagon will drive up and
-we’ll all be hauled to the station house for disturbing the peace.”
-
-As Mr. Compton smiled and made a comic face the assembled guests, the
-children especially, raised a tirra-lirra of silvery laughter. One would
-judge from their enjoyment of it that Mr. Compton had cracked the best
-joke in the history of the world.
-
-After a full minute, Mr. Compton tapped his glass again.
-
-“It is a pleasure to try being funny before such an appreciative
-audience. But don’t you think it would be worth while to take turns in
-talking and not all talk at once?”
-
-Whereupon all present answered together in different phrasings that it
-certainly would be worth while.
-
-“Very good; then, Mrs. Vernon, it’s your turn.”
-
-Mrs. Vernon promptly said that the voices of the children were music to
-her ears, and that this was an occasion on which children should be both
-seen and heard. And so substantially declared the three other happy
-mothers.
-
-“Well, then, Francis?” adjured Compton.
-
-“Ladies and gentlemen,” said Francis, rising and bowing, “I am going to
-tell you the story of my life.”
-
-It was upon this declaration that the grown folks broke into laughter,
-whereat the little ones wondered where was the joke, anyhow!
-
-“At the age of three years and a half I went into the moving-picture
-business. Since that time I have starred in five big productions, not
-counting this one. And the finest time I have had in all my life has
-been the time that Peggy and Pearl and Bobby have worked with me. In
-conclusion, I beg to state that I have been married five times.”
-
-The amazed children joined the startled elders in applause and laughter.
-
-“In moving pictures, I mean,” said Francis, and sat down, the orator of
-the day.
-
-“And now, Pearl?” resumed Compton.
-
-Pearl arose smiling and made her curtsy.
-
-“Encore!” cried everybody, led by Compton.
-
-Pearl was always ready to smile and curtsy. Nothing loath she repeated
-the performance three times handrunning.
-
-“I want to say,” said Pearl, “that my best love and wishes go to Bobby
-and his mother. And, Mr. Compton, Peggy has brought her violin along.
-She thought, perhaps, that some one might ask her to play.”
-
-“Fine!” said Compton. “We’ll not forget that. And now, Peggy, it’s your
-turn.”
-
-Peggy arose radiant.
-
-“I’ll say what Pearl said,” she declared. “For Bobby and his mother I
-have heaps of love. And Pearl has brought along her dancing shoes. She
-told me that some one might ask her to dance.”
-
-“Splendid! We’ll have an entertainment presently. Now, Bobby?”
-
-“I say,” cried Bobby, “that Uncle John is the finest man in the world.”
-
-This speech was the hit of the evening.
-
-“Bobby,” said Compton, brushing away in a comic gesture an imaginary
-tear—not altogether, imaginary, at that—“you have unmanned me. But now
-let’s have a little council of war. First of all, our play is finished
-and you’re all out of a job.”
-
-“It’s really school time, anyhow,” said Francis consolingly. “I’ve never
-had a regular year at school. How I’d like that!”
-
-“So should I,” said Peggy.
-
-“And I’m old enough to start now,” ended Pearl, “and I think Ma will
-allow me to go.”
-
-“Upon my word!” exclaimed the host. “This is the first time in all my
-life that I heard a bunch of children expressing a desire to go to
-school. Shakespeare has set for all time the picture of the schoolboy
-with a snail’s pace trudging unwillingly to school.”
-
-“Ah, ah!” said Pearl’s mother. “But Shakespeare never lived in Los
-Angeles and in the days of the moving picture.”
-
-“True,” assented Compton. “All rules fail in Los Angeles, a city which
-may rightly be called ‘different.’ I’m glad you are all ready for
-school. I’ve got good news for you. ‘Imitation’ has brought me in a
-large sum of money. But I don’t think it is really mine at all. Bobby
-here, imitating everybody, gave me the first idea—the germ of the
-story. Then I got to thinking of what sort of people were most likely to
-imitate. There was just one answer—children. Next I thought of you
-three, Peggy, Pearl and Francis. After that it was easy to work out the
-plot. Now, while I am keeping a comfortable sum for myself, I have here
-in my pocket a check for each one of you calling for fifteen hundred
-dollars: and that has nothing to do with the salary you draw. I have
-already spoken to your mothers, and they are all willing for you to take
-nine months’ vacation from moving-picture work and go to school. The
-check is intended to pay for your education; and who knows but by next
-June I’ll have another scenario for just you four!”
-
-There was a moment of wondering silence.
-
-Then Pearl arose, smiling more engagingly than ever.
-
-“Oh, thank you, dear Uncle Compton,” and curtsied deeper than on any
-former occasion.
-
-Bobby next arose, and with a smile not unlike Pearl’s said:
-
-“Oh, thank you, dear Uncle Compton,” and duplicated the curtsy of Pearl.
-
-Francis and Peggy, wondering what the laughter from the grown folks was
-all about, each in turn made the selfsame speech in the selfsame way.
-
-Mr. Compton in struggling to keep a straight face while witnessing the
-new “Imitation” feared for the moment that he was on the point of an
-apoplectic seizure.
-
-“Suppose we say grace,” he suggested.
-
-Within a few minutes, the table was cleared, everybody taking a hand.
-The next thing was the entertainment.
-
-“Look here, Mrs. Sansone,” whispered Compton. “Do you and the other
-women take the children into Bobby’s room and arrange a program. Besides
-Peggy’s violin playing and Pearl’s dancing, we want Bobby and Francis to
-do some little stunt, too. Get them ready in fifteen minutes at the
-least. Meantime, I want to have a word with Mrs. Vernon.”
-
-Presently the two were alone, standing beneath the picture of the
-guardian angel.
-
-“Barbara, you remember your remarking this morning that you had
-something to say to me?”
-
-“Distinctly, John. But since that time I have seen and learned so much
-that I have ever so many things to say to you.”
-
-“But what was it you intended this morning?”
-
-“This, John: when I saw your face on the screen in San Luis Obispo last
-night, I went back to the years when you and I were so much together. I
-recalled how I had refused you because I couldn’t bring myself to marry
-a man who did not believe in God. I think still that I was right in my
-decision, but I feel that I should have been gentler, more patient. I
-was young and severe. And last night I felt that, if ever I met you
-again, I would try to explain how sorry I was not for what I did, but
-for the way in which I did it.”
-
-“And I,” returned Compton, “have been thinking of you always, indeed,
-but almost constantly since I picked Bobby up from the roadside, and
-I’ve recalled bitterly my leaving you as abruptly and in a temper. Every
-night for the past three weeks I have said over and over again Newman’s
-‘Lead, Kindly Light,’ and I have over and over reflected each time in
-sorrow and, I hope, true contrition on the line, ‘Pride ruled my will:
-remember not past years.’ Barbara, my father was an infidel and my
-mother never bothered about religion.”
-
-“I should have considered that,” said Barbara.
-
-“However, that only extenuates my conduct. Now, Barbara, I want to ask
-you a very serious question. Did you love me in those days?”
-
-“I don’t know, John dear, whether I can make myself plain in answering.
-I liked you immensely and I was so close to the border line of love that
-it was only by a strong struggle that I didn’t cross it. Had I yielded
-to your request that night, love would, I am sure, have come in the
-yielding.”
-
-“Oh, what a fool I was!” exclaimed Compton. “I was at the gate of
-Paradise and turned my back on it, and went out into the night; and I
-have been dwelling in outer darkness since. Barbara, since I left you,
-I’ve been no good. I have been light, frivolous, irresponsible. My
-career has amounted to nothing. If God gave me any talents, I have
-buried them. All this was true till the coming of Bobby. Bobby came and
-he brought _you_ back. Before God, I believe I am a changed man. I have
-seen the light and to-morrow I will arise and go into my Father’s house.
-To-morrow I am to be received into the Church, and on Sunday I go to
-Holy Communion. Of course, I do not know the future. How do I know
-whether I shall be able to persevere and not go back? But honestly, I
-believe I am a changed man. I believe and I hope.”
-
-“I have known faith to move mountains,” observed Barbara.
-
-“Now, Barbara, you know how I love your little boy.”
-
-“And more,” assented Barbara, “I know how he loves you.”
-
-“Taking this into consideration, do you think you could possibly love
-me?”
-
-“John,” said Barbara, holding out her hand to him, “there’s no thinking
-about it after this wonderful day. I love you with all my heart.”
-
-“Oh, I say,” cried Bobby, a second later, and seeing what he saw
-suddenly ceased to speak.
-
-“Come here, Bobby,” said Compton, recovering his composure quickly. “I
-want to ask you a question. What relation are you to me?”
-
-“First,” answered Bobby, “you were my aunt; then you were my
-grandfather, then you were my nephew. Just at present you are my uncle.”
-
-“And, dear Bobby, how would you like me to be your father?”
-
-Bobby looked at his blushing mother and understood. Catching now one,
-now the other, he delivered a hearty kiss and a hug to each, then
-throwing himself flat on the floor, he closed his eyes and said softly
-but joyously:
-
-“Good night!”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVII
-THE FOUR CHILDREN AROUSE SUSPICION, UNTIL WITH THE MOST MOMENTOUS EVENT
- IN THIS NARRATIVE, ALL IS MADE CLEAR
-
-
-“Say, folks,” screamed Bobby, arising and rushing into his own room,
-“we’re going to have a marriage in our family.”
-
-Then, truly, did pandemonium break loose. There was no need of further
-explanation: the situation was too clear; one had but to look on Compton
-and Barbara to know that they were betrothed. The three mothers fell
-upon Barbara, while the children, who one and all loved the transformed
-Compton, smothered that embarrassed young gentleman with hugs and
-kisses.
-
-“Attention!” cried Compton as with kind but firm hands he disengaged
-himself from the four affectionate aggressors. “Listen, please. Each and
-every one of you here present is cordially invited to be present at the
-wedding.”
-
-“When?” cried all.
-
-“Let me see,” and Compton, as he spoke, wrinkled the brow of
-calculation. “On next Sunday, the banns will be read, also on the second
-and third Sunday. Then the wedding will follow on some day of that very
-week. What day shall it be, Barbara?”
-
-“Saturday,” she promptly made answer.
-
-“I don’t want to be critical, Barbara, but why put it to the very end of
-the week?”
-
-“First, John, Saturday is Our Lady’s day.”
-
-“Good!” said Peggy.
-
-“And secondly, it’s the day when the children are free from school.”
-
-Thereupon the children were by way of initiating a new pandemonium; but
-the resourceful Compton, bellowing that it was time for the performance,
-bundled them all out of the room and called for the first number.
-
-Peggy played with taste and feeling. She was of Italian blood, of a race
-that for art stands, I believe, first and foremost in the modern world;
-and her art went into her graceful fingers and returned in the sweet
-notes that rippled from her bow. Francis recited and, of course,
-acquitted himself to the taste of every one present. Pearl’s dance,
-under the circumstances, was an incarnation of spring—a spring of
-smiles and youth and fragrant innocence. Then arose Bobby and brought
-the spectators out of fairyland.
-
-“Ladies and gentlemen,” he announced, “I will now give you a correct
-picture of Uncle John when he is shaving himself.”
-
-Standing without any properties of any sort, Bobby dipped an imaginary
-brush in imperceptible water, rubbed his face, and then lathered himself
-with invisible soap. Next he honed an unseen razor upon a similar strop,
-and proceeded to go through the motions of shaving. To such an extent
-did he succeed in reproducing the faces Compton was wont to make, that
-the victim of all this fun lost two buttons from his vest, both of them
-flying off when Bobby went through the motions of cutting himself.
-
-“That settles it,” said Compton, when Bobby had ended his performance
-with a caricature of Pearl’s curtsy. “We’ve had enough for to-night. The
-hour is early—it’s only ten—but to-morrow I am to be received into the
-Catholic Church, and I think I ought to have a little solitude.”
-
-“Are you going to shave?” asked Francis.
-
-“Why?” asked Compton, restraining himself lest he should loose another
-button.
-
-“If you were,” answered the youth, “I should like to look on.”
-
-Thereupon the happy party broke up.
-
-“Good night, dear,” said Compton to Barbara, when all had left the room,
-including Bobby, who had graciously accompanied the departing guests to
-the street. “Aren’t they a wonderful set of children?”
-
-“They show to some degree what God originally intended us all to be,”
-said Barbara.
-
-“What a pity that they must all grow up!” said the happy man.
-
- * * * * *
-
-“Is it possible,” asked John Compton two weeks later, “that our four
-children are getting worldly-minded?”
-
-“I hope not, John,” answered Barbara.
-
-It was a lovely afternoon. The two were seated in Compton’s former
-suite, which, since the engagement, had remained Barbara’s and Bobby’s
-temporary home.
-
-“Well, they show such an unusual interest in our wedding clothes,”
-Compton went on, “that I do not know what to make of it. Every time I go
-to my tailor, I discover Bobby and Francis either with him or hovering
-about the neighborhood, and they always look guilty when I come upon
-them. Once Peggy and Pearl were there, too. I asked the tailor what it
-all meant, and he laughed and answered that the children were very much
-interested in my bridal garments. I don’t like to see children of their
-age making such a fuss about styles.”
-
-“Now that you bring the subject up,” said Barbara, “I recall that Peggy
-and Pearl every time they come here—and there’s not a day that they
-don’t—ask to see my trousseau, and show an interest that I cannot
-account for. They ask all sorts of questions.”
-
-“There’s another thing,” resumed Compton. “Several times I have caught
-the four of them discussing something or other with intense earnestness;
-but no sooner am I seen than they grow embarrassed and drop their
-engrossing subject. For all that, they are, in every other respect, so
-lovely, they’re all studying so well, that I can’t bring myself to think
-they are getting worldly.”
-
-“And besides, John, Bobby and Peggy and Francis go to communion every
-day. Not only that, but they make a longer thanksgiving than most grown
-people. They are the last to leave the church; so I can’t imagine
-anything wrong about them. And sweet little Pearl, who reminds me of the
-Peri at the gate of Paradise, not exactly disconsolate, but wistful,
-comes every morning with them, and says her little prayers with all the
-reverence and devotion of childish love and innocence.”
-
-“My idea of Paradise,” John meditated, “is a place like Los Angeles,
-with beautiful smooth-shaven, green lawns thrown in—flowers and foliage
-and sunshine to remain ‘as you were.’ But the inhabitants of this
-Paradise are to be all children in their innocence, unalloyed by the
-little failings which go to show that they are descended from Adam, and
-who are never, never to grow up.”
-
-Then in a body entered the little four, who, after a cordial interchange
-of greetings, timidly begged to see the bridal dress.
-
-The betrothed pair looked at each other. They were mystified.
-
-“Say, Uncle John,” said Bobby, who, with Francis, quickly lost interest
-in the modiste’s “Creation,” “is it true that you’ve been promoted?”
-
-“I’ve been made a Director for the Lantry Studio, if that’s what you
-mean, Bobby, and they have accepted my new scenario at a price bigger
-than what they paid for ‘Imitation.’”
-
-“You’re going to be rich, uncle.”
-
-“I don’t know about that. But whether I’m rich or not, you are provided
-for, my dear. At least, putting together the money you have earned this
-summer with what I have added to it, and turning it into Liberty Bonds,
-which I have been able to buy up at a price yielding six per cent on the
-investment, the income will yield enough to carry you through your
-school-days, and when you are done with classes, the principal will be
-intact and enough to give you a fair start in life.”
-
-“But,” objected Bobby, “I thought the money I earned was going to Mama
-to help her pay off that debt.”
-
-“You needn’t worry about that, Bobby,” exclaimed Mr. Compton. “Yesterday
-your mother sent a check canceling the entire obligation. She wasn’t as
-poor as we imagined.”
-
-“And then, John,” put in Barbara, “when you gave me—”
-
-But Compton smiling amiably put his hand over her mouth.
-
-The two girls were still studying the dress.
-
-“Can it be vanity?” the two asked themselves.
-
-All they could do was to suspend judgment.
-
- * * * * *
-
-It was Saturday morning, brighter, more fragrant, more Paradise-like
-than any morning, so John and Barbara averred, in the golden weather
-history of Los Angeles. The wedding was over, the most notable wedding
-ever held in the Church of the Blessed Sacrament. The moving-picture
-world was there, the moving-picture world, and his wife and daughters,
-and, to a surprising extent, his sons. The church, a bower of beauty,
-was filled. All was over, and the happy couple, preceded by a flower
-girl, no other than Agnes Regan, by the best man, Mr. J. Heneman, and
-supporting the weeping bridesmaid, Bernadette Vivian, were moving in
-stately fashion down the aisle. As they left the vestibule, there were,
-thank goodness, no showers of rice and other idiotic performances,
-idiotic, because out of place at the church. Nevertheless, there was
-another form of demonstration. Two camera men from the Lantry Studio
-were on hand with their moving-picture cameras, and with them Ben Moore,
-the head of the Scenario Department.
-
-“Stop where you are,” commanded Ben. “We’re going to take you.”
-
-“Don’t object, my own,” whispered Compton. “We really owe it to the
-Lantry people.—Go on, Ben, and tell us what to do.”
-
-“By the way,” continued the groom, “what on earth has become of the
-little four? I haven’t seen or heard of them all the morning.”
-
-“They told me they had permission to go up in the choir loft,” answered
-Mrs. Compton. “Bobby left at six, one hour and three-quarters before we
-started for church. He had something on his mind.—Well, Ben, why don’t
-you go on and shoot?”
-
-“Wait,” said Ben severely.
-
-The groom and bride were standing before the main door of the church,
-with the best man and bridesmaid next them on their proper sides.
-
-“Move back, you two men to one side, and you two women to the other to
-give place to the procession. Now, boys, shoot,” commanded Ben.
-
-As the bridal party obeyed Moore’s curt injunctions, there issued forth
-from the church, Bobby, dressed in every detail like Compton; on his
-arm, Peggy, arrayed like Mrs. Compton. Behind them, came Francis,
-another Heneman, his arm supporting Pearl, an improved replica of the
-fair Bernadette Vivian.
-
-“By George,” cried Compton, never for a moment thinking of the cameras
-now in operation. “This explains the whole thing.—The little monkeys!”
-
-The young mischief-makers, well out of the church, placed themselves in
-front of the real bridal group, in front of their respective replicas.
-Four innocent faces then broke into smiles, while their owners made
-Pearl’s famous curtsy to an imaginary audience.
-
-Upon this, Bobby turned and presenting a rose to Compton, said:
-
-“‘_Imitation._’”
-
-“_Is_,” announced Peggy, presenting the flower to Barbara.
-
-“_The Sincerest_,” added Francis, with a rose for Heneman.
-
-“_Flattery_,” ended Pearl, addressing the fair Bernadette.
-
-Then Compton caught Bobby in his arms; and Barbara caught Peggy in her
-arms; and Heneman caught Francis in his arms; and Bernadette caught
-Pearl in her arms; while the cameras clicked furiously, until they
-stopped, and Ben Moore announced that, without rehearsal, they had shot
-the finest thing ever seen in any moving picture.
-
- THE END.
-
-
-
- PRINTED BY BENZIGER BROTHERS, NEW YORK
-
-
-
-
- TRANSCRIBER NOTES
-
-
-Mis-spelled words and printer errors have been fixed.
-
-[The end of _Bobby in Movieland_ by Francis J. Finn]
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Bobby in Movieland, by Francis Finn
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BOBBY IN MOVIELAND ***
-
-***** This file should be named 56319-0.txt or 56319-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/5/6/3/1/56319/
-
-Produced by Mardi Desjardins, Alex White and the online
-Distributed Proofreaders Canada team at
-http://www.pgdpcanada.net
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
diff --git a/old/old/56319-0.zip b/old/old/56319-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index cc85dd3..0000000
--- a/old/old/56319-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/old/56319-h.zip b/old/old/56319-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 49e0857..0000000
--- a/old/old/56319-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/old/56319-h/56319-h.htm b/old/old/56319-h/56319-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index 232c1e0..0000000
--- a/old/old/56319-h/56319-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6693 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
- <head>
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
- <title>Bobby in Movieland</title>
- <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg"/>
- <meta name="cover" content="images/cover.jpg" />
- <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Finn, Francis J."/>
- <meta name="DC.Title" content="Bobby in Movieland"/>
- <meta name="DC.Language" content="en"/>
- <meta name="DC.Created" content="1921"/>
- <meta name="DC.date.issued" content="1921"/>
- <meta name="DC.Subject" content="Juvenile"/>
- <meta name="Tags" content="Juvenile"/>
- <meta name="generator" content="fpgen 4.55b"/>
- <style type="text/css">
- body { margin-left:8%;margin-right:10%; }
- .pageno { right: 1%; font-size: x-small; background-color: inherit; color: silver;
- text-indent: 0em; text-align: right; position: absolute;
- border:1px solid silver; padding:1px 3px; font-style:normal;
- font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; text-decoration:none; }
- .pageno:after { color: gray; content: attr(title); }
- .it { font-style:italic; }
- .bold { font-weight:bold; }
- .sc { font-variant:small-caps; }
- p { text-indent:0; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em;
- text-align: justify; }
- div.lgc { }
- div.lgl { }
- div.lgc p { text-align:center; text-indent:0; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }
- div.lgl p { text-indent: -17px; margin-left:17px; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }
- div.lgp { }
-
- div.lgp p {
- text-align:left; text-indent:0; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0;
- }
-
- .poetry-container {
- display:block; text-align:left; margin-left:2em;
- }
-
- .stanza-inner {
- display:inline-block;
- }
-
- .stanza-outer {
- page-break-inside: avoid;
- }
-
- .stanza-inner .line0 {
- display:inline-block;
- }
- .stanza-outer .line0 {
- display:block;
- }
-
- h1 {
- text-align:center;
- font-weight:normal;
- page-break-before: always;
- font-size:1.2em; margin:2em auto 1em auto
- }
-
- .sub-head { font-size: smaller; }
- hr.tbk { border:none; border-bottom:1px solid black; width:30%; margin-left:35%; margin-right:35%; }
- hr.pbk { border:none; border-bottom:1px solid silver; width:100%; margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:2em }
- .figcenter {
- text-align:center;
- margin:1em auto;
- page-break-inside: avoid;
- }
-
- div.blockquote { margin:1em 2em; text-align:justify; }
- p.caption { text-align:center; margin:0 auto; width:100%; }
- .nobreak { page-break-before: avoid; }
- p.line { text-indent:0; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }
- div.lgp p.line0 { text-indent:-3em; margin:0 auto 0 3em; }
- table { page-break-inside: avoid; }
- table.center { margin:0.5em auto; border-collapse: collapse; padding:3px; }
- table.flushleft { margin:0.5em 0em; border-collapse: collapse; padding:3px; }
- table.left { margin:0.5em 1.2em; border-collapse: collapse; padding:3px; }
- .tab1c1 { }
- .tab1c2 { }
- .tab1c3 { }
- .tdStyle0 {
- padding: 2px 5px; text-align:right; vertical-align:top;
- }
- .tdStyle1 {
- padding: 2px 5px; text-align:left; vertical-align:top;padding-left:29px; text-indent:-24px;
- }
- .pindent { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-indent:1.5em; }
- .noindent { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-indent:0; }
- .hang { padding-left:1.5em; text-indent:-1.5em; }
- .literal-container { text-align:center; margin:0 0; }
- .literal { display:inline-block; text-align:left; }
- </style>
- <style type="text/css">
- .poetry-container { margin-top:.5em; margin-bottom:.5em }
- .literal-container { margin-top:.5em; margin-bottom:.5em }
- div.lgc { margin-top:.5em; margin-bottom:.5em }
- p { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }
- </style>
- </head>
- <body>
-
-
-<pre>
-
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Bobby in Movieland, by Francis Finn
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: Bobby in Movieland
-
-Author: Francis Finn
-
-Release Date: January 5, 2018 [EBook #56319]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BOBBY IN MOVIELAND ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Mardi Desjardins, Alex White and the online
-Distributed Proofreaders Canada team at
-http://www.pgdpcanada.net
-
-
-
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-
-<div class='figcenter'>
-<img src='images/cover.jpg' alt='' id='iid-0000' style='width:80%;height:auto;'/>
-</div>
-
-<hr class='pbk'/>
-
-<div class='lgc' style=''> <!-- rend=';' -->
-<p class='line0'><span style='font-size:x-large'>BOBBY IN MOVIELAND</span></p>
-</div> <!-- end rend -->
-
-<hr class='pbk'/>
-
-<div class='lgc' style=''> <!-- rend=';' -->
-<p class='line0'><span class='it'>FATHER FINN’S FAMOUS STORIES</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='it'>Each volume with a Frontispiece</span>,</p>
-</div> <!-- end rend -->
-
-<div class='literal-container' style=''><div class='literal'> <!-- rend=';' -->
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Candles’ Beams.</span> Short Stories</p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Sunshine and Freckles</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Lord Bountiful</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>On the Run</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Bobby in Movieland</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Facing Danger</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>His Luckiest Year.</span> A Sequel to “Lucky Bob”</p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Lucky Bob</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Percy Wynn</span>; or, Making a Boy of Him</p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Tom Playfair</span>; or, Making a Start</p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Harry Dee</span>; or, Working It Out</p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Claude Lightfoot</span>; or, How the Problem Was Solved</p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Ethelred Preston</span>; or, The Adventures of a Newcomer</p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>That Football Game</span>; and What Came of It</p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>That Office Boy</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Cupid of Campion</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>The Fairy of the Snows</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>The Best Foot Forward; and Other Stories</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Mostly Boys. Short Stories</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>His First and Last Appearance</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>But Thy Love and Thy Grace</span></p>
-</div></div> <!-- end rend -->
-
-<hr class='pbk'/>
-
-<div class='figcenter'>
-<img src='images/i01.jpg' alt='' id='iid-0001' style='width:90%;height:auto;'/>
-<p class='caption'>In perfect good faith Bobby stepped forward, passed the director, saying as he went, “Excuse me, sir,” and ignoring Compton and the “lady” and “gentleman,” strode over to the bellhop. —<span class='it'>Page 69.</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<hr class='pbk'/>
-
-<div class='lgc' style=''> <!-- rend=';' -->
-<p class='line0' style='font-size:3em;'>BOBBY</p>
-<p class='line0' style='font-size:3em;'>IN MOVIELAND</p>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<p class='line0'>BY</p>
-<p class='line0'>FRANCIS J. FINN, S.J.</p>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<p class='line0'>Author of “Percy Wynn,” “Tom Playfair,”</p>
-<p class='line0'>“Harry Dee,” etc.</p>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<div class='figcenter'>
-<img src='images/logo.jpg' alt='' id='iid-0002' style='width:30%;height:auto;'/>
-</div>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>New York</span>, <span class='sc'>Cincinnati</span>, <span class='sc'>Chicago</span></p>
-<p class='line0'>BENZIGER BROTHERS</p>
-</div> <!-- end rend -->
-
-<hr class='pbk'/>
-
-<div class='lgc' style=''> <!-- rend=';' -->
-<p class='line0'><span class='sc'>Copyright, 1921, by Benziger Brothers</span></p>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<p class='line0'>Printed in the United States of America.</p>
-</div> <!-- end rend -->
-
-<hr class='pbk'/>
-
-<div><h1>CONTENTS</h1></div>
-
-<table id='tab1' summary='' class='center'>
-<colgroup>
-<col span='1' style='width: 3.5em;'/>
-<col span='1' style='width: 30.5em;'/>
-<col span='1' style='width: 2em;'/>
-</colgroup>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'><span style='font-size:smaller'>CHAPTER</span></td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><span style='font-size:smaller'>PAGE</span></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>I</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>In Which the First Chapter Is Within a Little of Being the Last</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_9'>9</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>II</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Tending to Show That Misfortunes Never Come Singly</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_18'>18</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>III</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>It Never Rains but It Pours</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_31'>31</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>IV</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Mrs. Vernon All but Abandons Hope</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_44'>44</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>V</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>A New Way of Breaking into the Movies</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_58'>58</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>VI</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Bobby Endeavors to Show the Astonished Compton How to Behave</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_72'>72</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>VII</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>The End of a Day of Surprises</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_81'>81</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>VIII</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Bobby Meets an Enemy on the Boulevard and a Friend in the Lantry Studio</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_92'>92</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>IX</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Showing That Imitation Is not Always the Sincerest Flattery, and Returning to the Misadventures of Bobby’s Mother</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_104'>104</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>X</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Bobby, Assisted by Peggy, Demonstrates a Method of Observing Silence, and Celebrates a Red-letter Day</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_114'>114</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>XI</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>The End of One Scenario and the Outlining of Compton’s Great Idea</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_128'>128</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>XII</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Bobby Becomes Famous Overnight</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_138'>138</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>XIII</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Bernadette’s Temperament Delays the Scenario, and Mrs. Vernon Makes Two Children Happy</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_150'>150</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>XIV</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Mrs. Vernon Attends a Moving-Picture Show and Finds in It a Great Lesson Unthought of by the Author</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_160'>160</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>XV</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Compton’s Great Scenario Is Finished Not a Moment Too Soon</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_166'>166</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>XVI</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>Containing Nothing but Happy Explanations and a Still Happier Love Scene</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_180'>180</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td class='tab1c1 tdStyle0'>XVII</td><td class='tab1c2 tdStyle1'><span class='sc'>The Four Children Arouse Suspicion, until with the Most Momentous Event in This Narrative, All Is Made Clear</span></td><td class='tab1c3 tdStyle0'><a href='#Page_196'>196</a></td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr class='pbk'/>
-
-<p class='line0' style='text-align:center;margin-top:3em;margin-bottom:2em;font-size:2.5em;'>Bobby in Movieland</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='9' id='Page_9'></span><h1 class='nobreak'>CHAPTER I<br/> <span class='sub-head'>IN WHICH THE FIRST CHAPTER IS WITHIN A LITTLE OF BEING THE LAST</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, ma; honest, I don’t want to go in.
-Just all I want is to take off my shoes
-and socks and walk where the water just comes
-up to my ankles.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As the speaker, a boy of eight, was dressed
-in the fashion common to the youth of Los
-Angeles and its environment, it is but fair to
-state that with the taking off of shoes and socks
-the process of disrobing was really far
-advanced.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“My mother has let me take mine off,” put in
-a bare-legged little girl. “We won’t go into
-the water really at all, Mrs. Vernon. Oh,
-please let Bobby come along.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The time was morning—a clear, golden,
-flower-scented morning in early July. The
-place was the sandy shore of Long Beach.
-There were few bathers about, as it was Monday,
-when the week-enders had returned to
-their several occupations, while the pleasure-seekers
-living or lodging there were resting
-from the strenuous gayety of Sunday.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Vernon, a beautiful young woman, in
-half-mourning, was strolling with her only
-child and the girl, an acquaintance made on
-the train, along the sands. They were all transients,
-presently to take a train north.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby Vernon was a highly interesting child
-to look at. Rather small for his age, he was
-lithe and shapely. His complexion was delicately
-fair, his chestnut hair rather long. All
-these things were enough to attract attention;
-but above and beyond these were the features.
-Blue eyes, cupid mouth, a sensitive upper lip,
-an eloquent, chubby little nose—all had this in
-common that they were expressive of his every
-passing thought and emotion. He had a face,
-in a word, at once speaking and engaging.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The girl, Peggy Sansone, a year or two
-older, was a brunette, a decided contrast. She
-was a chance acquaintance, made by Bobby
-on the Pullman, with the result that, once they
-had exchanged a few words, there was no more
-sleeping during the daylight hours for the
-other occupants of that car.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Vernon felt in her heart it would be
-more prudent to refuse the request. She
-feared that she was making a mistake. But
-she was just then preoccupied and sad. Now,
-sadness is weakening.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, Bobby, if I give you permission, you
-won’t go far? And you’ll be back at the station
-in half an hour, and won’t get lost?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I know the way back to the station,” volunteered
-the girl. “And I’ll promise you to
-see him back myself. You know, I’ve got my
-watch.” Here Peggy, with the sweet vanity
-of childhood, held up for view her dainty
-wrist watch.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Whoopee!” cried Bobby, jumping into his
-mother’s arms, planting a kiss on her brow,
-dropping down to the sand and, apparently all
-in one motion, taking off shoes and socks.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Light-heartedly, hand in hand with the girl,
-he pattered down the sands to the water. The
-two little ones radiated joy and youth and life.
-To them the coming half-hour was to be, so
-they thought, “a little bit of heaven.” The
-girl had no premonition of the saddest day of
-her childhood; the boy no thought of the forces
-of earth and water that were about to change
-so strangely his and his mother’s life.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It has already been observed that it was a
-day of golden sunshine; but to one conversant
-with the waters of Long Beach there was
-something ominous about the face of the changing
-sea. It was not high tide; but the surf was
-showing its milk-white teeth in a beauty profuse
-and cruel, with the cruelty of the sea which
-takes and returns no more, while the rollers
-swept in with a violence and a height that
-were unusual. The life savers were watchful
-and uneasy. To the two children, however, the
-white-lipped ocean was as bland and as gay as
-the sunshine.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As their feet were covered by an incoming
-roller the girl screamed and Bobby danced—both
-for the same reason, for sheer joy. Hand
-in hand they pattered along, making their way
-further and further into the pathway of the
-breakers. In a few minutes they had advanced
-along the shore to a spot where they were
-apparently alone.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then began a series of daring ventures.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say!” said Bobby. “This is the first time
-in all my life that I ever put my feet in the
-Pacific Ocean. But I know how to swim, all
-right, and I’m not a bit afraid.” As Bobby
-spoke he was moving slowly out into the water,
-which was now nearly up to his knees.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Hold on! You’re going too far,” said the
-girl, releasing Bobby’s hand and slipping back.
-“I’ve been in often, but I’m afraid just the
-same.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Girls are cowards,” Bobby announced.
-“Come on, Peggy; I’ll take care of you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy by way of return fastened her large,
-beautiful dark eyes in hero worship upon her
-companion. Nevertheless, instead of accepting
-his invitation, she drew back a few steps
-more.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now remember, Bobby, you told your
-mother you were only going ankle-deep.
-You’re up to your knees now.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s so,” said Bobby, pausing and turning
-his back upon the incoming waves. “I
-ought not to break my word. Say, Peggy”—here
-Bobby’s face threw itself, every feature
-of it, into a splendor of enthusiasm—“do you
-think it would be wrong if I were to fall over
-and float? Then I wouldn’t be more than
-ankle-deep anyhow.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy’s large eyes grew larger in glorious
-admiration.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Now Bobby being very human—even as you
-and I—was not insensible to the girl’s expression.
-It spurred him on to do something
-really daring. He was tempted at that moment
-to forget his mother’s words and to go boldly
-out and meet the breakers in their might. For
-a few minutes there was a clean-cut battle in
-the lad’s soul between love of praise and the
-still, small voice we call conscience; as a consequence
-of which Bobby’s features twisted
-and curled and darkened. The battle was a
-short one, and it is only fair to say that the
-still, small voice scored a victory.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>However, the breakers were not interested
-in such a fight though it may have appealed
-with supreme interest to all the choirs of
-angels. The conflict over, Bobby’s eyes grew
-bright, and all the sprites of innocent gayety
-showed themselves at once in his every feature.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Peggy,” he began, “you are right. A
-promise is a promise—always. And then I
-made it to my mother. I would like to show
-you a thing or two, but—Why, what’s the
-matter?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Her expression startled him. If ever tragedy
-and horror were expressed by the eyes,
-Bobby saw these emotions in the beautiful orbs
-of Peggy. Her face had lost its rich southern
-hue, fear was in her pose and in every feature,
-but Bobby saw only the tragedy of the eyes.
-They were unforgettable.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby!” she gasped. “Run! run!” And
-the child followed her own advice.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby, infected by her terror, turned. But
-it was too late. Close upon him curled and
-roared a huge roller, a white-crested wave. In
-the moment he looked upon it Bobby saw the
-rollers in a new light. A few moments before
-they were gay, frolicsome things, showing their
-teeth in laughter. Now they were strange,
-strong monsters foaming at the mouth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh!” cried Bobby in horror. He said no
-more; for as he spoke, the wave caught him,
-spun him around, pulled him down, raised him
-up, and carried him off in its strong, uncountable
-arms towards the deep sea. Bobby kicked
-and struggled; but he was swept on as though
-he were a toy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy, meanwhile having run back twenty
-or thirty paces, turned, and wringing her
-hands, scanned the troubled waters. She saw
-no sign of the boy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy was young and timid. Upon her
-came an unreasoning fear. Bobby was
-drowned and maybe it was her fault! Maybe
-she would be hanged for murder! And how
-could she face a bereaved and already widowed
-mother? For the first and only time in her life
-Peggy ardently wished she were dead. Then,
-looking neither to left nor right, she ran back
-along the shore.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby was drowned! But she would tell no
-one. For the moment a wild thought of running
-away entered her soul. And she would
-have run away if she only knew whither to fly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Still running, she wept and she prayed. She
-ceased her flight only when she came to the
-spot where her tiny shoes and socks lay beside
-those of Bobby’s. Then she sat down and gave
-loose to her grief. When the first fierce desolation
-and agony had passed, she put on her
-shoes and began to think.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Suddenly her drawn face relaxed. Her
-mother! Had she not always brought her
-griefs to that tender, loving soul? She would
-seek her at once and tell all. She glanced at
-her watch. Forty-five minutes had passed!
-She had exceeded her time by a quarter of an
-hour. It was nearly train time. There was
-not a second to be lost.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As she rose to her feet something unusual
-had occurred. The ground beneath her seemed
-to be swinging up and down.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy was a native. In normal circumstances
-she would have been normally excited;
-but in her present condition she hardly noticed
-that she was in the throes of an earthquake.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>So calmly ignoring the shouts of men and the
-hysteria of women who came running out in
-hundreds from house and hotel, Peggy went
-forward at a smart trot to bring the awful tidings
-to Mrs. Sansone, her mother.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='18' id='Page_18'></span><h1>CHAPTER II<br/> <span class='sub-head'>TENDING TO SHOW THAT MISFORTUNES NEVER COME SINGLY</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>To natives of Los Angeles, or to those who
-have spent some years in that beautiful
-city—so beautiful that one could easily vision
-Adam and Eve as its occupants before the Fall—an
-earthquake tremor is just something more
-than of passing interest. They remain “unusual
-calm” when the house shakes, the pictures
-flap upon the wall, and the crockery rattles
-in noisy unrest. They regard their earthquakes
-as tamed creatures—not more formidable,
-practically speaking, than “a thing of
-noise and fury, signifying nothing.” When
-visitors show agitation at the coming of an
-earth tremor, these old inhabitants—and five
-years’ residence in Los Angeles makes one
-something little short of a patriarch—are almost
-scandalized. Should these strangers go
-the way that leads to hysteria, the old inhabitants
-grow properly indignant, and point out
-that all the tremors in the history of Los
-Angeles County are as nothing, in point of
-damage, as compared to one solitary cyclone
-of the Middle West. No doubt they are right.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>However, to a stranger these pranks of
-mother earth are fraught with terror. Many
-men and women are not only frightened, but
-actually become sick. Dizziness and nausea
-are not uncommon, although the cause be only
-a slight tremor of but three or four seconds’
-duration.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Among those affected on this day, so
-momentous in her life and that of her only
-child, was Mrs. Barbara Vernon. When the
-shock came she was resting on the sands under
-the shade of one of those gigantic umbrellas
-rented out at the beaches as a protection from
-the ardent rays of the sun. Beside her sat Mrs.
-Sansone, Peggy’s mother.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, my God!” cried Mrs. Vernon, jumping
-to her feet and clasping her hands. She would
-have run straight into the ocean had not Mrs.
-Sansone laid upon her a restraining hand.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“My dear,” said the old inhabitant, “don’t
-be frightened. It’s really nothing at all. We
-who live here don’t mind it in the least.” She
-patted Mrs. Vernon’s beautiful cheek as she
-continued: “Why, my little Peggy sees nothing
-in them. The last time we had an earthquake
-shock Peggy said that the earth was
-trying to do the shimmy.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh,” said Mrs. Vernon, “I’m feeling so ill!
-Let me lean on you, dear. I feel as though I
-should faint.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The sympathetic right arm of Mrs. Sansone
-wound itself about the other’s waist.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Many strangers are so affected,” she said.
-“But really there’s nothing to fear. God is
-here with us right now.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Barbara Vernon unobtrusively made
-the sign of the cross.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Thank you,” she said. “My fear is gone;
-but I feel sick, sick.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Lean on my arm, Mrs. Vernon. I will
-bring you to our Pullman, where you can lie
-down and rest quietly.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But the children!” objected Barbara.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Leave that to me. At the worst, Peggy
-knows the way, and she is really a very punctual
-little girl.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>They had walked but a few paces, when an
-automobile, moving along the sands, came
-abreast of them and stopped. The driver, its
-sole occupant, leaned out.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Beg pardon,” he said removing his hat,
-“but I fear one of you ladies is rather indisposed.
-Anything I can do for you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Indeed you can,” replied Mrs. Sansone
-very promptly. “This lady is suffering from
-nausea. The earthquake is something new to
-her. You would do us a great favor by bringing
-us to the railroad station.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Favor! It will be an immense pleasure
-to me.” As he spoke the young man jumped
-out, threw open the door of the tonneau, and,
-hat in hand, helped the two women in. He
-was rather a striking personality, thin almost
-to emaciation, and despite the smile now upon
-his features, with a face melancholy to the
-point of pathos.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Los Angeles,” he remarked as he seated
-himself at the wheel, “would be the most perfect
-place in the world if the earth hereabouts
-would only keep sober. If I had my way,”
-he continued, in a voice only less pathetic than
-his countenance, “I’d give the earth the pledge
-for life. It’s a perfect country when it’s
-sober.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Sansone laughed.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Even at that,” continued the melancholy
-man, allowing himself the indulgence of a
-slight smile, “what does it amount to, a little
-bit of an earthquake like that? It is merely
-a fly in the amber.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I agree with you absolutely,” said Mrs.
-Sansone.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Which means you’re a native. That other
-lady—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Mrs. Barbara Vernon,” interpolated Mrs.
-Sansone.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Thank you, glad to meet you, ma’am,” said
-the stranger, turning his head and smiling ungrudgingly.
-“You, I take it, don’t see it as
-we do. Instead of a fly in the amber, you
-regard it rather as a shark in a swimming
-pool.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It is very kind of you,” said Barbara, “to
-go out of your way for me. I can’t tell you
-how I appreciate your goodness. I shall pray
-for you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The driver’s face changed from melancholy
-to reverence.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Please remember that,” he said. As he
-spoke he thought of the great Thackeray’s
-great words on the preciousness of living on in
-the heart of one good woman.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Had Barbara been his own mother he could
-not have been more attentive. He helped her
-from the car, placed her in her section, and furtively
-slipping a dollar into the porter’s responsive
-fist, got that functionary into a state
-of useful and eager activity which would have
-filled, had he seen it, the Pullman superintendent’s
-heart with wild delight.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Can’t I get you a physician, Mrs. Vernon?”
-pleaded the stranger.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I need none, thank you. You have done
-infinitely more than I had any right to expect.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, then, I am going to leave you in the
-hands of this lady—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Mrs. Estelle Sansone,” supplied the owner
-of that name.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Thank you, Mrs. Sansone. I am glad to
-know your name. And,” he continued, turning
-upon Barbara the most melancholy eyes
-she had ever seen, while taking reverently her
-proffered hand, “I beg you, Mrs. Vernon, to
-remember me in—in—to remember me as you
-said.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Indeed and indeed I will. God bless you!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Amen,” answered the young man thickly.
-His face twitched, he paused as though about
-to speak, and then suddenly turned and left
-the car.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Isn’t he strange!” ejaculated Barbara. “I
-never saw a more melancholy face.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“He is very strange,” assented Mrs. Sansone.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>There was a depth of meaning in her
-words, unsuspected by Barbara, for the kind
-Italian woman had recognized the good Samaritan.
-This melancholy man was, in her
-estimation, the greatest screen comedian in the
-world.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And,” continued Barbara, when the porter
-had placed a second pillow under her head,
-“with all his melancholy, he is so kind and so
-good!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t understand,” commented the Italian.
-Again the depth of this remark was lost
-upon Barbara. For Mrs. Sansone knew much
-of the gossip concerning the great comedian.
-She knew that he had figured in many episodes
-which, to say the least, were anything but
-savory. And now she had met the man in a
-few intimate moments and seen him kind, gentle,
-gracious, and with a reverence for a good
-woman and a good woman’s prayers that had
-filled her with a feeling akin to awe. As she
-ministered lovingly to Barbara she meditated
-upon these opposing truths, and so meditating
-took a new lesson in the school of experience,
-a lesson the fruits of which are wisdom.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I am anxious about my boy,” said Barbara
-opening her eyes and endeavoring vainly
-to sit up.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Sansone threw a quick glance about
-the car. Her gaze rested presently upon an
-elderly woman whose face was eminently
-kindly. She was every inch a matron. Mrs.
-Estelle Sansone stepped over to her.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Pardon me,” she said, “but the lady over
-there is quite ill, and she is worrying about her
-little boy, who should have been back by this
-time. I don’t like to leave her alone while I go
-in search—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And,” broke in the other, “you want some
-one to take your place? I thank you for asking
-me. I’ve been a widow for nearly fourteen
-years, and since my husband’s death I
-have worked as nurse in the Northwestern
-Railroad’s emergency ward in Chicago.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, I couldn’t have made a better
-choice,” cried Mrs. Sansone.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It’s my first real pleasure trip—mine and
-my daughter’s—since my widowhood,” continued
-the woman, “but the pleasures of travel
-are as nothing compared with waiting on any
-good woman in distress.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The introductions were quickly made, and
-Mrs. Sansone left the car, feeling that Barbara
-was in hands better far than her own.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>She looked about the station. The clock
-indicated that in about five minutes the train
-would start. Mrs. Sansone grew anxious.
-She hurried along the platform, looking
-eagerly on every side for some sign of the children.
-A glance towards the beach rewarded
-her searching. Peggy, her hair streaming in
-the wind, was running towards her. Mrs. Sansone’s
-heart sank. Where was the boy? A
-sense of calamity seized her. She too ran to
-meet the child.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, mother, mother!” cried Peggy, throwing
-her arms about Mrs. Sansone and bursting
-into a new agony of grief.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Dearest,” crooned Mrs. Sansone, raising
-the child to her bosom, “tell me! What has
-become of Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, mother! I am afraid!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Tell the truth, darling. No matter what—it
-is your mother who listens. She will
-understand; she will not scold.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby is drowned!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, blessed Mary!” cried Mrs. Sansone,
-restoring Peggy to the sands and clasping her
-hands in dismay. “I can’t believe it! Tell
-me, dear, how it happened.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby was wading, and he was trying to
-be obedient. He got out too far, and I reminded
-him of his promise to his mother. And
-he said he was going to keep his promise. And
-just while he was talking to me a big roller
-came on him—you see, his back was turned—and
-that roller knocked him down and pulled
-him out, and when I looked—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Here Peggy fell to weeping again.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What, dear? Tell me quick.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“He was gone.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And were there none around to go to his
-help?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“We were alone.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And did you call for help?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No, mother. I just ran away.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And you said nothing, dearest?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No. I was afraid they would think I was
-a murderer.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Sansone had long walked the paths
-of wisdom. She knew how common it was
-for little children, witnesses to a drowning or
-a like calamity, to fly from the scene and in
-fear keep silent. She understood.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You were frightened, dearest. If you
-were older, you would have called for help.
-But you are not to blame. God help us! Now,
-Peggy, come with me. Or stay—I must break
-the news to his poor mother.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And tell her,” said Peggy sobbingly, “that
-his last words were how he must always keep
-his promises, especially those he made to his
-mother.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then Mrs. Sansone wept. It was a bitter
-moment.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“All aboard!” cried one of the trainmen.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy and her mother were just in time to
-mount the platform when the train started.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then, with love and pity and all manner
-of gentleness, Mrs. Sansone told the pitiful
-story. When the full horror of it was grasped
-by Barbara, she asked for her crucifix, gazed
-upon it fixedly for several seconds, kissed it,
-and fell into a faint.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then it was that all that was matronly shone
-forth in Mrs. Feehan. Then it was that she
-and Mrs. Sansone, never for a moment neglecting
-the sick woman, mingled their tears and
-their grief. The porter, the gayest, chattiest
-porter in that section of the Pullman service,
-was their willing slave. He too became a partner
-in their sorrow. In fact, every passenger
-on the car and every employee of the road on
-duty duly caught the spirit of sympathy, and
-before Barbara came to, dry-eyed and almost
-despairing, lines and telephones were busy in
-a vain endeavor to get any possible light on
-the drowning.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But,” cried Barbara when she became fully
-conscious of the dark tragedy, “I must go
-back! I cannot go on without my boy!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The conductor was summoned.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I can let you off, lady,” he explained.
-“But I doubt whether you can get any means
-of returning at this point. Besides, when we
-arrive at the next station, we may expect an
-answer concerning the child. In that way you
-will get word quicker than if you were to return
-at once.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Mrs. Vernon,” urged the nurse, “it would
-be the worst thing you could do to return.
-You are physically unfit just now to walk or
-make any kind of exertion. You need several
-hours of complete rest. If you take my advice,
-you will go on and not attempt to leave
-the car until the shock has passed and your
-strength returns.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But I must go back—I must!” cried Barbara
-hysterically. As she spoke she suddenly
-rose and took a few quick steps. But the effort
-was too much. She staggered, and despite
-her efforts fell back into the arms of
-the kind matron.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='31' id='Page_31'></span><h1>CHAPTER III<br/> <span class='sub-head'>IT NEVER RAINS BUT IT POURS</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>But Bobby was not drowned. Peggy and
-he, as the wave caught him, were not alone.
-Seated on the ledge of a cliff, hidden almost
-completely from view, a bather, tall and
-plump, once a professional life-saver, had been
-watching the two children carefully. He had
-noted the roller even before Peggy. He was
-at a considerable distance from the children;
-but as Peggy turned to fly he was dashing, diagonally,
-across the beach. It was nothing for
-him, tall and strong of limb, to plunge into
-the water, to reach the very spot where Bobby
-had disappeared, and when Bobby’s head came
-to the surface, to take a few strong strokes,
-reach the unconscious boy, and bring him almost
-without effort to the shore.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby, I say, was unconscious; and the rescuer,
-for a moment, doubted whether the little
-lad was alive. Paying no attention, therefore,
-to the fleeing Peggy, the man, experienced
-in such matters, endeavored to restore the
-lad to consciousness. Bobby had swallowed
-much salt water. It was the work of a few
-moments to remedy that trouble. Then the
-man put himself to the task of getting the boy
-to breathe. In the shade of the cliff he labored
-long and arduously. Almost a quarter of an
-hour passed before Bobby’s face showed the
-slightest sign of life. Eventually he began to
-breathe.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Hey, boy! you’re doing fine,” cried the
-man. “Come on now, and wake up.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Adjured in such like terms at least twenty
-times, Bobby at length opened his eyes upon
-a world which he had almost left for good.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Howdy, Johnny? Are you awake?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby looked gravely at his companion and,
-the inspection completed, asked, as he closed
-his eyes again:</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Where am I?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Right here at Long Beach,” came the answer.
-“Here, let me put my coat about you.
-You look pretty cold. How do you feel?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I guess so,” answered Bobby, not even
-opening his eyes.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then the rescuer took the child, wrapped as
-he was in the heavy coat, and folded him to his
-bosom. He held the boy tight. Bobby soon
-began to warm up.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Where am I?” he inquired once more, opening
-his eyes as he spoke.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I told you we were at Long Beach, didn’t
-I?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Maybe you did. Say, didn’t you pull me
-out of the water?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I did, and not a second too soon, either.
-Now look here, Johnny. The color is coming
-back to your face. But you must get that
-chill out of you. Here, you must stretch your
-legs. Take my hand.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby at first was barely able to walk. But
-gradually his strength returned, his strength
-and his smile. But neither lasted long.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say! I’m getting so tired!” he remarked
-after a few quick turns. “Would you mind if
-I lie down?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The man laid Bobby down upon the sands,
-once more wrapping him, as he did so, tightly
-in the coat. Bobby promptly turned on his
-side and, resting his head upon his right arm,
-fell asleep.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“My!” apostrophized the man, after a long
-contemplation. “I never saw such an interesting
-face.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Did you say something, sir?” asked Bobby,
-opening his eyes.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I said a mouthful,” came the answer. “But
-look you, boy; you are weaker than you ought
-to be. What you need is brandy.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t drink,” objected Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“None of us drink just now, for that matter,”
-the man dryly observed. “Just the same,
-you need a bit of brandy. Now will you remain
-here till I come back? I may be gone ten
-or fifteen minutes.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Just now, sir, I don’t want to go anywhere.
-Oh, I’ll stay, all right.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>And Bobby meant it. Nevertheless he did
-not stay.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The man had hardly disappeared from view
-when Bobby sat up and stretched himself.
-Then he arose and went through the same
-process. Bobby was feeling once more that he
-was alive. Throwing off the coat, he quickly
-put on his proper garments, already perfectly
-dry. Then Bobby bethought him of his shoes.
-It would be easy to recover them and return
-within a few minutes. Accordingly, with his
-light step and easy grace quite restored, he
-trotted along the shore; and even as he moved,
-the events that had led up to his mischance
-began to return to his memory—the horrified
-eyes of Peggy, the big wave coming upon him,
-and then? What was it happened next? At
-the moment he could recall no more. Seating
-himself, he put on shoes and stockings, when
-all of a sudden as he arose, the awful memory,
-unbidden, returned. Once more he felt the
-waves’ might, once more he felt himself whirled
-and tossed about like a cork, once more he
-choked as the water forced itself into his gaping
-mouth. Here his memory ended. Bobby was
-more frightened by the memory than he had
-been by the actual happening.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>And just then, when the horror of it all had
-seized upon him, the ground beneath his feet
-began to oscillate. This was the last straw.
-Bobby could bear no more. The sea but a short
-time before had tried to swallow him up; now
-it was the land itself that would devour him.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Utterly panic-stricken, urged on by a blind
-instinct in which reason had no share, the little
-fellow ran at a speed born of fear away
-from that awful beach. As it happened, there
-were stairs at that point leading up to the cliff.
-Bobby took them two at a time. Ocean Avenue
-was thronged just then with people,
-strangers in California, who failed, naturally
-enough, to see anything of humor in an earthquake.
-Under normal circumstances Bobby,
-flying at full speed along a highway, would
-have attracted more than a little attention.
-But the circumstances were not normal, and
-the fear which urged Bobby onwards was the
-same fear which in a measure possessed nearly
-all of those whom with flying feet he passed.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby had always been a good runner. On
-this occasion he surpassed himself. On he
-went until he was alone on the open road; on
-past orchards of oranges, peaches, lemons,
-pears and plums. The ground at every step
-was, as he felt, growing firmer beneath his
-feet; and once away from the outskirts of
-Ocean Beach he began to slacken his pace. It
-was then that the sharp tooting of a horn behind
-him caused him to turn; an automobile
-was bearing down upon him.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby, putting on full speed once more,
-darted to the left side of the road, which at this
-point sharply curved, only to find another machine
-bearing upon him swiftly from the opposite
-direction. There seemed to be no chance
-of escape. Nevertheless Bobby jumped for his
-life, landing on hands and knees at the side
-of the road, while the oncoming machine, now
-fairly upon him, swung desperately away. It
-passed within an inch of the boy’s feet as he
-flew through the air. Bobby did not arise.
-He collapsed where he had fallen. The machine
-which had nearly done for him came to a
-halt full thirty yards up the road, where from
-it descended a highly excited young man, who,
-more than emulating Bobby’s burst of speed,
-ran quickly and picked up the lad in his arms.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, little fellow, you’re not hurt, are you?
-Now don’t say you’re hurt. It was a close
-call, but I never touched you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>But Bobby’s head hung limp, his eyes remained
-closed.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The man grew pale with fear. Possibly he
-had frightened the child to death. Gazing
-with extreme compassion upon the delicate features
-of the sensitive face, he groaned aloud
-and, as though his burden weighed nothing,
-sprinted back to his machine. There he laid
-the boy on the front seat, and, getting out a
-water bottle from the tonneau, removed the
-stopper and dashed a goodly portion of water
-into the child’s face.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The effect was immediate. Bobby sat up,
-and looking into the frightened face of his
-new aggressor, opened his mouth and bawled.
-Bobby, to do him justice, was a manly little
-fellow, and manly little fellows of seven or
-eight are not in the habit of bawling. But
-he had been through a fearful series of ordeals.
-He was no longer himself. Panic had entered
-into his very soul. The sea had tried to get
-him; the earth, lining itself up with the sea,
-had shaken beneath his feet; and when he ran
-from one automobile, another had borne down
-upon him to such effect that only by a marvel
-short of the miraculous had he escaped with
-his life. So Bobby went on bawling.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>This exhibition of tears and lungs had a very
-disconcerting effect on the young man. He
-was, as the reader has a right to know, John
-Compton, a promising comedian, engaged recently
-by a moving-picture company, the head
-members of which counted upon his becoming
-shortly one of the leading film comedians of
-the country. On that very day he had started
-in upon his second picture. But an hour before
-he had rehearsed part of the opening
-scene; and he would have still been rehearsing
-at that very moment had it not happened that
-the property man was not on time with the
-completion of an indoor set; as a consequence
-of which the director had called off further rehearsal
-till two o’clock that afternoon. Not
-thinking it worth his while to disturb his make-up,
-John Compton had jumped into his automobile
-and gone out for a spin, with his face
-painted a sickly yellow and eyebrows fiercely
-exaggerated. Bobby had never before seen
-a moving-picture actor in his war paint. No
-wonder that he continued to bawl; no wonder
-that he refused to be comforted.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton was at his wits’ end. It was
-useless to advise the boy to calm himself. To
-be heard Compton would be obliged to bellow
-at the top of his voice. And why not? It
-was an inspiration. Standing outside his own
-machine, John Compton planted his hands
-upon his knees, and stooping till his face was
-on a level with Bobby’s, opened his mouth, a
-not inconsiderable one, and bawled, too, with
-all the energy of desperation.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>At the awful sound Bobby, opening his eyes
-to their widest, ceased his outcries and, with
-his mouth still wide open, stared in incredulous
-amazement at John Compton. This gentleman,
-having stopped momentarily for
-breath, started his strange performance once
-more. But there was a different tone to the
-second attempt. Mr. Compton, gaining courage
-through success, was beginning to perceive
-a certain humor in the situation; and into his
-bawling went that sense of humor. The suspicion
-of a grin came upon the boy’s face. Inspired
-by this, Compton entered upon a third
-attempt, which really succeeded in being a
-clever caricature of Bobby’s bawling.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The boy grinned.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Never say die,” said the comedian, smiling
-pleasantly and winking.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ll say so!” returned Bob, and reproduced
-to a nicety Compton’s identical wink.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton’s perplexity was entirely gone.
-He liked Bobby from the first; but with that
-wink he loved him. So, light of heart, John
-Compton forced his features into the exaggerated
-smile which, in the opinion of his director,
-would, when once known, be worth a
-fortune, and Bobby for the first time since the
-roller came upon him burst into a laugh, clear,
-silvery—sweeter, dearer at that moment to
-Compton than all the music that had ever
-charmed his ears.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Hey! Do it again,” cried Bobby, standing
-up and wearing an air of seraphic joy. Mr.
-Compton accepted the encore gratefully, but
-lost his great smile almost instantaneously
-when Bobby, allowing for a smaller mouth and
-more delicate features, reproduced the million-dollar
-grin.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Upon my word!” exclaimed the thoroughly
-amazed comedian. “I must say I like you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And I like you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“In fact, I like you very much.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And I like you very much.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What’s your name, little screecher?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby Vernon.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I like that name very much. Mine is John
-Compton.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And I like that name very much. Say,
-come in and sit with me.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“One moment. Where are you from?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Cincinnati.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton, starting slightly, looked at the
-boy’s features searchingly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, Bobby, what was your mother’s
-maiden name—her name before she was married,
-you know?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Barbara Carberry.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton buried his face in his hands. When
-he raised his head presently, he discovered
-Bobby weeping. Stepping into the car,
-Compton took Bobby in his arms and, gazing
-once more upon the child’s face, stooped
-over and kissed him.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I knew your mother once,” he said quietly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And you like her?” asked Bobby eagerly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Like her! That’s no name for it. Tell
-me all about her.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was the thought of his mother that had
-set Bobby to weeping again. No wonder, then,
-that as he proceeded to recount the events of
-that morning he was forced sobbing to halt in
-his narration several times until he had mastered
-his grief. No child in deep trouble ever had a
-more sympathetic listener. While Bobby went
-on with his tale of woe, Compton, deeply attentive,
-was speeding at the rate of forty-five
-miles an hour for Los Angeles.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You see,” he had explained to Bobby, “if I
-don’t hurry, I’ll be late for that two o’clock
-rehearsal.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>He stopped once on the road at a telephone
-station.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby,” he said when he had returned from
-the booth, “I’ve made inquiries. Your mother
-took sick. They say there was an earthquake.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I should say there was! Didn’t I tell you
-how it started me to running till I ran into
-you?</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s true. In fact, I believe there was
-an earthquake. Seems to me I noticed one
-myself; but I was so busy thinking about my
-part in the new production that I didn’t pay
-much attention to it. Well, anyhow, it made
-your mother sick. It often does affect strangers
-that way. And they brought her to her
-car; and before she knew what happened I
-reckon the old train started off to bring her to
-San Luis Obispo without you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby’s sensitive upper lip quivered.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Here, now, don’t you cry. I’ve sent a telegram
-which will catch her at San Luis Obispo,
-telling her that you are with me and that I
-will keep you safe and sound till I hear from
-her. Cheer up, Bobby! You’ll get word to-morrow.
-There’s nothing to worry about.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton was a bad prophet. Bobby
-did not get word. In fact, owing to the flood
-of telegrams consequent upon the earthquake,
-Compton’s message was delayed nearly twenty-four
-hours, and though it duly reached San
-Luis Obispo it was never delivered. Barbara
-Vernon was not there to receive it.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='44' id='Page_44'></span><h1>CHAPTER IV<br/> <span class='sub-head'>MRS. VERNON ALL BUT ABANDONS HOPE</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>John Compton had vainly attempted to get
-any details in regard to Bobby’s rescue.
-It had been a bad day for swimmers at Long
-Beach. The waters had been unusually rough,
-and in consequence several bathers were
-drowned and nearly a score in imminent danger
-rescued. Over the telephone he got a complete
-list of those whom the life-savers had
-brought safely in, but in that list was no name
-in any wise corresponding with that of Bobby
-Vernon. Had not the earthquake come along
-at the wrong moment, Bobby would not, unconsciously
-breaking his promise, have run
-away, and Mrs. Vernon would not have been
-whisked into the Pullman and been borne
-northward on the wings of steam. No; Bobby
-would have waited and Mrs. Vernon would
-have remained. They would have come together
-very shortly, and this story would not,
-failing that earthquake, be worth the writing.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Nor would Mrs. Vernon have gone on toward
-San Luis Obispo utterly broken in spirit.
-In reply to telegrams and long-distance telephone
-calls made by Mrs. Sansone and the
-big-hearted nurse, they learned that no boy
-corresponding to hers had been rescued, and
-that it was impossible at the moment to give
-any adequate report of those who had met
-death in the angry waters.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As for Bobby’s rescuer, when he returned to
-the beach and failed to find the boy awaiting
-him, he was highly disgusted. The boy had
-broken his promise and gone off without so
-much as a word of thanks. Being a native, so
-to speak, it did not occur to him that an earthquake
-might put a lone little lad into a panic.
-Meditating grimly on the ungratefulness of
-mankind in general and of a certain small boy
-in particular, he turned himself with a glum
-face to the bathing house. He was already
-long overdue in the city, and putting the incident
-out of his mind as an unpleasant memory,
-he went his way, telling no man of his morning’s
-adventure. Thus it came about that
-Bobby’s rescue was recorded only in heaven.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Thus too it came about that Barbara Vernon
-gave up all hope of her son’s having been
-rescued. He was dead, and she was alone in
-the world. In vain did Mrs. Sansone beg her
-to hope; equally in vain did Mrs. Feehan fold
-her to her generous heart and whisper in her
-ear those sweet nothings which love makes
-more valuable in such circumstances than
-pearls of great price. Mrs. Vernon, dry-eyed
-and with set face, speaking nothing, apparently
-hearing nothing, gazed into vacancy.
-Even Mrs. Feehan, whose hope was as strong
-as her love, began to lose courage. Something
-must be done or the poor bereaved widow
-might go mad.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Resigning the unhappy lady to the care of
-the Italian, Mrs. Feehan walked through the
-car, scanning quickly the face of each passenger.
-Disappointed in her inspection, she
-went into the next car, and as she entered, the
-smile returned to her face.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Seated in a section near her entry was a
-venerable priest. His thick spectacles failed
-to conceal the kindly old eyes; while the large,
-red, weather-beaten face seemed somehow to
-tell the tale of myriad deeds of consolation and
-kindness. To look upon him with unprejudiced
-eyes was by way of loving him. He was
-sitting with folded hands.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, Father,” exclaimed the nurse, “pardon
-me for disturbing you. But there is a woman
-in the next car who, I fear, will go mad unless
-some one can reach her. She is a widow, and
-her only boy has just been drowned. She is
-a devout Catholic, and I am almost certain
-that if any one can bring her out of her
-despair a Catholic priest can do it. I’ve
-dealt with a number of like cases, and I
-know it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The priest arose, and, as Mrs. Feehan observed,
-slipped his beads, concealed in his
-folded hands, into his pocket.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ll talk to her, my good woman, and while
-I talk, do you pray.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As they entered the car the porter met them.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You will find the lady in the drawing-room.
-I put her in there myself.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You’re a trump!” said the priest, patting
-the porter on the back.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Vernon, as they entered, was showing
-once more some signs of improvement. She
-was gazing not without a touch of tenderness
-down upon the tear-stained, almost despairing
-face of the beautiful little child Peggy, who
-on her knees was imploring forgiveness.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’m so sorry, Mrs. Vernon. I lost my wits.
-But do forgive me.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“She’s as good a girl as I know,” said the
-priest. “How are you, Peggy?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, Father Galligan, ask her to forgive
-me!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t know what it’s all about,” said the
-priest, “but I’m sure little Peggy would not
-wilfully do anything wrong. As you expect
-God’s help, my dear lady, in this trying hour,
-send this child away in peace and quiet.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Vernon raised herself up and threw
-her arms about the little one’s neck.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“There’s nothing to forgive, little dear. But
-pray, pray for me.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I think, madam,” observed the priest, “that
-if ever you were fit to receive all that comes
-with the blessing of the Church now is the
-time. Here, Peggy, kneel down and pray;
-and you too, Mrs. Sansone. And you too,” he
-added, addressing himself to the nurse;
-“though I’m thinking that Peggy’s prayers are
-worth all yours and mine put together. Now,
-speed her up, Peggy, while I recite the Gospel
-of St. John.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was, in all seriousness, an exquisite
-prayer-meeting. If angels can be influenced
-by human beauty, delicate innocence, and the
-awful faith of childhood, legions of them must
-have pressed about the great White Throne to
-tell the wondrous tale of Peggy’s praying. It
-is doubtful, also, whether they could have been
-insensible to the ardent petitions of the nurse
-and Peggy’s mother. However this may be,
-one thing is certain: the authorized prayer of
-a priest uttered in the name of the Church has
-an efficacy behind it which pierces high heaven.
-Such a prayer goes flying upward, winged by
-the power of that Church, in whose name it is
-uttered.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now,” said Father Galligan, closing his
-little book and gesturing the suppliants to rise
-from their knees, “you may all go outside and
-talk about your neighbors; and the more you
-talk about them the better—provided you
-speak of their good qualities. This lady is going
-to entertain me.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, we’ve all got to go now anyhow,”
-said Mrs. Sansone. “Los Angeles is our home,
-and Mrs. Feehan with her dear little daughter
-is stopping to visit a relation—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But if you say the word, Father,” put in
-Mrs. Feehan, “I’ll go on and see Mrs. Vernon
-through.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t think it will be necessary,” said the
-Father. “Take your holiday and God bless
-you all. And don’t you forget, Peggy, to go
-to communion every day you can. You need
-it, dear child.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Indeed I won’t forget, Father. Good-by,
-Mrs. Vernon. You are just lovely, and I’ll
-pray for you every day and for Bobby.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As Peggy left the compartment the priest
-lightly laid his hand on the child’s raven-black
-hair and blessed her.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Poor child!” he remarked to Mrs. Vernon.
-“She’s as lovely now and as good as an angel.
-But she has the fatal gift of beauty, and she’s
-going to grow up. Lovely, untainted children—and
-the world is full of them—quite upset
-me. I don’t want them to die and I don’t want
-them to grow up. Confound original sin anyway!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’m sure my little boy is in heaven. But I
-am a mother. Oh, how I want him! I can’t
-give him up!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You don’t know what you can do. None of
-us knows till we try. Remember, there is a
-faith that moves mountains.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Thank you so much, Father,” said Mrs.
-Vernon. “A moment ago I was tempted to
-take my life.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’m sure the angels didn’t notice it, and so
-it won’t go on the recording book. You have
-had a great sorrow. But listen to the words of
-an old priest who has spent his priestly life of
-forty-three years supping with sorrow—other
-people’s mainly. When God sends us a great
-sorrow, He sends us a great strength, if we
-will only accept it. And more: if we bear our
-sorrows in simple faith, somehow, somewhere,
-God will turn our sorrow into joy.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Ah, Father, He can never give me back my
-son!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t know about that,” demurred the Father,
-taking a pinch of snuff. “Didn’t Christ
-say, ‘Out of these stones I can raise up children
-to Abraham?’ Never say can’t when you’re
-talking about God.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I see, Father; you want of me the deepest
-faith.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Exactly, my good woman, the faith that
-moves mountains. ‘Earth has no sorrow that
-heaven cannot heal.’ ”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Father, I will try.” As she finished these
-words, Mrs. Vernon fell to weeping.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Good for you!” commented the priest.
-“What alarmed me most when I first saw you
-was the fact of your being so dry-eyed. But
-let us talk about something else. You don’t
-belong out here.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No, Father. I come from Cincinnati. My
-name is Barbara Vernon. Almost two years
-ago I lost my husband. He died a good death;
-but he was a poor business man, and the thing
-that bothered him most at his last hour was
-that he had neglected to renew his life insurance.
-It lapsed just two weeks before the
-day of his death.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“An artist, possibly?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I think you might call him so, Father.
-He was an actor, and, if God had given him
-a longer life, would have become a playwright.
-He was engaged on the third and last act of
-a play when he took sick. I am confident, not
-only on my own judgment, but on the authority
-of several critics, that had he lived to complete
-it he would have made a fortune.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“These artists are all alike,” commented the
-priest. “They see everything in the heavens
-above and the waters under the earth but their
-own interests. They all die uninsured—most
-of them, anyhow. But what brings you out
-here?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“The hope of straightening out my affairs.
-You see, my husband, on the strength of his
-play, borrowed twenty-five hundred dollars on
-a note which falls due September the first. I
-want to pay it. I feel it is my duty. He borrowed
-from a friend who now needs the money.
-I have been teaching elocution to private pupils
-ever since my husband’s death, and have
-managed to put aside seven hundred dollars.
-Three months ago it became clear to me that
-I could not possibly get the full amount together.
-Now, there happens to live in San
-Luis Obispo a wealthy relation of mine, an
-uncle whom I have not seen since I was a little
-girl. He was very fond of me then, and he
-more than once asked me to call on him if I
-were ever in trouble.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You did very well to come, Mrs. Vernon.
-He lives, you say, in San Luis Obispo?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes, Father.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Perhaps I know him. I spent three years
-at San Luis. In fact, I was there all of last
-year.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“His name, Father, is Pedro Alvarez.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The start which the priest gave was almost
-imperceptible. Not for nothing had he heard
-over four hundred thousand confessions.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Do you know him, Father?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I do.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And is he well?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I am just wondering,” mused the priest
-evasively, “whether he has much money. He
-was wealthy once, but he lost heavily on some
-oil investments.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But is he well, Father?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It is two months,” pursued the priest, “since
-I was in residence at San Luis Obispo.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>At this moment the train stopped at a small
-station, and there was heard a commotion without.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“There’s something wrong, I fear,” said the
-Father, glad of an opportunity to change the
-subject. He now regretted that he had bidden
-Mrs. Feehan take her holiday at Los
-Angeles.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Reverend,” said the porter, entering suddenly,
-“there’s a man at the station who’s been
-injured by a freight, and he is calling for a
-priest. He may die any moment.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Excuse me,” said Father Galligan, rising
-quickly. “When I come back I have something
-to tell you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Father Galligan did not return. The dying
-man needed him, and Mrs. Vernon saw the
-priest no more. He only came and went, and
-touched her life into a higher faith.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>That evening Mrs. Vernon stepped off the
-car at San Luis Obispo. The station was almost
-deserted. However, she had little trouble
-in getting information about Alvarez, once
-very prominent in the city. He was dead. He
-had died seven months before almost penniless
-and prepared by Father Galligan. This it was
-that Father Galligan had intended telling her.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The train, while Mrs. Vernon was getting
-this information, departed.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The poor woman was almost beside herself.
-Wringing her hands, she paced up and down
-the deserted platform, calling upon the Mother
-of Sorrows to come to her aid. Five minutes
-or more passed when she was interrupted.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I beg your pardon, Miss,” said a plainly
-dressed man to whose hands were clinging a
-girl of twelve and a boy who evidently was her
-younger brother; “but do you know anything
-about nursing?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The man’s face was troubled and eager.
-The two children had been recently crying.
-Indeed, so it seemed to Mrs. Vernon, it had
-been a day of calamity.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I took nearly two years’ course of training.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh!” cried the girl, breaking into a smile.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Then for the love of God, come to my help.
-My wife will die unless she gets good nursing.
-The doctor has said it. Look at these two
-children. Think of them without a mother.
-I’m a ranchman living thirty miles from here.
-Money is no object. Name your own terms.
-I know you won’t refuse. All afternoon I’ve
-looked and looked for a nurse. Before you say
-no, look at these little ones.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Please!” cried the girl, clasping her hands.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Come on!” entreated the boy, catching her
-arm.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Could the Mother of Sorrows have sent
-them?</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I hardly know how to refuse you, sir; but
-my own little boy has this day been taken
-from me by drowning, carried out by the undertow
-at Long Beach. I was not with him
-at the time, and I must go back and find
-whether his body has been recovered.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The ranchman took a careful and appraising
-look at Barbara.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Madam,” he said, “I think I understand.
-I know how you feel. But let me make a suggestion.
-You are in no condition to return to
-Long Beach; nor would you know what to do
-when you got there. Now, I’m familiar with
-the place and the conditions. I have, in fact,
-some influence there. Now I’ll tell you what
-I’ll do. If for the sake of saving my dear
-wife’s life you will come with me, I’ll take you
-at once to our home and will return in time to
-get the next train to Long Beach. And I
-promise you that I will do all that you could
-do and more, to learn anything, however
-trivial it may seem, concerning your boy. Oh,
-madam, for the love of God, give your consent.
-I am sure He has sent you to us.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Please, ma’am,” implored the girl.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“My mama needs you,” added the boy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“In God’s name!” said the ranchman.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Taking everything into consideration, Barbara
-Vernon could not resist these sweet children,
-this fond husband, and so a few minutes
-later she was on her way in the ranchman’s
-machine to enter upon a new phase of life.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Thus it fell that when the telegram from John
-Compton reached San Luis Obispo the following
-afternoon no claimant for it could be discovered.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='58' id='Page_58'></span><h1>CHAPTER V<br/> <span class='sub-head'>A NEW WAY OF BREAKING INTO THE MOVIES</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Your true cloister of to-day is a moving-picture
-studio. The sign “No Admittance,”
-or some wording of similar meaning,
-greets the stranger at every door. There is,
-too, at each entry a dragon on guard, sometimes
-in the guise of a gracious but firm young
-woman, sometimes, it may be, in that of a forbidding
-old man; but no matter how various be
-the form of these dragons, they are there to
-see that you don’t go in. To enter without the
-Open Sesame incurs an excommunication seldom
-incurred, for the reason that the dragons
-are always on duty.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As John Compton, holding the hand of
-Bobby, made to enter the sacred precincts of
-the Lantry Studio at the entryway provided
-for the actors, the man on guard cast a severe
-and forbidding look at the youth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You know my orders,” he grumbled, still
-gazing at Bobby while addressing Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Sure I do. But this boy is an aunt of mine—er—that
-is, an uncle. Oh, dash it! what am
-I talking about? He’s my little nephew,
-Bobby Compton.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why don’t you get it right?” observed a
-bright young lady, one of the “stars,” as she
-passed through the sacred gate. “Don’t you
-think, on second thought, Mr. Compton, that
-he’s your grandfather? He looks more like
-that than an aunt of yours.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The surly keeper of the gate perceived the
-joke. It was on record that he had seen
-through a joke on three distinct occasions
-during his two years of guardianship. To-day
-he scored for the fourth time. Bobby as an
-aunt was really funny. But as a grandfather!
-The keeper dropped his pipe and lost his
-scowl, and holding up both hands, palms
-outward, roared with laughter. He was still
-in the throes of his mammoth mirth when
-Compton pushed through the stile—I know no
-better word for it—and drew Bobby after him.
-The cloister was violated.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Now, Bobby had by this time wearied of
-holding Compton’s hand. Moreover he had
-noticed a certain peculiarity in Compton’s
-walk which he desired to study to better advantage.
-So, loosening his hold, and saying, “I’ll
-follow you,” he dropped behind his newly-discovered
-uncle.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton, dressed for his part in the rehearsal,
-wore a nondescript jacket and a vest
-of startling color. Into the armholes of this
-vest his thumbs were thrust, the free fingers
-of his hand extended and waving in unison
-at each step. Bobby had already studied
-this peculiarity. Now he was to study the
-secret of Compton’s strides. They were, to
-begin with, notably long strides. But most
-striking of all was the part his feet played.
-The right foot at each step was turned in, the
-left out. In justice to Mr. Compton, this was
-not his proper gait. He was practicing for
-his part. Bobby, however, liked it. In fact,
-he liked anything connected with John
-Compton, and because John Compton did it
-Bobby saw nothing funny in it at all. It was
-easy for Bobby to insert his real thumbs into
-imaginary armholes and to wiggle his fingers
-with each step. It was not so easy, by reason
-of the shortness of his legs, for Bobby to catch
-his uncle’s stride. But he thought it worth
-while, and he did it. Then Bobby, with surprisingly
-little difficulty, got his feet to working
-as though one were going in one direction
-and the other in another; and so serenely moved
-on the procession of two, a spectacle for angels
-and Miss Bernadette Vivian, the young star
-who had brought to life once more the gate-keeper’s
-sense of humor.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was Bernadette’s turn to laugh.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Look,” she cried to a busy and jaded-looking
-official, who was hurrying past her with a
-sheaf of papers in his hands and a lead pencil
-in his mouth. “Set your eyes on that boy.
-That’s Compton’s aunt or grandfather—he’s
-not quite clear which—and of the two, I think,
-with all respect to Compton, the aunt is the better
-comedian.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The official looked and grinned.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Maybe you’re right,” he observed, removing
-the pencil from his mouth. “You’re working
-with Compton. Keep your eye on the kid.
-We may need him if he’s not engaged already.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Come on here, Bobby; you take my hand,”
-said Compton, turning sharply and detecting
-his understudy in action. Another man might
-have been annoyed, Compton was tickled
-beyond measure.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Threading their way through a maze of sets
-and scenery, among which busy men—carpenters,
-electricians, secretaries and what
-not—were winding in what appeared to be inextricable
-confusion, they finally arrived at a
-set arranged to represent the lobby of a hotel.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>To the left was a cigar counter, and beyond
-it an exit, or, possibly, an entryway to some
-other part of the hotel. The rest, save for a
-bellhop’s bench, was space. Seated or lounging
-about were several actors; among them a
-young lady dressed as a salesgirl; a boy of
-about Bobby’s size, though evidently several
-years older, gay in the buttons and livery of a
-bellhop; a young man in society clothes; and
-finally a young woman who was evidently a
-lady.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Hurrying from one to the other of these and
-speaking quickly certain instructions, was a
-young man whose intense face expressed
-infinite patience and strong, though jaded,
-energy. He was tired—had been tired for six
-months—but had no time to diagnose the
-symptoms. This was the stage director, Mr.
-Joseph Heneman.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Halloa, John! Glad you’ve come. Everything’s
-set, and we’re going to move like a
-house afire. Who’s that fine little boy with
-you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’m his aunt,” said Bobby seriously.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Heneman nearly exploded on the spot.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You young screech-owl!” said Compton,
-turning a severe face, though his eyes
-twinkled, upon Bobby. “Who taught you how
-to lie?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You said I was your aunt,” countered
-Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Your uncle—nephew, I mean. This young
-monkey,” he went on, addressing the manager,
-the vision of Bobby’s latest mimicry
-still vivid in his memory, “is my nephew,
-Bobby Compton.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, I didn’t know you had a nephew,”
-said Heneman, still laughing. As he spoke he
-shook hands with the interesting youth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Neither did I till a while ago,” chuckled
-Compton. “Fact is I adopted him and christened
-him on the way in. It’s a long story, but
-he’s in my charge now. He’ll sit still and
-watch us working. Won’t you, Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ll watch you working all right,” said
-Compton’s new relation. Bobby had no intention
-of sitting still.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Halloa, aunty!” said Bernadette, suddenly
-appearing on the scene, and smiling at Bobby,
-showing in the act a perfect and shining set of
-teeth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“How do you do?” returned Bobby, bowing
-gravely. “You’ve got it wrong, though. He’s
-my uncle. He says so himself, and he ought to
-know.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Before the rehearsal began every one there
-heard the story from the fair lady’s cupid-painted
-lips of the circumstances connected
-with Bobby’s admission into the Lantry cloister.
-The story filled with joy all the listeners
-save one. The bellhop did not even smile.
-The fact is, the bellhop, yielding to a long-fought
-temptation, had obtained a quid of
-tobacco from a stage carpenter, had indulged
-in his first and probably his last chew, and was
-just now filled with feelings of wild regret and
-a desire to lie down in some obscure spot and
-die.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As a result of Bernadette’s story every one,
-excepting of course the unhappy bellhop, was
-in a state of almost hilarious good humor when
-the rehearsal was called; in such humor that
-even when the star halted everything for
-several minutes by insisting that one of her
-shoes was improperly laced—though to the
-naked eye there was nothing out of order—and
-having her attendant do it all over again,
-no one grumbled.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Heneman had counted on going on with
-the rehearsal “like a house afire.” He had
-reckoned without his host, and the host was the
-bellhop.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Before going further it may be well to
-observe that a picture in the making is far from
-resembling a picture in the viewing. The
-former is a very slow process. It may require
-a whole day to produce what one sees on the
-screen in three or four seconds. Before the
-camera men “shoot” there may be a dozen or
-more rehearsals; and the shooting may be repeated
-seven or eight times.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Ready!” cried Mr. Heneman. “Positions!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>At the word the salesgirl got behind the
-cigar counter and, to make everybody understand
-that she was only a salesgirl, proceeded
-to chew gum violently. In real life saleswomen
-sometimes do chew gum; but it is rare
-to discover one who makes it an almost violent
-physical exercise. Standing to the right of the
-saleslady—in the lobby—the young man in the
-dresscoat, facing the young lady with not
-enough clothes on her back to make a bookmark,
-began offering such original remarks as
-the state of the weather generally evokes.
-Back of them all, in an alcove near the exit,
-sat the bellhop, gloom and desolation upon his
-face.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Here, you! Don’t stand so the lady can’t
-be seen. Let the lady turn a little to the right.
-That’s it. Go on and talk, both of you, and
-smile as if you were each saying awfully witty
-things. Bellhop, hold up your head! You look
-like a drowned rat. Look tough; you’re looking
-dismal.” Here the director paused, and
-while the camera men were placing their machines
-in position, and their assistants were arranging
-reflectors, and an electrician, perched
-on high above the shooting line, arranged a
-powerful light over the head of the salesgirl,
-he went over to the bellhop, showed him how
-to sit, how to hold his hands, cross his legs and
-drop one corner of his mouth. There was
-some improvement.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now, once more!” ordered the director.
-“Positions! Smile, you two. Talk, talk!
-Don’t overdo that chewing-gum stuff. Give a
-yawn, bellhop. Good! Now come on,
-Compton.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>From off scene to the right enters Compton.
-He is befuddled with liquor, and on his face is
-an expression of utmost stupidity. It is doubtful,
-indeed, if any live human being could be
-as stupid as he looked. In his right hand he is
-balancing a cane with a crook. His walk is a
-marvel of indecision. He hasn’t the least idea,
-apparently, as to whither he is going.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby, just back of the director, is watching
-all this with breathless interest. Previous to
-Compton’s entrance he had assumed the attitude
-and pose of the “lady,” arms akimbo,
-head thrown back and a full smile. Upon
-Compton’s appearance Bobby could at first
-hardly restrain the exuberance of his delight.
-The highest admiration often expresses itself
-in imitation. To the amazement and amusement
-of several actors stationed behind him,
-the lad with scarcely an effort threw his
-features into a close replica of Compton’s.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“He’s as good a nut as Compton,” observed
-an old actor to a companion.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ll say so!” rejoined the other.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton almost jostled the young lady in
-his onward progress. As it was, the crook of
-his cane caught upon her elbow and hung there.
-Without his cane, Compton showed a dim
-consciousness of feeling that something was
-wrong. He felt his clothes, his pockets, his
-face, and then looking for the nonce dimly intelligent,
-turned around, removed the cane
-from its improvised hook, raised his hat,
-dropped it, stooped to get the cane, picked it
-up, reached for his hat, dropped the cane, and
-so on. It was simple fun, but made worth
-while by the manner of the actor. Bobby by
-this time had a stick and a hat, and without
-knowing it was giving a capital performance
-for the exclusive benefit of sixteen actors and
-several outsiders.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Hey, salesgirl!” ordered Heneman, “call
-the bellhop, and tell him to request with all
-possible politeness the gentleman in liquor to
-leave the premises.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The bellhop came at her call, received her
-message, and strode towards Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Get back there and do it again!” bawled the
-director. “You walk as though you were going
-to church or to your grandmother’s funeral.
-Turn your shoulders in, drop your mouth,
-swing your arms. Just imagine you’re going
-to lick somebody.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The bellhop tried again, with no sign of improvement.
-Again and again he failed. No
-moving-picture actor in that studio, it is
-probable, ever received such minute directions.
-But they were all lost on him. However, they
-were not lost on Bobby. Utterly unconscious
-of the attention he was exciting, Bobby was
-following out to the letter every hint coming
-from Heneman’s mouth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Among the spectators was a wag. The parts
-he always figured in were tragic or romantic
-roles, but in real life he was the most notorious
-practical joker in the Lantry Studio.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“See here, Johnny,” he said, whispering into
-the boy’s ear. “Would you like to do an act
-of kindness?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Sure,” said Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ve been watching you for some time. You
-know how that bellhop should do his part. Go
-and show him. It’s no use telling him how.
-He doesn’t understand. But you just go and
-show him.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Will it be all right?” asked Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“An act of kindness is always right,”
-answered the wag, with tragic solemnity.
-“Look; he’s starting now, and he’s worse than
-ever. Don’t tell any one I suggested your
-showing him. Keep it a dead secret. Now,
-go to it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>In perfect good faith Bobby stepped
-forward, passed the director, saying as he
-went, “Excuse me, sir,” and ignoring Compton
-and the “lady” and “gentleman,” strode
-over to the bellhop. All this, happening
-though it did in a few seconds, produced an
-unheard-of effect. The saleslady stopped
-chewing, the lady and gentleman ceased smiling,
-Compton looked surprised and intelligent,
-the director let his jaw drop, and the audience,
-now swollen to double its size, pressed forward
-to the cameras. The bellhop himself put on a
-human expression of inquiry. As Bobby came
-face to face with the victim every one on the
-stage seemed to be momentarily paralyzed.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You poor fish,” said Bob, kindness and
-energy ringing in his accents, “just let me
-show you. It’s so easy!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The bellhop sank back into his seat.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now look,” continued Bobby. The left-hand
-corner of his mouth sagged, his shoulders
-bent in, and with a walk and a swerve redolent
-of the old Bowery, Bobby advanced towards
-Compton, whose eyes were protruding.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You boob!” announced Bobby. “You are
-politely requested to make a noise like a train
-and rattle out of here. Get me?” And as
-Bobby, not in the way of kindness, laid his
-hand on Compton, cheers and laughter and
-hand-clapping disturbed scandalously the quiet
-of the Lantry cloister.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby, nothing disconcerted, bowed, laying
-his hand over his heart, and smiled affably.
-But when the star, Bernadette, came running
-over, her face beaming with delight, and exclaimed,
-“Aunty, I’m going to kiss you for
-that,” he blanched and fled to Compton’s arms.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>There was a pause and a deliberation.
-Compton and the manager conferred together
-for five minutes. The result of their talk was
-that Bobby was hired on the spot and the
-victim of tobacco given a vacation till further
-notice.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Thus did Bobby Vernon “break into the
-movies.”</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='72' id='Page_72'></span><h1>CHAPTER VI<br/> <span class='sub-head'>BOBBY ENDEAVORS TO SHOW THE ASTONISHED COMPTON HOW TO BEHAVE</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well,” observed John Compton as,
-holding Bobby’s hand, he sauntered
-along that Bagdad of a street, Hollywood
-Boulevard, “you’ve scored the first time at
-the bat, Bobby. You’re under a contract at
-thirty-five dollars a week, and a bonus of two
-hundred dollars if you make good.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I like to make money,” cried Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, you do? Have you made much?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No. I never made a cent in my life; but I
-like to, just the same.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Are you fond of money?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby did not make an immediate reply. He
-was trying, not unsuccessfully, to “take off”
-the mincing gait of a young lady in front of
-him, who, considering the tightness of her skirt
-and the height of her truncated cone heels, was
-doing very well.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No. I don’t care for money; but mother
-needs it. Say, this is a nice place. I like flowers,
-lots of them, and nice white houses and
-palm trees and bright sunshine.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“All these things,” observed John Compton
-“are our long suit in Hollywood. If there ever
-was a paradise on earth, it must have been
-here.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Is that all you know?” inquired the lad, his
-lip curling in scorn. “Why, of course there
-was a paradise! Didn’t you ever study catechism?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well—er, no.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s all right,” said Bobby, relaxing
-from scorn to benevolence, “I’ll teach you
-myself.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Upon my word!” ejaculated Compton,
-and fell into meditation, from which he was
-presently aroused by the strange behavior of
-the people on the street. Were they staring
-and laughing at him? Turning, he discovered
-Bobby, a little to the rear of him, doing the
-Bowery walk and wearing a face becoming a
-hardened pickpocket.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“See here, you young imp! You’re giving
-our show away.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, I never thought of that!” cried Bobby,
-putting on the air of a Sunday-school superintendent.
-“I just can’t help it,” he went on.
-“I just love to act.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, have you ever acted before?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No; but I just love to.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Did you ever see a church more charmingly
-situated?” asked the comedian.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>They were passing the Church of the Blessed
-Sacrament, a church hardly to be seen from the
-sidewalk. It stood well back from the street,
-hidden by large palms, pepper trees, and a
-profusion of flowers and foliage.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Is that a Catholic church?” the boy inquired.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It certainly is.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Let’s go in and pay a visit,” suggested the
-lad.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t go to church,” returned Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Once more Bobby’s lip curled.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You must be crazy,” he said. “Now, you
-come on in.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby, it was clear, was in no mood for
-argument. Catching Compton by the hand, he
-led that astonished young man along the lovely
-path towards the church.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What’s that sign about up there?” asked
-Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It says,” answered Compton, “that it was
-here or in the immediate vicinity that Father
-Junipero Serra said the Mass of the Holy
-Cross.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ve heard of him and read a book about
-him,” said Bobby. “He must have been a
-great man.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes?” interrogated the skeptic. “I’ve
-heard it said that the Mass of the Holy Cross is
-the same as the Mass of the Holy Wood; and
-that’s the reason we call this section Hollywood.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I like that name now more than ever,
-uncle.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>On entering the vestibule Bobby hunted for
-and quickly found the holy-water font. Dipping
-his finger in, he devoutly made the sign
-of the cross, while Mr. Compton gazed at him
-as though he were seeing for the first time an
-unusually occult rite.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby motioned him; then pointed to the
-font. Compton came forward obediently
-enough, but he would not or could not understand
-what the child further expected.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Here!” whispered Bobby, with unsmiling
-face. And catching Mr. Compton’s reluctant
-right hand, he dipped its index finger in the
-font.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now say what I say,” he adjured.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Standing on tiptoe, Bobby placed the captive
-finger on Compton’s forehead, brought it
-down to the breast, then to the left and the
-right shoulder, while Compton, his face red as
-a Los Angeles geranium, repeated after his
-young mentor, “In the name of the Father,
-and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost.
-Amen.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You’ll do it better next time,” remarked
-Bobby consolingly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now come on!” And Bobby, pushing the
-comedian in front of him, proceeded fully half
-way up the center aisle.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now you genuflect,” he whispered.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Eh?” said Compton, looking like the “nut”
-he played.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Sh-h-h!” warned Bobby. “Look.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>And Bobby bent his right knee, holding himself
-quite erect, till it touched the floor. “Now
-do that.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton made the effort; and Compton,
-who could turn handsprings and bend the crab
-and stop a grounder and catch a fly with a
-grace that had won the hearts of the fair sex
-in many a city, bent his knee with the effect of
-one suffering from locomotor ataxia.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Once more Bobby’s lip curled. He was
-minded to make Mr. Compton do it again, but
-on second thought changed his mind.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Get in that pew,” he whispered, in manifest
-disgust.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>There was nothing for Compton to do but
-obey. Bobby followed after him and, a second
-time signing himself with the sign of the cross,
-knelt down. Compton, looking, as he felt, inexpressibly
-stupid, seated himself.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby stared at him severely, arose, and
-catching his friend by the arm coaxed him to
-his knees.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Once more Bobby made an elaborate sign
-of the cross, during the performance of which
-the comedian, leaning back, braced himself
-comfortably against the end of the seat. It
-came home to Bobby by this time that he was
-“instructing the ignorant.” He must do it in
-all kindness. After all, it might not be Compton’s
-fault. So, smiling sweetly but with the
-severe restraint proper to a church where the
-Lord of all was present in the tabernacle, he
-reached forward a tiny hand, applied it to the
-small of Compton’s back, and pressed forward
-till Compton was kneeling erect.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s the proper way to kneel,” he whispered
-kindly. “Now just keep that way, and
-say your prayers.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>There was a sound so like a giggle that it
-really could not have been anything else proceeding
-from the back of the church, and three
-young ladies, their handkerchiefs at their
-mouths, incontinently left the church. Several
-other worshipers left, clearly for the same
-reason. Only one worshiper remained, a man
-whose romances had thrilled hundreds of thousands
-of readers. Restraining his features, he
-tiptoed up the aisle, and knelt at an angle
-where he could see Bobby’s face.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>In no wise realizing that he had emptied the
-church, Bobby for the third time crossed himself
-and, undisturbed by Compton, began to
-pray. It had been for Compton a day of many
-surprises. But now it was a moment of astonishment.
-Glancing sidewise, he took in Bobby’s
-face. Just a few minutes before, he had reprehended
-Bobby for wearing the air of a criminal;
-and now—-he was looking upon the face of an
-angel! And there was a difference, too, of
-another kind, as Compton at once realized.
-Looking like a criminal, Bobby was acting;
-looking like an angel Bobby was himself, his
-natural self touched by faith into something
-strange and rare. The boy’s eyes, large,
-earnest, beseeching, were fastened upon the
-tabernacle; his lips were moving in a silent
-eloquence. His head, erect, was motionless.
-So, for that matter, was his whole person—all
-save those eloquent lips. At that moment, as
-Compton felt, there existed for Bobby only
-two persons, God and himself. For the first
-time in his life Compton was seized with a
-sense of the supernatural. He bowed his head
-upon his hands and looked no more. It was
-the most sacred moment of his life. If Compton
-did not pray orally, he did something
-better. He meditated.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The eminent author saw the vision, too. He
-had stayed for curiosity’s sake; he remained to
-pray. Like Compton, the vision of lovely faith—and
-what is there out of heaven so lovely as
-the faith of a child?—quite overcame him. He
-gazed no more, but, lowering his eyes, prayed
-with a new devotion.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I saw a little boy praying in church,” he
-said to his wife an hour later, “and I understood
-as I never understood before that saying
-of our Lord’s, ‘Unless you become as little
-children you shall not enter the kingdom of
-heaven.’ ”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Several minutes passed. A light touch
-brought Compton out of a virgin land of
-thought. Bobby, tranquil and with a subdued
-cheerfulness, was motioning him out.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Watch!” whispered Bobby, and genuflected.
-“Now try it again. Fine!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>At the vestibule five minutes were spent, by
-which time Compton really knew how to make
-the sign of the cross.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby,” he said, as they got outside,
-“that’s my first visit to a Catholic church, and
-I’ll never forget it as long as I live.”</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='81' id='Page_81'></span><h1>CHAPTER VII<br/> <span class='sub-head'>THE END OF A DAY OF SURPRISES</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, here we are, young man,” announced
-Compton half an hour later
-and turned into a rather pretentious apartment
-building.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It looks very fine from the outside,” commented
-Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And I think you’ll like it inside, too,” returned
-Compton as they entered the elevator.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton had an apartment on the third
-floor—sitting room, bathroom, bedroom and
-guest chamber. Bobby examined the suite
-with manifest delight. Everything was modern
-and in a sense elegant. If there were anything
-lacking to John Compton’s comfort, John
-Compton did not know it, nor did Bobby discover
-it. Bobby’s critical faculty was not as
-yet strongly developed. He had nevertheless
-an abundance of enthusiasm which he was not
-slow in expressing, and which failed him only
-in his survey of the pictures and photographs
-clustered thickly upon the walls of the sitting
-room. They were, with the exception of
-several photographs of Compton himself, all
-women, mainly actresses and all in every
-variety of dress and the contrary.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, are all your friends women?” exclaimed
-the youth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton colored and looked uneasy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“<span class='it'>You’re</span> my friend,” he replied.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“There’s something queer about a lot of
-these pictures,” the boy went on. “I don’t
-like them.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton changed the subject. Within
-twenty-four hours, nevertheless, a good many
-of those pictures found their way to a place
-where they properly belonged, and were seen
-no more in the land of sunshine.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“By the way, Bobby,” he resumed presently,
-“You haven’t said a word about your mother
-to-day.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I know it,” said Bobby cheerfully.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, I have bad news to tell you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ll bet you haven’t.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That telegram I sent may not be received
-by her.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No. It was delayed. A lot of messages
-were delayed. You know, it was to have been
-delivered to her at the station at San Luis
-Obispo. But there’s no knowing whether it
-will be forwarded in time to catch her.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Look here, uncle; I’ll tell you a secret. I
-have prayed, and I’m sure—I just know—my
-prayer is all right. No harm will come to my
-mother. She is safe; and she will come back
-when God wants her to.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You seem to be on intimate terms with the
-Almighty!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“With who?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“With God.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why not?” inquired Bobby simply.
-“Don’t you believe in prayer?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Upon my word!” gasped the comedian.
-“I could have answered that question easily
-enough yesterday; but now I don’t know what
-I believe and what I don’t.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>What gem of wisdom might have dropped
-from Bobby’s lips in commenting upon this
-strange declaration was lost forever when the
-janitor of the building suddenly entered the
-room.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Beg pardon, sir. I wasn’t sure you were
-here. But I think there’s some mistake.
-There’s a wagon down below with some furniture
-and a lot of stuff directed to you, and you—not
-being a family man—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Correct, Johnson. All the same, send them
-up. There’s no mistake. You see, this boy is
-Bobby Compton, and he’s going to stay with
-me. He’s a cousin of mine.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, I say!” cried Bobby. “If I’m your
-aunt or your nephew, I want to know how I’m
-your cousin.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Johnson,” said Compton magnificently,
-“when I say cousin I always mean nephew.
-It’s the habit of a lifetime.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh,” observed Johnson, scratching his
-head. “Well, I’ll bring them things up
-anyhow.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well,” sighed Compton, throwing himself
-back in his chair, crossing his legs, and cupping
-his hands behind his head, “I’m glad that’s
-settled. I was afraid they wouldn’t come.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby took the chair facing his uncle,
-crossed his legs, and cupped his hands behind
-his head.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Afraid what wouldn’t come, uncle?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Never you mind, little monkey. Just wait.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby’s patience was not sorely tried. Up
-the stairs toiled four men just then, Johnson in
-the lead, all laden with bundles and various
-articles of furniture.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“This way, boys,” said Compton, opening
-the door to the guestroom. “Just wait one
-moment, Bobby.” And Compton, having seen
-to each one’s getting through, entered himself
-and closed the door. He was out a moment
-later, holding in his hand an attractively bound
-book.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Have you ever read ‘Through the Desert,’
-by Sienkiewicz, Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No. But I just love any good story.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Here, take it. I’ll be busy for a while. The
-book is yours.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Mine for good?” cried Bobby, raising his
-eyes from the charming frontispiece.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Of course.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Uncle, you’re a dandy!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The dandy blushingly withdrew, and Bobby
-forthwith entered into that fairyland of childhood
-to be found in few books as in the one in
-his hand. Perhaps one of the strangest
-phenomena of child life is the power of complete
-absorption so many little ones possess
-when they read a good story. People may
-come and go, laugh, talk and carry on in
-various ways, while the child buried in his book
-follows the windings of the story as though he
-were alone on a desert island. Now for fully
-three quarters of an hour there went on in the
-guestroom a moving of furniture, loud hammering,
-excited conversation, and all manner
-of noises. But to Bobby’s ears came no sound,
-and time itself stood still.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>When the four men, followed by Mr.
-Compton, the latter breathing hard and perspiring
-freely, issued forth, Bobby, seated in
-a chair with his legs curled under him, was
-buried in the precious volume. The four men
-gratefully received various coins and went their
-way, leaving Mr. Compton gazing wonderingly
-at the juvenile bookworm. So far as
-Bobby was concerned, he might without interruption
-have gone on gazing indefinitely.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby!” he finally called.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby’s eyes remained fastened on the page.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby!” he bawled.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The boy raised his eyes.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, it’s great!” he said. “I’ve read fifty-four
-pages.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You have read enough. Come, I want to
-show you your room.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“All right, uncle,” returned the boy, wistfully
-laying down the story. “You’ve stopped
-me in a most exciting part.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Throwing open the guestroom door, Compton
-said, “Walk in; it’s all yours.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>With an attempt at enthusiasm, Bobby complied.
-In a moment the forced enthusiasm
-became genuine. A small shining brass bed, a
-snow-white counterpane, a case of books filled
-with the best juveniles, an electric railroad, a
-baseball equipment, a tiny rocker, an easy
-chair, and a variety of games—all these and
-more charmed his eyes into a new brightness
-and marshaled out upon his features a myriad
-elves of happiness.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Before Mr. Compton could prepare for the
-worst Bobby jumped into his arms and caught
-him a kiss square upon his unprepared mouth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>For two hours Bobby flitted from toy to
-game, from game to book. He was possibly at
-that moment the happiest boy in the State of
-California.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now, look you, Bobby, it’s ten o’clock.
-Don’t you think you might give that bed a
-tryout?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, I never thought of that! Gee, but
-I’m tired!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton thought, as he closed the door
-upon his ward, that his dealings with the boy
-were over till morning. He was mistaken.
-Presently, clad in rainbow pajamas, Bobby
-came forth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now I’m ready,” he declared.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, if you’re ready, why don’t you go to
-bed?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Ready,” explained the child, with reproach
-in his eyes, “for my night prayers.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh!” exclaimed the comedian. “I never
-thought of that!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The lad’s curling lip warned Mr. Compton
-that his remark was not particularly happy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Of course, of course!” he added hastily.
-“How very absent-minded I am getting! By
-all means, Bobby, go on and say your prayers.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As Mr. Compton thus spoke he was lying
-restfully on a lounge, a cigar in his mouth, a
-newspaper in his hands, and, within easy reach,
-a glass filled almost to the brim with a golden
-liquid. What was his surprise, thus situated,
-when Bobby plumped down on his knees and,
-planting his elbows in the softest part of the
-comedian’s anatomy, made the sign of the cross
-and recited the Our Father, the Hail Mary,
-and the Acts. And he did not stop there.
-Raising his sweet voice a little higher, and
-glancing during the first line about the walls
-of the room, Bobby recited:</p>
-
-
- <div class='poetry-container' style=''>
- <div class='lgp'> <!-- rend=';' -->
-<div class='stanza-outer'>
-<p class='line0'>“<span class='it'>Angel of God, my guardian dear,</span></p>
-<p class='line0'>&ensp;<span class='it'>To whom His love commits me here.</span></p>
-<p class='line0'>&ensp;<span class='it'>Ever this night he at my side,</span></p>
-<p class='line0'>&ensp;<span class='it'>To light, to guard, to rule, to guide.</span>”</p>
-</div>
-</div></div> <!-- end poetry block --><!-- end rend -->
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton, whose cigar had gone out,
-laid aside his paper, and forgetting his drink,
-glanced behind him, almost expecting to see
-hovering over him some bright and glorious
-creature of another world. Bobby went on:
-“May the soul of my dear papa and all the
-souls of the faithful departed rest in peace.
-Amen. God bless mamma—and God bless—uncle!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton dropped his cigar.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And,” continued Bobby, raising beautiful
-and loving eyes to the ceiling, “Oh, blessed
-Saviour bring back my mamma to me!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Here Bobby broke down utterly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Steady, Bobby! You know what you told
-me. Didn’t you say God will bring her back?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby at these words mastered his tears,
-made the sign of the cross, and answered as he
-rose: “And I say so still. Good-night, uncle.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby leaned over with pursed lips. Compton
-was perspiring. He raised his head, which
-was enough for Bobby, who gave him a hearty
-smack resembling in sound the explosion of a
-mild firecracker.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>About eleven o’clock that night Compton
-tiptoed into the guestroom. The moon’s silvery
-rays revealed clearly the sleeping lad. How
-sweet and calm looked the innocent face in the
-magic light!</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Is there an angel watching over him?” the
-man asked himself. Twenty-four hours earlier
-he would have considered it a silly question,
-but now—</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>He stooped lower and gazed more intently
-upon the child’s face. Was that a tear upon
-the cheek? He felt the pillow. It was wet in
-places.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What a brave little chap he is!” he commented.
-“He’s feeling his separation from his
-mother dreadfully. But he keeps it to himself.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Once more Compton gazed. And then for
-a moment he saw another face—sweet, noble—the
-face of Bobby’s mother as he had known
-her in her early teens.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Ah,” he considered, “she was the sweetest
-woman that ever came into my life! What a
-fool I was not to have taken her advice! I left
-her for the husks of swine.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton bent down, and with trembling lips
-touched the boy, lightly, reverently on the
-brow, and with a suppressed sigh turned away
-to give to sleep the last hour of the most remarkable
-day of his life.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='92' id='Page_92'></span><h1>CHAPTER VIII<br/> <span class='sub-head'>BOBBY MEETS AN ENEMY ON THE BOULEVARD AND A FRIEND IN THE LANTRY STUDIO</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was a little after eight of the clock on the
-following morning that the comedian took
-his way along the boulevard towards the
-Lantry studio. Bobby’s eyes were dancing
-with mischief; the soul of the weather, gay
-and bland, had entered into him. As he went
-his way he dispensed lavish smiles to right
-and left, and poor indeed was he in human
-feeling who failed to return smile for smile.
-Many a passer-by craned his neck, having
-passed Bobby, to take an admiring look at
-the tiny dispenser of joy who, attired in black
-broadcloth knickerbockers, a vest of the same
-material cut away generously from the breast
-and decked with two shining buttons where it
-met at the waist, a white shirt foaming into
-frills, the sleeves of which were held up above
-the wrists by two bewitching white ribbons,
-was really rather like to a lily of the field than
-Solomon clothed in all his glory.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Of course Hollywood, like all known civilized
-places where men do congregate, had its
-array of camera fiends.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I beg your pardon,” said one of these, a
-tall severe-looking man with dark glasses,
-“but would you mind my snap-shotting you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby turned, folded his hands, and grinned.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Shoot,” he said.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Thank you,” said the man, his severe mien
-drowned in a wave of smiles almost as gay as
-Bobby’s.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>We have all heard of St. Francis preaching a
-sermon simply by walking in silence through
-a thronged city. Does not many an innocent
-child as he goes his happy way, smiling and
-wondering, preach a sermon that has for its
-theme the charm of candid innocence, and the
-strange and alluring possibility of every one
-who is so minded to become, by taking himself
-in hand, a child again? And is it not true that
-such little children bring a man’s thoughts regretfully
-and humbly back to the days when he
-too was young, unsophisticated and unspoiled?</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You’re getting quite popular, Bobby,”
-observed Compton as they resumed their way.
-“Everybody seems to like you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“So do I,” returned Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What’s that?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I like everybody, too.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Out of the mouths of children,” Mr.
-Compton murmured to himself.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I didn’t quite hear you, uncle.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I was saying,” translated the elder, “that
-whether you knew it or not you have given the
-true secret of popularity.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Have we time to go in?” asked Bobby as
-they neared the Church of the Blessed Sacrament.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, yes, and I’ll be glad to go in with
-you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton’s sign of the cross was beyond
-criticism, his genuflection not so bad; also, he
-knelt straight, and, in a word, showed the outward
-signs of intelligence so lacking on the
-occasion of his first visit.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I say, uncle,” Bobby remarked as they
-came out, “you’ve improved a lot. You didn’t
-look around a bit.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why should I?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“People often do, you know, when they’re
-praying; but it’s not right. Did you notice me
-looking around at the walls when I said the
-prayer ‘Angel of God’ last night?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now that you come to speak of it, I believe
-I did.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“There was a reason.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh!” exclaimed Compton, in a tone at
-once exclamatory and interrogatory.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes. At home when I came to that prayer
-I always looked at the picture of the guardian
-angel which hung just above mamma’s head.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And you looked around my walls among
-the pictures to see whether you could find a
-picture of the guardian angel, eh?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes, uncle; but I didn’t find a picture anything
-like one.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I should say not!” said Compton with
-energy. “But, Bobby, I was glad last night
-when you prayed for me. I hope you’ll keep it
-up.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Aha!” cried Bobby dramatically, jumping
-in front of his uncle and shaking a triumphant
-finger at him. “So you do believe in prayer.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“In your prayers, Bobby. Put that finger
-down and stop your jigging; everybody is
-looking at us.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As a matter of fact, Bobby had achieved a
-feat seldom achieved on the Hollywood Boulevard.
-He had, unintentionally of course,
-excited the attention of nearly every one he had
-encountered. Now on the gay and festive
-Hollywood Boulevard, be it known, all varieties
-of dress and action are to be seen, and
-nobody seems to bother about them. In the
-solemn watches of the night cavalcades of cowboys
-on horseback may come clattering along,
-shooting in the real sense of the word, and
-shouting. Possibly some light sleeper may
-rouse sufficiently to grasp the situation. Turning
-in his bed, he remarks: “There go them
-moving-picture fellers again,” and resumes
-his interrupted slumbers. There’s an old man,
-white-bearded, redfaced from exposure, bare-footed,
-clad in a modern substitute for the
-garments of St. John, and wearing a staff. He
-is frequently seen on the street, but nobody
-seems to be concerned so much as to take a
-second look.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>I forgot to say that this imitation St. John
-the Baptist goes bareheaded. Practically all
-the men on the boulevard go bareheaded. I
-myself, I dare say, could patrol that famous
-thoroughfare in cassock and biretta without
-exciting any further comment than, “I wonder
-what picture that fellow’s made up for.”
-Painted ladies—painted so profusely that their
-own mothers would not know them—would
-there escape comment or criticism. It would
-be taken for granted that they were actresses.
-The camera would mitigate their extravagance,
-and their presentment on the screen would be
-entirely lacking the grossness of their real
-flesh-and-blood appearances. But Bobby, gay
-and smiling, taking off now the stride of his
-uncle, now the gait of a passing flapper, woke
-the street from its passive acquiescence in all
-things queer.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It remained for Bobby to create a sensation.
-He did so, and in the following way.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton, excusing himself and inviting
-the festive youth to survey the scenery and fill
-his soul with its beauty, had passed into a shop
-to renew his supply of cigars. He delayed a
-few moments, very excusably, to tell a friend
-what a wonderful find his nephew was.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Now, since their leaving the Hollywood
-Catholic church, there had been shadowing
-Bobby, Chucky Snuff, bellhop of yesterday’s
-play. It had never occurred to Chucky that
-Bobby’s attempt to help him had been made in
-the way of kindness. Quite otherwise. In justice
-to the younger set of moving-picture
-actors, it should be stated that Chucky Snuff
-was not up to form. He was, as the girls said,
-mean. Nobody liked him. A fond father and
-a foolish mother had accounted him, in his
-tender years, a swan; and they so petted and
-spoiled him as to develop him—allowing for
-difference of sex—into a goose. At the age of
-ten Chucky was stunted and blasé.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Taking advantage of Compton’s disappearance,
-Chucky picked up a piece of wood
-and hastened to overtake Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, halloa!” said Bobby as Chucky, running
-in front of him, blocked the way.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>By way of return the other put on a face
-which, had he assumed it in the rehearsal,
-might have saved him his position.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“There!” he said, placing the wood on his
-right shoulder, “you knock that chip off my
-shoulder!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby’s smile left him, and all the elves of
-merriment. Perplexity wrinkled his brow.
-The aggressor was much encouraged. Bobby,
-he judged, was a coward.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Go on,” he urged. “I’m going to knock
-your block off, you big stiff. Do you hear
-me? Go on and knock it off!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby perceived that he was in for it. His
-mind, as usual, worked quickly. It came back
-to him then how his father had once said, “My
-son, never indulge in vulgar fist-fighting if you
-can possibly help yourself; but if you must,
-it’s a capital thing to get in the first blow.”
-Accordingly, no sooner had his opponent
-ceased his adjuration than Bobby’s left hand
-lightly swept the chip away, while at the same
-moment his right shot out with what force he
-could put into it, and landed squarely on the
-tip of the other’s chin.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Pain, astonishment, vast astonishment,
-swept over the face of Chucky Snuff.
-He turned, and with a howl which really
-attracted attention dashed away for parts unknown.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Fine work! Excellent!” exclaimed a
-haughty young man with a close-trimmed mustache
-and severely aristocratic features as he
-caught Bobby’s hand, while an admiring audience
-gathered round to listen avidly to one of
-the matinee idols of filmdom. “That was
-splendidly done. That other fellow played the
-tough to a nicety. The way he had his chin
-stuck out and the way you landed on it was
-perfect. Say, it was perfectly rehearsed!
-You can shoot it right away. Where’s the
-camera man?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, that wasn’t acting,” Bobby explained.
-“That was a real scrap.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh!” said the actor, deeply chagrined and
-departing forthwith; and the disappointed
-spectators, realizing that there was to be no
-encore, melted away. Thus in Hollywood are
-real life and reel life confounded.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>When John Compton, airily smoking, returned,
-Bobby was rubbing a skinned knuckle,
-the cause of which, on inquiry, he explained.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“My fault!” acknowledged the comedian.
-“You’re in my care and I should not leave you
-alone. However, perhaps it’s just as well. I
-know young Chucky Snuff pretty well, and
-I’m sure he’ll not bother you again.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Presently Bobby, on his way in the mazes
-of the Lantry Studio to put himself into the
-bellhop’s clothes, came upon a little miss seated
-dolefully in a chair, her head buried in her
-hands, her shoulders bowed, and dejection in
-her entire pose. She was dressed like a princess.
-The elegance of her attire, however, did
-not impress Bobby; it was her hair, raven-black
-in a wealth of curls. Where had he seen
-that hair before? He looked at the hands.
-They were dark. A light came to him.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Halloa, Peggy!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>At the words the girl raised her head, and
-her large wondrously beautiful eyes rested
-upon Bobby. With a gasp, she sprang from
-her chair, while her eyes grew larger and
-larger. Fear and wonder shone from them.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Don’t you know me, Peggy?” asked the
-boy, smiling radiantly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Wonder and fear in those eyes changed to a
-joy that was nothing less than bliss.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, Bobby! You’re alive!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ll say so!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby!” she screamed, and threw her arms
-about his neck.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, I say!” protested the highly embarrassed
-youth, “cut out the rough stuff.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But, Bobby,” continued Peggy, whose face
-was irradiated with joy, “I saw you drown
-myself!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You did not. A nice, big man came and
-fished me out.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, thank God! Last night I couldn’t
-sleep a wink thinking of you and your poor
-mother. Where is she, Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I wish I knew, Peggy. Didn’t you see her
-last?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then Peggy told Bobby her side of the
-story.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And so my mother thinks I’m drowned!
-I never thought of that, Peggy. But I’ll tell
-Uncle Compton, and he’ll find where she is and
-let her know that I’m alive.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Uncle Compton! Why, is he your uncle?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t know; it all depends. First I was
-his aunt, and then his uncle, and then his grandfather.
-He said so himself. Anyhow, I call
-him uncle. He’s a dandy.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Isn’t he, though!” exclaimed Peggy. “I
-just love him. He’s so kind to children. You
-know, Bobby, I work with him.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What!” cried Bobby, picking up the chair
-which Peggy in rising had upset, and seating
-himself. “Why, yesterday you never said a
-word to me about your being in the movies.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I didn’t think it would interest you. I’m
-in his new play, and there’s an awfully tough
-bellhop in it who takes a fancy to me, and
-I reform him.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby took in a deep breath, and expelled it
-in a sort of whistle.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’m the bellhop,” he said, lowering his eyes,
-turning down a corner of his mouth, drawing
-in and upward his shoulders.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby!” panted Peggy, “let me have that
-chair.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby, changing back to himself, arose and
-helped Peggy to seat herself. Peggy was faint
-with joy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say,” cried the boy, “we’ll have dead loads
-of fun.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh!” said Peggy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And we’ll make it go.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I know it,” said Peggy. “Just then you
-looked like the kind of bellhop I’d like to reform.
-But tell me how you got here.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Between the ax, Peggy,” said Bobby, magnificently,
-after the manner of Compton explaining
-to the janitor. “I’ll tell you between
-the ax. I’ll tell you then. I’m now going to
-dress or I’ll be late.”</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='104' id='Page_104'></span><h1>CHAPTER IX<br/> <span class='sub-head'>SHOWING THAT IMITATION IS NOT ALWAYS THE SINCEREST FLATTERY, AND RETURNING TO THE MISADVENTURES OF BOBBY’S MOTHER</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>There was great headway made on the
-picture that day. Bernadette, already
-in love with Peggy, took Bobby into her affections
-too. Bobby and Peggy worked together
-like the clever and gifted pals they
-actually were. Even the “hams” caught the
-infection of joy, alertness and enthusiasm.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, old man,” said Heneman, in an aside
-to Compton, “we’ve got something unusual
-here. Every man, woman and child in this
-picture is all right from the toes up to the
-top of the head. None of them are good just
-as far as the neck. We’re going to speed this
-thing up and have it out in two weeks. We
-can do it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I never saw Peggy do so well before, and
-she always was a corking little actress,” commented
-Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It’s Bobby,” explained the director. “He’s
-got a diffusive sort of pep; it’s catching. I’ve
-got a great scene coming. When Bob gets
-to admiring Peggy—in the play, I mean—I’m
-going to have him show his admiration by
-imitation. The boy is a born imitator. Of
-course he’ll have to caricature it, especially her
-dancing. It’s going to be the very best sort
-of light comedy.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“If imitation,” mused Compton, “is the beginning,
-middle and end of all acting, Bobby
-will be a star. Between times he’s taking off
-every carpenter, electrician or camera man
-around who happens to have any peculiarity.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’d like to see him have a part where he
-could star,” said Heneman. “It isn’t work to
-train him. It’s fun.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The days passed swiftly. Everybody concerned
-in the production was on edge to get
-it through. There were no hitches, no delays.
-Bobby and Peggy worked their parts
-into an importance undreamed of by the author
-of the scenario. There was but one unpleasant
-episode. It happened on the eighth
-day. A girl of fifteen enjoying a local reputation
-for calisthenics had been secured to give a
-short exhibition of her grace and skill. The
-young miss more than shared the good opinion
-of her admirers concerning her own ability,
-and made no secret of it. While awaiting
-her turn she watched the performers at work,
-with scarcely veiled contempt. Several of the
-actors gave her an opportunity to snub them,
-and in every case she embraced the opportunity.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You don’t mean to say,” she observed to
-Peggy, “that they pay you for what you’re doing
-here.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“They pay me every week.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s what you call easy money, isn’t it?
-And I suppose that little boy there gets paid,
-too. And all he does is just to be natural.
-Now, I’ve studied Delsarte for over five years,
-and fancy dancing for three; and when I appear,
-though it’s only for four or five minutes,
-I’m putting into my work the study of a lifetime.”
-Saying which, the young lady with elevated
-brows and haughty carriage turned away
-to seek some other person who ought to be
-snubbed. When it came to elevating brows
-and assuming a haughty carriage Bobby Vernon
-was unusually gifted, as he forthwith demonstrated
-to Peggy in a splendid caricature of
-the follower of Delsarte. The girl’s mother
-was on hand and observed Bobby’s private performance
-with strong disfavor. She did not
-like Bobby anyhow. It had become a personal
-matter with her that Bobby was drawing a
-higher salary than her own accomplished and
-superior child.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Presently the dear child performed her
-stunt. It was really good, good despite a certain
-superciliousness in the doing. Now
-Bobby could not help noticing this defect, and
-it was so easily imitated. He watched carefully
-for some time until he had got a fair
-idea of a few of the young miss’s simplest
-movements; then calling Peggy aside he gave,
-all things considered, a very good Delsarte exhibition,
-with a strong injection of the supercilious.
-Peggy’s sweet voice rang out in laughter
-which attracted several to the side-show;
-and Bobby, unconscious of the addition to his
-original audience of one, went on, gaining in
-force of caricature with each movement. It
-was when his nose was tiptilted to an unusual
-angle and his eyebrows raised as far as he
-could get them that the fond mother caught
-him by the hair and gave him, as she afterwards
-triumphantly declared, “a good wooling.” It
-took the major part of the spectators to separate
-the woman from her victim. However,
-Bobby got a good lesson. It dawned upon
-him that in “taking off” people he met he
-might give offense. From that day he became
-a little more careful. Mr. Compton too, his
-best friend, let him know that it served him
-right, although he did not express the opinion
-in terms so crude. Bobby apologized, and
-sealed the apology with a box of candy. The
-young miss, seeing herself as others saw her,
-received in turn a valuable lesson, with the result
-that on repeating her part she did it in
-a way that pleased everybody present, including
-Bobby himself.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Meditating on all this that afternoon, John
-Compton got a bright idea.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby,” he said, as they turned homewards,
-“for the next seven days I want you to give
-your evenings to reading while I work.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Work?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes. I’ve just got the idea for a scenario
-in which you will star. It’s a sure thing. As
-I see it now it will be something new and, if
-it goes through as I think, you’ll earn enough
-money to pay off everything your mother
-owes.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Great!” exclaimed the boy. “Say; you
-know of course I believe all right. But don’t
-you think God is taking His time about answering
-my prayers?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I thought you said that you left it all to
-Him,” remonstrated Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I do, I do. But I do so miss her, especially
-at night.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>No one knew this better than John Compton.
-When the boy’s thoughts were occupied
-by the day’s work and incidents, he was apparently
-care-free; but at night alone, as
-Compton could testify, his tears were frequent.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Never mind, Bobby. I’m as sure as you
-that no real harm has befallen your mother.
-And we’re bound to find her. The detective
-agency I have put on the case is working
-hard. Be patient, my boy, and each day of
-her absence think that you are working for
-her.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>While the two were thus conversing the object
-of their talk was standing beside the ranchman’s
-wife. Like her child, love was the great
-force of Mrs. Vernon’s life. From the moment
-she entered the ranchman’s home, her
-heart went out to the frail, sweet woman upon
-whom the hand of death seemed to have set
-his seal. She saw at once that nothing but
-heroic, constant care and watching would avail.
-Day after day she gave herself devotedly to
-the task of fighting with death for the prize
-of a single life. She hardly slept, she ate little,
-but the very power of love that had nearly
-driven her to madness nerved her for an ordeal
-sublime in its self-sacrifice.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>In those eight days a change had come over
-Barbara. She was thin, hollow-eyed, and a
-waxen pallor had come upon her face. The
-light lines of utmost weariness were stamped
-upon her features. But the chin was set, the
-mouth firm. The only relief to her constant
-vigils were the visits of the children. They
-were grateful beyond their years, and their
-gratitude manifested itself in little hourly attentions
-which only love could have devised. It
-was but natural that Barbara should return
-their affection, and she did so with interest.
-And in loving them she felt that she was vicariously
-spending her love upon her dear lost
-boy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Upon this particular afternoon her haggard
-face, lovely even in its haggardness, was
-touched by a new expression—satisfaction.
-Clearly her invalid was better. Even as she
-gazed the doctor entered the room.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Good day, Doctor Meehan,” she said, “I’m
-so glad you came. Don’t you notice a change?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Let me look,” responded the doctor, drawing
-close and peering into the invalid’s face.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Halloa!” he exclaimed, and felt her pulse.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Jim Regan, the ranchman, with his two children,
-Agnes and Louis, had followed him into
-the room.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“By George, Regan!” said the doctor,
-straightening up and turning with a smile of
-relief upon the family, “this is no age of miracles.
-But we have a near-miracle here. Your
-wife is no longer ill; she’s convalescent. All
-she needs is rest and food and ordinary care.
-Barbara Vernon has, with her own hands,
-dragged her back from the grave. Halloa!
-What’s the matter?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was Mrs. Vernon who had drawn this
-question from the doctor. On hearing the glad
-news that brought tears and smiles of joy
-from the family, Barbara’s face flushed with
-a sense of relief, went pale again, and, the suspense
-over, she would have fallen had not the
-doctor caught her in his arms.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>He placed her upon a lounge and made a
-hasty examination.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I hope this is not a life for a life,” he said
-presently. “But the sick person of this house
-is not your wife, but Barbara Vernon. She’s
-in for a long siege, I fear.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Doctor,” said the ranchman, “if love or
-money can help her, I’ll not fail. Tell me what
-to do.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I like that sort of talk,” said the physician.
-“She needs a nurse badly, as badly as
-your wife needed one. Now, fortunately I
-have at my disposal the very nurse I would
-have had for your wife.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Can you send her, doctor?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ll have her here before nightfall, and she’ll
-bring the necessary medicines and directions as
-to the line of treatment I want carried out
-for Barbara, who has collapsed completely.
-Now mind, it isn’t altogether her care of your
-wife that has brought this on. If Barbara
-Vernon has not had some terrible nervous
-shock before you met her, you may tear up my
-diploma and put me to carrying a hod. Barbara
-is threatened with a serious nervous collapse.
-Put her to bed at once, and keep her
-there till further orders.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And what about my wife?” asked Regan.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“The simplest thing in the world. She
-hardly needs watching at all, and that jewel
-of a girl of yours, Agnes, can do all that’s
-needed to the queen’s taste.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, I love to nurse,” said the girl. “I’ve
-watched dear Miss Barbara, and I’ve learned
-so much. I know I can do it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I believe you, my girl,” said the doctor
-kindly. “In fact, I’m sure of you. Now your
-father and I will carry Barbara to her bedroom,
-and you will then care for her till our
-nurse comes. I’ll lose no time in getting her.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>So Barbara was put to bed, and many and
-many a week passed before she rose from it
-again.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='114' id='Page_114'></span><h1>CHAPTER X<br/> <span class='sub-head'>BOBBY, ASSISTED BY PEGGY, DEMONSTRATES A METHOD OF OBSERVING SILENCE, AND CELEBRATES A RED-LETTER DAY</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, uncle,” said Bobby one afternoon
-as the two were returning from a very
-successful day’s work at the Lantry Studio,
-“do you know that Peggy Sansone goes to
-communion every morning?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, she does, does she?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes, at the seven-o’clock Mass. She used
-to go only once a week.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why has she changed?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That is what gets me, uncle. She’s going
-every day in thanksgiving because I was not
-drowned.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s very nice of her.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Isn’t it? And she offers up each communion
-for my mother.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I wish there were more Peggies in the
-world.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“So do I. Now look, uncle—I want to go
-to communion, too. I’m old enough to make
-my first communion.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Sure, Bobby! You just go on and make
-it. Do you want to do it now?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Look here, uncle; I’m—I’m surprised at
-you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, what have I done now?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Don’t you know a boy must be prepared,
-and go to confession and get permission of the
-priest to go to communion?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You don’t say!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes. And you can’t go any time. Why,
-uncle, if I were to go into the church now
-and ask for communion the priest would
-think I was a nut. No, you must go at Mass
-in the morning, and be fasting from midnight.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What do you mean by communion,
-Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Don’t you know that? It means the receiving
-of Our Lord’s body and blood under the
-form and appearance of bread.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, I remember,” said Compton. “One
-day on our way down to the studio, when we
-went into the church for your visit, the priest
-came down from the altar and put small, white,
-round things on the tongues of some people
-who came up near the altar. Is that what you
-mean?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No, I don’t. He comes down and gives
-them Our Lord, and those small, white, round
-things are the form and appearance of bread.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And do you really believe that, Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Believe it!” cried Bobby. “Why, of course
-I do!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Please tell me why. You see, Bobby, if an
-honest man tells me something about what I
-don’t see—for instance, that his horse is black—I
-believe him. But no matter how honest
-he is, if he tells me the horse he is riding on
-is black and I see the horse is white, how can I
-accept his statement?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, that’s easy,” said Bobby. “Not exactly
-easy,” he hastened to add, “till it’s been
-explained right. You see, before I left Cincinnati
-I was in a communion class, and we had
-the nicest priest, who seemed to love every
-child in the class, and there were eighty of us,
-not one over eight years. We left Cincinnati
-just one week before our communion day, and
-that is why I haven’t made it. But he taught
-us a lot, and that is one of the things he taught
-us. Do you want me to explain?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I certainly do, Bobby.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, listen. You believe in God, don’t
-you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton looked irresolute.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, don’t you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, suppose that I do.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“All right. Now God is the creator of all
-things. He can make things out of nothing.
-Can’t He?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Go on, Bobby.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now, if He can create out of nothing, He
-can make a thing nothing again if He wants
-to.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That is,” suggested Compton, “He can annihilate.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say,” cried Bobby, highly gratified, “where
-did you get that word? It’s the one our priest
-used, but I couldn’t think of it. It’s easy to
-teach you. Now look—stand still here.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton stood still, facing Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You’re here now, aren’t you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s certain.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Couldn’t God, if He wanted, annihilate you
-just where you are?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Let’s suppose He could.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Then there wouldn’t be any John Compton.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I see.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But if God could annihilate you, couldn’t
-He leave here where you stand a form and
-appearance that would look just exactly like
-you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That would be a dummy.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now, you hold on, uncle! Couldn’t God
-put inside that form and appearance of yours
-a spirit—an angel maybe—so that your form
-and appearance, under the power of that angel,
-would talk and act exactly like you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t think an angel would talk and act
-like me.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, you’re getting the idea. It isn’t a
-question whether an angel would talk and act
-like you; the question is, could an angel do
-it?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It sounds all right.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now,” said Bobby triumphantly, poking
-his uncle in the ribs, “suppose that God just
-now annihilated you and put an angel in your
-place, how could I know it wasn’t you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, you just couldn’t know. You would
-think it was me.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Think again, uncle; it’s a hard question.
-It stumped the whole of our communion class
-for five minutes, and I got the right answer,
-and the priest gave me a holy picture for answering
-it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton wrinkled his brows in thought.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“There’s one thing sure,” he at length said,
-“God would know that the thing in my place
-was not John Compton.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Uncle, you’re getting hot.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And therefore,” pursued Compton, speaking
-slowly, “if God told you—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Hurrah!” cried Bobby, clicking his heels together
-as he jumped into the air. “You go to
-the head of the class. I’d know it if God told
-me.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But would you believe it?” objected the
-elder.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby’s lip curled.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, uncle, didn’t we agree that God could
-do it?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, yes.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why shouldn’t we believe Him, then?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I guess you’re right. But what’s that got
-to do with Holy Communion?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Listen. At the Last Supper, Christ, who
-was God, took bread, and blessed it, and said:
-‘Take ye and eat; this is my body.’ ”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I remember hearing that.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And didn’t the Apostles believe Him?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I suppose they did.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And yet what Christ held in His hands
-looked like bread, tasted and felt and smelt
-like bread. Was it bread?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes; I guess it was bread.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now, look here, uncle—who am I to believe,
-you or Christ?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What’s that—Oh, why Christ of course.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, you say it’s bread, and a whole lot
-of people say the same thing. But Christ says
-it is His body, and His word is worth more
-than the word of all the duffers in the world.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Let’s walk on,” said Compton, and fell into
-thought. “Bobby, why do you want to make
-your first communion?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Because I want to pray for my mother and—and
-for you, and to get grace and strength.
-You know, uncle, it’s the greatest thing in the
-world.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, suppose we go in and see a priest?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Uncle!” exclaimed Bobby, “you’re all
-right.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Father Mallory, a zealous, kindly young
-priest, received Bobby with a rare cordiality,
-and while Compton sat by in respectful attention,
-questioned the boy at length.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Mr. Compton,” said Father Mallory, before
-ten minutes had quite elapsed, “this boy
-is as well prepared as any child I ever met.
-He has brains and, what is immeasurably better,
-faith. Bobby, you may go to confession,
-say, three days from now, and then to communion
-the next day, Saturday morning.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, Father,” said Bobby, “thank you!
-And may I use that telephone?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Certainly.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That you, Peggy?—Yes, this is Bobby.
-Say, I’ve got great news.—No, no news of my
-mother, but I know she’s all right.—Guess
-again.—No.—You’re getting cold.—Now
-you’re getting warmer. Oh, say; I’ll bust if
-I keep it in any longer. I’m going to make my
-first communion next Saturday.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The two in waiting heard clearly a scream
-of delight.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Isn’t it great?” pursued the boy. “And if
-Father Mallory, who is a jim-dandy, will let
-me, I’m going to go every day. Yes, I thought
-you’d be glad to know. Good-by.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I was talking to Peggy,” explained Bobby
-as he hung up the receiver. “She’s mighty
-glad, too.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The next three days were crowded ones.
-Bobby, who had heard of retreats before first
-communion, decided that he would try, so far
-as he could, to make one.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Uncle,” he said the next morning, “I’ve
-been thinking last night, and I’m going to keep
-silence for three days.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Eh?” cried Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes; I’m going to make a retreat before
-my first communion—that is, as much as I can.
-Of course I’ll work just the same.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>In like manner he conveyed his intentions
-to Peggy, who thought it a capital idea. And
-during these three days the company derived
-no end of innocent merriment from the pantomime
-performances of Peggy and the boy, who
-really kept silence, but who nevertheless
-showed an extraordinary ability in conveying
-his emotions by gestures and motions and facial
-expression. On the whole, Peggy and Bobby
-during these three days had the time of their
-lives. It must be stated that Bobby more than
-once fell from grace, and made an attempt
-at starting a conversation. But Peggy, older
-by two years, was resolute. Up went her finger
-to the mouth, while reproach, gentle but
-sincere, shone from her eyes.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Only once did Peggy fail in her duty as
-directress of this unusual retreat. On the third
-day Bobby handed her a note.</p>
-
-<div class='blockquote'>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Miss Peggy: I go to communion to-morrow at
-the eight-o’clock Mass. This is to let you know.
-Your pal,</p>
-
-<p class='line' style='text-align:right;margin-right:1em;'>“<span class='sc'>Bobby</span>.”</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy in the course of these three days had
-received twenty-four written communications
-from her pal. They were all carefully preserved
-among her treasured possessions.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, Bobby,” she exclaimed on the reading
-of this, the twenty-fifth, “may I sit next to you,
-and go up alongside and receive with you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I was hoping you would ask that,” returned
-Bobby. “I won’t miss mother so
-much.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>And then with bright and flashing eyes they
-broke into a conversation which would not interest
-the reader, but which, I am sure, was
-listened to with loving attention by at least
-two angels. How long they would have continued
-is beyond conjecture had not Miss Bernadette
-Vivian happened along.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“So you’re talking once more, are you?” she
-remarked. “Let me in, too, on this conversation.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, I forgot,” said Bobby, looking contrite.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And so did I,” added Peggy. “Bobby!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby looked into her reproving eyes and
-beheld a warning finger at her lips. They
-talked no more that day.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>During this odd triduum Bobby made it a
-point on the way home to visit the Blessed
-Sacrament. He remained on each occasion
-for half an hour, during which time his uncle
-indulged in conversation with Father Mallory.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>On the last day Bobby made his general confession,
-while Peggy waited without on her
-knees, her eyes fastened on the tabernacle, her
-lips moving in prayer that her pal might make
-it a good one. They parted wordlessly without
-the vestibule, though it was a matter of
-five minutes before their adieus were completed.
-Indeed, they might have gone on for
-a much longer period in their making of farewells
-had not a bright-eyed boy, an acolyte of
-the church, after watching them for a few minutes
-in wide-eyed amazement, called out to a
-young friend on the sidewalk, “Hey, Jimmie,
-come on here quick. There’s a couple of deaf-mutes
-here talking the sign language.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then they parted.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The next morning the romantic little church
-at Hollywood had, considering that it was a
-week day, an unusual number of worshipers
-at the eight-o’clock Mass. The director, Joseph
-Heneman, was there, and every actor in
-the play now nearing completion. Even the
-exponent of the Delsarte system, a chastened
-young lady, was in attendance. Many were
-non-Catholics. Many had come to see, but, I
-firmly believe, all remained to pray.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Just before the Mass Mr. Compton, looking
-like the last possibility in the way of a
-comedian, walked up the aisle behind Bobby,
-who, with eyes cast down and hands clasped
-in reverence, seemed oblivious, as in fact he
-was of course, of everything and every one.
-Compton saw him into a seat in the front pew
-and modestly took his own place in the pew
-behind. A few seconds later Peggy appeared.
-She walked up the aisle rather briskly. Nor
-were her eyes cast down. Peggy had business.
-It was no difficult task to discover
-Bobby, and to him she went. Leaning over
-so as to bring her head on a line with that of
-the kneeling boy, she handed him an ivory-bound
-prayer-book, her own communion present
-for the lad. Then she opened the book
-and pointed out to Bobby the prayers he should
-recite in preparation for his first communion.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby and Peggy were dressed in white; and
-if ever that color, emblematic of innocence,
-was appropriate to any occasion, it was appropriate
-to this. To some gazing on the two
-it was a vision. A non-Catholic, a man who
-had scored and been scarred in the battle of
-life, whispered to his neighbor:</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“How those little ones love each other!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You are right,” returned the other. “And
-it is a love which draws down in admiration
-‘the angels in heaven above,’ and sends ‘the
-demons down under the sea’ scattering.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s just what I mean,” said the first,
-and—a thing that had not occurred in his life
-since early boyhood—fell to praying.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy, having accomplished her mission,
-now passed over to the opposite pew, where,
-kneeling as immobile as a statue, she remained
-until the time of communion. The two went
-up together, and as they passed up to the communion
-railing a wave of the supernatural
-swept over every one present; and when, having
-received the Body of the Lord, they arose
-and turned, their faces were enough to make an
-atheist believe in God.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The non-Catholics present were carried
-away; and they left the church as though they
-had seen a vision.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>To describe the breakfast, with Bobby at the
-head and Peggy at the foot, and every member
-of the company seated between, would be
-an anti-climax. It was a happy party.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='128' id='Page_128'></span><h1>CHAPTER XI<br/> <span class='sub-head'>THE END OF ONE SCENARIO AND THE OUTLINING OF COMPTON’S GREAT IDEA</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>On that very day the picture was to be finished.
-So far the going had been unusually
-good, and the wind-up would take but
-a few hours. It mattered little, therefore, that
-the director began work an hour late. Present
-at this last rehearsal were a striking-looking
-boy of eight or nine and an extremely beautiful
-girl of seven. Bobby’s eyes rested upon
-them, and, as he showed by a grin, he was
-pleased.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Good morning,” he said.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Good morning, Bobby,” said the boy, reaching
-out the hand of cordiality. “My name is
-Francis Mason. I’m in the movies myself.
-Say, I saw you make your first communion.
-It was nice.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The little girl during this introduction was
-beaming impartially on both. It was the sweet
-smile of trusting youth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I was there too, Bobby,” she added. “I’m
-not a Catholic, but it was just lovely. My
-name is Pearl Wright. I’m in the movies,
-too.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“We’ve come to see you and Peggy,” smiled
-Francis.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes,” added Pearl. “We’ve heard a lot
-about you; and it was very nice of Mr. Compton
-to get us in.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then Peggy came over, and a fellowship
-was there and then formed between the four
-juvenile stars, which, in the retrospect, will
-take on all the glory of romance.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>At about eleven o’clock Peggy and Bobby
-had completed their work. So far as they
-were concerned the picture was done. Then
-it was that Compton called the four children
-aside.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, Mr. Compton,” said Francis, “those
-two sure know how to act. It beats anything
-I ever saw.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s what I think,” Pearl put in. “I
-could just look at Peggy and Bobby all day
-and all night.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You don’t know, children, how glad I am
-to see you get on so well together.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“We’re friends, you see,” smiled Pearl.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I believe you,” said Compton. “Now come
-with me.” Saying which he led them into a
-set well screened off from observation.
-“There’s a little dance in the play, Pearl and
-Francis, which is done by Peggy and Bobby.
-It’s a very pretty thing, and is really the creation
-of Peggy Sansone.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No, no,” dissented the Italian. “I just saw
-a minuet and a gavotte and some other dances
-and pieced them together.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It was fine piecing, at any rate, Peggy.
-Now what I like about it is that it has all
-that is lovely you can find in any dance, and
-expresses grace and springtime and innocent
-gayety without the least taint of the low or
-the sensual. Now I want you two children to
-watch Peggy and Bobby while they do it for
-your benefit. I’ll be back in a few minutes.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>In point of fact he did not return until the
-word finis, almost two hours later, had been
-pronounced. The picture was done. When
-he returned he was in the company of Mr.
-Heneman. Their entrance was not observed;
-the four youngsters were too engrossed to be
-easily aroused. Bobby was placing Francis in
-a pose which called for some unusual control
-of one’s equilibrium; Peggy was marking a
-line on the floor, upon which Pearl was gazing
-as though it were an exhibit of diamonds.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Didn’t I tell you?” said Compton triumphantly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You were a prophet,” answered the manager,
-smiling broadly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, goody!” cried Peggy, lifting her eyes
-and spying the visitors. “You’re just in time.
-Francis and Pearl, just as soon as we finished,
-started to do it themselves.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Aha!” said Compton <span class='it'>sotto voce</span>. “Didn’t
-I tell you? Imitation!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes,” added Bobby, “and they came mighty
-near getting it right the first time. Didn’t
-they, Peggy?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“They did, Bobby.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And then,” put in Pearl with dancing eyes,
-“Peggy started us to making it a dance for
-four. And we’ve had such a good time that—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That we didn’t miss you at all,” broke in
-Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And,” added Francis, looking at his wrist
-watch, “we didn’t even notice it was an hour
-past dinner time.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Look,” said Compton to the director.
-“Could you, from here to New York, find four
-sweeter children?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And they’re all first-rate actors, too,” said
-the manager, who looked as happy as though
-he had come into a fortune. “Compton, I
-think you have hit upon a big thing.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I know it,” said Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The children meanwhile had put their heads
-together, literally and figuratively.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You do it,” said Peggy to Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“No, you do it. It’s your dance, anyhow.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“All right,” sighed Peggy. Then advancing
-to the two elders, she went on:</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Please, wouldn’t you like to see our little
-dance?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Nothing would please us better,” answered
-Heneman.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Thank you. Come on now; we’re going to
-show them what we’ve learned.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It is hard to interest a seasoned director
-in such things, and almost impossible to secure
-the interest of a Compton. But there are
-exceptions to every rule. For five minutes or
-more the audience of two was spellbound.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was a variation of the original dance, a
-wonderful variation, retaining all its grace
-and beauty and springtime aroma, with little
-touches, magical touches, which charmed it into
-the realms of fairyland.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“By jove,” roared the manager, “that’s simply
-wonderful! Peggy, you’re a genius!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Listen, children,” said Compton. “You’ve
-done more than I expected. I had a bet with
-the manager that if I put you together, Pearl
-and Francis would go to work and pick up that
-dance. But you’ve done more. You’ve saved
-me the trouble of getting up a dance to fit into
-our new scenario which we start at the day
-after to-morrow. It is called ‘Imitation,’ and
-you are all four to be in it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The children gazed at each other in speechless
-joy and wonder.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“There are to be four principals: Bobby,
-Francis, Peggy and Pearl. Mr. Heneman and
-myself have chosen you because we know you
-can act, and—and—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Because we love you,” supplemented Heneman.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Whereupon Pearl and Peggy threw their
-arms about each other’s necks and the two boys
-rolled over in ecstasy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“So that is what you’ve been working on,
-uncle?” asked Bobby when he had finally come
-once more to his feet.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes. You gave me the idea, Bobby. You
-know you’re always doing what other people
-are doing. You’re always taking somebody
-off.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Like a policeman?” inquired Pearl.
-“Well,” she went on to explain, “the policeman
-on our beat sometimes takes people off. I saw
-him once myself.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>While Peggy, drawing Pearl aside, instructed
-her in the meaning of the expression on this
-occasion, Mr. Compton proceeded:</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“The idea came to me on the day you took
-off that Delsarte girl and got wooled for your
-pains. It struck me that I could build up a
-story on the idea of four entirely different children,
-different in their surroundings, their station
-in life, their education and their refinement,
-being brought together. The tenement
-girl is thrown in with the daughter of a magnate;
-and the son of the same magnate is
-thrown in with a tough little kid who is by
-way of developing into a first-rate pickpocket.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Something like the first part of Oliver
-Twist?” ventured Peggy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“In a way, yes. But here’s the difference:
-No children are really bad, and some who are
-on the way to wickedness may have splendid
-qualities. And that’s the way it is to be in this
-play. All four children are to have splendid
-qualities. Francis will be the tough boy; but
-he is naturally kind and brave. Bobby will
-be the magnate’s son—good, but sissified.
-Peggy will be a child of the tenements, rough
-in her ways and uncouth. You, Pearl, will
-be the magnate’s daughter, nice as pie, but
-babyish. And you and Peggy will fall to liking
-each other just the same as Bobby and
-Francis. And here’s where the difference
-comes in from the story of Oliver Twist. Because
-you like each other you will each try
-to resemble each other. What Peggy admires
-in Pearl she will try to be; and Pearl will try
-to resemble Peggy in her best qualities. You
-see the idea?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Where’s the action coming in?” asked
-Francis.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, that’s another thing. A kidnaper
-steals the magnate’s two children. He puts
-the girl in a tenement in charge of Peggy’s
-father, and puts the boy with a friend who is
-a thief and a maker of thieves. Peggy and
-Francis, their children, are won over by love
-to your side, Bobby. They help you to escape.
-Francis and Bobby succeed in escaping
-first. Then Francis traces you girls, and he
-and Bobby contrive to get you free. You
-tramp along the road until, footsore and
-weary, you happen upon the home of a kind
-and fairly wealthy married couple. It is there
-that Peggy and Pearl, who have long danced
-together, teach you, and it is there that Bobby’s
-and Pearl’s mother unexpectedly arrives,
-and clasps her children to her arms, and Francis
-doesn’t have to pick pockets or Peggy sell
-newspapers any more. The magnate and his
-family find that their boy and girl have kept
-all their good qualities and gained many new
-ones, while, as for Peggy and Francis, they
-have so changed that no friend of former days
-would know them. And so you live happily
-ever afterwards.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, that’s swell!” cried Francis.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I just love it!” exclaimed Peggy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And am I to wear the tenement clothes in
-the dance?” asked Peggy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s what I’d like to know, too—about
-my clothes,” said Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, no. The nice gentleman and his wife,
-once they have seen you rehearse, dress you up
-just fit to kill, and all four of you when you
-do your dance will look like magnified humming
-birds.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I am so glad to hear that!” said Peggy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Did you ever see a girl,” observed the philosophic
-Francis, “who didn’t like to fix herself
-up in her prettiest?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You were just as anxious as I was,” flared
-Peggy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, it’s going to be great,” said Francis.
-“I wish we could start in right now.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The meeting broke up in happy shouts and
-merry laughter, and, I believe, all four in slumber
-dreamed that night of happy things, not
-far off, but coming towards them in the bright
-hues of romance.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='138' id='Page_138'></span><h1>CHAPTER XII<br/> <span class='sub-head'>BOBBY BECOMES FAMOUS OVERNIGHT</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, how is your ‘Imitation’ getting
-along?” asked the head of the scenario
-department in the Lantry Studio some three
-weeks later.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Getting on!” repeated Compton. “Getting
-on is no name for it. Do you know, Moore,
-that, other things being equal, children are the
-finest actors in the world? You see, they are
-docile. You tell ’em to do a thing and how
-to do it; and if they get your meaning that’s
-enough. Of course we’re extremely fortunate;
-we’ve got together four of the brightest
-children in or out of movieland. And they are
-such pals! They all stand up for each other;
-they all help each other. Of course they have
-a little tiff now and then. Otherwise we
-wouldn’t know they were human. We might
-conclude that they were not descended from
-Adam.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Eh?” said the astonished Moore, taking his
-pipe out of his mouth. “Where did you get
-that sort of talk? I thought you were a giddy
-pagan, foolish but harmless.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well,” laughed Compton, reddening slightly,
-“I hope I’m getting more sense.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You need it,” said Moore dryly, replacing
-his pipe and puffing comfortably. “But to return
-to our mutton—which one of your heaven-descended
-quartet is doing best?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That,” returned Compton, “is a question
-which Joe Heneman and myself discuss every
-day. Sometimes we think it’s Peggy. Those
-large, dark eyes of hers can be so wistful and,
-on occasion, so tragic. The next day we settle
-upon Francis. In dealing with Bobby in
-the play he can be so genial and smile upon
-him with the serene philosophy of one so much
-older, so much more intimately acquainted with
-the ways of the world. By the time we have
-settled upon Francis along comes Pearl with
-the sweetest smile and the most gracious manner.
-Bobby is in the running all the time.
-In the trick of imitating he leads them all. We
-haven’t come yet to the great scene, the scene
-where he meets his mother after an absence of
-four weeks. That, so far as the children are
-concerned, is the last scene. I’m confident
-that Bobby, if he performs it as I think, will
-bring tears to the eyes of millions; and if he
-does he will be the star of stars.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Did you know, Compton, that Bobby made
-his first screen appearance on the Broadways
-of the big cities yesterday?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That’s a fact! I had quite forgotten.
-Yesterday was the day of release. I hope
-they’ll like me in it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t think they’ll bother about you. It
-is Bobby they will like,” said Moore.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And I forgot to look at the papers this
-morning,” mused Compton regretfully.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I did not forget, but I haven’t had time.
-Wait a minute; there may be something about
-it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Moore returned shortly, wearing a smile and
-waving the Los Angeles <span class='it'>Times</span>.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, that old thing of yours, ‘You Hardly
-Can Tell,’ has scored a tremendous hit. Look
-at these headlines!” And Compton looked and
-gasped. These were the headlines:</p>
-
-<div class='lgc' style=''> <!-- rend=';' -->
-<p class='line'><span class='sc'>Who Is the Star of “You Hardly Can Tell?”</span></p>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<p class='line'><span class='it'>Bobby Compton the New Juvenile Star or John Compton the Comedian? You Hardly Can Tell.</span></p>
-</div> <!-- end rend -->
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say,” exclaimed Compton, running his eyes
-down the review itself, “that’s good stuff! I’m
-a little jealous of my reputation, but there are
-a few persons in the world who may outshine
-me, and I’m glad of it; and Bobby is first of
-all.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I think,” said Moore, “that you’ll have
-plenty of chance to be glad, then.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“The boy comes by his gifts honestly,” continued
-Compton. “His father was an actor,
-and as for his mother, though she never appeared
-upon the regular stage, she was a wonder,
-both at the convent school and later in
-society, as an amateur actress. Nothing could
-persuade her to go on the stage, though she
-received before her marriage most tempting
-offers.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You know a lot about her,” said Moore
-incredulously.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I didn’t live in Los Angeles all my life,”
-returned Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, say, uncle,” cried Bobby, all out of
-breath, “there’s a reporter man here and he
-wants to take my picture.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The two men glanced at each other.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Behold the entrance to the gates of fame,”
-exclaimed Moore, airily waving his pipe.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Come on, Bobby,” said Compton, “I’ll go
-with you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, uncle, what’s a Lothario?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Eh?” queried the amazed comedian.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“A L-o-t-h-a-r-i-o?” spelled the boy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, that’s the name of a person.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Is your name Lothario, uncle?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Certainly not. What makes you ask
-that?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Because I heard that new star with the
-doll face, Bennie Burnside, say that you were
-a gay Lothario.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bennie Burnside,” said Compton severely,
-“on the outside is a fine figure of a man from
-the soles of his feet to the top of his head. On
-the inside he is absolutely perfect up to and including
-his neck. He is a matinee idol.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But, uncle, what is a gay Lothario?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It is said of the kind of fool who is soon
-parted from his money; it means a man whose
-most earnest endeavor is to make an ass of
-himself.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But you’re not a fool, uncle.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Thank you, Bobby. I will try to believe
-you. Anyhow, I may be a fool now, but I am
-not the forty-three varieties of fool I once
-was.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Indeed, so great a change had come upon
-John Compton since the arrival of Bobby that
-all the world—the moving-picture world, at
-any rate—wondered. Nothing could persuade
-him to leave his quarters at night. The
-dance knew him no more; the hotel lobby,
-whither a certain set of foolishly joyous moving-picture
-men most did congregate, missed
-him from his accustomed place. A local magistrate
-wondered what had become of him. He
-had not been fined for speeding in five weeks.
-In a word, John Compton had suddenly abandoned
-his mad quest of pleasure, and, having
-abandoned the quest, was cheerier, happier
-than he had been since attaining his majority.
-Compton was known to be a man of more than
-ordinary intellect. His friends had for years
-expected great things of him. In college days
-he had given promise of developing into a
-writer of taste and imagination. But he had
-so far disappointed these high expectations.
-His pen had been barren, his life had been
-strewn with good intentions—till Bobby came.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>And now it was so different. He had written
-a scenario, “Imitation,” which was new in
-matter, touching in treatment, and which, in
-the opinion of the Lantry Studio critics, gave
-promise to set a high mark for other scenario
-writers. He was already busy upon a second
-play. Bobby was almost his sole companion
-in these days, Bobby and Father Mallory, for
-whom he had conceived a strong liking, and
-whom he visited regularly every afternoon.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As the two made their way to an office where
-the reporter was cooling his heels there came
-swooping upon them, dressed for their respective
-parts, Peggy and Francis and Pearl.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Hey, Bobby!” “Gee, Bobby!” “Oh,
-Bobby!” they shouted in a splendid enthusiasm,
-“you’re in the headlines.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>They had the morning paper between them,
-and in each one’s endeavor to show Bobby the
-place and the words they damaged the sheet
-considerably.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And we’re all so glad!” said Francis, who
-had himself starred in five productions.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“We’re proud of you, Bobby,” said Pearl,
-smiling angelically.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And we all love you,” chimed in Peggy,
-“and Mr. Compton,” she thoughtfully added.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Just wait until I read this,” said Bobby.
-And while, moving his mouth in the slow pronunciation
-of each word, the lad read his own
-praises, Francis, in a dreamy ecstasy, seated
-himself, absently placing in his mouth the pipe
-he was later to use in the production, and gazed
-upon the loved one in happy and ungrudging
-admiration.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, just wait till they see ‘Imitation,’ ”
-said Bobby, after glancing over the text under
-the headlines. “Then they’ll have something
-to write about. I don’t mean me. I mean
-you, Peggy, and you, Pearl, and you, Francis.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And just think of the heaps and heaps of
-fun we’re having,” chortled Peggy. “People
-say we’re working during vacation. Do you
-call this work?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I should say not,” said the other three, one
-after the other in such quick succession that
-their words almost chimed together.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As they went on to chat gayly of their present
-joy and their future plans, Compton was
-in earnest converse with Joe Heneman.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Look here, Heneman,” he said, “may I offer
-a suggestion?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ve known you to do it before and come
-away with your life.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, can’t you run the children through
-their parts right away and hold up all the
-other parts till the little ones have finished?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why? What’s the big idea?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“The big idea is this: the detective agency
-has a hunch that Mrs. Vernon is dead.
-They’ve sent me a story about some woman
-picked up dead near San Luis Obispo, and they
-claim it is Barbara. That is, they claim it’s
-Bobby’s mother. When I got that letter two
-days ago I nearly dropped.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Did you tell Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What kind of an idiot do you think I am?
-Of course I didn’t. And after the first shock
-I did not believe a word of it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why not?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I believe that she’s alive, because Bob is
-certain. You ought to see that boy pray!
-Why, that boy has all heaven on his side.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, I’ll be—” Not finishing his expression
-of astonishment, Heneman went on:
-“But what under the sun has this to do with
-hurrying the children through their parts?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, just this: Bobby’s picture is going
-into the papers. His mother will see or hear
-of it. She’ll trace him up. You know she
-thinks he’s dead. She’ll come here, and who
-can keep her from taking him away?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You’re not half as foolish as they say you
-are,” was Heneman’s comforting comment.
-“You’re right, Compton. Let me see. I think
-with full time we can get them through by
-next Monday afternoon.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Then go to it,” urged Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>At this very moment Barbara Vernon,
-propped up in bed, pale and weak, was for
-the first time since her collapse awakening to
-the existence of a world from which she had
-well-nigh departed.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, thank God, thank God!” little Agnes
-was saying. “This is the first time nurse let
-me in to see you. And she says you will be
-all right in a week or ten days at the most.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Agnes, I know I am going to get well. I
-had such a beautiful dream last night. My little
-son, my dear little son, appeared to me.
-He looked just as alive as when I last saw him.
-And he said, ‘Mother, sweet mother, faith can
-move mountains.’ And then he pressed his
-dear lips upon mine and disappeared. I awoke
-then, but I felt that he had been with me.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And do you now think he is alive?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t know, my dear. But I feel so
-happy. O God, give me the faith that moves
-mountains!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Hereupon entered the nurse, wearing the
-mien of one who had fought long and conquered.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It is a happy day,” she said blithely. “The
-doctor will be along before noon, but we don’t
-need any doctor to tell that you’re getting well.
-Do you know, Mrs. Vernon, that you were calling
-for your little Bobby day and night all
-these weeks?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Was I?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes; and it was always in a tone of sadness
-or of despair. But last night it was different.
-You called his name but once, and
-your voice sounded as though you were gazing
-upon some heavenly vision, and your face
-grew beautiful and joyous.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I understand why,” said Barbara. “Agnes,
-do you tell her my dream.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>And Agnes, almost word for word, repeated
-Mrs. Vernon’s account.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And now,” pursued the smiling invalid,
-“I’m going, with God’s grace, to wait in patience
-and faith till that day ‘when dreams
-come true.’ ”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I think,” observed the nurse, “that there’s
-a lady outside that would like to see you.
-Come in, Mrs. Regan.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>And Mrs. Regan entered and fondly embraced
-the woman who had saved her life.
-Then came Louis and then the father; and all
-lavished upon the dear convalescent a wealth
-of simple, homely love.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Upon my word!” said Barbara, as, after
-a few minutes of affectionate conversation, the
-visitors reluctantly departed, “I never imagined
-since I lost Bobby that I could be so
-happy.”</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='150' id='Page_150'></span><h1>CHAPTER XIII<br/> <span class='sub-head'>BERNADETTE’S TEMPERAMENT DELAYS THE SCENARIO, AND MRS. VERNON MAKES TWO CHILDREN HAPPY</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was Monday, the day on which Mr. Joseph
-Heneman had counted to finish all
-that part of the picture in which the four children
-were to appear. And it looked, in the
-morning, as though he would be right in his
-reckoning. But in the closing scene, the scene
-in which Bobby was to surpass himself, there
-came an unexpected hitch, and no other than
-our friend, Miss Bernadette Vivian, was the
-cause.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Like most rising artists, Bernadette was
-temperamental, which, in other words, signifies
-that she was too easily swayed by her feelings.
-Now it had happened that on the previous
-evening she had met a most pleasing
-and engaging young man; and with the two
-it was a case of love at first sight. On this day,
-therefore, her shapely head was filled with visions
-of orange blossoms, bridal veils and a
-teasing wonder as to what kind of engagement
-ring he would select. With all these matters
-on her mind, is it at all surprising that she
-was in no mood to represent a mother meeting
-her lost children?</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>She was, in this particular scene, to register
-the agony of separation, the ecstasy of meeting,
-and the tears of joy, all of which things
-Miss Bernadette signally failed to accomplish.
-The only thing that could have brought comfort
-to her soul and any expression of joy to
-her face would be her young man advancing
-smilingly upon her, holding in his dear hand
-a diamond engagement ring. In vain did
-Heneman expostulate with her; in vain did
-Compton remonstrate. In vain, too, did
-the four children, whom she really loved,
-cast upon her glances of friendly reproach.
-Nothing could arouse her from “love’s young
-dream,” than which, we are credibly informed
-by a poet, “there’s nothing half so sweet in
-life.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Up to this day Bernadette had been ambitious.
-She was a star in embryo, and her
-laurels were in the winning. But the young
-man whose bright smile still haunted her was
-very wealthy. Upon marrying him she would
-retire at once.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>If Mr. Heneman said things that any proper
-censor would properly delete, let it be said in
-his defense that he said them under his breath;
-for the director, as no doubt four guardian angels
-urged in his behalf at heaven’s chancery,
-ever cherished the highest reverence for children.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>By four o’clock of that evening the director
-was unnerved, Compton almost frantic, the
-children in ill humor. They were all worn
-out. And if the four youthful thespians did
-quarrel a little and sulk for almost ten minutes,
-let it be said in their behalf that before
-going home they all abjectly apologized one
-to the other, and proved once more the truth
-of Tennyson’s lines:</p>
-
-
- <div class='poetry-container' style=''>
- <div class='lgp'> <!-- rend=';' -->
-<div class='stanza-outer'>
-<p class='line0'><span class='it'>Oh, blessings on the falling-out</span></p>
-<p class='line0'><span class='it'>Which all the more endears!</span></p>
-</div>
-</div></div> <!-- end poetry block --><!-- end rend -->
-
-<p class='pindent'>During all this Miss Bernadette, happily
-seated and with crossed legs, powdered her
-nose, consulted her hand mirror and, for the
-nonce an unmitigated flapper, gazed heavenward
-with a smile that would have been absolutely
-idiotic on a young lady less favored
-of feature. The distress of all her friends
-impressed her not in the least. In fact, it
-never dawned upon her consciousness that
-anybody was distressed. Truly, love is
-blind.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Attention, please!” called Heneman when
-it was nearing five o’clock. “The weather is
-rather close and it has been a trying day. Perhaps
-that’s the reason we can’t get this reuniting
-business over. I’m sorry, but we’ll
-have to try it over to-morrow at ten. The play
-is going to be a big thing, and so far you’ve
-made it a big thing. But we don’t want an
-anti-climax to spoil it all.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What kind of an aunty is that?” asked
-Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>This remark sent them all off in good
-humor.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby went to confession before going to
-the suite. He confessed, by the way, every
-week, and went with Peggy to communion
-every morning. Also, he lingered to make a
-special and earnest prayer for that falling star,
-Bernadette, and I fear that if Bernadette, in
-the light of what happened that evening, were
-to have learned the import of that prayer, she
-would have waylaid Bobby and given him a
-sound spanking.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“O good Lord”—such was the import of
-Bobby’s prayer—“bring that nice young lady,
-Bernadette Vivian, to her senses; and do it in
-a hurry so that to-morrow we can shoot that
-scene the way it ought to be shot, and be done
-with it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>That night the lovers met and there were five
-minutes of unbroken bliss. In these five minutes
-they plighted their troth over and over.
-Nothing in the heavens above or the earth beneath
-or the waters under the earth could ever
-dissever their souls. In the next five minutes
-there arose a slight difference about the style
-of the engagement ring; and before the quarter
-was quite ended both were in a towering rage
-and vowed repeatedly never, never to look
-upon each other’s face again. Then the idol
-of her heart went out and got drunk—a weakness
-of his of which Bernadette was entirely
-ignorant—and left his fond one bathed in
-tears.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was a bad night for Bobby, too. An inconsiderate
-friend of Compton’s, Benny Burnside,
-meeting Bobby as he returned from confession,
-asked the boy whether it was true that
-his mother was dead.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Of course she is not dead,” answered Bobby
-resolutely.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, I’m so glad to hear it! So that
-woman they found dead in the woods at San
-Luis Obispo was not your mother after all,”
-continued the admired one of every flapper in
-the land. It was he who had said that Compton
-was a gay Lothario.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby’s lips quivered.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Thereupon Mr. Benny Burnside told him,
-not without some embroidery to make the story
-more convincing, of the reports of the detective
-agency on the case. If Mr. Burnside did
-not fully convince the lad of his mother’s
-death, it was not due to any lack of effort on
-his part.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby, on retiring, had several sleepless
-hours. Faith struggled with alleged fact, and
-the struggle brought with it agony and tears.
-But the boy was not alone in the fight. To
-his aid he summoned the Mother of God, his
-guardian angel, his patron saint. Before midnight
-confidence returned; and Bobby, his
-face still wet with tears, fell into a dreamless
-sleep.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>On that same day, in the morning hours,
-Mrs. Barbara Vernon, seated on the ranchman’s
-front porch, a deep peace upon her face,
-touched once more with the glow of health,
-looked out calmly upon a world made strangely
-beautiful through the magic given only to the
-eye of the convalescent. Never, even in the
-first blush of maidenhood, had she looked more
-beautiful. Sickness had etherealized her
-beauty. Upon her features was the resignation
-which, falling short of joy, gives contentment
-touched with melancholy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, Mrs. Vernon!” cried two eager
-voices, their owners rushing through the
-front door in a race to reach her first. Agnes
-and Louis were flushed with unusual excitement.
-Something big had come into their
-lives.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What is it, my dears? Good news?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>In answer to which, Louis, raising his voice
-to a shrill pipe, poured forth a volume of sound
-as intelligible as though his mouth were cluttered
-with pins.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But what is it?” asked Barbara, breaking
-into a smile. “I can’t make out a word you
-say.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Let me talk, Louis,” said Agnes, making
-sure of the success of this request by clapping
-her hand over the excited youth’s mouth, and
-keeping it there. “Mrs. Vernon, there’s a matinee
-at the moving-picture house of San Luis
-Obispo this afternoon, and—and—” Here
-Agnes manifested her excitement by losing her
-breath, taking advantage of which, Louis, very
-much handicapped by the restraining hand still
-held over his mouth, made an effort to say,
-“Won’t you come?” giving the effect, however,
-of a bulldog’s growl.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And,” continued Agnes, “it’s a swell show.
-And, oh, Mrs. Vernon, wouldn’t you like to
-come with us?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t think,” Barbara made answer,
-“that I am in a mood just yet for anything
-like that. I am sure you can go by yourselves.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The hand of Agnes dropped, as did her jaw.
-Louis dug his fists into his eyes. The girl’s
-lips quivered.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But if you would like to have me,” amended
-the convalescent, reading sympathetically the
-signs of woe in the children, “why, of course—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Whoop-la!” yelled Louis, running at breakneck
-speed towards the door and yelling in his
-flight. “Hey, dad! she’s going to go.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, you are so kind, Mrs. Vernon!” cried
-Agnes. “Just now papa got a long-distance
-telephone call from San Luis Obispo. There’s
-a friend of his there who went to the picture
-show last night, and he called dad up to tell
-him what a nice, clean picture it was. He says
-that it’s a first-run picture. The proprietor
-of the movie house there generally uses older
-runs, but there’s some kind of convention in
-the town this week, and so he engaged this
-new picture and raised the admission price
-from twenty to forty cents, and added three
-matinees. And the man said that if dad wanted
-to go he would hold five tickets for us. And
-dad said he would go and take ma and us children,
-provided you would go. Oh, isn’t that a
-treat? We’ll start in an hour. Dad thinks
-that the ride and a picture like that will do
-you a lot of good.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why didn’t you let me know at first that
-you couldn’t go unless I went? Indeed I’m
-sure it will make me happy, if for nothing else
-than that it will give joy to two of the dearest
-little children I have ever met.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>And so fifteen minutes later Barbara, Mr.
-and Mrs. Regan, and the happy children were
-speeding onward to San Luis Obispo.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='160' id='Page_160'></span><h1>CHAPTER XIV<br/> <span class='sub-head'>MRS. VERNON ATTENDS A MOVING-PICTURE SHOW AND FINDS IN IT A GREAT LESSON UNTHOUGHT OF BY THE AUTHOR</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The lobby of the San Luis Obispo moving-picture
-house was thronged, and there
-was a crush at the ticket office. As Regan and
-his party pushed their way to the entrance, the
-ticket seller was announcing that the house was
-sold out.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>To get through this unheard-of crowd Mr.
-Regan was forced to use his elbows freely.
-Mrs. Vernon and his family, according to
-his directions, followed him in close single
-file. None of them had an opportunity
-to notice the posters and the pictures of various
-scenes in the much heralded play. Had
-the lobby been less thronged, it is doubtful
-whether they would have attended the performance.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“To accommodate all,” cried a strong voice
-as they reached the ticket taker, “there will be
-another performance at four o’clock sharp; and
-until a quarter to four positively no more seats
-will be sold.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>At two-thirty to the second, but a few minutes
-after the Regan party had seated themselves,
-the lights went out and the “News of
-the Week” was flashed upon the curtain. The
-assembled crowd, filling every seat, had not
-come for the “News of the Week”; hence they
-were in no wise disappointed when it was taken
-off, with most of the news left out. The manager
-with a view to the second performance was
-shortening his program.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>There was a moment’s pause, and then there
-flashed upon the screen the words, “You
-Hardly Can Tell”; whereupon everybody sat
-up and adjusted himself for the promised
-treat.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Perhaps the only exception was Mrs. Vernon.
-Seated between Agnes and Louis,
-she was affectionately watching now one,
-now the other, and rejoicing in their eager
-joy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The story at the first moved slowly, a close-up
-being given of a few of the leading characters,
-including first and foremost the fair
-Vivian.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Isn’t she sweet!” exclaimed Agnes breathlessly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“She has a nice face,” returned Barbara,
-raising her eyes momentarily to the
-screen and then turning them once more upon
-Agnes.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Suddenly the girl’s face changed from admiration
-to merriment.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, look! Ain’t he funny!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Vernon did look and gasped.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>There grinning upon them all with a fatuous
-face, made still more fatuous by the arrangement
-of his hair, was her old friend—and
-more than friend—John Compton! There
-came back vividly to her the memory of their
-last meeting, something over ten years ago,
-when she had parted in sorrow and he in anger,
-and, as he said bitterly, forever. She was
-glad to see his face once more—glad and disappointed.
-She had expected more of him.
-His name by this time should have been known
-far and wide, not as a wearer of the motley,
-but as a writer, a thinker, a leader of men;
-and why had he disappointed her expectations?
-At the moment a feeling of remorse came upon
-her. She meditated.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I was just. But was I kind? It is true I
-could never bring myself to marry a man who
-refused to believe in God. But was I not
-brutal in the way I refused him? Possibly,
-if I had been gentle and patient, he might have
-been brought to the truth. Forgive, O my
-God, the offenses of a proud and unthinking
-youth.” Thus meditating she was suddenly
-brought back to the present by a roaring and
-laughing and stir that were little short of tumult.
-Agnes jumped to her feet, and remembering
-herself, sat down again exclaiming, “Oh!
-oh! oh!” Louis had risen uttering yelps of delight,
-and remained standing until a justly aggrieved
-man behind him dragged him back to
-his seat.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Vernon raised her eyes and saw Bobby
-Vernon!</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“O God! O my God!” she exclaimed,
-jumping up herself and for a moment on the
-point of rushing up the aisle to catch her Bobby
-in her arms. Her long discipline of self-restraint,
-however, asserted itself. She reseated
-herself, and catching a hand of
-Agnes in her own, squeezed it until the child
-winced.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Yes, it was her own Bobby. The twisted
-mouth, the bellhop uniform, the serio-comic
-face—these were all, in a way, no matter of
-surprise to her; for Bobby, as no one knew
-better than herself, was a born mimic. But
-he was alive! Bobby was alive! “O God!”
-she whispered, “there is a faith that can move
-mountains. Blessed be Thy name!” She followed
-the picture now, but in a way almost unheard
-of. It was to her a long, sweet meditation.
-Over and over she murmured, “My son
-that was dead has come to life again!” “With
-God all things are possible.” “Oh, my son, my
-son!” Tears coursed down her cheeks, tears
-of joy incredible. But no one noticed her. All
-were absorbed in the play, and when the lights
-were turned on and the performance over, Agnes
-was astounded beyond measure at Barbara,
-who embraced her almost violently and
-said:</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It was the sweetest, most touching thing
-I ever saw. It has taught me never to fail in
-trusting in God.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Now Agnes thought it was the most mirth-provoking
-thing she had ever seen, and, as to
-trusting in God, that lesson, like the flowers
-that bloom in the spring, had nothing to do
-with the case.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Before leaving the theater Mrs. Vernon, excusing
-herself, had a few words privately with
-the manager.</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='166' id='Page_166'></span><h1>CHAPTER XV<br/> <span class='sub-head'>COMPTON’S GREAT SCENARIO IS FINISHED NOT A MOMENT TOO SOON</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Of course the next morning, as Bobby
-arose and dressed for Mass, gave with
-its golden sunshine and balmy air every promise
-of a perfect day. This was the only thing
-to be expected. Los Angeles, as far as Bobby
-knew, had only one kind of weather. All the
-days since his arrival had been gay, fragrant,
-cloudless, sunshiny days. The inhabitants of
-Los Angeles never bothered to discuss the
-weather; it was not the fertile topic of conversation
-that it is in the East. When they
-spoke of it, it was simply to burst forth into
-paeans of praise, generally expressed in the exclamation
-“Isn’t it a wonderful day!” and that
-always ended further discussion.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Good morning, Bobby,” said Mr. Compton,
-to Bobby’s surprise shaved and dressed.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, halloa! What got <span class='it'>you</span> up?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I just thought, Bobby, I’d go along with
-you to Mass this morning.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh,” said Bobby, puckering his brows. “I
-suppose,” he went on after some close conjecturing,
-“that you are going to church to pray
-for the success of that part that didn’t go right
-yesterday.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That is one of the things I am going to
-pray for.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Anything else, uncle?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby,” said Compton, ignoring the question,
-“did you sleep well last night?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Not at first, uncle.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I thought so; you do not look quite up to
-form.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I need Holy Communion, uncle. Then
-after breakfast—I need that too—then you
-watch me!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby, I want to ask you another question.
-Did you hear anything yesterday that
-worried you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, it’s all over now, I guess,” evaded the
-child.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You were crying last night.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Who told you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I thought I heard you moaning, and before
-I went to sleep I went into your room. There
-were stains of tears on your pillow.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Uncle, there was a man yesterday, Benny
-Burnside, who tried to make me think my
-mother was dead.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton squeezed his lips together,
-and sparks shot from his eyes.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“If all the fools in Los Angeles were sentenced
-to death and all were pardoned except
-one, he’s the one who would go hang. He’s a
-handsome creature; but all his beauty isn’t anywhere
-near enough to make up for the tremendous
-vacancy in his head. And did you believe
-him, Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“He almost made me believe. That’s what
-I was fighting about before I could get to sleep.
-But I did feel so mean!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“There’s no sense, my boy, in giving up hope
-till you have to.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I say, uncle, you were worrying too last
-night. You don’t look right yourself.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As a matter of fact John Compton had
-passed a long and sleepless night.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, suppose we toddle along,” he said,
-with a forced smile. So forth went the
-two, each struggling for faith against an
-uneasiness born of a foolish detective’s rash
-report.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Francis and Peggy were at Mass and went
-to communion. They wanted Bobby to “put
-it over,” and directed the intention of their
-communion accordingly. Pearl, though not a
-Catholic, was there too. She came to pray,
-rather startling the worshipers at her entrance
-by going up the aisle and making her prettiest
-little curtsy before the tabernacle. This
-curtsy had won the hearts of many a stranger
-in the moment of introduction. No doubt our
-Lord’s love for her, already great—for the
-dear Lord who was once a child loves all children
-in a special way—went out to her in a
-new excess.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Pearl, at the end of Mass, repeated the
-curtsy, which would have won her distinction
-in any earthly court—and why not in the heavenly?—and
-went outside, where she continued
-to smile and bow at the returning worshipers
-as though they were all friends of hers. And
-so far as she was concerned, so they were, God
-bless her!</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Good morning, Bobby; good morning,
-everybody!” she cried, as she shook the hand
-of Compton, Bobby, Francis and Peggy, dispensing
-as she did so a running stream of
-smiles. “It’s going to be all right. I just
-know it’s going to be all right. Bobby, you’re
-just sure to put it over.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It’s going to be the greatest day of all,”
-chimed in Francis.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“We’ll be finished before noontime,” added
-Peggy. “And you’ll see, Mr. Compton,” she
-went on, fixing large, earnest, questioning eyes
-upon Compton, “that we haven’t been praying
-for nothing.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I believe you, my dear,” returned Compton
-humbly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>And Peggy, who knew something about
-Compton’s religious, or rather irreligious, convictions,
-wondered.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’m hungry,” said Bob.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“So am I,” said Pearl. “You see, I couldn’t
-go to communion, but I could fast and I did.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Then,” said Compton, greatly cheered by
-the simple, loving little company, “we’ll all
-breakfast at the restaurant right below here.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The two girls and Francis protested that
-their mothers would be worried; whereupon
-Compton let loose their arrested joy by assuring
-them that he would telephone each proper
-home and make himself responsible for the
-whole party.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The breakfast was a success, an abundance
-of watermelon and cream cakes being large
-factors, and off they hopped and danced, light
-as birds and immeasurably gayer, to the last
-rehearsal.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Miss Bernadette Vivian had preceded them.
-She too had had a white night. The day before
-she had confided to the amicable clerk who
-kept the visitor’s gate and answered the telephone
-at the Lantry Studio the story of her
-great romance. She had made it clear to that
-amiable young lady that her engagement was
-as good as settled, that her Romeo, in addition
-to a personal pulchritude beyond power
-of words to describe, was as wealthy as Colossus—meaning,
-no doubt, Crœsus—that he had
-four automobiles and a country villa in addition
-to a home worth at least thirty thousand
-dollars: to all of which the gentle and sympathetic
-young lady, discounting each of these
-statements by at least fifty per cent, lent an
-attentive ear. Now it occurred to Vivian that,
-since there was no secrecy enjoined, the young
-lady might make her romance known. Hence
-it was that, unable to sleep, she hastened down
-to the studio bright and early with her revised
-version of love’s young dream.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Do you know,” she said, after an affectionate
-exchange of greetings, “that I am thinking
-seriously of entering a convent?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That would be very sweet of you,” said
-Miss Cortland. “But you don’t want to break
-the heart of that young man, do you?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That young man,” said Miss Vivian darkly,
-“has no heart to break!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Dear me! Aren’t you going to be engaged
-to him?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“We were engaged.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But you didn’t tell me that.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It only happened last night. We were engaged
-for over ten minutes.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And then?” interrupted Miss Cortland.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, I’m sick and tired of all men!” ejaculated
-Vivian, clasping her hands. “They have
-no ideals! They are so—so common! I’ve
-always found that out before it was too late.
-I’d like to hear what they’ll say when I go
-into a convent.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Did you have a quarrel, Vivian?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I never quarrel,” returned the young lady
-with dignity. “We had a difference of opinion,
-and I discovered that his ideals were not
-mine.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>By ideals Miss Vivian must have meant diamonds.
-The kind she wanted for her engagement
-was the kind her swain disliked.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, anyhow, I’ve learnt a good lesson.
-And, oh, I’m so miserable! I slept badly, and
-I feel like going to Ocean Park and throwing
-myself into the sea. Upon my word, I
-believe I will!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Miss Cortland was minded to point out to
-the distressed damsel that throwing herself into
-the ocean and entering a convent were hardly
-compatible; but, thinking better of it, she observed:</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“This is your fifth case, isn’t it?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“My seventh,” retorted Vivian, indignantly,
-and left the office in a huff.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>To set at rest the minds of Miss Vivian’s
-many admirers, it may be stated that she did
-not enter a convent, nor has the ocean received
-her into its insatiable maw. She realizes still
-that there are lots of good fish in the sea, and,
-though she nets one every month or so, she
-has not yet caught a fish that quite measures
-up to her expectations. Her present romance
-is now number eleven.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, Bobby,” whispered Francis, as they
-repaired to the scene of their final rehearsal,
-“do you want to shed real tears in the part
-where you meet your mother?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’d like to,” returned Bobby.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, I’ve got a trick to do it. It’s a pinch
-I learned from a fellow. It doesn’t make a
-mark, but it will smart like fun and bring
-the tears. Now, if you need it, just let me
-know; we’ve got to put this across.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As the event proved, Francis was not called
-upon to reduce Bobby to tears. Bobby, thinking
-of his own dear mother, and grieving for
-her the more bitterly for the ugly rumor which
-had left him sleepless, found it an easy task to
-imagine Bernadette to be Mrs. Vernon, with
-the result that his acting was clearly more perfect
-than it had been on the preceding day.
-As for Vivian, that volatile young lady, a flapper
-yesterday, was now persuaded that she
-was refined by a bitter experience, that all love
-leading toward matrimony was vanity and affliction
-of spirit, and that children were the
-most interesting and lovable things in the world.
-Thus chastened by these reflections, she put on
-a more mature air, diffused an atmosphere of
-sorrow akin to despair, and, to the astonishment
-and delight of Heneman, Compton and
-all the players, went through her part in a
-manner that touched the hearts of all.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Great!” cried Heneman. “Now get ready
-for the camera! Ready? Shoot!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Pearl, Peggy and Francis were all in the set.
-Pearl, as the magnate’s daughter, had already
-met her mother when Bobby entered. He sees
-the magnate’s wife standing palpitating and
-holding out tender arms. He stares, breaks into
-a radiant smile of happiness, cries out “Mother!”
-rushes into her arms and weeps upon her
-bosom.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Done!” announced Heneman, rubbing his
-eyes. “It’s perfect.—Why, what’s the matter,
-Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>For Bobby, released from Vivian’s arms,
-was weeping bitterly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Are you ill, my boy?” asked Compton, rushing
-over and putting an arm about the lad’s
-neck.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I—I was th-thinking of my own dear
-mother,” sobbed Bobby. As he spoke he raised
-his eyes. A moment later they grew wide in
-astonishment, wonder and incredulity.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And there she is!” he exclaimed, darting
-forward to meet a woman now hurrying toward
-him.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>In a moment Bobby, weeping and laughing,
-was rushing into the arms of his own dear
-mother.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was a tensely dramatic moment. Those
-concerned in the play gazed in awe; then realizing
-the tremendous strain thus taken off
-mother and son, they entered into the joy of
-the moment.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton was the first to advance and greet
-the happy mother.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You remember me, Barbara?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Indeed and indeed I do! I was thinking of
-you yesterday—thinking of the past. And I
-have something that I want to say to you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“He’s the best man in the world, mamma,”
-said Bobby enthusiastically. “He’s treated me
-as though I were his own son. Why, uncle,
-why have you got your head down?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I didn’t know it,” said Compton. “But
-anyhow, I do not feel fit to look upon your dear
-mother’s face.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The impending awkwardness was averted
-by the quick approach of the three children.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, Mrs. Vernon!” exclaimed Peggy, her
-dark eyes luminous and her olive complexion
-alive with rosy emotion, “I’m almost as happy
-as you!” And Peggy threw her arms about
-Barbara’s neck.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Dear little Peggy,” and Mrs. Vernon returned
-the embrace.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And,” Peggy went on, running her words
-into one another, “you know it was so stupid
-of me to tell you Bobby was dead. Oh, I’m
-so glad!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“May I kiss you, ma’am?” said Pearl, with
-her charming smile and her graceful curtsy as
-Peggy slipped aside. “I’m one of Bobby’s
-friends, too.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And I too,” said Francis. And Mrs. Vernon,
-flushed and radiant, fondly kissed the two
-children, who in their expressions of delight
-fell little short of Bobby himself.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>By this time many of the elders had gathered
-about the reunited pair, and all in their
-various ways extended their felicitations. Bernadette
-Vivian was so overcome with emotion
-that she had to be led away by her attendant.
-It was a moment of tension.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Come, Mrs. Vernon,” whispered Compton;
-“my automobile is waiting outside. I am sure
-you want to get away and have Bobby to yourself.”
-Saying which, he conducted her away
-with her boy still clinging to her, and was
-presently whirling homeward.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But, mother,” said Bobby, resting in her
-arms, “what became of you? Uncle John had
-detectives looking all over for you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Vernon explained in a few words the
-reason of her long disappearance.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And,” she added, “when I saw you on the
-screen yesterday, I went to the manager of
-the theater and found out where you had been
-working. He was most kind. He inquired
-and learned that a train three hours late would
-pass at eleven o’clock that night. He took care
-of me and saw me aboard. Mr. Regan and
-his family wanted to see me off. Bobby, if we
-wish, we can have a home with them.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby’s not poor,” said Compton.
-“There’s twenty-four hundred dollars to his
-credit in the bank just now.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And it’s all yours, mother. I was working
-for you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>When they entered John Compton’s suite,
-Barbara gazed about the sitting-room in
-pleased surprise. There was a change in the
-room since Bobby’s first entrance there. Most
-of the photographs were gone, and most prominent
-of all the pictures adorning the walls was
-a beautiful engraving of a guardian angel tenderly
-watching his innocent charge, a little boy,
-in years and appearance resembling Barbara’s
-son.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What!” she exclaimed, blushing prettily.
-“Do you believe in angels, John Compton?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I do! Indeed I do! And I learned that
-sweet belief from your own little boy’s example.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Then,” pursued Mrs. Vernon, “then you
-must believe in God.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Barbara,” responded Compton, with a
-catch in his voice, “it must have been God who
-sent your boy to me. He has changed my life.
-For several weeks, though Bobby doesn’t know
-it, I have been receiving instructions from Father
-Mallory—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What’s that?” cried Bobby eagerly.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And to-morrow I am to be received into
-the Catholic Church.”</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='180' id='Page_180'></span><h1>CHAPTER XVI<br/> <span class='sub-head'>CONTAINING NOTHING BUT HAPPY EXPLANATIONS AND A STILL HAPPIER LOVE SCENE</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The hours that followed were given to mutual
-explanations. Bobby, at great
-length, related his adventures from the time he
-was carried away by the breakers to the present
-moment. Then John Compton gave his
-version, pointing out that he had done everything
-to trace up Mrs. Vernon and that from
-his knowledge of Bobby picked up in the first
-hour of meeting he had judged that, all things
-considered, the best way to watch the lad and
-keep his mind off the sorrows of separation was
-to engage him in moving-picture work.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Anyhow,” he said, “before I had quite
-made up my mind to do it, Bobby settled the
-question by actually breaking in; and just as
-soon as I saw him show Chucky Snuff how to
-do his part, I don’t think I could well have
-chosen any other way of meeting the situation.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And now, mother dear,” said Bobby, “we
-want you to tell everything about yourself, and
-don’t leave anything out.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The eager interest of Bobby and John
-Compton inspired Barbara to a full and enthralling
-narrative of her mischances.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And to think,” mused Compton, “that all
-this strange series of events should have come
-about just through the most trivial thing in
-the world.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“How’s that, Uncle John?” asked Bobby,
-nestling in his mother’s arms.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why, through a little earth tremor. Of
-course you, Mrs. Vernon, and you, Bobby,
-were not used to it; but actually it doesn’t
-disturb us who live here, especially the native-born,
-as much as a loud clap of thunder. Three
-months ago we had an actual thunderstorm
-here, and there was one flash of lightning and
-one clap of thunder like the kind that are so
-common in Cincinnati. Now Father Mallory
-told me that the children in his school were
-so frightened that for a moment there was
-danger of a panic. And I have no doubt that
-the children who were most frightened were
-natives and, because they were natives, would
-have hardly paid any attention to an earth
-tremor.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That is so, Uncle John,” broke in Bobby.
-“Peggy was at school that day and she told
-me all about it. She said that when the thunderclap
-came she screamed at the top of her
-voice, and started for the door. The Sister
-got there before her, and blocked her and a
-dozen other children, and made them go back
-to their seats.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“By the way, Bobby,” said Compton, “did
-you ever think to ask yourself why you were
-carried out by that wave?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“They all say it was the undertow.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Yes; but in ordinary circumstances it
-would not have caught you, as you were not
-far enough out. In my opinion, the sea was
-affected by the impending earthquake and that
-wave was not a normal wave.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, thank God,” said the mother, “that
-it is all over.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And I,” said Compton, “thank God that
-it all happened. These days with Bobby have
-been the happiest of my life. And also—they
-have brought you to my home. And that reminds
-me; till further notice, Barbara, this
-suite is yours. Everything has been arranged.
-I have taken a room across the way. You and
-Bobby are in command in this suite.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And you’ll come in any time at all, won’t
-you, Uncle John?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That reminds me,” said Compton. “Please
-don’t think I am an Indian giver. But I’m
-arranging a little party for to-night; and may
-I use these rooms? Of course you are both to
-be among those present.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Don’t be absurd, John,” laughed Barbara.
-“These are your rooms. By to-morrow I’ll try
-and arrange to get a place for myself and
-Bobby.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“We’ll see about that,” returned Compton,
-with a meaning in his words that escaped both
-his hearers. “To-night, Barbara, we’re going
-to have Peggy and Pearl and Francis and their
-mothers.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Great!” cried the boy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It is to be a special celebration to honor
-the successful end of our play ‘Imitation.’ By
-the way, wasn’t it a peculiar coincidence that
-you should appear just as Bobby finished his
-part of the scenario?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’m afraid,” returned Mrs. Vernon, “that
-I’m partly responsible for that coincidence.
-The man who so kindly let me in to the Lantrey
-Studio casually informed me that Bobby
-was engaged in finishing up his part of the
-picture. I came in, and seeing him working,
-remained watching and hiding for ten minutes.
-It occurred to me that if I came upon Bobby
-while he was working he might not be able to
-act. So I watched my little boy till all was
-done.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Mother,” said Bobby, “if you had come
-sooner, you might have ruined that part. I
-could never do it again that way, because I was
-thinking of you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But there’s another reason for this little
-party,” Compton went on. “I want you to
-meet and to know Bobby’s three pals. I think
-you will agree with me that I have managed to
-keep him in really good company. These
-children are innocent, bright and exceptionally
-good, and that they are so is due in no
-small part to their mothers, who are always in
-attendance, always with them. And that is
-why I am inviting the mothers, too.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>How John Compton managed all the details
-of this banquet is one of the secrets of
-his efficiency. He used the telephone three or
-four times and the thing was done. After a
-two hours’ spin along roads so perfect that
-they are the admiration of Eastern travelers,
-the three returned and found a table in the
-sitting-room, laid for a banquet, fragrant with
-flowers and fruits, and with a caterer in attendance,
-who announced that everything was
-ready.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Very good,” said John, glancing approvingly
-at the preparations. “Be ready to serve
-dinner in ten minutes. You’ll excuse me,
-Barbara; the three children with their mothers
-are now gathered together and waiting for
-me at the home of Francis Mason. I’ll have
-them here in a jiffy.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Compton was true to his word. Ten minutes
-later gales of light laughter and happy
-shouting made known to everybody in the
-apartment house that Mr. John Compton was
-receiving friends.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Take a good meal, season it with love and
-satisfaction over work well done, dash it over
-with the joy of reunion, and you have a banquet
-fit for the gods.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The children chattered gayly and, somehow
-or other, ate very heartily at the same time.
-Nothing was allowed to interfere with this latter
-function. But as all for the greater part
-of the meal spoke and laughed at the same
-time, it would be impossible, even were it worth
-while, to reproduce what they said.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Towards the end, when the babbling and
-laughter were at their loudest, Mr. Compton
-tapped his glass.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Excuse me for interrupting all of you,” he
-said, “but I’m afraid, if you don’t moderate
-yourselves, that a patrol wagon will drive up
-and we’ll all be hauled to the station house for
-disturbing the peace.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As Mr. Compton smiled and made a comic
-face the assembled guests, the children especially,
-raised a tirra-lirra of silvery laughter.
-One would judge from their enjoyment of it
-that Mr. Compton had cracked the best joke
-in the history of the world.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>After a full minute, Mr. Compton tapped
-his glass again.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It is a pleasure to try being funny before
-such an appreciative audience. But don’t you
-think it would be worth while to take turns
-in talking and not all talk at once?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Whereupon all present answered together in
-different phrasings that it certainly would be
-worth while.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Very good; then, Mrs. Vernon, it’s your
-turn.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mrs. Vernon promptly said that the voices
-of the children were music to her ears, and
-that this was an occasion on which children
-should be both seen and heard. And so substantially
-declared the three other happy
-mothers.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, then, Francis?” adjured Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Ladies and gentlemen,” said Francis, rising
-and bowing, “I am going to tell you the
-story of my life.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was upon this declaration that the grown
-folks broke into laughter, whereat the little
-ones wondered where was the joke, anyhow!</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“At the age of three years and a half I went
-into the moving-picture business. Since that
-time I have starred in five big productions,
-not counting this one. And the finest time I
-have had in all my life has been the time that
-Peggy and Pearl and Bobby have worked with
-me. In conclusion, I beg to state that I have
-been married five times.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The amazed children joined the startled
-elders in applause and laughter.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“In moving pictures, I mean,” said Francis,
-and sat down, the orator of the day.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And now, Pearl?” resumed Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Pearl arose smiling and made her curtsy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Encore!” cried everybody, led by Compton.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Pearl was always ready to smile and curtsy.
-Nothing loath she repeated the performance
-three times handrunning.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I want to say,” said Pearl, “that my best
-love and wishes go to Bobby and his mother.
-And, Mr. Compton, Peggy has brought her
-violin along. She thought, perhaps, that some
-one might ask her to play.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Fine!” said Compton. “We’ll not forget
-that. And now, Peggy, it’s your turn.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy arose radiant.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ll say what Pearl said,” she declared.
-“For Bobby and his mother I have heaps of
-love. And Pearl has brought along her dancing
-shoes. She told me that some one might
-ask her to dance.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Splendid! We’ll have an entertainment
-presently. Now, Bobby?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I say,” cried Bobby, “that Uncle John is
-the finest man in the world.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>This speech was the hit of the evening.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Bobby,” said Compton, brushing away in a
-comic gesture an imaginary tear—not altogether,
-imaginary, at that—“you have unmanned
-me. But now let’s have a little council
-of war. First of all, our play is finished
-and you’re all out of a job.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“It’s really school time, anyhow,” said Francis
-consolingly. “I’ve never had a regular year
-at school. How I’d like that!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“So should I,” said Peggy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And I’m old enough to start now,” ended
-Pearl, “and I think Ma will allow me to go.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Upon my word!” exclaimed the host.
-“This is the first time in all my life that I
-heard a bunch of children expressing a desire
-to go to school. Shakespeare has set for all
-time the picture of the schoolboy with a snail’s
-pace trudging unwillingly to school.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Ah, ah!” said Pearl’s mother. “But Shakespeare
-never lived in Los Angeles and in the
-days of the moving picture.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“True,” assented Compton. “All rules fail
-in Los Angeles, a city which may rightly be
-called ‘different.’ I’m glad you are all ready
-for school. I’ve got good news for you. ‘Imitation’
-has brought me in a large sum of money.
-But I don’t think it is really mine at all.
-Bobby here, imitating everybody, gave me the
-first idea—the germ of the story. Then I
-got to thinking of what sort of people were
-most likely to imitate. There was just one
-answer—children. Next I thought of you
-three, Peggy, Pearl and Francis. After that
-it was easy to work out the plot. Now, while
-I am keeping a comfortable sum for myself,
-I have here in my pocket a check for each one
-of you calling for fifteen hundred dollars: and
-that has nothing to do with the salary you draw.
-I have already spoken to your mothers, and
-they are all willing for you to take nine months’
-vacation from moving-picture work and go to
-school. The check is intended to pay for your
-education; and who knows but by next June
-I’ll have another scenario for just you four!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>There was a moment of wondering silence.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then Pearl arose, smiling more engagingly
-than ever.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, thank you, dear Uncle Compton,” and
-curtsied deeper than on any former occasion.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby next arose, and with a smile not unlike
-Pearl’s said:</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, thank you, dear Uncle Compton,” and
-duplicated the curtsy of Pearl.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Francis and Peggy, wondering what the
-laughter from the grown folks was all about,
-each in turn made the selfsame speech in the
-selfsame way.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mr. Compton in struggling to keep a
-straight face while witnessing the new “Imitation”
-feared for the moment that he was on the
-point of an apoplectic seizure.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Suppose we say grace,” he suggested.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Within a few minutes, the table was cleared,
-everybody taking a hand. The next thing was
-the entertainment.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Look here, Mrs. Sansone,” whispered
-Compton. “Do you and the other women take
-the children into Bobby’s room and arrange a
-program. Besides Peggy’s violin playing and
-Pearl’s dancing, we want Bobby and Francis
-to do some little stunt, too. Get them ready
-in fifteen minutes at the least. Meantime, I
-want to have a word with Mrs. Vernon.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Presently the two were alone, standing beneath
-the picture of the guardian angel.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Barbara, you remember your remarking
-this morning that you had something to say to
-me?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Distinctly, John. But since that time I
-have seen and learned so much that I have
-ever so many things to say to you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But what was it you intended this morning?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“This, John: when I saw your face on the
-screen in San Luis Obispo last night, I went
-back to the years when you and I were so much
-together. I recalled how I had refused you
-because I couldn’t bring myself to marry a
-man who did not believe in God. I think still
-that I was right in my decision, but I feel
-that I should have been gentler, more patient.
-I was young and severe. And last night I felt
-that, if ever I met you again, I would try to
-explain how sorry I was not for what I did,
-but for the way in which I did it.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And I,” returned Compton, “have been
-thinking of you always, indeed, but almost
-constantly since I picked Bobby up from the
-roadside, and I’ve recalled bitterly my leaving
-you as abruptly and in a temper. Every
-night for the past three weeks I have said
-over and over again Newman’s ‘Lead, Kindly
-Light,’ and I have over and over reflected each
-time in sorrow and, I hope, true contrition on
-the line, ‘Pride ruled my will: remember not
-past years.’ Barbara, my father was an infidel
-and my mother never bothered about religion.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I should have considered that,” said Barbara.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“However, that only extenuates my conduct.
-Now, Barbara, I want to ask you a very
-serious question. Did you love me in those
-days?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t know, John dear, whether I can
-make myself plain in answering. I liked you
-immensely and I was so close to the border
-line of love that it was only by a strong struggle
-that I didn’t cross it. Had I yielded to
-your request that night, love would, I am sure,
-have come in the yielding.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, what a fool I was!” exclaimed Compton.
-“I was at the gate of Paradise and
-turned my back on it, and went out into the
-night; and I have been dwelling in outer darkness
-since. Barbara, since I left you, I’ve been
-no good. I have been light, frivolous, irresponsible.
-My career has amounted to nothing.
-If God gave me any talents, I have
-buried them. All this was true till the coming
-of Bobby. Bobby came and he brought
-<span class='it'>you</span> back. Before God, I believe I am a
-changed man. I have seen the light and to-morrow
-I will arise and go into my Father’s
-house. To-morrow I am to be received into
-the Church, and on Sunday I go to Holy Communion.
-Of course, I do not know the future.
-How do I know whether I shall be able to persevere
-and not go back? But honestly, I believe
-I am a changed man. I believe and I
-hope.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I have known faith to move mountains,”
-observed Barbara.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now, Barbara, you know how I love your
-little boy.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And more,” assented Barbara, “I know
-how he loves you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Taking this into consideration, do you think
-you could possibly love me?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“John,” said Barbara, holding out her hand
-to him, “there’s no thinking about it after this
-wonderful day. I love you with all my heart.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Oh, I say,” cried Bobby, a second later, and
-seeing what he saw suddenly ceased to speak.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Come here, Bobby,” said Compton, recovering
-his composure quickly. “I want to ask
-you a question. What relation are you to me?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“First,” answered Bobby, “you were my
-aunt; then you were my grandfather, then you
-were my nephew. Just at present you are my
-uncle.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And, dear Bobby, how would you like me
-to be your father?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Bobby looked at his blushing mother and
-understood. Catching now one, now the other,
-he delivered a hearty kiss and a hug to each,
-then throwing himself flat on the floor, he
-closed his eyes and said softly but joyously:</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Good night!”</p>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' title='196' id='Page_196'></span><h1>CHAPTER XVII<br/> <span class='sub-head'>THE FOUR CHILDREN AROUSE SUSPICION, UNTIL WITH THE MOST MOMENTOUS EVENT IN THIS NARRATIVE, ALL IS MADE CLEAR</span></h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, folks,” screamed Bobby, arising and
-rushing into his own room, “we’re going
-to have a marriage in our family.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then, truly, did pandemonium break loose.
-There was no need of further explanation: the
-situation was too clear; one had but to look
-on Compton and Barbara to know that they
-were betrothed. The three mothers fell upon
-Barbara, while the children, who one and all
-loved the transformed Compton, smothered
-that embarrassed young gentleman with hugs
-and kisses.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Attention!” cried Compton as with kind
-but firm hands he disengaged himself from the
-four affectionate aggressors. “Listen, please.
-Each and every one of you here present is
-cordially invited to be present at the wedding.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“When?” cried all.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Let me see,” and Compton, as he spoke,
-wrinkled the brow of calculation. “On next
-Sunday, the banns will be read, also on the
-second and third Sunday. Then the wedding
-will follow on some day of that very week.
-What day shall it be, Barbara?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Saturday,” she promptly made answer.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t want to be critical, Barbara, but
-why put it to the very end of the week?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“First, John, Saturday is Our Lady’s day.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Good!” said Peggy.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And secondly, it’s the day when the children
-are free from school.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Thereupon the children were by way of initiating
-a new pandemonium; but the resourceful
-Compton, bellowing that it was time for
-the performance, bundled them all out of the
-room and called for the first number.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Peggy played with taste and feeling. She
-was of Italian blood, of a race that for art
-stands, I believe, first and foremost in the
-modern world; and her art went into her graceful
-fingers and returned in the sweet notes that
-rippled from her bow. Francis recited and, of
-course, acquitted himself to the taste of every
-one present. Pearl’s dance, under the circumstances,
-was an incarnation of spring—a spring
-of smiles and youth and fragrant innocence.
-Then arose Bobby and brought the spectators
-out of fairyland.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Ladies and gentlemen,” he announced, “I
-will now give you a correct picture of Uncle
-John when he is shaving himself.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Standing without any properties of any sort,
-Bobby dipped an imaginary brush in imperceptible
-water, rubbed his face, and then lathered
-himself with invisible soap. Next he
-honed an unseen razor upon a similar strop,
-and proceeded to go through the motions of
-shaving. To such an extent did he succeed
-in reproducing the faces Compton was wont
-to make, that the victim of all this fun lost
-two buttons from his vest, both of them flying
-off when Bobby went through the motions of
-cutting himself.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“That settles it,” said Compton, when Bobby
-had ended his performance with a caricature of
-Pearl’s curtsy. “We’ve had enough for to-night.
-The hour is early—it’s only ten—but
-to-morrow I am to be received into the Catholic
-Church, and I think I ought to have a little
-solitude.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Are you going to shave?” asked Francis.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Why?” asked Compton, restraining himself
-lest he should loose another button.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“If you were,” answered the youth, “I
-should like to look on.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Thereupon the happy party broke up.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Good night, dear,” said Compton to Barbara,
-when all had left the room, including
-Bobby, who had graciously accompanied the
-departing guests to the street. “Aren’t they
-a wonderful set of children?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“They show to some degree what God originally
-intended us all to be,” said Barbara.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“What a pity that they must all grow up!”
-said the happy man.</p>
-
-<hr class='tbk'/>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Is it possible,” asked John Compton two
-weeks later, “that our four children are getting
-worldly-minded?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I hope not, John,” answered Barbara.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was a lovely afternoon. The two were
-seated in Compton’s former suite, which, since
-the engagement, had remained Barbara’s and
-Bobby’s temporary home.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Well, they show such an unusual interest
-in our wedding clothes,” Compton went on,
-“that I do not know what to make of it. Every
-time I go to my tailor, I discover Bobby and
-Francis either with him or hovering about the
-neighborhood, and they always look guilty
-when I come upon them. Once Peggy and
-Pearl were there, too. I asked the tailor what
-it all meant, and he laughed and answered that
-the children were very much interested in
-my bridal garments. I don’t like to see children
-of their age making such a fuss about
-styles.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Now that you bring the subject up,” said
-Barbara, “I recall that Peggy and Pearl every
-time they come here—and there’s not a day
-that they don’t—ask to see my trousseau, and
-show an interest that I cannot account for.
-They ask all sorts of questions.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“There’s another thing,” resumed Compton.
-“Several times I have caught the four of them
-discussing something or other with intense
-earnestness; but no sooner am I seen than they
-grow embarrassed and drop their engrossing
-subject. For all that, they are, in every other
-respect, so lovely, they’re all studying so well,
-that I can’t bring myself to think they are
-getting worldly.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And besides, John, Bobby and Peggy and
-Francis go to communion every day. Not
-only that, but they make a longer thanksgiving
-than most grown people. They are the last
-to leave the church; so I can’t imagine anything
-wrong about them. And sweet little
-Pearl, who reminds me of the Peri at the gate
-of Paradise, not exactly disconsolate, but wistful,
-comes every morning with them, and says
-her little prayers with all the reverence and
-devotion of childish love and innocence.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“My idea of Paradise,” John meditated, “is
-a place like Los Angeles, with beautiful
-smooth-shaven, green lawns thrown in—flowers
-and foliage and sunshine to remain ‘as you
-were.’ But the inhabitants of this Paradise
-are to be all children in their innocence, unalloyed
-by the little failings which go to show
-that they are descended from Adam, and who
-are never, never to grow up.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then in a body entered the little four, who,
-after a cordial interchange of greetings, timidly
-begged to see the bridal dress.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The betrothed pair looked at each other.
-They were mystified.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Say, Uncle John,” said Bobby, who, with
-Francis, quickly lost interest in the modiste’s
-“Creation,” “is it true that you’ve been promoted?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I’ve been made a Director for the Lantry
-Studio, if that’s what you mean, Bobby, and
-they have accepted my new scenario at a price
-bigger than what they paid for ‘Imitation.’ ”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You’re going to be rich, uncle.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“I don’t know about that. But whether I’m
-rich or not, you are provided for, my dear. At
-least, putting together the money you have
-earned this summer with what I have added
-to it, and turning it into Liberty Bonds, which
-I have been able to buy up at a price yielding
-six per cent on the investment, the income will
-yield enough to carry you through your school-days,
-and when you are done with classes, the
-principal will be intact and enough to give you
-a fair start in life.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“But,” objected Bobby, “I thought the
-money I earned was going to Mama to help her
-pay off that debt.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“You needn’t worry about that, Bobby,” exclaimed
-Mr. Compton. “Yesterday your
-mother sent a check canceling the entire obligation.
-She wasn’t as poor as we imagined.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“And then, John,” put in Barbara, “when
-you gave me—”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>But Compton smiling amiably put his hand
-over her mouth.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The two girls were still studying the dress.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Can it be vanity?” the two asked themselves.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>All they could do was to suspend judgment.</p>
-
-<hr class='tbk'/>
-
-<p class='pindent'>It was Saturday morning, brighter, more
-fragrant, more Paradise-like than any morning,
-so John and Barbara averred, in the
-golden weather history of Los Angeles. The
-wedding was over, the most notable wedding
-ever held in the Church of the Blessed Sacrament.
-The moving-picture world was there,
-the moving-picture world, and his wife and
-daughters, and, to a surprising extent, his
-sons. The church, a bower of beauty, was
-filled. All was over, and the happy couple,
-preceded by a flower girl, no other than Agnes
-Regan, by the best man, Mr. J. Heneman, and
-supporting the weeping bridesmaid, Bernadette
-Vivian, were moving in stately fashion
-down the aisle. As they left the vestibule,
-there were, thank goodness, no showers of rice
-and other idiotic performances, idiotic, because
-out of place at the church. Nevertheless,
-there was another form of demonstration.
-Two camera men from the Lantry Studio
-were on hand with their moving-picture
-cameras, and with them Ben Moore, the head
-of the Scenario Department.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Stop where you are,” commanded Ben.
-“We’re going to take you.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Don’t object, my own,” whispered Compton.
-“We really owe it to the Lantry people.—Go
-on, Ben, and tell us what to do.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“By the way,” continued the groom, “what
-on earth has become of the little four? I
-haven’t seen or heard of them all the morning.”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“They told me they had permission to go
-up in the choir loft,” answered Mrs. Compton.
-“Bobby left at six, one hour and three-quarters
-before we started for church. He had something
-on his mind.—Well, Ben, why don’t you
-go on and shoot?”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Wait,” said Ben severely.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The groom and bride were standing before
-the main door of the church, with the best man
-and bridesmaid next them on their proper
-sides.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“Move back, you two men to one side, and
-you two women to the other to give place to
-the procession. Now, boys, shoot,” commanded
-Ben.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>As the bridal party obeyed Moore’s curt
-injunctions, there issued forth from the
-church, Bobby, dressed in every detail like
-Compton; on his arm, Peggy, arrayed like
-Mrs. Compton. Behind them, came Francis,
-another Heneman, his arm supporting Pearl,
-an improved replica of the fair Bernadette
-Vivian.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“By George,” cried Compton, never for a
-moment thinking of the cameras now in operation.
-“This explains the whole thing.—The
-little monkeys!”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>The young mischief-makers, well out of the
-church, placed themselves in front of the real
-bridal group, in front of their respective
-replicas. Four innocent faces then broke into
-smiles, while their owners made Pearl’s famous
-curtsy to an imaginary audience.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Upon this, Bobby turned and presenting a
-rose to Compton, said:</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“ ‘<span class='it'>Imitation.</span>’ ”</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“<span class='it'>Is</span>,” announced Peggy, presenting the
-flower to Barbara.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“<span class='it'>The Sincerest</span>,” added Francis, with a rose
-for Heneman.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>“<span class='it'>Flattery</span>,” ended Pearl, addressing the fair
-Bernadette.</p>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Then Compton caught Bobby in his arms;
-and Barbara caught Peggy in her arms; and
-Heneman caught Francis in his arms; and
-Bernadette caught Pearl in her arms; while
-the cameras clicked furiously, until they
-stopped, and Ben Moore announced that,
-without rehearsal, they had shot the finest
-thing ever seen in any moving picture.</p>
-
-<div class='lgc' style='margin-top:3em;'> <!-- rend=';' -->
-<p class='line'>THE END.</p>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<p class='line'>&#160;</p>
-<p class='line'><span style='font-size:smaller'>PRINTED BY BENZIGER BROTHERS, NEW YORK</span></p>
-</div> <!-- end rend -->
-
-<div><h1>TRANSCRIBER NOTES</h1></div>
-
-<p class='pindent'>Mis-spelled words and printer errors have been fixed.</p>
-
-<p class='noindent'>[The end of <span class='it'>Bobby in Movieland</span> by Francis J. Finn]</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<pre>
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Bobby in Movieland, by Francis Finn
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BOBBY IN MOVIELAND ***
-
-***** This file should be named 56319-h.htm or 56319-h.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/5/6/3/1/56319/
-
-Produced by Mardi Desjardins, Alex White and the online
-Distributed Proofreaders Canada team at
-http://www.pgdpcanada.net
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
- </body>
- <!-- created with fpgen.py 4.56a on 2018-01-05 00:59:44 GMT -->
-</html>
diff --git a/old/old/56319-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/old/56319-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5521d85..0000000
--- a/old/old/56319-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/old/56319-h/images/i01.jpg b/old/old/56319-h/images/i01.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e3c101..0000000
--- a/old/old/56319-h/images/i01.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/old/56319-h/images/logo.jpg b/old/old/56319-h/images/logo.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0612550..0000000
--- a/old/old/56319-h/images/logo.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ